Gesamt-Katalog GB LowRes 2023

ELTAKO.
COM
MAIN CATALOGUE 2023

INNOVATIVE
FROM DAY ONE.
Innovation is not just part of our philosophy. It is
part of our DNA. We have been putting it into action
for more than 70 years. Thinking ahead and thinking
new is in our nature. We have continued to develop
from the inventor of the Eltako impulse switch to a
provider of professional smart home solutions.
This development is now reflected in our communications

– with the establishment of two new brands:
„Eltako Professional Standard“ as a provider of
conventional building technology and „Eltako Professional
Smart Home“ as a provider of innovative and
professional smart home solutions.
This move underlines that Eltako is
THE HOME OF INNOVATION.
CONTENTS
Series 14 – a new chapter in the centralised installation of wireless actuators 1
The remote switch system and wired bus pushbuttons 2
Flush mounting switching and dimming actuators for decentralised installation 3

PROFESSIONAL SMART HOME
Powerline - Power lines for kilometer-wide communication between sensors and actuators 4
Pushbutton and switch ranges motion sensors, window/door contacts, Temperature- and other Sensors 5
Controllers and Gateways - EnOcean, ZigBee, KNX, DALI, MQTT, WLAN and much more 6
Eltako DALI – The professional light control for all needs 7
Series 62-IP - IP actuators for decentralised installation. Apple Home certified, REST-API and „built for Matter“ 8
Universal dimmer switches, capacity enhancer and 1-10 V controllers 9
Three-phase energy meters and one-phase energy meters 10
Electronic impulse switches 11
Electronic switching relays, control relays and coupling relays 12
Multifunction time relays, time relays and timer 13
Mains disconnection relays, operating hours impulse counter, current-, mains monitoring- and current-limiting relays 14
PROFESSIONAL STANDARD
Staircase time switches and off-delay timers 15
Cable-bound shading systems and roller shutter control 1ǥ
Switching power supply units and wide-range switching power supply units 17
Electromechanical impulse switches 18
Electromechanical switching relays and installation contactors 19
Accessories wireless and others Z
Technical data wireless actuators, teach-in list, operating distances and contents of Eltako wireless telegrams T
Type comparison table, warranty regulations, terms of delivery and index S

ALL SERVICES QUICKLY
IN VIEW.
The performance of our devices has become so complex that we have devised pictograms to
depict technical features of particular importance.
MINIMIZED STANDBY LOSS THE UNIVERSAL CONTROL VOLTAGE 12 TO

of electronic devices supports international efforts 230 V AC 50-60 HZ AND 12 TO 230 V DC,
to reduce energy consumption. 98% of the devices covers the commonly used control voltage range with
produced by ELTAKO have a standby loss of less than one device only. We use the international abbreviation UC
0.8 watt. (universal current).
BISTABLE SWITCHING RELAYS

help electronic switchgear to reduce heating and current GLOW LAMPS FOR ILLUMINATION OF PUSH-
consumption. This prolongs lifetime and reduces or avo- BUTTONS in parallel to pushbutton contacts can make
ids standby loss. After installation the short automatic life difficult for switchgear. A glow lamp current up to
synchronization in the Off position is carried out, partly at 150 mA is permitted for particular device.
initial operation.
THE ELTAKO RS485 BUS

connects the wireless antenna modules FAM14, FEM and/
IMPULSE SWITCHES FOR CENTRAL CONTROL or pushbutton input modules FTS14EM with the RS485
offer important basic functions, even if they are not used bus actuators in the switchboard or distribution box. It is
for central control. In order to reduce the type variety we an often used and very safe 2-wire bus.
offer them partially only completely equipped with additi-
onal control inputs central on/off.
ZERO PASSAGE SWITCHING
of the mains voltage sinusoidal wave prolongs contact
lifetime. This provides very high switching capacities and
the shallow current flow curve protects the connected
BIDIRECTIONAL WIRELESS consumers.
expands the functions of the wireless actuators by With the patented Eltako Duplex technology (DX) the
another dimension: every change in state and incoming normally potential-free contacts can still switch in zero
central control telegrams are confirmed by wireless tele- passage when switching 230V AC 50Hz and therefore
gram. This wireless telegram can be taught-in in other drastically reduce wear. Simply connect the neutral
actuators, Professional Smart Home controllers and in conductor to the terminal (N) and L to the contact input
universal displays. In addition, a repeater function can terminal (L). This gives an additional standby consumption
partially be enabled in these actuators to reach other of only 0.1 Watt.
actuators that are located far away from the wireless
source.
SOLID STATE RELAYS

WITHOUT STAND-BY LOSS operate noiseless, switch in zero passage and are very
Electromechanical switchgear and electronic switching durable, even at high switching frequency.
devices with a special Eltako technology as well as
numerous pushbuttons, sensors and transmitter
modules work without stand-by loss.
UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCHES Various possible uses for lighting, shading,
for R, L and C loads. Our universal dimmer switches indoor climate and security.
recognize automatically the connected load and adjust
their dimmer function accordingly. Other dimmers
Discover the diversity of our portfolio now.
have to be replaced when luminaires with different
kind of loads will be used later on.
Only universal dimmer switches with the added ESL
SYSTEM COMPONENT
marking and added LED marking have the associated Expand existing systems and thereby round off the
comfort settings. interaction of the electrical installations.
LIGHTING
ENCRYPTED WIRELESS SYSTEM
Something for everyone: Lighting control via switch,
The internet transmissions of Professional Smart Home button, GFA5-APP or preset light scenes.
controllers to smartphones, the cloud and M2M commu-
nications are generally highly encrypted. Many wireless
sensors can be taught-in encrypted in actuators of the
Series 61, 62 and 71 as well as the FAM14.
SHADING
Automatically control awnings, blinds and roller shutters
so that they protect against too much sun and are not
More info? Simply scan QR codes & get more damaged in bad weather.
product information. INDOOR CLIMATE

With the intelligent control from Eltako, room temperatures
can be adjusted individually for each room and switched
off automatically.
1.. A
App 2. 3. www.
SAFETY
Many products for maximum security! Dangers are quickly
identified with the help of smoke detectors, motion
detectors, window and door monitors.
Only a trained electrician may install our devices with mains

voltage connection, otherwise there is a risk of fire or electric
shock.
It is therefore prohibited to sell to other customers for this
reason otherwise the risk passes to the seller.
Stock types: Delivery usually from stock.

Preferred types: The well-assorted wholesalers always have them in stock.
Subject to change! The product descriptions on the internet are valid
only for newly manufactured devices at that time.
Also this print-catalogue is only a snap-shot. Older and newer devices
might differ from them. Therefore, only the operation instructions
enclosed with the devices are binding. Terms of delivery see page S-4.
All articles are available with Declarations of Conformity that document compliance of the devices with the Low-Voltage Directive
2014/35/EU and/or the EMC Directive 2014/30/EU.
The and UKCA marks are affixed to the devices and the packaging. All articles comply with EU Directives 2011/65/EU (RoHS) and
1907/2006/EC (REACH) and contain no substances that are on the candidate list.
Supply and invoice only through wholesalers.

ENTER THE
SMART HOME
WORLD.
DISCOVER OUR INTELLIGENT TECHNOLOGIES!
No matter what system you wish to install, and in what

kind of building – Eltako Professional Smart Home
makes it possible. We offer intelligent, end-to-end,
made-to-measure packages, not stand-alone solutions.
Discover our impressive armory of products of
exceptional high quality and extensibility. They offer
great value for money and make any home into a
smart home – and will turn you into your customers’
very own knight in shining armor
TOGETHER,
WE CAN GO Eltako Professional Standard simplifies system
installation by means of a unique product portfolio,
consistently high quality and outstanding value for
FURTHER.
money. We offer professional, practical support,
enabling you to rapidly overcome any challenge.
Working as a team, we’ll get more done. And better.
HAND-IN-HAND WITH OUR PROFESSIONALS,

YOU’LL MAKE EVERY PROJECT A SUCCESS.
ELTAKO — TECHNOLOGY ELTAKO — PRODUCT RANGE ELTAKO — TECHNOLOGY
REMOTE SWITCHES
The foundation stone of our quality products was the

development of the impulse switch. Nowadays, the
YOUR ONE-STOP SOURCE OF CONTROL
Anywhere, anytime control of your
smart home. Open the blinds via
PROFESSIONAL SMART HOME CONTROLLER
The Professional Smart Home controllers are the heart

of the network and communicate with components of
INNOVATIVE SOLUTIONS.
classics among our switching devices have become voice activation from the comfort of the system, whether wired or wireless. Secure,
standard components in building installation systems your couch. Monitor your house via encrypted remote access to the building is possible
– impulse switches and installation relays, either app while on vacation. Or turn on via an app.
electromechanical or electronic. the living-room heating when you COMFORT
leave work. Our innovative control Relax, and let your home do the
and visualisation capabilities make hard work. The many central, time
We offer an end-to-end portfolio of both smart home and conventional building technologies, it possible. and automation functions available ENERGY METERS
from Eltako allow entire houses to
REMOTE SWITCH SYSTEM designed for ease of installation and backed by reliable manufacturer support. be configured and controlled in line
The simplest way to sharpen your awareness about how
A cable-bound installation that has the potential to
Our smart home products are versatile, intelligent and future-ready – delivering greater with personal preferences.
much energy you consume is to observe your power con-
convert into a BUS system. The pushbutton input comfort, convenience, safety, security and energy efficiency. Discover what Eltako can sumption. Our modern meters are easy to fit and supply all
module FTS14EM is capable of sending control com- the important information.
mands from conventional pushbuttons in order to
do for you and your customers.
utilise the full scope of our BUS actuators.
POWERLINE
CENTRALISED WIRELESS The Eltako Powerline BUS offers the option to use
existing power cables as a BUS system. Sensor data are
In the centralised Wireless Building system, wire- SHADING SAFETY AND sent in telegrams over existing electricity wiring to the
less actuators of Series 14 are fitted centrally in the
switch cabinet to control individual functions from
Automatically control roller SECURITY actuators.
shutters, blinds and awnings with
there. This is based on the RS485-BUS. Smart is safe and secure.
sensors, and time and central
Eltako offers a variety of solutions
functions. The result is not just
that protect homes, including smoke
targeted coolness and shade, but
detectors, camera surveillance
DALI
also lower costs for heating and
systems, motion detectors, window
DECENTRALISED WIRELESS air-conditioning. Light control for all needs – from LED, tunable white
and door monitoring devices and
presence simulation. and RGB dimmers through to control units.
Decentralised actuators are mainly fitted in
flush-mounted boxes. The consumer is directly con-
nected – an ideal feature when renovating. It is also
no problem to expand existing installations to include PASSIVE AND ACTIVE SENSORS
additional switching points.
ROOM CLIMATE LIGHTING Wireless pushbuttons, sensors with no batteries and
Eltako systems enable heating, air Whatever the mood you want, we smart wireless sensors can be fitted wherever they are
conditioning and ventilation to be provide the light to match. Activate, required: to walls, ceilings, on glass or furniture without
tailored to each room and need. deactivate or dim interior, exterior
ROLLER SHUTTER AND having to route additional wiring.
You can go from a pleasantly cool or garden lights to produce exactly
SHADING SYSTEMS bedroom, to a preheated bathroom, the effect you want – and to create
CONTROL to a freshly ventilated kitchen. your own personal feel-good
For the perfect start to your day. ambience.
A shading systems control adapted to weather and MULTIMEDIA
light conditions is easy to install and also saves
energy. Perfect coordination of smart sensors and It is easy and convenient to operate using a smart-
easy operation increases convenience and security. phone, tablet or voice command. The ideal comple-
ment to this are wall and table docking stations with
touch buttons for quick access to frequently used
ENHANCED functions and scenes.
EFFICIENCY
Energy-efficient temperature
control, automatic activation and
deactivation of devices, and an
energy-saving absence mode ensure
a marked reduction in consumption.
And smart metering delivers total
visibility.
NEW
DSZ15DZ-
3x80A MID
DSZ14DRSZ-
3x80A MID
CHAPTER 10
IP ACTUATORS
APPLE HOME CERTIFIED, REST-API
AND „BUILT FOR MATTER“.
ESR62NP-IP
EUD62NPN-IP
ESB62NP-IP
T
TWO-WAY THREE-PHASE METER
CHAPTER 8 FOR SUPPLY AND CONSUMPTION
built for
THE HOME OF INNOVATION.

As a market and technology leader for building SU12DBT/ Complete answers to your needs, not stand-alone,
1+1-UC
technologies, we know what our customers need – S2U12DBT-UC piecemeal products.
because we have more than 70 years’ experience MFZ12DBT-UC We offer flexible complete solutions that turn any
and, above all, because we are a reliable, fair and CHAPTER 13 building into a professional smart home. Based
supportive partner. And we can meet any need, on EnOcean technologies, our systems are future-
with the world’s broadest product portfolio. Eltako TIMERS AND MULTIFUNCTION TIME RELAY WITH BLUETOOTH FOR proof and easily extensible. Genuine professional-
CONFIGURATION VIA THE FREE ELTAKO CONNECT APP
delivers consistently excellent quality, ease of standard quality – at a good price. That’s Eltako
installation and great value for money – for genuine IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS, JUST ASK US! Professional Smart Home.
OUR SUPPORT TEAM IS GLAD TO ASSIST YOU WITH INSTALLATION AND INFORM YOU ABOUT NEW PRODUCTS.
professionals. Just as professional as our products: Professional support from Eltako.
Technical support: Commercial support:

+49 711 943 500 25 +49 711 943 500 00
technical-support@eltako.de export@eltako.de
REMOTE CONTROLLER
SWITCH
SYSTEM
CLOUD
BUS
PUSH-
BUTTON
WIRELESS
SENSORS
BUS
SERIES
SENSORS 14
DECENTRALIZED
ACTUATORS
CONTROLLER
& POWERLINE
P A R T N E R
GATEWAYS DALI
FAM14
FSR14-2x
FUD14
1 SERIES 14 – A NEW CHAPTER IN THE

CENTRALISED INSTALLATION OF WIRELESS
ACTUATORS.
Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.
Series 14 – RS485 bus rail-mounted devices for
the centralised Wireless Building installation
1-1
RS485 bus wireless antenna module FAM14 1-3
Wireless antenna FA250, FHM175, FA200 and FAG55E- 1- 4
PC Tool PCT14 1-5
RS485 bus actuator 4-channel impulse switch FSR14-4x 1-6
RS485 bus actuator 2-channel impulse switch FSR14-2x 1-7

NEW RS485 bus actuator 2-channel impulse switch FSR14M-2x with active power measurement 1-8
RS485 bus actuator 4-channel impulse switch F4SR14-LED 1-9
RS485 bus actuator noiseless 2-channel impulse switch FSR14SSR 1 - 10
RS485 bus actuator multifunction impulse switch with integrated relay function FMS14 1 - 11
RS485 bus actuator universal dimmer switch FUD14 1 - 12
RS485 bus actuator universal dimmer switch FUD14/800W 1 - 13
Capacity enhancer FLUD14 for universal dimmer switch FUD14/800W 1 - 14
RS485 bus actuator dimmer switch controller FSG14 for EVG 1-10V 1 - 16
RS485 bus DALI gateway FDG14 1 - 17

NEW RS485 bus wireless actuator PWM simmer switch for LED FRGBW14 1 - 18
RS485 bus actuator for shading elements and roller shutters FSB14 1 - 19
NEW RS485 bus actuator for shading elements and roller shutters FSB14/12-24VDC 1 - 20
RS485 bus actuator multifunction time relay FMZ14 1 - 21
RS485 bus actuator staircase lighting time delay switch FTN14 1 - 22
RS485 bus actuator 2-speed fan relay F2L14 1 - 23
RS485 bus actuator heating/cooling relay FHK14 1 - 24
RS485 bus actuator 4-channel heating/cooling relay F4HK14 1 - 25
RS485 bus display timer FSU14 1 - 26
RS485 bus weather data gateway FWG14MS and multi sensor MS 1 - 27
Wireless weather data transmitter module FWS61-24V DC and RS485 bus multifunction sensor relay FMSR14 1 - 28
RS485 bus single-phase energy meter transmitter module FWZ14-65A 1 - 29
RS485 bus wireless three-phase energy meter, MID approval DSZ14DRS-3x80A 1 - 30
NEW RS485 bus two-way three-phase meter DSZ14DRSZ-3x80A 1 - 31
RS485 bus three-phase energy meter with settable CT ratio and display, MID approval DSZ14WDRS-3x5A 1 - 32
RS485 bus energy meter data gateway FSDG14 1 - 33
RS485 bus meter collector F3Z14D 1 - 34
RS485 bus gateway FGW14 1 -35

NEW RS485 bus energy meters MQTT gateway via WLAN FGW14W-IP and RS485 bus energy meters MQTT gateway via WLAN or LAN FGW14WL-IP 1 - 36
RS485 bus multiple gateway with USB-A connection FGW14-USB 1 - 37

1-2 RS485 bus Telegramm-Duplizierer FTD14 1 - 38
RS485 bus coupler FBA14 1 - 39
The modular single room control 1 - 40
RS485 bus actuator single room control, heating/cooling for 2 zones with solid state relay FAE14SSR 1 - 41
RS485 bus actuator single room control, heating/cooling for 2 zones FAE14LPR 1 - 42
Thermal actuators TSA02NC-230V and TSA02NC-24V 1 - 43
Busbar SAS-6TE 1 - 43
NEW Bus jumper connector BBV14 and BBV14/100 1 - 44
Spacer DS14 1 - 44
Wireless receiver antenna modules FEM and FEM65-wg 1 - 45
RS485 bus 1 and 2 level wireless repeater FRP14 1 - 46
RS485 bus wireless 4-fold transmitter module FSM14-UC 1 - 47
Switching power supply unit 12V/12W FSNT14 1 - 48
Accessories: Housing for operating instructions GBA14, jumpers STS14 and bus jumper tool SMW14 1 - 49
Maximum configuration of the Series 14 RS485 bus with 3 different gateways and 3 wireless receiver modules 1 - 50
Connection example: wireless antenna module with downstream actuators and meters 1 - 51
Technical data switching actuators and dimming actuators for the Eltako RS485 bus 1 - 52
Power requirement 1 - 53
Der Eltako-Gebäudefunk basiert auf der bewährten und weltweit standardisierten EnOcean-Funktechnologie im 868 MHz-Band.
Sie sendet extrem kurze und störungssichere Signale, bis zu 100 Meter in Hallen. Die Eltako-Funktaster reduzieren die Elektrosmog-Belastung, da
sie eine 100-mal geringere Hochfrequenzemission haben als konventionelle Lichtschalter. Niederfrequente Wechselfelder werden zudem deutlich
reduziert durch weniger Stromkabel im Gebäude.
RS485 BUS WIRELESS ANTENNA MODULE FAM14
FAM14 1-3
Wireless antenna module for the Eltako RS485 bus with exchangeable antenna. With enclosed
power supply FSNT14-12V/12W. Bidirectional. Encrypted wireless. Only 0.8 watt standby loss.
If required, a wireless antenna FA250 or FA200 can be connected.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
Supply voltage 12V DC.
Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus. Bus wiring and power supply with jumpers.
The delivery includes 1 power supply FSNT14-12V/12W, 1 Spacer DS14, 2 terminators with printing Ω, 1/2 module,
3 jumpers 1 module (including 1 spare), 1 jumper 1,5 TE, 2 jumpers 1/2 module (including 1 spare) and 1 jumper
The enclosed small antenna installation tool SMW14.
can be replaced with a wireless If the power supply is subjected to a load of more than 4 W, a ventilation distance of ½ to neighbo-
antenna FA250 or if need be ring devices must be maintained on the left side. With a load greater than 6 W, a ½ ventilation gap
FA200 and FAG55E- (see page 1-4). is also required between the FSNT14 and the FAM14 with the DS14 spacer.
A DS14 spacer and a long jumper are therefore included. If the total power requirement of a Series 14
bus system is higher than 10 W, an additional FSNT14-12V/12W must be used for every 12 W of additional
power.
Function rotary switches Optionally, 12 V DC can also be supplied at the GND/+12 V terminals.
The wireless antenna module FAM14 receives and tests all signals from wireless transmitters and
repeaters within its receiving range. These are transmitted via an RS485 interface to RS485 bus
switching actuators connected in series: Up to 126 channels can be connected to the Eltako RS485
bus. Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper.
The attached second terminator should be plugged to the last actuator.
You can teach in up to 32 encrypted sensors.
Mini USB to connect to a PC, to create an equipment list, to configurate the actuators using the PC
tool PCT14 and for data backup. A QR code for downloading the PCT14 from the Eltako homepage
www.eltako.com is included with the FAM14.
Gateways FGW14, FGW14-USB, FGW14W-IP and FGW14WL-IP are connected to the Hold terminal if following
Standard setting ex works. connections to the RS484 bus are present: with a PC over an RS232 bus, with up to 3 radio receiver modules
FEM with a Sub Bus RS485 or with LAN/WLAN. The FTS14EM, FTS14TG and FWG14MS are also connected to
Manuals and documents in further
languages: the Hold terminal.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FAM14
The lower rotary switch is required to teach in encrypted sensors and can be turned to AUTO 1 in operation.
Unencrypted sensors need not be taught-in in the FAM14.
Housing for operating instructions With the upper rotary switch BA 10 different operating modes can be set as described in the operating
GBA14 page 1-49. instructions.
The upper LED displays all perceived wireless commands in the reception area by short flickering.
The bottom LED lights up green if a connection from the PC tool PCT14 to the FAM14 was created. When
reading or writing date the LED flickers green. The green LED goes out if the connection from the PC tool
PCT14 to the FAM14 was terminated.
FAM14 RS485 bus wireless antenna module Art. No. 30014000 119,80 €/pc.

ACCESSORIES
WIRELESS ANTENNAS FA250, FHM175, FA200 AND WIRELESS ANTENNA FAG55E-
1-4 FA250, FHM175 AND FA200

Wireless antenna FA250 with magnetic base and 250 cm cable, black or white
The small enclosed wireless antenna of the wireless antenna modules and several wireless trans-
mitter modules are replaceable by this larger 868MHz-HF-antenna to receive and transmit wireless
signals to or from metal control cabinets.
It is mounted on the magnetic base externally and the 250 cm cable is routed inside the cabinet. The best
performance is achieve by attaching the magnetic foot on a metal surface. The transmit and receive
ranges are almost spherical around this antenna. Antenna height, only 10 cm. With SMA screw terminal.
Extension by 5 m using wireless antenna extension FAV5 or by 10 m using FAV10.
HF ground FHM175 for the HF wireless antenna FA250, aluminium disc powder-coated (similar to
RAL 9006) white aluminium, 4 mm thick, 175 mm diameter.
This HF ground optimizes the receiver and transmitter performance of the HF antenna FA250 (not
included in the scope of supply) since the diameter has twice the length of the antenna plus its bar
diameter.
A deepened steel disc with the diameter of the magnetic antenna coil is pressed into the center. Thereby
the FA250 can easily be centered. The aluminium disc is formed with a hole and a slot to be fixed to the wall.
High-performance receive antenna FA200 with magnetic base and 200 cm cable
This antenna has a radial gain of up to 7 dBi and therefore has a much greater range than wireless
antenna FA250. As a trade-off the receive power along the antenna axis is considerably lower. This must
be taken into consideration when positioning the antenna. It may only be used as a receive antenna.
Antenna height 59 cm. With SMA screw terminal.
Extension by 5 m using wireless antenna extension FAV5 or by 10 m using FAV10.
FA250 Wireless antenna with 250 cm cable, black Art. No. 30000550 30,80 €/pc.
FA250-gw Wireless antenna with 250 cm cable, grey white Art. No. 30000553 30,80 €/pc.
FHM175 HF ground for FA250, aluminium disc powder- Art. No. 30000555 89,10 €/pc.
coated (similar to RAL 9006) white aluminium
FA200 High-performance receive antenna with 200 cm cable Art. No. 30000551 78,60 €/pc.
FAV5 Antenna extension 5 m Art. No. 30000552 40,30 €/pc.

languages: FAV10 Antenna extension 10 m Art. No. 30000554 50,50 €/pc.
http://eltako.com/redirect/
FA250_FHM175_FA200
FAG55E- NEW
Wireless antenna in the housing for single mounting 80 x 80 x 15 mm or mounting into the E-Design55
switching system. With 100 cm cable.
The mounting plate can be screwed over a flush-mounting box with a screw spacing of 60 mm.
In the housing there is a wireless antenna with ground plane and permanently attached antenna cable,
100 cm long, with SMA screw.
FAG55E-am Wireless antenna, anthracite mat Art. No. 30055144 47,40 €/pc.
FAG55E-pg Wireless antenna, polar white glossy Art. No. 30055145 47,40 €/pc.
FAG55E-pm Wireless antenna, polar white mat Art. No. 30055146 47,40 €/pc.
FAG55E-wg Wireless antenna, pure white glossy Art. No. 30055147 47,40 €/pc.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FAG55E-

PC TOOL PCT14
PCT14 1-5
The PC tool for Series 14 and 71
PCT14 is a PC-installed service program (PC Tool) to acquire, edit, save and reimport the settings of Eltako
Series 14 and 71 actuators.
It can be downloaded from the 'Software' section of our website. A card with the corresponding QR code is
included with every FAM14 and FTS14KS.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/PCT14
PCT14 PC tool for Series 14 and 71 Included in the scope of supply of the
FAM14 and FTS14KS
QUICK START GUIDE FOR SERIES 14 AND 71
After installing PCT14:

1. Establish connection between PC and FAM14, FTS14KS or PCT14 PC Tool with export and import functions
DAT71. PCT14 is capable of reading all sensor-actuator set-ups from Series
Connect the PC and the mini-USB port with a USB cable. It may 14 and Series 71 actuators fully automatically and exporting the data
happen that the first connection automatically installs a driver. If to the controller. The entries for the controller in the actuator are
the connection is successful, the status bar displays the used COM. also generated here, which are then imported back into the Series
14 actuators.
2. After installing the actuators, create a device list: Putting the controller on the fully set up Series 14 building radio
Right-click in the left window section to display the context menu. is thus an easy exercise for the electrician. For data exchange a
Select the command 'Update device list and read device memory' Windows PC/Notebook is needed.
from the context menu. After the query for the RS485 bus, all the
available devices are displayed. Other actions can be carried out
by executing context menu commands. Right-click to display the
context menu. The status line is located at the lower border of the
program window and contains information on the context menu
commands. Click on 'Help' for more information.
PROCEDURE PCT14 DATA EXCHANGE WITH WIBUTLER PRO AND MINISAFE2

The software can be used with one of the following devices:
1. Read out Series 14 actuator via FAM14, create configuration

PCT14 2. Export PCT14 configuration file
Î
wibutler pro (2. Gen.) MiniSafe2

Chapter 6, page 6 Chapter 6, page 4
Windows 1. Connect to the wibutler via browser 1. Connect to the MiniSafe2 via browser
PC / Notebook 2. Upload the exported PCT14 file 2. Upload the exported PCT14 file
with PCT14 and
3. Export the wibutler file 3. Import of the devices with the GFA5
USB connection
FAM14 4. Define the room allocation in the Wibutler 4. Export the MiniSafe file via GFA5
5. Download the export file with the browser
Î
1. Import PCT14 configuration file

PCT14 2. Save new configuration in Series 14 actuators via FAM14
RS485 BUS ACTUATOR 4-CHANNEL IMPULSE SWITCH FSR14-4x
1-6 FSR14-4x
4-channel impulse switch with integrated relay function, 1 NO contact per channel 4 A/250 V AC,
230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamps 1000 watts, potential free from the power supply,
with DX technology. Bidirectional. Only 0.1 watt standby loss.
Connection to the Eltako-RS485 bus. Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper.
Patented Eltako Duplex technology allows you to switch normally potential free contacts in zero passage
switching when 230 V A/C voltage 50 Hz is switched. This drastically reduces wear. To achieve this,
simply connect the N conductor to the terminal (N) and L to K(L). This results in an additional standby
consumption of only 0.1 watt.
Function rotary switches When all 4 relays of the FSR14-4x are switched on, a power of 0.7 watts is required.
If supply voltage fails, the device is switched off in defined mode.
The channels can be taught-in as ES and/or ER channel separately from each other.
Scene control:
Several channels of one or several FSR14-4x devices can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the
four signals of a pushbutton with double rocker taught-in as a scene pushbutton.
Central commands can be sent using a wireless pushbutton and/or with a Professional Smart Home controller.
Use the rotary switches to teach-in the pushbuttons and test the 4 channels as required. For normal
mode, the middle and lower rotary switches are then set to AUTO. With the upper rotary switch the EW
time (0-120 seconds) is directly set for relays or the RV time (0-120 minutes) for impulse switches for all
channels if necessary.
If wireless motion/brightness sensors FBH (Master) and/or FBH (slave) are taught-in, the switching
threshold will be set with the upper rotary switch, separated for each channel, at which the lighting will be
switched on or off. Settings of the upper rotary switch in accordance with operating instructions.
When wireless brightness sensors are taught-in, define the switching threshold separately for each
channel using the top rotary switch. The switching threshold switches the lighting on or off depending on
Standard setting ex works. the brightness (from approx. 0lux in position 0 to approx. 50lux in position 120). A hysteresis of approx.
300 lux is permanently set for switch on/off.
An additionally set RV time is not taken into account.
Further settings can be made using the Only one FBH (Master) or FAH can be taught-in per channel. However a FBH (Master) or FAH can be taught-in
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). into several channels.
When wireless window/door contacts FTK or window handle sensors FFG7B are taught-in, different
functions can be set with the middle rotary switch in position AUTO 1 to AUTO 4 and linked to maximum
languages: 116 FTKs:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSR14-4x
AUTO 1 = window closed then output active.
AUTO 2 = window open then output active.
In settings AUTO 3 and AUTO 4 the FTKs taught-in to a single channel are linked automatically. With AUTO
3 all FTKs must be closed so that the N/O contact closes (e.g. for climate control). With AUTO 4 one open
FTK is sufficient to close the N/O contact (e.g. for an alarm signal or to switch on the power supply for an
extractor hood).
One or several FTKs can be taught-in in several channels to allow several simultaneous functions in each
FTK.
After a power failure the link is restored by a new signal to the FTK and a signal on the next status mes-
sage 15 minutes later.
Function with wireless smoke alarm detectors FRW or water sensors according to the operating inst-
ructions.
The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach-in process according to the
operating instructions. It shows control commands by short flickering during operation.
Connection example page 1-50.
Technical data page 1-52.
Housing for operating instructions
GBA14 page 1-49. FSR14-4x RS485 bus actuator 4-channel impulse switch Art. No. 30014001 63,50 €/pc.

RS485 BUS ACTUATOR 2-CHANNEL IMPULSE SWITCH FSR14-2x
FSR14-2x 1-7
2-channel impulse switch with integrated relay function, 1+1 NO contacts potential free 16 A/250 V AC,
230 V LED lamps up to 400 W, incandescent lamps 2000 watts, with DX technology. Bidirectional.
Only 0.1 watt standby loss.
Patented Eltako Duplex technology allows you to switch normally potential free contacts in zero pas-
sage switching when 230 V A/C voltage 50 Hz is switched. This drastically reduces wear. To achieve
this, simply connect the N conductor to the terminal (N1) and L to 1(L) and/or N to (N2) and L to 3(L).
This results in an additional standby consumption of only 0.1 watt.
Function rotary switches If supply voltage fails, the switching state is retained.
When power is restored, the device is switched off in defined mode.
Scene control:
Standard setting ex works. the brightness (from approx. 0lux in position 0 to approx. 50 lux in position 120). A hysteresis of approx.
300 lux is permanently set for switch on/off. An additionally set RV time is not taken into account.
Only one FBH (Master) or FAH can be taught-in per channel. However a FBH (Master) or FAH can be taught-
Further settings can be made using the in into several channels.
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). When wireless window/door contacts FTK or window handle sensors FFG7B are taught-in, different
functions can be set with the middle rotary switch in position AUTO 1 to AUTO 4 and linked to maximum 116
FTKs:
languages: AUTO 1 = window closed then output active.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSR14-2x
In settings AUTO 3 and AUTO 4 the FTKs taught-in to a single channel are linked automatically. With AUTO 3
all FTKs must be closed so that the N/O contact closes (e.g. for climate control). With AUTO 4 one open
extractor hood).
FTK.
Function with wireless smoke alarm detectors FRW or water sensors according to the operating instructions.
GBA14 page 1-49. FSR14-2x RS485 bus actuator 2-channel impulse switch Art. No. 30014002 63,50 €/pc.

2-CHANNEL IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION
WITH ACTIVE POWER MEASUREMENT FSR14M-2X
1-8 FSR14M-2x NEW
2-channel impulse switch with integrated relay function and active power measurement. 1+1 NO
contacts potential free 16 A/250 V AC, 230 V LED lamps up to 600 W, incandescent lamps 2000 watts.
Bidirectional. Only 0.9 watt standby loss.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting.

2 modules = 36 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
Supply voltage 230 V.
The instantaneous power is measured separately for each channel and transferred to the bus - e.g. for
transfer to an external computer or a Professional Smart Home controller - and also sent to the wireless
Function rotary switches network via the FAM14.
The maximum current as a sum over both contacts is 16A, so a fuse with a maximum of 16 A is required
at L.
Zero passage switching to protect contacts and lamps.
If supply voltage fails, the switching state is retained.
When power is restored, the device is switched off in defined mode.
Scene control:
Several channels of one or several FSR14M-2x devices can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the
Standard setting ex works. threshold will be set with the upper rotary switch, separated for each channel, at which the lighting will be
Further settings can be made using the channel using the top rotary switch. The switching threshold switches the lighting on or off depending on
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). the brightness (from approx. 0lux in position 0 to approx. 50 lux in position 120). A hysteresis of approx.
Only one FBH (Master) or FAH can be taught-in per channel. However a FBH (Master) or FAH can be taught-
Manuals and documents in further in into several channels.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSR14M-2x When wireless window/door contacts FTK or window handle sensors FFG7B are taught-in, different
functions can be set with the middle rotary switch in position AUTO 1 to AUTO 4 and linked to maximum 116
FTKs:
extractor hood).
FTK.
GBA14 page 1-49.
FSR14M-2x RS485 bus actuator 2-channel impulse switch Art. No. 30014039 92,70 €/pc.
with integrated relay function with active power
measurement

RS485 BUS ACTUATOR 4-CHANNEL IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION
FOR LED F4SR14-LED
F4SR14-LED 1-9
4-channel impulse switch with integrated relay function, 1 NO contact per channel up to 8 A/250 V AC,
230 V LED lamps up to 400 W, incandescent lamps 1800 watts, potential free from the power
supply, with DX technology. Bidirectional. Only 0.1 watt standby loss.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 2 modules = 36 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
230 V LED lamps can be switched up to 400 W and up to a maximum inrush current of 25 A/100 ms per
NO contact.
Patented Eltako Duplex technology allows you to switch normally potential free contacts in zero pas-
sage switching when 230 V A/C voltage 50 Hz is switched. This drastically reduces wear. To achieve
Function rotary switches this, simply connect the N conductor to the terminal (N) and L to K(L). This results in an additional
standby consumption of only 0.1 watt.
When all 4 relays of the F4SR14-LED are switched on, a power of 1 watt is required.
Scene control:
Several channels of one or several F4SR14-LED devices can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the
switched on or off. Settings of the upper rotary switch in accordance with operating manual.
Standard setting ex works. When wireless brightness sensors are taught-in, define the switching threshold separately for each
the brightness (from approx. 0 lux in position 0 to approx. 50 lux in position 120). A hysteresis of approx.
Further settings can be made using the 300 lux is permanently set for switch on/off. An additionally set RV time is not taken into account.
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). Only one FBH (Master) or FAH can be taught-in per channel. However a FBH (Master) or FAH can be taught-
in into several channels.
languages: functions can be set with the middle rotary switch in position AUTO 1 to AUTO 4 and linked to maximum
http://eltako.com/redirect/F4SR14-LED
116 FTKs:
extractor hood).
One or several FTKs can be taught-in in several channels to allow several simultaneous functions in each FTK.
After a power failure the link is restored by a new signal to the FTK and a signal on the next status message
15 minutes later.

GBA14 page 1-49. F4SR14-LED RS485 bus actuator 4-channel impulse switch Art. No. 30014076 74,10 €/pc.
with integrated relay function for LED

RS485 BUS ACTUATOR 2-CHANNEL IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION
NOISELESS FSR14SSR
1-10 FSR14SSR
Noiseless 2-channel impulse switch with integrated relay function, 230 V LED lamps up to 400 W,
incandescent lamps 400 watts. 2 solid state relays not potential free. Bidirectional. Only 0.1 watt
standby loss.
If both relays of the FSR14 are switched on, a power of 0.4 watts is required.
The rated switching capacity of 400 W is applied for one contact and also for the sum of the two
contacts. The parallel connection of multiple devices to increase power is allowed.
From manufacturing date 12/17 with automatic overtemperature shutdown.
Function rotary switches With a load < 1 W a GLE must be switched parallel to the load.
Scene control:
Several channels of one or several FSR14SSR devices can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the
Standard setting ex works. the brightness (from approx. 0 lux in position 0 to approx. 50 lux in position 120). A hysteresis of approx.
Only one FBH (Master) or FAH can be taught-in per channel. However a FBH (Master) or FAH can be taught-in
Further settings can be made using the into several channels.
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). When wireless window/door contacts FTK or window handle sensors FFG7B are taught-in, different
116 FTKs:
languages: AUTO 1 = window closed then output active.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSR14SSR
extractor hood).
FTK.
After a power failure the link is restored by a new signal to the FTK and a signal on the next status message
15 minutes later.
Function with wireless smoke alarm detectors FRW or water sensors according to the operating operating
instructions.

GBA14 page 1-49. FSR14SSR RS485 bus actuator 2-channel impulse switch Art. No. 30014020 64,10 €/pc.
with integrated relay function noiseless

RS485 BUS ACTUATOR MULTIFUNCTION IMPULSE SWITCH
WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION FMS14
FMS14 1-11
Multifunction impulse switch with integrated relay function, 1+1 NO potential free 16 A/250 V AC,
230 V LED lamps up to 400 W, incandescent lamps 2000 W, with DX technology. Bidirectional.
Only 0.1-0.6 watt standby loss.

1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
simply connect the N conductor to the terminal (N) and L to K(L). This results in an additional standby
Function rotary switches consumption of only 0.1 watt.
Maximum current over both contacts 16 A for 230 V.
When both relays of the FMS14 are switched on, 0.6 watt are required.
The upper and the middle rotary switches are for teaching-in the sensors. In normal mode, the middle
rotary switch is then set to AUTO and the bottom rotary switch to the required function:
2S = Impulse switch with 2 NO contacts
(2xS) = 2-way impulse switch each with one NO relay
WS = Impulse switch with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact (0.3 watt standby loss)
SS1 = Impulse multi circuit switch 1+1 NO contacts for switching sequence 1
GS = Impulse group switch 1+1 NO contacts
2R = Switching relay with 2 NO contacts
WR = Switching relay with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact (0.3 watt standby loss)
RR = Switching relay (closed-circuit current relay) with 2 NC contacts (0.5 watt standby loss)
Standard setting ex works. GR = Group relay 1+1 NO contacts
Switching sequence SS1: 0 - contact 1 (K-1) - contact 2 (K-2) - contact 1 + 2
Switching sequence SS2: 0 - contact 1 - contact 1 + 2 - contact 2
Further settings can be made using the Switching sequence SS3: 0 - contact 1 - contact 1 + 2
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). Switching sequence GS: 0 - contact 1 - 0 - contact 2
GR: Relay with alternating closing contacts.
languages: operating instructions. It shows control commands by short flickering during operation.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FMS14
FMS14 RS485 bus actuator multifunction impulse Art. No. 30014003 55,80 €/pc.
Connection example page 1-50. switch with iIntegrated relay function
GBA14 page 1-49.

RS485 BUS ACTUATOR UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH FUD14
1-12 FUD14
Universal dimmer switch, Power MOSFET up to 400 W. Automatic lamp detection. Bidirectional.
Only 0.3 watt standby loss. With adjustable minimum brightness or maximum brightness and dimming
speed. With switching operation for light alarm clocks, children's rooms and snooze function. Also
with light scene control and constant light regulation.

The delivery includes a spacer DS14, 1 short jumper 1 module (up to 200 W load) and 1 long jumper 1.5 modules
(from 200 W load with DS14 on the left side).
Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 400 W, depending on ventilation conditions, dimmable 230 V LED
Function rotary switches lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps (ESL) are also dependent on the lamp electronics and the dimming
technology, see technical data page 1-52.
Zero passage switching with soft ON and soft OFF to protect lamps.
Switching voltage 230 V. No minimum load.
The brightness level is stored on switch-off (memory).
In case of a power failure the switch position and the brightness stage are stored and may be switched on
when the power supply is restored.
Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature switch-off.
The upper rotary switch LA/LRN is first required for teach-in and defines in operation whether automatic
lamp detection should be activated or special comfort positions:
AUTO allows all lamp types to be dimmed.
LC1 is a comfort position for dimmable 230 V LED lamps which cannot be dimmed down far enough in
AUTO (phase cut-off) due to their design.
LC2 and LC3 are comfort positions for dimmable 230 V LED lamps like LC1 but with different dimming curves.
LC4, LC5 and LC6 are comfort positions for LED lamps such as AUTO but with different dimming curves.
Standard setting ex works. EC1 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which must be switched on at high voltage due to their
design so that they can be dimmed down and switched back on safely when cold.
EC2 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which cannot be switched back on in dimmed-down
Further settings can be made using the position due to their design. Therefore the memory is switched off in this position.
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). In positions LC1, LC2, LC3, EC1 and EC2 no inductive (wound) transformers may be used. In addition
the maximum number of dimmable LED lamps may be lower than in AUTO position due to their design.
PCT is a position for special functions which are set up using the PC tool PCT14.
languages: The minimum brightness (fully dimmed down) is adjustable with the middle % rotary switch.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FUD14
The dimming speed is adjustable using the bottom dimming speed rotary switch.
The pushbuttons can be taught-in either as direction pushbuttons or universal pushbuttons:
When installed as a direction pushbutton, one side is then 'switch on and dim up' and the other side is
'switch off and dim down'. A double-click on the switch-on side activates automatic dim-up to full bright-
ness at dim speed. A double click on the switch-off side activates the snooze function. The children's
room function is implemented on the switch-on side. As a universal pushbutton, change the direction by
briefly releasing the pushbutton.
For light scene control, constant light regulation, light alarm circuit, children‘s room circuit and sleep
timer, refer to the operating instructions.
When the pushbutton is taught in as a staircase pushbutton, it is possible to retrieve a resettable stair-
case time switch function with RV = 2 minutes. Individual light scene pushbuttons can be used to retrieve
brightness settings carried out during teach-in. A taught-in FAH can be used to implement a twilight
switch. Switch-on can take place using up to 4 FBHs depending on motion and brightness.
The LED performs during the teach-in process according to the operating instructions.
It shows control commands by short flickering during operation.
GBA14 page 1-49. FUD14 RS485 bus universal dimmer switch Art. No. 30014005 72,30 €/pc.

RS485 BUS ACTUATOR UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH UP TO 800 W FUD14/800W
FUD14/800W 1-13
Universal dimmer switch, Power MOSFET up to 800 W. Automatic lamp detection. Only 0.3 watt
standby loss. With adjustable minimum brightness or maximum brightness and dimming speed.
With switching operation for light alarm clocks, children's rooms and snooze function. Also with
light scene control and constant light regulation.

The delivery includes a spacer DS14, 2 short jumpers 1 module (up to 400 W load) and 1 long jumper 1.5 modules
(from 400 W load with DS14 on the left side).
Function rotary switches Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 800 W, depending on ventilation conditions, dimmable 230 V
LED lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps (ESL) are also dependent on the lamp electronics and the
dimming technology, see technical data page 1-52.
Up to 3600 W with capacity enhancers FLUD14 at terminals X1 and X2.
Switching voltage 230 V. No minimum load.
The upper rotary switch LA/LRN is first required for teach-in and defines in operation whether automa-
tic lamp detection should be activated or special comfort positions:
AUTO allows all lamp types to be dimmed.
LC1 is a comfort position for dimmable 230 V LED lamps which cannot be dimmed down far enough in
AUTO (phase cut-off) due to their design.
Standard setting ex works. LC2 and LC3 are comfort positions for dimmable 230 V LED lamps like LC1 but with different dimming curves.
LC4, LC5 and LC6 are comfort positions for LED lamps such as AUTO but with different dimming curves.
EC1 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which must be switched on at high voltage due to their
Typical connection design so that they can be dimmed down and switched back on safely when cold.
EC2 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which cannot be switched back on in dimmed-down
X1 X2
position due to their design. Therefore the memory is switched off in this position.
BUS BUS In positions LC1, LC2, LC3, EC1 and EC2 no inductive (wound) transformers may be used. In addition
the maximum number of dimmable LED lamps may be lower than in AUTO position due to their design.
PCT is a position for special functions which are set up using the PC tool PCT14.
The minimum brightness (fully dimmed down) is adjustable with the middle % rotary switch.
The dimming speed is adjustable using the bottom dimming speed rotary switch.
X1 X2
L ness at dim speed. A double click on the switch-off side activates the snooze function. The children's
N
room function is implemented on the switch-on side.
As a universal pushbutton, change the direction by briefly releasing the pushbutton.
Further settings can be made using the For light scene control, constant light regulation, light alarm circuit, children‘s room circuit and sleep
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). timer, refer to the operating instructions.
When the pushbutton is taught in as a staircase pushbutton, it is possible to retrieve a resettable
staircase time switch function with RV = 2 minutes. Individual light scene pushbuttons can be used to
languages: retrieve brightness settings carried out during teach-in. A taught-in FAH can be used to implement a
http://eltako.com/redirect/FUD14*800W
twilight switch. Switch-on can take place using up to 4 FBHs depending on motion and brightness.
The LED performs during the teach-in process according to the operating instructions.
It shows control commands by short flickering during operation.
GBA14 page 1-49. FUD14/800W RS485 bus actuator universal dimmer switch up Art. No. 30014006 97,40 €/pc.
to 800 W

RS485 BUS CAPACITY ENHANCER FOR UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH FUD14/800W FLUD14
1-14 FLUD14
Capacity enhancer for universal dimmer switch FUD14/800 W, Power MOSFET up to 400 W.
Standby loss 0.1 watt only.
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting.

Capacity enhancers FLUD14 can be connected to the universal dimming actuator FUD14/800W. By this the
switching capacity for one lamp will be increased up to 200 W or alternatively for additional lamps up to
400 W per each capacity enhancer.
The two circuits to increase capacity can be created at the same time using several FLUD14s.
Supply voltage 230 V. No minimum load.
Function rotary switch Automatic electronic overload protection and over-temperature switch-off.
The lamp type of a capacity enhancer FLUD14 in the 'Capacity increase with additional lamps' may deviate
from the lamp type of the universal dimmer switch FUD14/800W.
It is therefore possible to mix capacitive and inductive loads.
Capacity increase for a lamp ( ) in dimmer switch operating modes AUTO, LC4, LC5 and
LC6. For operating modes LC1, 2, 3 and EC1, 2, see next page.
FUD14/800W:
1.-8. FLUD14 + up to 200 W 1)
each
Standard setting ex factory.
The switching mode "one

lamp" ( ) or "additional lamps"
( ) is set with a rotary switch
on the front.
This setting must be same as
the actual installation, otherwise
there is a risk of destruction of
the electronics.

languages: Capacity increase for additional lamps ( ) in dimmer switch operating modes AUTO, LC4,
http://eltako.com/redirect/FLUD14
LC5 and LC6. For operating modes LC1, 2, 3 and EC1, 2, see next page.
FUD14/800W:
1.-7. FLUD14 + up to 400 W 1)
each
1)
Ventilation clearance of ½ module to adjacent devices must be maintained.
Housing for operating instructions GBA14

page 1-49. FLUD14 RS485 bus capacity enhancer for universal Art. No. 30014007 66,00 €/pc.
dimmer switch FUD14/800W

RS485 BUS CAPACITY ENHANCER FOR UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH FUD14/800W FLUD14
FLUD14 1-15
Capacity increase with capacity enhancers FLUD14 for dimmable 230 V LED lamps and dimmable
Function rotary switch energy saving lamps ESL in comfort settings LC1, LC2, LC3, EC1 and EC2.
Capacity increase of a lamp in settings LC1, 2, 3 and EC1, 2
1.- 8. FLUD14 + up to 100 W 1)

each
Capacity increase with capacity

enhancers FLUD14 for dimmable
230 V LED lamps and dimmable
energy saving lamps ESL in
comfort settings LC1, LC2, LC3
EC1 and EC2.
Also for capacity increase with Capacity increase with additional lamps in settings LC1, 2, 3 and EC1, 2
additional lamps.
Otherwise there is a risk of
destruction of the electronics. 1.- 8. FLUD14 + up to 100 W 1)
each
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FLUD14
1)
Ventilation clearance of ½ module to adjacent devices must be maintained.

page 1-49. FLUD14 RS485 bus capacity enhancer for universal Art. No. 30014007 66,00 €/pc.
dimmer switch FUD14/800W

RS485 BUS ACTUATOR DIMMER SWITCH CONTROLLER FOR ELECTRONIC BALLAST 1-10 V
FSG14/1-10V
1-16 FSG14/1-10V
Dimmer switch controller for electronic ballast 1-10 V, 1 NO contact not potential free 600 VA and
1-10 V control output 40 mA. Bidirectional. Only 0.5 watt standby loss. With adjustable minimum
brightness and dimming speed. With light scene control and constant light regulation.

State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control.
Zero passage switching to protect contacts.
The power consumption of the 12 V DC power supply is only 0.1 W.
Also adapted for LED driver with 1-10 V passive interface, without voltage source up to 0.6 mA, above
Function rotary switches this value an additional voltage source is necessary.
The minimum brightness (fully dimmed) is adjustable with the % rotary switch.
The dimming speed is adjustable using the dimming speed rotary switch.
The load is switched on and off by a bistable relay at output EVG. Switching capacity for fluorescent lamps
or LV halogen lamps with EGV 600 VA.
By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode.
After installation, wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected to
the mains.
As a direction pushbutton, press up is brighter and press down is darker respectively above short pressing
means switch ON and below short pressing switch OFF. A double click above activates automatic updimming
until full brightness with dim speed. A double click below activates snooze function. The children's room
Standard setting ex works. function will be realized with the upper switch.
With switching operation for children's rooms and snooze function.
Typical connection Switching for light alarm clocks: A wireless signal of a time clock which was taught-in accordingly starts
the wake up function by switching on the light at the lowest brightness level and dims up slowly until the
maximum level is reached. The dimming process is stopped by tapping briefly (e.g. on a hand-held trans-
mitter).
Switching operation for children's rooms: If the light is switched on by holding down the pushbutton
(universal pushbutton or direction pushbutton above), it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx.
1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down. The last saved brightness level is not
modified.
Snooze function (universal pushbutton or direction pushbutton below): With a double impulse the lighting
is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off.
The current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming
time (max. = 60 minutes) which can be reduced as required. It can be switched off at any time by short-ti-
me control commands during the lighting is dimmed down.
Further settings can be made using the
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5).
FSG14/1-10V RS485 bus actuator dimmer switch controller for Art. No. 30014008 67,90 €/pc.
electronic ballast 1-10 V
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSG14*1-10V

GBA14 page 1-49.

RS485 BUS DALI GATEWAY FOR RAIL MOUNTING FDG14
FDG14 1-17
RS485 bus DALI gateway for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting, bidirectional.
Only 1 watt standby loss.
Operation in conjunction with FAM14.
Power supply 230 V at terminals N and L.
16 V DC/130 mA can be connected to the DALI terminals +/- for up to 64 DALI devices.
The gateway FDG14 controls DALI devices with EnOcean wireless transmitters via the FAM14.
Function rotary switches As of production week 14/16 Groups 0-15 can be controlled and the broadcast command can be sent. In ad-
dition DALI scenes 0-15 can be controlled.
DALI installations, which are to be fully controlled with the FDG14, must be configured in groups 0-15.
FDG14 internally saves the dimming value for each of the groups 0-15 and supplies this value as feedback.
The same feedback telegrams are generated as for an FUD14. The FDG14 occupies 16 BR14 device addresses.
The feedbacks of the device addresses correspond to the dimming values of the DALI groups 0-15 in ascen-
ding order. Feedbacks can be converted by the PCT14 for each individual group of dimming value telegrams
(%) to pushbutton telegrams (ON/OFF). Feedbacks can then control BR14 actuators. The FDG14 fulfils the
function of the DALI master and the DALI power supply. The rotary switches can only teach in pushbuttons
for groups 0-8 and DALI scenes 0-9. Activation telegrams for groups 9-15 and scenes 10-15 are only possible
by entries in PCT14.
As of Production Week 30/19, the FDG14 can be used as a single-channel device 'FDG14-Broadcast'. This is
defined when the device address is issued.
Important: Wireless pushbuttons always need to be double-clicked when they are taught-in manually in
the FDG14. CLR only needs a single click.
A direction pushbutton or universal pushbutton with identical ID and identical pushbutton can be taught in
Standard setting ex works. several times in different groups. The group last selected is always valid. Therefore, a pushbutton can either
switch only one group or broadcast to all groups.
One FBH per group can also be taught in. With a manual teach-in this always acts dependent on brightness.
Further settings can be made using the With PCT14 you can also set the brightness threshold.
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). The delay time for switch-off after no motion is detected can be set together in minutes (1 ... 60) for the FBH
devices of all groups. The default is 3 minutes.
languages: FDG14 RS485 bus DALI gateway for rail mounting Art. No. 30014047 92,80 €/pc.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FDG14

GBA14 page 1-49.

RS485 BUS WIRELESS ACTUATOR PWM DIMMER SWITCH FOR LED FRGBW14
1-18 FRGBW14 NEW
PWM dimmer switch with 4 channels for LED 12-24 V DC, each up to 4 A. Adjustable minimum
brightness and dimming speed. With snooze function and light alarm circuit. Additionally with light
scene control via Professional Smart Home controller or with wireless pushbuttons. Standby loss
only 0.1 watt.

The set brightness level remains stored when switched off (memory).
In case of a power failure, the switch position and brightness level are saved and switched on when the
Function rotary switches power supply is restored.
Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature shutdown.
The upper rotary switch is only required for teach-in.
Use the middle % rotary switch to set the minimum brightness (fully dimmed).
Use the lower dimming speed rotary switch to set the dimming speed.
The pushbuttons can either be taught in as direction pushbuttons or universal pushbuttons: as direction
pushbutton, one side is 'switch on and dim up'; the other side is 'switch off and dim down'. Double-click on
the switch-on side to trigger automatic dim up to full brightness at dimming speed. Double-click on the
switch-off side to trigger the snooze function. As universal pushbutton, change the direction by briefly
releasing the pushbutton.
FHB wireless motion/brightness sensors can be taught in as master or slave.
FAH wireless brightness sensors can be taught in for switch-off dependent on brightness or as a twilight
switch.
Light scene control, light alarm circuit and snooze function as described in the operating instructions.
The LED accompanies the teach-in process as described in the operating instructions and indicates
control commands by briefly flickering during operation.
Standard setting ex works.
FRGBW14 RS485 bus wireless actuator Art. No. 30014068 110,60 €/pc.
PWM dimmer switch for LED

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FRGBW14

GBA14 page 1-49.

RS485 BUS ACTUATOR FOR SHADING ELEMENTS AND ROLLER SHUTTERS FSB14
FSB14 1-19
Switch actuator for shading elements and roller shutters with 2 channels for two 230 V motors.
2+2 NO contact 4 A/250 V AC, potential free from power supply 12 V. Bidirectional. Only 0.1 watt
standby loss.
Zero passage switching to protect contacts and motors.
A motor is connected to 1, 2 and N; a second motor may be connected to 3, 4 and N.
If both relays of the FSB14 are switched on, a power of 0.4 watts is required.
The pushbuttons can be taught-in either as direction switches or universal switches:
Function rotary switches Local control with universal pushbuttons: Each impulse causes the FSB14 to change its position in
the UP-Stop-DOWN-Stop sequence.
Local control with direction pushbutton: A top impulse by pushbutton directly activates the 'UP'
switch position. A bottom impulse by pushbutton directly activates the 'DOWN' switch position.
A further impulse from one of the two pushbuttons stops the sequence immediately.
Central control dynamic without priority: A control signal from a pushbutton which was taught-in as
a central control pushbutton without priority directly activates the switch position 'Up' with a scanning
pulse up and the switch position 'Down' with a scanning pulse down. Without priority because this
function can be overridden by other control signals.
Central control dynamic with priority: A control signal of min. 2 seconds from a pushbutton which
was taught-in as a central control push-button with priority directly activates the switch position 'Up'
(press top) and the switch position 'Down' (press bottom). With priority because these control signals
cannot be overridden by other (local) control signals until the central control signal is cancelled by
pressing again the central control pushbutton 'Up' or 'Down'.
The switch position 'up' or 'down' and the priority are specifically activated with a control signal, e.g.
from a FSM61 taught-in with priority as a central pushbutton. With priority because these control
signals cannot be overridden by other control signals until the central command is cancelled by the
termination of the control signal.
Shading scene control: With a control signal of a pushbutton with double rocker taught-in as a scene
Standard setting ex works. pushbutton or automatically by an additional taught-in wireless-outdoor-brightness sensor, up to 4
previously filed elapse times can be accessed.
With control via Professional Smart Home controller, operating commands for up and down with
the exact travel time information can be started. As the actuator reports the exact elapsed time after
Further settings can be made using the each activity, even when driving was triggered by a pushbutton, the position of the shading is always
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). displayed correctly by a Professional Smart Home controller. Upon reaching the end positions above
and below the position is automatically synchronized.
Function rotary switch below
AUTO 1 = In this position, the local advanced automatic reversing system for Venetian blinds is
Manuals and documents in further activated. When a universal pushbutton or a direction pushbutton are used for control a double impulse
languages:
activates a slow rotation in the opposite direction, which can be stopped with a further impulse. AUTO 2
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSB14
= In this position, the local advanced automatic reversing system for Venetian blinds is completely
switched off. AUTO 3 = In this position, the local pushbuttons act static at first, thus, allow reversal of
Venetian blinds by operating pushbuttons. They only switch to dynamic after 0.7 seconds continuous
operation. AUTO 4 = In this position, the local pushbuttons act only static (ER function). The time delay
RV (wiping time) of the upper rotary switch is active. Central control is not possible.
= (UP) and (DOWN) of the lower rotary switch are the positions for manual control. Manual
control has priority over all other control commands.
WA = Automatic reversal for Venetian blinds and awnings is controlled by the middle rotary switch.
0 = OFF, otherwise from 0.3 to 5 seconds ON with the selected reversal time. In this case, it is only for
DOWN that the direction is reversed on time-out of the time lag selected by the top rotary switch, e.g.
to extend awnings or set Venetian blinds to a defined position. A LED is located behind the RV-rotary
switch to show the reversal time.
RV = The time delay (delay time RV) is set by the top rotary switch. If the FSB14 is in the UP or DOWN
position the selected delay time runs (elapses); at time-out the device changes automatically to STOP.
Therefore, the time delay must be chosen at least as long as the shading element or roller shutter will
need to move from one limit position to the other.
The LED indication for the delay time RV is located behind the rotary switch RV.
When one or several wireless window/door contacts FTK or window handle sensors FFG7B are
taught-in, a lock-out protection is set up while the door is open and disables a Central Down command.
The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach-in process according to
the operating instructions. It shows control commands by short flickering during operation.
GBA14 page 1-49. FSB14 RS485 bus actuator for shading elements and Art. No. 30014004 63,00 €/pc.
roller shutters 230 V motor

RS485 BUS ACTUATOR FOR SHADING ELEMENTS AND ROLLER SHUTTERS 12-24 V DC
FSB14/12-24V DC
1-20 FSB14/12-24V DC NEW
Switch actuator for shading elements and roller shutters for one 12-24 V DC motor. 1+1 NO contact
4 A/12-24 V DC, potential free from power supply 12 V. Bidirectional. Only 0.1 watt standby loss.
Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus. Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper.
The DC voltage for the motor is connected to terminals - and +, the DC motor to terminals 1 and 2. If relays
of the FSB14 are switched on, a power of 0.4 watts is required. If supply voltage fails, the device is switched
off in defined mode.
The pushbuttons can be taught-in either as direction switches or universal switches:
Local control with universal pushbutton: Each scanning pulse changes the switch position in the sequence
Function rotary switches 'Up, Stop, Down, Stop'. Local control with direction pushbutton: Each scanning pulse up activates the
switch position ‚Up‘. A scanning pulse down, on the contrary, activates the switch position 'Down'. The
next scanning pulse in the same direciton interrupts the sequence immediately. However, a scanning pulse
in the opposite direction stops and then switches over to the opposite direction after a pause of 500 ms.
Central control dynamic without priority: With a control signal from a button taught in as a central control
button without priority, the switching position 'up' at the top or 'down' at the bottom is specifically activated.
No priority because this function can be overridden by other control signals. Central control dynamic with
priority: A control signal of min. 2 seconds from a pushbutton which was taught-in as a central control
pushbutton with priority directly activates the switch position 'Up' (press top) and the switch position
'Down' (press bottom). With priority because these control signals cannot be overridden by other (local)
control signals until the central control signal is cancelled by pressing again the central control pushbutton
'Up' or 'Down'. The switch position 'up' or 'down' and the priority are specifically activated with a control
signal, e.g. from a FSM61 taught-in with priority as a central pushbutton. With priority because these control
signals cannot be overridden by other control signals until the central command is cancelled by the termi-
nation of the control signal. Shading scene control: Up to 4 saved 'Down' running times are retrievable
using the control signal of a pushbutton and double rocker taught-in as a scene pushbutton. With control
via Professional Smart Home controller, operating commands for up and down with the exact travel
Standard setting ex works. time information can be started. As the actuator reports the exact elapsed time after each activity,
even when driving was triggered by a pushbutton, the position of the shading is always displayed cor-
rectly by a Professional Smart Home controller. Upon reaching the end positions above and below the
Further settings can be made using the position is automatically synchronized. Function rotary switch below: AUTO 1 = In this position, the local
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). advanced automatic reversing system for Venetian blinds is activated. When a universal pushbutton or a
direction pushbutton are used for control a double impulse activates a slow rotation in the opposite direc-
tion, which can be stopped with a further impulse.
AUTO 2 = In this position, the local advanced automatic reversing system for Venetian blinds is completely
languages: switched off. AUTO 3 = In this position, the local pushbuttons act static at first, thus, allow reversal of
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSB14*12-24V_DC Venetian blinds by operating pushbuttons. They only switch to dynamic after 0.7 seconds continuous
operation. AUTO 4 = In this position, the local pushbuttons act only static (ER function). The time delay RV
(wiping time) of the upper rotary switch is active. Central control is not possible.
= (UP) and (DOWN) of the lower rotary switch are the positions for manual control. Manual
control has priority over all other control commands.
WA = Automatic reversal for Venetian blinds and awnings is controlled by the middle rotary switch.
0 = OFF, otherwise from 0.3 to 5 seconds ON with the selected reversal time. In this case, it is only for
DOWN that the direction is reversed on time-out of the time lag selected by the top rotary switch, e.g.
to extend awnings or set Venetian blinds to a defined position. A LED is located behind the RV-rotary
switch to show the reversal time.
RV = The time delay (delay time RV) is set by the top rotary switch. If the FSB14 is in the UP or DOWN
position the selected delay time runs (elapses); at time-out the device changes automatically to STOP.
Therefore, the time delay must be chosen at least as long as the shading element or roller shutter will
need to move from one limit position to the other.
The LED indication for the delay time RV is located behind the rotary switch RV.
taught-in, a lock-out protection is set up while the door is open and disables a Central Down command.
The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach-in process according to
GBA14 page 1-49. FSB14/ RS485 bus actuator for shading elements and Art. No. 30014079 59,20 €/pc.
12-24V DC roller shutters 12-24 V DC motor

RS485 BUS ACTUATOR MULTIFUNCTION TIME RELAY FMZ14
FMZ14 1-21
Multifunction time relay with 10 functions, 1 CO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC, 230 V LED
lamps up to 400 W, incandescent lamps 2000 watts*, with DX technology. Bidirectional.

Wireless window contacts (FTK) at opened windows with the function NO or NC can be taught-in.
If a direction switch is taught-in, a function (e.g. TI) can be started using the top switch (START) and stopped
with the bottom switch (STOP).
Function rotary switches Patented Eltako Duplex technology allows you to switch normally potential free contacts in zero passage
simply connect the N conductor to the terminal (N) and L to K (L). This results in an additional standby
If supply voltage fails, the two contacts switch off. When power is restored, contact 1 closes.
Time setting between 0.5 second and 10 hours.
Teach-in takes place using the top and middle rotary switches and then the time is set.
T is the time base and xT the multiplier.
The function is selected using the bottom rotary switch:
RV = off delay
AV = operate delay
TI = clock generator starting with impulse
TP = clock generator starting with pause
IA = impulse controlled operate delay (e.g. automatic door opener)
EW = fleeting NO contact
AW = fleeting NC contact
Standard setting ex works. ARV = operate and release delay
ON = Permanent ON
OFF = Permanent OFF
Further settings can be made using the The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach-in process according to the
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). operating instructions. It shows control commands by short flickering during operation.
* The maximum load can be used starting at a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes.
languages: The maximum load will be reduced for shorter times as follows: up to 2 seconds 15%, up to 2 minutes 30%, up to
http://eltako.com/redirect/FMZ14
5 minutes 60%.

FMZ14 RS485 bus actuator Art. No. 30014009 53,80 €/pc.
Multifunction time relay
GBA14 page 1-49.

RS485 BUS ACTUATOR STAIRCASE OFF-DELAY TIMER FTN14
1-22 FTN14
Staircase off-delay timer, 1 NO contact not potential free 16 A/250 V AC, 230 V LED lamps up to
400 W, incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts, switch-off early warning and switchable pushbutton
permanent light. Also for energy saving lamps ESL up to 200 Watt. Bidirectional. Only 0.2 watt
standby loss.

Switching voltage 230 V.
Zero passage switching to protect contacts and consumers.
Function rotary switches If a power failure occurs, the switching state is retained. The time lapse to switch off starts when the power
supply is restored.
In addition to the bus control input, this staircase off-delay timer can also be controlled locally by a
conventional 230 V control switch. Glow lamp current up to 5 mA, dependent on the ignition voltage of the
glow lamps.
The upper rotary switch LRN is required for teach-in. Then the off-delay 1 to 30 minutes can be set.
Wireless pushbuttons and/or wireless motion-brightness sensors FBH will be taught-in with the middle
rotary switch in the setting LRN, of which one or more are central control pushbuttons. The required
function of this staircase off-delay timer can then be selected:
NLZ = off-delay timer with adjustable operate delay
TLZ = staircase time switch
ESL = staircase time switch for energy saving lamps ESL
+ = with pushbutton permanent light (only TLZ)
+ = with switch-off early warning (TLZ + ESL)
+ = with pushbutton permanent light and switch-off early warning (TLZ + ESL)
If the permanent light function is switched on, the function can be activated by pressing the push-
Standard setting ex works. button for longer than 1 second. This function switches off automatically after 60 minutes or by pressing
the pushbutton for longer than 2 seconds.
If the switch-off early warning is switched on, the light starts to flicker approx. 30 seconds before
Further settings can be made using the time-out. This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals.
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). If both switch-off early warning and pushbutton permanent light are switched on, switch-off early
warning is activated before automatic switch-off of the permanent light.
A response delay (AV delay) can be set with the lower rotary switch at setting NLZ or when controlled
with a switch. Setting AUTO 1 = 1 s, AUTO 2 = 30 s, AUTO 3 = 60 s, AUTO 4 = 90 s and AUTO 5 = 120 s (clockwise).
languages: Also permanent light function can be set manually.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FTN14
But if you activate by pressing a button at NLZ, the device switches on when pressed once and the time
lapse to switch-off starts when pressed twice.
When teaching-in wireless motion/brightness sensors FBH, the switching threshold is defined on the
last FBH taught-in to switch the light on/off depending on the brightness – provided motion is detected.
The off delay set on the FTN14 is prolonged by a setting of 1 minute fixed in the FBH.
When teaching-in window/door contacts FTK, a NC or NO can be taught-in as required. Accordingly, the
timing period starts when opening or closing the window or the door.
If switches for permanent operation are taught-in, for example wireless transmitter modules or FTS14EM,
it is switched on when pressing and the time will be started when releasing.
GBA14 page 1-49. FTN14 RS485 bus actuator Art. No. 30014011 56,70 €/pc.
Staircase off-delay timer

RS485 BUS ACTUATOR 2-SPEED FAN RELAY F2L14
F2L14 1-23
2-speed fan relay, 1+1 NO contacts potential free 16 A/250 V AC, with DX technology. Bidirectional.
simply connect the N conductor to the terminal (N1) and L to 1 (L) and/or N to (N2) and L to 3 (L). This
results in an additional standby consumption of only 0.1 watt.
If supply voltage fails, the switching state is retained. When supply voltage is restored, the device is
Function rotary switches switched off in defined mode.
This fan relay evaluates the information of up to 23 passive sensors, e.g. wireless pushbuttons,
window/door contacts, window handle sensors FFG7B-rw or wireless transmitter modules. Active
sensors for CO2, air quality, humidity and temperature are also evaluated.
Several active sensors can be linked by the PCT14 PC Tool.
When the two contacts are switched in parallel, the 2-speed actuator for 2 fan speeds becomes an actuator
for one fan.
The middle rotary switch must be set to position LRN for teach-in. Set the required operating mode
when the fan actuator is in operation.
During the teach-in process, adjust the upper rotary switch to set the sensor type. A wireless pushbutton
(exclusive) with double rocker is taught-in in rotary switch position 1. Double rockers are assigned auto-
matically: top left Stage 1 (only contact 1-2 closed), top right stage 2 (only contact 3-4 closed). Bottom left
and bottom right OFF: both contacts open.
A wireless pushbutton (adding) with double rocker is taught-in in rotary switch position 2. Double rockers
are assigned automatically: top left stage 1 (contact 1-2 closed), top right Stage 2 (contacts 1-2 and 3-4
closed). Bottom left and bottom right OFF: both contacts open.
Standard setting ex works. If you switch the two contacts in parallel, one wireless pushbutton and 1 rocker are sufficient. In this case,
top is ON and bottom is OFF
In rotary switch position 3, teach in ON/OFF switch with double rocker (all rockers are assigned automati-
Further settings can be made using the cally) and wireless transmitter modules When you teach in an FTK device, window handle sensor FFG7B-rw
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). or active sensor, there is no need to take the teach-in position into account.
When operated with an active sensor, set the switch-in threshold on the lower rotary switch. When the
threshold is reached, Stage 1 (Contact 1-2) is switched on. At the upper rotary switch, set the addition
languages: value at which Stage 2 (Contact 3-4). Turn the middle rotary switch to set one of the operating modes
http://eltako.com/redirect/F2L14
AUTO1 to AUTO7.
AUTO1: for manual mode of a 2-stage fan by means of a double rocker wireless pushbutton. Each contact
is closed separately (exclusive) or contact 3-4 cuts in to switch stage 2 (accumulative). This is determined
when teaching-in. Passive sensors, such as wireless pushbuttons and transmitter modules, which are
taught-in as a off-switches, cause opening of both contacts. As long as the control voltage is applied to
transmitter modules or a window monitored by an FTK or window handle sensor FFG7B-rw is open, the
contacts are open and can not be switched on manually. AUTO2: Activating with either a wireless CO2 or
air quality sensor. The switch-on thresholds are set by the lower and upper rotary switches. The contacts
close 'exclusively'. AUTO3: Activating with wireless CO2 sensor. The switch-on thresholds are set by the lo-
wer and upper rotary switches. The contacts close 'exclusively'. AUTO4: Same as AUTO2, but activated by
the wireless temperature sensor. AUTO5: Same as AUTO2, but the contacts close 'adding'. AUTO6: Same
as AUTO3, but the contacts close 'adding'. AUTO7: Same as AUTO4, but the contacts close 'adding'.
Overview of switch-on thresholds for CO2, air quality, humidity and temperature see operating instructions.

page 1-49. F2L14 RS485 bus actuator 2-speed fan relay Art. No. 30014067 64,50 €/pc.

RS485 BUS ACTUATOR HEATING/COOLING RELAY FHK14
1-24 FHK14
Heating/cooling relay, 1+1 NO contacts potential free 4 A/250 V AC, with DX technology.
Bidirectional. Only 0.1 watt standby loss.

simply connect the N conductor to the terminal (N1) and L to 1 (L) and/or N to (N2) and L to 3 (L). This
Function rotary switches When both relays of the FHK14 are switched on, 0.4 watts are required.
This heating/cooling relay assesses information about wireless temperature controllers or sensors.
Possibly supplemented by window/door contacts, motion detectors, window handle sensor FFG7B-rw and
wireless pushbuttons.
As an alternative to a wireless temperature controller, the temperature information on the set and actual
values can be obtained from a Professional Smart Home controller.
It is also possible to specify the set temperature via the Professional Smart Home controller and thus
limiting the setting range of the wireless temperature controller.
Top rotary switch for adjustable hysteresis:
Left stop: lowest hysteresis 0.5º. Middle position: hysteresis 2.5º.
Right stop: largest hysteresis 4.5º. Inbetween, divisions in steps of 0.5º.
Middle rotary switch for regulation types:
AUTO 1: With PWM control at T = 4 minutes. (PWM = pulse width modulation).
(suitable for valves with thermoelectric valve drive)
AUTO 2: With PWM control at T = 15 minutes.
Standard setting ex works. (suitable for valves with motor-driven valve drive)
AUTO 3: With 2-point control.
Bottom rotary switch for operating modes:
Further settings can be made using the H: heating mode (Contact 1-2 and Contact 3-4); K: cooling mode (Contact 1-2 and Contact 3-4);
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). HK: heating mode (Contact 3-4) and cooling mode (Contact 1-2);
In heating mode, the frost protection function is always enabled. As soon as the actual temperature
drops below 8°C, the temperature is controlled in the selected operating mode to 8°C.
languages: If one or several windows are open, the output remains off provided the window/door contacts FTK or
http://eltako.com/redirect/FHK14
window handle sensors FFG7B-rw are taught-in. In heating mode, however, the frost protection remains
enabled.
As long as all taught-in motion detectors FBH detect no motion, the device is switched to setback mode.
In heating mode, the reference temperature is set back by 2°; in cooling mode, it is raised by 2°. As soon
as a motion detector signals movement again, the device is switched to normal mode.
When a wireless pushbutton FT4 is taught-in, the assignment of the 4 keys is assigned with the following
fixed functions: Top right: Normal mode (can also be enabled by timer). Bottom right: Night setback
mode by 4°; in cooling mode, raised by 4° (can also be enabled by timer). Top left: Setback mode by 2°, in
cooling mode, raised by 2°. Bottom left: Off (in heating mode, frost protection enabled; in cooling mode
permanent off). If the motion detector and wireless pushbutton are taught-in at the same time, the last
telegram received is always the one that is valid. A motion detector therefore switches off a setback
mode selected by wireless pushbutton when a movement is detected.
GBA14 page 1-49. FHK14 RS485 bus actuator heating/cooling relay Art. No. 30014014 56,40 €/pc.

RS485 BUS ACTUATOR 4-CHANNEL HEATING/COOLING RELAY F4HK14
F4HK14 1-25
Heating/cooling relay with 4 channels, 1 NO contact per channel 4 A/250 V AC, potential free from
the power supply, with DX technology. Bidirectional. Only 0.1 watt standby loss.
simply connect the N conductor to the terminal (N) and L to K (L). This results in an additional standby
When all 4 relays are switched on, a power of 0.7 watts is required.
Function rotary switches If supply voltage fails, the device is switched off in defined mode.
This heating/cooling relay assesses information about wireless temperature controllers or sensors.
Possibly supplemented by window/door contacts, motion detectors, window handle sensor FFG7B-rw and
As an alternative to a wireless temperature controller, the temperature information on the set and actual
values can be obtained from a Professional Smart Home controller.
It is also possible to specify the set temperature via the Professional Smart Home controller and thus
limiting the setting range of the wireless temperature controller.
Top rotary switch for adjustable hysteresis:
Left stop: lowest hysteresis 0.5º. Middle position: hysteresis 2.5º.
Right stop: largest hysteresis 4.5º. Inbetween, divisions in steps of 0.5º.
Middle rotary switch for regulation types:
AUTO 1: With PWM control at T = 4 minutes. (PWM = pulse width modulation).
AUTO 2: With PWM control at T = 15 minutes.
(suitable for valves with motor-driven valve drive)
Standard setting ex works. AUTO 3: With 2-point control.
Bottom rotary switch for operating modes:
H: heating mode (Contacts 1 to 4); K: cooling mode (Contacts 1 to 4);
Further settings can be made using the HK: heating mode (Contact 3 and 4) and cooling mode (Contact 1 and 2);
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). In heating mode, the frost protection function is always enabled. As soon as the actual temperature
If one or several windows are open, the output remains off provided the window/door contacts FTK or
languages: window handle sensors FFG7B-rw are taught-in. In heating mode, however, the frost protection remains
http://eltako.com/redirect/F4HK14
enabled.
GBA14 page 1-49. F4HK14 RS485 bus actuator 4-channel heating/cooling Art. No. 30014010 61,10 €/pc.
relay

RS485 BUS DISPLAY TIMER FSU14
1-26 FSU14
Display timer with 8 channels for the Eltako RS485 bus. With "astro" function.
For the function of the timer FSU14 it is necessary that the wireless antenna module FAM14 assigns a
device address, please see the operating instructions.
The switching commands of the channels can be taught-in into bus actuators and wireless actuators.
Up to 60 timer memory locations are freely assigned to the channels. With date and automatic summer/
winter time changeover. Ca. 20 days power reserve without battery.
Each memory location can either be used with astro function (automatic turn on after sunrise or sunset)
Further settings can be made using the or the time function. The astro switch-on and -off time can be shifted ±2 hours and in addition, an influence
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). of the solstices time lag of up to ±2 hours can be entered.
The timer is set using the MODE and SET buttons and the settings can be interlocked.
Set language: Every time the power supply is applied, press SET within 10 seconds to set the language
Manuals and documents in further and press MODE to confirm. D = German, GB = English, F = French, IT = Italian and ES = Spanish. The normal
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSU14 display then appears: weekday, time, day and month.
Rapid scroll: In the following settings, the numerals scroll rapidly when you press and hold down Enter.
Release then press and hold down to change the scroll direction.
Set clock: Press MODE and search for the function CLK with SET and select with MODE. Press MODE to
set. In H, press SET to select the hour and press MODE to confirm. In M proceed in the same way to set the
minute.
Set date: Press MODE and search for the function DAT with SET ans select with MODE. Press MODE to select.
At Y, press SET to select the year and press MODE to confirm. Proceed in the same way at M to set the month
and at D to set the day. The last setting in the sequence is MO (weekday) blinking. Press SET to set it.
From production week 08/17 the emission every minute from a timer telegram (hour and minute) and the
day of the week can be activated.
Wireless pushbuttons for central ON/OFF, automatic off and random mode on can be taught-in.
Set position coordinates (if the astro function is required): Press MODE and search for the function
POS with SET and select with MODE. For LAT press SET to select the latitude and press MODE to confirm.
Repeat this procedure for LON to select the longitude and press MODE to confirm. Select the time zone at
GMT with SET and confirm with MODE. If desired, a time lag of up to ±2 hours for all channels can now be
entered at WS (winter solstice) and SS (summer solstice).
Summer/winter time changeover: Press MODE and search for the function SWT with SET and select
with MODE. Now press SET to switch between ON and OFF. If you select ON, changeover is automatic.
Switch random mode on/off: Press MODE and search for the function RND with SET and select with
MODE. Press SET to set to ON (RND+) or OFF (RND) and press MODE to confirm. When random mode is
switched on, all switch-on time points of all channels are shifted at random by up to 15 minutes. Switch-on
times are switched earlier and switch-off times are switched later.
Lock settings: Briefly press MODE and SET together and at LCK, press SET to lock. This is displayed by an
arrow next to the lock symbol.
Unlock settings: Press MODE and SET together for 2 seconds and at UNL press SET to unlock.
Wired central control: At the terminals T1/T2 and T3/T2 switches can be connected for central control.
Set operating mode: Press MODE, search the function INT with SET and select with MODE. Select the
channel with SET at CH and confirm with MODE. You can switch between CIA (automatic with central
control), AUT (automatic), ON (with priority) or OFF (with priority) with SET. If you confirm ON or OFF with
MODE, the correspondent telegram will be sent immediately. If the switching state should automatically
change if a time program will be active, the channel must be set to CIA or AUT again.
If MODE is pressed longer than 2 seconds, the normal display appears.
Teach-in channels in wireless actuators: Press MODE and search for the function LRN with SET and
select with MODE. Select the channel at CH with SET and confirm with MODE. It can be switched between
ON and OFF with SET. If ON is confirmed with MODE, LRN+ flashes and the function ON will be taught-in
in the learning actuator with SET. Likewise it will be taught-in at OFF. See the operating instructions for
more information.
Enter switching programs: press MODE and select one of the 60 memory locations from P01 to P60 with
MODE and SET at the function PRG. See the operating instructions for more information. When random
mode is switched on, all switching times of all channels are shifted incidentally by up to 15 minutes. Power-on
times to previous and power-off times to future. For more information please see operating manual.

page 1-49. FSU14 RS485 bus display timer Art. No. 30014015 62,10 €/pc.

RS485 BUS WEATHER DATA GATEWAY FOR MULTI SENSOR MS FWG14MS AND
MULTI SENSOR MS
FWG14MS 1-27
BUS
Weather data gateway for multi sensor MS. Bidirectional. Only 0.3 watt standby loss.

A multisensor MS at the gateway is connected to terminals RSA and RSB. The information is received
Hold
once per second and converted into bus telegrams.
However, several FWG14MS can be connected to a multisensor MS e.g. to control several Eltako RS485
RSA RSB
buses with only one MS multisensor. Only at one FWG14MS must the end resistor connected. At additional
FWG14MS, this resistor must be removed.
Connection to the Eltako-RS485 bus. Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper. Operation in
Operating mode rotary switch conjunction with FAM14 or FTS14KS.
The Hold terminal is connected to the FAM14 or the FTS14KS. A maximum of two FWG14MS devices can be
operated in one bus. The telegram duplicator FTD14 can also send telegrams over the Wireless Building
System after the IDs of the FGW14MS are taught in the FTD14 or entered using the PTC14. Receiving
devices can then be FSB14, FSB61NP and FSB71. If the multisensor MS signal is not received, an alarm
telegram is sent. Using the PC Tool PCT14, 96 inputs can be AND or OR linked and up to 12 outputs can be
output.
The BA operating mode rotary switch can be configured according to the operating instructions.
Standard setting ex works
FWG14MS RS485 Bus Weather Data Gateway for multi Art. No. 30014072 60,00 €/pc.
Further settings can be made using the sensor MS

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FWG14MS

page 1-49.
MS
Multi sensor MS
The MS multi sensor sends the current weather details, including brightness (from three points of
the compass), wind, rain and frost, to the weather data transmitter module FWS61 connected in
series once per second. A standard telephone wire is sufficient as connecting lead: J-Y(ST)Y 2 x 2 x 0.8 or
equivalent. 100 m line length is permitted.
languages: Solid plastic housing, L x W x H = 118 x 96 x 77 mm. Degree of protection IP44. Temperature at mounting
http://eltako.com/redirect/MS
location -30°C to +50°C.
A power supply unit SNT61-230V/24V DC-0,25A is required for the power supply, including heating of the
rain sensor. This simultaneously supplys the wireless weather data transmitter module FWS61-24V DC.
MS Multi sensor Art. No. 20000084 300,20 €/pc.

WIRELESS WEATHER DATA TRANSMITTER MODULE FWS61-24V DC AND
RS485 BUS MULTIFUNCTION SENSOR RELAY FMSR14
1-28
FWS61-24V DC
Wireless weather data transmitter module for the seven weather items sent by the multisensor MS.
With internal antenna. Only 0.3 watt standby loss.

languages: For installation. 45 mm long, 45 mm wide, 18 mm deep.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FWS61-24VDC Power (24V DC) is supplied by the switch mode power supply unit SNT61-230V/24V DC-0,25A (33 mm deep,
45mm long, 45mm wide). This switching power supply unit simultaneously supplys the multisensor MS
including the heating of the rain sensor.
It is possible to use a deep UP box for the two devices.
This weather data transmitter module receives the seven momentary readings of the weather items:
brightness (from three cardinal points), twilight, wind, rain and ambient temperature by cable J-Y (ST)
Y 2x2x0,8 from the multisensor MS attached to the outside of the building. The readings are sent in the
form of wireless telegrams over the Eltako wireless network with the priorities listed below. Only one
MS multisensor can be connected to a wireless weather data transmitter module FWS61. However, several
FWS61 can be connected to a multisensor MS. The external terminating resistor has to be present on only
one FWS61. If there are other FWS61, it must be removed. The evaluation is made with a Professional Smart
Home controller, the wireless multifunction sensor relay FMSR14 and/or the actuators FSB14 and FSB71.
When the supply voltage is applied, a teach-in telegram is sent immediately and two status telegrams
containing the momentary values are sent approx. 60 seconds later. At least every 10 minutes, but also:
Brightness values West, South and East each from 0 to 99 kLux if a change of minimum 10% occurs.
Twilight values from 0 to 999 Lux if a change of minimum 10% occurs.
Wind speeds from 0 to 70m/s. From 4m/s to 16m/s, the momentary values are sent immediately 3 times
at intervals of 1 second. After that, further value increases are sent within 20 seconds. Dropping wind
speeds are sent progressively delayed by 20 seconds.
Rain values at the start are sent immediately 3 times. After the rain stops, a telegram is sent within
20 seconds.
Temperature values from -40.0°C to +80.0°C are sent every 10 minutes together with all the other values
in a status telegram.
Monitoring multisensor function and line break. If the weather data message from multisensor MS is not
sent for 5 seconds, the FWS61 immediately sends an alarm telegram which is repeated every 30 seconds.
The alarm telegram can be taught-in as a switch telegram in an actuator to initiate further action as
required. In addition, the two status telegrams containing the values brightness 0 Lux, twilight 0 Lux,
temperature -40°C (frost), wind 70 m/s and rain are sent.
When a message is again detected from the multisensor MS, the alarm stops automatically.
FWS61-24V DC Wireless weather data transmitter module for Art. No. 30000305 77,30 €/pc.
multisensor MS
FMSR14
Multifunction sensor relay with display and 5 channels (brightness, twilight, wind, rain and frost)
for the Eltako RS485 bus. Only 0.1 watt standby loss.

This multifunction sensor relay evaluates the wireless telegrams of the wireless weather data transmitter
module FWS61 and, dependent on the setting, issues switching commands directly to the RS485 bus
and also to the wireless network in the display by means of the MODE and SET buttons. This also allows
control over wireless actuators installed at decentralised positions. If only centrally installed actuators
Further settings can be made using the need to be addressed to control shading elements from the FWS61, it is sufficient to teach-in the FSB14s
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). in these actuators using the PC Tool PCT14. An FMSR14 is then not required.
For the function of the sensor relay FMSR14 it is necessary that a device address is assigned from the
wireless antenna module FAM14, according to the manual.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FMSR14
FMSR14 RS485 bus multifunction sensor relay Art. No. 30014028 62,10 €/pc.

page 1-49.

SINGLE-PHASE ENERGY METER TRANSMITTER MODULE FWZ14-65A
FWZ14-65A 1-29
Wireless single-phase energy meter transmitter module, maximum current 65 A.

Accuracy class B (1%). With RS485 interface.
The meter reading, the current power and the serial number will be handed over to the bus – eg for
forwarding to an external computer, an Professional Smart Home controller – and also to the wireless
network via FAM14. For this it is necessary that a device address is assigned from the wireless antenna
Further settings can be made using the module FAM14, according to the manual.
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). It measures active energy by means of the current between input and output. The internal power con-
sumption of 0.5 watt active power is not metered.
Like all meters without declaration of conformity (e.g. MID), this meter is not permitted for billing.
languages: 1 phase conductor with a max. current up to 65 A can be connected.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FWZ14-65A
The inrush current is 40 mA. In operation the rotary switch must be set to AUTO.
Power consumption is indicated using a LED.
If the L input and the L output were interchanged when hooked up, a normal rate (HT)/off-peak (NT) switch-
over telegram is transmitted to indicate the hook-up error.
If the anticipated load exceeds 50%, maintain an air gap of ½ pitch unit to the devices mounted adjacently.
Thereto included are 2 spacers DS14, a short jumper and two long jumpers.

page 1-49. FWZ14-65A RS485 bus wireless single-phase energy meter Art. No. 30014050 79,70 €/pc.
transmitter module 65 A

RS485 BUS WIRELES THREE-PHASE ENERGY METER WITH DISPLAY, MID APPROVAL
DSZ14DRS-3X80A MID
1-30 DSZ14DRS-3X80A MID

RS485 bus wireless three-phase energy meter. Maximum current 3 x 80 A. Standby loss 0.8 W at L1
and only 0.5 W at L2 and L3 each.
Modulair device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting in distribution cabinets with IP51 protection class.
4 modules = 70 mm wide and 58 mm deep.
It measures active energy by means of the current between input and output. The internal power con-
sumption of 0.8 W or 0.5 W active power per path is neither metered nor indicated.
1, 2 or 3 phase conductors with max. currents up to 80 A can be connected.
The inrush current is 40 mA.
Typical connection The terminals mL1 and N must always be connected.
4-wire-connection 3x230/400 V Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus via a FBA14 by means of a 2-wire screened bus line (e.g. telephone
line). The meter reading and the momentary capacity are transferred to the bus – e.g. for transfer to an
external computer or a Professional Smart Home controller – and is also transferred to the wireless net-
work via the FAM14. For this it is necessary that a device address is assigned from the wireless antenna
module FAM14, according to the operating instructions.
The 7 segment LC display is also legible twice within a period of 2 weeks without power supply.
The power consumption is displayed with a LED flashing 1000 times per kWh next to the display.
Designed as standard for using as double-tariff meter: Switch over to a second tariff by applying 230 V
to terminals E1/E2.
On the right next to the display are the keys MODE and SELECT. Press them to scroll through the menu
according to the operation manual. First the background lighting switches on. The display then shows the
total active energy per tariff, the active energy per resettable memory RS1 or RS2, and the instantaneous
values of consumption, voltage and current per phase.
Error message (false)
languages: When the phase conductor is missing or the current direction is wrong 'false' and the corresponding
DSZ14DRS-3*80A_MID phase conductor are indicated on the display.

page 1-49. DSZ14DRS- RS485 bus wireless three-phase energy meter Art. No. 28365715 200,50 €/pc.
Technical data page 10-24. 3x80A with display, MID approval

RS485 BUS TWO-WAY THREE-PHASE METER WITH DISPLAY DSZ14DRSZ-3x80A MID
DSZ14DRSZ-3x80A MID NEW

1-31
RS485 bus two-way three-phase meter. Maximum current 3x80 A. Standby loss 0,8 W at L1 and only
0,5 W at L2 and L3 each.
sumption of 0,8 W or 0,5 W active power per path is neither metered nor indicated.
The active energy is added depending on the sign. Positive power in the meter means energy con-
sumption, negative power means energy delivery. The energy measurement is balanced.
Typical connection If the energy consumption (P positive) is greater than the energy supply (P negative), the meter reading
4-wire-connection 3x230/400 V T Ɓ is increased. If the energy supply is greater than the energy consumption, the meter reading
T ſ is increased. Energy consumption is shown with a right arrow Ɓ and energy supply is shown with
a left arrow ſ above the active bar in the display.
The terminals L1 and N must always be connected.
Connection via a FBA14 to the Eltako RS485 bus with a 2-wire shielded bus cable (telephone cable).
The meter reading and the momentary power are transferred to the bus – e.g. for transfer to an external
computer or a Professional Smart Home controller – and is also transferred to the wireless network via
the FAM14. For this it is necessary that a device address is assigned from the wireless antenna module
FAM14, according to the operating instructions.
Energy consumption and energy supply values are stored in non-volatile memory and are displayed
again immediately after a power failure.
languages: The 7 segment LC display is also legible twice within a period of 2 weeks without power supply.
DSZ14DRSZ-3*80A_MID Power consumption is indicated using a LED next to the display flashing 1000 times per KWh.
On the right next to the display are the keys MODE and SELECT. Press them to scroll through the menu.
First the background lighting switches on. Then the total active energy per consumption and delivery,
the active energy of the resettable memory consumption and delivery as well as the instantaneous power,
voltage and current values for each phase conductor can be displayed.
Error message
If a phase connection is missing, the corresponding phase is shown on the display.
page 1-49.
DSZ14DRSZ- RS485 bus two-way three-phase meter with Art. No. 28465715 232,20 €/pc.
3x80A display, MID approval

RS485 BUS WIRELESS THREE-PHASE ENERGY METER WITH SETTABLE CT RATIO,
MID APPROVAL DSZ14WDRS-3X5A MID
1-32 DSZ14WDRS-3X5A MID

RS485 bus wireless three-phase energy meter with settable CT ratio and MID. Maximum current
3x5 A. Standby loss 0.8 W at L1 and only 0.5 W at L2 and L3 each.
This three-phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and
output. The internal power consumption of 0.8 W or 0.5 W active power per path is neither metered nor
indicated.
Typical connection The inrush current is 10 mA.
4-wire-connection 3x230/400 V The terminals mL1 and N must always be connected.
Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus via a FBA14 by means of a 2-wire screened bus line (e.g. telephone
First the background lighting switches on. The display then shows the total active energy, the active
energy of the resettable memory as well as the instantaneous values of consumption, voltage and current
per phase
The CT ratio can also be set. It is set to 5:5 at the factory and blocked with a bridge over the terminals
which are marked with 'JUMPER'. To adjust the CT ratio to the installed transformer remove the bridge and
reset the energy meter according to the operation manual. Then block it again with the bridge. Adjustable
current transformer ratios: 5:5, 50:5, 100:5, 150:5, 200:5, 250:5, 300:5, 400:5, 500:5, 600:5, 750:5, 1000:5,
1250:5 and 1500:5.
DSZ14WDRS-3*5A_MID phase conductor are indicated on the display.
Important! Before working on the current transformers disconnect the voltage paths of the energy
meters.
Housing for operating instructions GBA14 DSZ14WDRS- RS485 bus wireless three-phase energy meter Art. No. 28305712 209,10 €/pc.
page 1-49. 3x5A with settable CT ratio with display, MID approval

RS485 BUS ENERGY METER DATA GATEWAY FSDG14 AND
IR SCANNER FOR ENERGY METERS AIR
FSDG14 1-33
Wireless energy meter data gateway for meters equipped with an IEC 62056-21 IR interface.
2 channels. Only 0.4 watt standby loss.

This energy meter data gateway can provide the data of an electronic domestic supply meter (eHZ-EDL)
with IR interface according to IEC 62056-21 and SML protocol version 1 to the RS485 bus. Either for for-
warding to an external computer or a Professional Smart Home controller.
Regular flashing of the green LED indicates that the FSDG14 is receiving data from the meter. Active
Function rotary switch power, up to 4 meter readings and the serial number are transferred. The serial number corresponds to
the last 4 bytes (hex) of the server ID printed on the meter. The telegram is sent over the wireless building
service by means of the wireless antenna module FAM14. Usage data are transmitted over channel 1 and
delivery data over channel 2. It is therefore essential for the FAM14 to issue a device address. If there is a
change in active power or a meter reading, the appropriate telegram is sent immediately and all tele-
grams including the serial number are sent cyclically every 10 minutes.
The PCT14 PC tool can also read out the FSDG14.
Turn the rotary switch to select the following operating modes (OBIS codes according to IEC 62056-61):
Standard setting ex works. 1: Usage meter (1.8.0) and usage power on channel 1, delivery meter (2.8.0) and delivery power on Channel 2.
2: Usage tariff 1 (1.8.1) and tariff 2 (1.8.2) and usage power on channel 1, delivery tariff 1 (2.8.1) and tariff 2
(2.8.2) and delivery power on channel 2.
3: Usage tariff 1 (1.8.1) and tariff 2 (1.8.2) and usage power on channel 1, delivery meter (2.8.0) and delivery
power on Channel 2.
4: Usage meter (1.8.0) and usage power on channel 1, delivery tariff 1 (2.8.1) and tariff 2 (2.8.2) and delivery
power on channel 2.
The link is made by using an AIR IR scanner. The scanner is attached by its fixing magnets to the IR output
of the meter and is connected by its connecting cable to terminals Rx, GND and +12 V.
FSDG14 RS485 bus energy meter data gateway Art. No. 30014066 57,90 €/pc.
AIR IR scanner for energy meters Art. No. 30000970 107,90 €/pc.
IR scanner for energy meters AIR

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSDG14

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/AIR

page 1-49.

RS485 BUS METER COLLECTOR F3Z14D
1-34 F3Z14D
Wireless meter concentrator for electricity, gas and water meters.
For 3 S0 interfaces and/or 3 AFZ scanners, only 0.1 watt standby loss.

This meter concentrator concentrates the data of up to three electricity, data and water meters and
supplies this data to the RS485 bus. Either for forwarding to an external computer or for sending over the
Wireless Building System.
Hook-up is either by connection to the S0 interface of the meters or by use of an AFZ scanner on each
Further settings can be made using the Ferraris meter. The scanner is bonded above the rotary disc of the meter and connected by its connecting
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). wire to one of the S01-S03/GND terminals. The F3Z14D detects automatically whether an S0 interface or
an AFZ is connected.
The meter reading is entered into the display by two pushbuttons as well as the impulse rate (number of
languages: impulses or revolutions per kilowatt hour or cubic meter). The settings can be locked.
http://eltako.com/redirect/F3Z14D
Meter readings can be entered and read out using the PCT14 PC Tool. In addition, impulse rates can be
entered. The default display is selectable and operation of the device is interlocked.
The display is subdivided into 3 fields.
Field 1:
The default display is the unit of the meter reading currently displayed in field 3, either in kilowatt hours
kWh or megawatt hours MWh or cubic meter M3 or cubic decametre DM3
Field 2:
Momentary value of active power in watts and kilowatts or flow in centilitres and decilitres.
The arrow on the left in display field 1 indicates automatic switchover from 0-99 W or cl/s to 0.1 to 65 kW or
dal/s. The display depends on the number of impulses of the meter.
The displayed minimum load is e.g. 10 watts at 2000 impulses per KWH and 2000 watts at 10 impulses per
KWH.
Field 3:
The meter reading is the default display. Every 4 seconds, the display alternates between 3 integer
numbers and 1 decimal point (from 0 to 999.9 ) and an additional 1 or to 3 integer numbers (from 0 to 999).
Select meter in display:
Press MODE and then press MODE again to select the ANZ function. Press SET to select the meter number
to be displayed as default. Press MODE to confirm.
Issue device address in the bus and send teach-in telegrams as described in the operating instructions.
All Eltako energy meters are fitted with an S0 interface and can therefore be connected to the energy
meter concentrator F3Z14D. Only devices FWZ14-65A, DSZ14DRS-3x80A and DSZ14WDRS-3x5A are
directly connected to the bus.

page 1-49. F3Z14D RS485 bus meter collector Art. No. 30014055 59,10 €/pc.

RS485 BUS MULTIPLE GATEWAY FGW14
FGW14 1-35
Multiple Gateway. Bidirectional. Only 0.5 watt standby loss.

1 module = 18mm wide, 58mm deep.
The gateway is only 1 module wide but has multiple uses: For coupling of up to three FEM, for direct con-
nection via the RS232 interface with the PC, for connection to the bus components of the older Series 12
or as a bus connector of two RS485 buses of Series 14.
Operation in conjunction with FAM14 or FTS14KS.
Function rotary switch The Hold terminal is connected to the FAM14 or the FTS14KS.
Wireless receiver modules FEM are connected in parallel to the sub-bus terminals RSA2 and RSB2 as well
as the power supply terminals GND and +12V.
Up to 10 pushbutton input modules FTS12EM can be connected in series to the sub-bus terminals RSA2
and RSB2. If necessary in series with wireless receiver modules FEM (see page 1-45).
The PC connection is via connection to the terminals Tx and Rx.
Series 12 actuators are connected to the sub-bus terminals RSA2 and RSB2. There is no Hold connection
in this case.
Standard setting ex works. A second Series 14 bus is fed into the terminals RSA2/RSB2.
The settings of the operating mode rotary switch BA are carried out as described in the operating
instructions.
FGW14 RS485 bus multiple gateway Art. No. 30014017 66,50 €/pc.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FGW14
FEM and FEM65-wg page 1-45.

page 1-49.

RS485 BUS ENERGY METERS MQTT GATEWAY VIA WLAN FGW14W-IP AND
RS485 BUS ENERGY METERS MQTT GATEWAY VIA WLAN OR LAN FGW14WL-IP
1-36 FGW14W-IP NEW
Gateway with IP interface for Series 14 energy meters via WLAN.


The gateway is only 1 module wide: For operation, the gateway must be integrated into a WLAN.
The WLAN connection uses the 2.4 GHz frequency band.
Function rotary switch Operation in conjunction with FAM14 or FTS14KS.
The Hold terminal is connected to the FAM14 or the FTS14KS.
The IP connection is via WLAN. The gateway transmits data from any Eltako electricity meter on the
RS485 bus using the MQTT protocol. The data is transferred from the RS485 bus to any external MQTT
broker. For more details on MQTT see e.g. https://mqtt.org/
The data is encoded according to the EnOcean/IP format, see: www.enocean-alliance.org/specifications/
Standard setting ex works. Configurations and updates are made via the Eltako Connect app or via a web interface.
A REST API is available on the device's online product page.
FGW14W-IP RS485 Bus energy meters MQTT Gateway via WLAN; Art. No. 30014041 89,70 €/pc.
MQTT and REST-API
Eltako Connect app

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FGW14W-IP

GBA14 page 1-49.
GND +12V
BUS
FGW14WL-IP NEW
Gateway with IP interface for Series 14 energy meters via WLAN or LAN.

Hold
The gateway is only 1 module wide: For operation, the gateway must be integrated into a WLAN or LAN.
The WLAN connection uses the 2.4 GHz frequency band. The LAN connection is via RJ45 connector with
LAN
10/100Base-T.
Function rotary switch
The IP connection is via LAN or WLAN. The gateway transmits data from any Eltako electricity meter
on the RS485 bus using the MQTT protocol. The data is transferred from the RS485 bus to any external
MQTT broker. For more details on MQTT see e.g. B. https://mqtt.org/
Standard setting ex works. The data is encoded according to the EnOcean/IP format, see: www.enocean-alliance.org/specifications/
Configurations and updates are made via the Eltako Connect app or via a web interface.
FGW14WL-IP RS485 Bus energy meters MQTT Gateway via WLAN Art. No. 30014051 103,40 €/pc.
or LAN; MQTT and REST-API
Eltako Connect app
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FGW14WL-IP

GBA14 page 1-49.
RS485 BUS MULTIPLE GATEWAY WITH USB-A CONNECTION FGW14-USB
FGW14-USB 1-37
Multiple gateway with USB-A connection. Bidirectional. Only 0.3 watt standby loss.

The gateway is only 1 module wide but has multiple uses: To connect a Professional Smart Home
controller or PC via a USB interface, to couple up to three FEM devices, for connection to the bus
components of the older Series 12 or as a bus connector of two RS485 buses of Series 14.
conjunction with FAM14 or FTS14KS.
Operating mode rotary switch The PC is connected via a USB interface running at 9600 baud or 58 kbaud.
Wireless receiver modules FEM are connected in parallel to the sub-bus terminals RSA2 and RSB2 as well
as the power supply terminals GND and +12 V.
Up to 10 pushbutton input modules FTS12EM can be connected in series to the sub-bus terminals RSA2
and RSB2. If necessary in series with wireless receiver modules FEM.
The Professional Smart Home controller or PC connection is via connection to the terminals Tx and Rx.
Series 12 actuators are connected to the sub-bus terminals RSA2 and RSB2. There is no Hold connection
in this case.
Standard setting ex works. A second Series 14 bus is fed into the terminals RSA2/RSB2.
The settings of the operating mode rotary switch BA are carried out as described in the operating
instructions.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FGW14-USB
FGW14-USB RS485 bus multiple gateway with USB-A connection Art. No. 30014049 63,00 €/pc.
USB cable USB extension cord, 2 m long, Type A, ST/BU Art. No. 30000020 15,40 €/pc.
page 1-49.

RS485 BUS TELEGRAM DUPLICATOR FTD14
1-38
GND +12V
FTD14
BUS
Telegram duplicator for the Eltako RS485 bus with exchangeable antenna.

RSA RSB
The telegrams of taught-in IDs are duplicated and directly sent into the Eltako wireless network with a
new output ID. These wireless telegrams can be specifically taught-in in decentralized actuators.
A total of 120 memory locations are available.
Function rotary switches The upper rotary switch is used to selectively transmitting a wireless telegram. In normal operation, it is
set to RUN.
The bottom rotary switch is used for teaching-in and deleting IDs. In normal operation, it is set to RUN.
The red LED below the upper rotary switch performs during the teaching-in process.
The green LED below the lower rotary switch lights up briefly when a wireless telegram is transmitted.
The enclosed small antenna can be replaced with a wireless antenna FAG55E- or FA250 with magnetic base
and cable.
FTD14 RS485 bus telegram duplicator Art. No. 30014057 89,90 €/pc.


languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FTD14

page 1-49.

BUS COUPLER FBA14
FBA14 1-39
Bus coupler for wire connections of bus and power supply jumpers Series 14.

Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper.
Bus coupler FBA14 can connect various bus parts as well as feed power supplies.
Bus parts on different DIN rails or in other distributors or switch cabinets are each connected to an FBA14
and a 4-wire screened bus line, e.g. a telephone line. The total length of all connecting lines should not
exceed 100 m. A 9 mm wide second terminating resistor (supplied with the FAM14 respectively FTS14KS)
must be plugged into the last actuator.
languages: The bus coupler may be positioned at any point in a Series 14 device row. The 4 wires of the bus line are
http://eltako.com/redirect/FBA14
connected to the -12 V, +12 V, RSA and RSB terminals of the two FBA14s.
The jumper plugged in ex works to the lower terminal block must remain fitted to +12 V .
This jumper also remains fitted if a switch mode power supply unit FSNT12-12V/12W is connected to the
+12 V and -12 V terminals to produce power supply redundancy.
If the power supply of the switch mode power supply unit in the FAM14 or FTS14KS is insufficient to power
the entire RS485 bus, a switch mode power supply unit SNT12-230V/12V DC-1A can be connected to the
-12 V and +12 V terminals of the bus coupler to increase capacity. In this case the jumper must be removed.
Actuators to the left of the bus coupler are powered by the FAM14 or FTS14KS, actuators to the right are
powered by the switch mode power supply unit.

page 1-49. FBA14 RS485 bus coupler Art. No. 30014018 32,40 €/pc.

THE MODULAR INDIVIDUAL ROOM CONTROL
1-40 WIRELESS ACTUATORS IN HEATING CIRCUIT DISTRIBUTORS

WITH WIRELESS ROOM TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS
Wireless room temperature controllers transmit wireless telegrams

containing setpoints and actual values to a wireless antenna module
in the heating circuit distributor. The distributor passes on the
received data via an internal RS485 bus to actuators to control the
device motors.
The modular design means that only the hardware actually needed
is installed. This saves the cost of unnecessary actuators.
The usual term 'single room control' does not mean that only one
room is controlled. In fact, zones are controlled. Every zone (e.g.
every room) may have a separate room temperature controller and FAM14 | FAE14SSR
several zones in a room may have a common controller. Further informations FAM14 page 1-3 and
FAE14SSR page 1-41.
Up to 25 actuators can be supplied with the FSNT14 power supply,
which is included with the FAM14 antenna module. Each actuator
can control 1 or 2 heat zones. 2 actuators per zone can be directly
connected.
If several actuators are required per zone, additional actuators are

simply assigned to one zone.
The smallest unit consists of a switching power supply unit FSNT14

(1TE), an antenna module FAM14 (1TE) and a 1TE wide 2-zone actuator
FAE14. One PU is only 18 mm wide.
The total width of the smallest unit with 2 zones is therefore only
3 PU = 54 mm. With 6 zones, the module width adds up to only
FAE14LPR | SNT14 | TSA02NC
90 mm and with 12 zones, the total width is only 144 mm. Further informations FAE14LPR page 1-42,
SNT14 page 17-6 and TSA02NC page 1-43.
The actuators are powered by electronic solid state relays for
230 V actuators which have a practically unlimited service life, type
FAE14SSR. In addition with conventional PCB relays for 24 V actuators,
type FAE14LPR. 24 V DC actuators are powered by 12 W, 24 W or 48 W by a switch
mode power supply unit SNT14-24V DC snapped on the right hand
Modules are quickly cross-connected to the upper information side. This can be connected to a pre-assembled SAS busbar for 6 or
side (bus and internal power supply) by means of jumpers. more actuators. Otherwise it is connected with wire bridges.
RS485 BUS ACTUATOR SINGLE ROOM CONTROL, HEATING/COOLING FOR 2 ZONES WITH
SOLID STATE RELAY FAE14SSR
FAE14SSR 1-41
Noiseless 2-channel single room control, 400 W. 2 solid state relays not potential free. Bidirectional.
If both relays are switched on, a power of 0.4 watts is required.
The rated switching capacity of 400 W is applied for one contact and also for the sum of the two contacts.
From production week 35/16 with automatic electronic over temperature shutdown.
With a load < 1 W a GLE must be switched parallel to the load.
First teach in the sensors using the rotary switches.
Function rotary switches The channels can be taught-in together at the same time. Use the lower rotary switch in positions 1+2.
Alternatively, they can be taught-in separately in position 1 or 2.
Then set the operating mode using the middle rotary switch:
PWM 1 for valves with thermoelectric actuator, T = 4 minutes.
PWM 2 for valves with motor-driven actuator, T = 15 minutes.
2-Pt for 2-point control.
PWM control mode: The upper rotary switch sets the required temperature difference at which the device is
switched on at 100%.
When the actual temperature >= reference temperature, the device is switched off.
When the actual temperature <= (reference temperature – hysteresis), the device is switched on at 100%.
When the actual temperature is between (reference temperature – hysteresis) and the reference temperature,
the device is switched on and off by a PWM in steps of 10% depending on the temperature difference. The lower
the temperature difference, the shorter the switch-on time. As a result of the settability of the 100% value, the
PWM can be adapted to the radiator size and inertia. The signs are the opposite in cooling mode.
In heating mode, the frost protection function is always enabled. As soon as the actual temperature drops
below 8°C, the temperature is controlled in the selected operating mode to 8°C.
Two-point control mode: The upper rotary switch sets the required difference between the switch-on and
Further settings can be made using the switch-off temperatures.
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). When the actual temperature >= reference temperature, the device is switched off.
When the actual temperature <= (reference temperature – hysteresis), the device is switched on.
The signs are the opposite in cooling mode.
Manuals and documents in further The type of connected actuators will be selected with the lower rotary switch. SA NC for actuator NC (normally
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FAE14SSR closed) or SA NO for actuator NO (normally open).
When wireless window/door contacts FTK or window handle sensors FFG7B are taught-in, they are OR
linked. If one or more windows are open, the output remains off. In heating mode, however, the frost protection
remains enabled.
When motion detectors FBH are taught-in, they are AND linked. If all FBHs signal 'No motion', the device switches
to standby setback mode: In heating mode, the reference temperature is set back by 2°; in cooling mode, it is
raised by 2°. As soon as a motion detector signals movement again, the device is switched to normal mode.
When the FBHs and wireless pushbuttons are taught-in, the last telegram received is always the one that
is valid. An FBH therefore switches off a setback mode selected by means of the wireless pushbutton when
motion is detected.
When a wireless pushbutton is taught-in, the 4 keys are assigned the following functions:
Top right: Normal mode (can also be enabled by timer with the function 'ON'). Bottom right: Night setback mode
by 4°; in cooling mode: increase by 4° (can also be enabled by timer with the function 'OFF'). Top left: Standby
setback mode by 2°, in cooling mode, increase by 2°. Bottom left: Off (in heating mode, frost protection enabled;
in cooling mode permanent off).
Malfunction mode: If no wireless telegram will be received from a temperature sensor for more than 1 hour, the
LED lights up and it will be switched to fault mode: in heating mode it will be switched on for 1.2 minutes and
switched off for 2.8 minutes at PWM 1. At PWM 2 and 2-Pt the times are 4,5 minutes 'on' and 10.5 minutes 'off'.
The device is switched off in cooling mode. When a wireless telegram is again received, the LED goes out and
the device switches back to normal mode.
The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach-in process according to the opera-
ting instructions. It shows control commands by short flickering during operation.
page 1-49. FAE14SSR RS485 bus actuator single room control, heating/ Art. No. 30014029 65,90 €/pc.
cooling for 2 zones with solid state relay

RS485 BUS ACTUATOR SINGLE ROOM CONTROL, HEATING/COOLING FOR 2 ZONES FAE14LPR
1-42 FAE14LPR
2-channel single room control, 4 A/250 V, potential free. Bidirectional.
If both relays are switched on, a power of 0.4 watts is required.
The channels can be taught-in together at the same time. Use the lower rotary switch in positions 1+2.
Alternatively, they can be taught-in separately in position 1 or 2.
First teach in the sensors using the rotary switches. In normal mode, set the operating mode using the
middle rotary switch.
Function rotary switches PWM 1 for valves with thermoelectric actuator, T = 4 minutes.
PWM 2 for valves with motor-driven actuator, T = 15 minutes.
2-Pt for 2-point control.
PWM control mode: The upper rotary switch sets the required temperature difference at which the
device is switched on at 100%.
When the actual temperature <= (reference temperature – hysteresis), the device is switched on at 100%.
When the actual temperature is between (reference temperature – hysteresis) and the reference
temperature, the device is switched on and off by a PWM in steps of 10% depending on the temperature
difference.
The lower the temperature difference, the shorter the switch-on time. As a result of the settability of the
100% value, the PWM can be adapted to the radiator size and inertia.
Two-point control mode: The upper rotary switch sets the required difference between the switch-on
Standard setting ex works. and switch-off temperatures.
When the actual temperature <= (reference temperature – hysteresis), the device is switched on.
Further settings can be made using the The signs are the opposite in cooling mode.
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). The type of connected actuators will be selected with the lower rotary switch. SA NC for actuator NC
(normally closed) or SA NO for actuator NO (normally open).
When wireless window/door contacts FTK or window handle sensors FFG7B are taught-in, they are
Manuals and documents in further OR linked. If one or more windows are open, the output remains off. In heating mode, however, the frost
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FAE14LPR protection remains enabled.
When motion detectors FBH are taught-in, they are AND linked. If all FBHs signal 'No motion', the device
switches to standby setback mode: In heating mode, the reference temperature is set back by 2°; in
cooling mode, it is raised by 2°. As soon as a motion detector signals movement again, the device is
switched to normal mode.
When the FBHs and wireless pushbuttons are taught-in, the last telegram received is always the one
that is valid. An FBH therefore switches off a setback mode selected by means of the wireless pushbutton
when motion is detected.
When a wireless pushbutton is taught-in, the 4 keys are assigned the following functions:
Top right: Normal mode (can also be enabled by timer with the function 'ON'). Bottom right: Night setback
mode by 4°; in cooling mode: increase by 4° (can also be enabled by timer with the function 'OFF'). Top
left: Standby setback mode by 2°, in cooling mode, increase by 2°. Bottom left: Off (in heating mode, frost
protection enabled; in cooling mode permanent off).
Malfunction mode: If no wireless telegram will be received from a temperature sensor for more than 1 hour,
the LED lights up and it will be switched to fault mode: in heating mode it will be switched on for 1.2 minutes
and switched off for 2.8 minutes at PWM 1. At PWM 2 and 2-Pt the times are 4.5 minutes 'on' and 10.5 minutes
'off'. The device is switched off in cooling mode. When a wireless telegram is again received, the LED goes
out and the device switches back to normal mode.
page 1-49. FAE14LPR RS485 bus actuator single room control, heating/ Art. No. 30014030 57,90 €/pc.
cooling for 2 zones with PCB relay

THERMAL ACTUATORS TSA02NC AND BUS BARS SAS-6TE
TSA02NC-230 V 1-43
Thermal actuator AFRISO-230 V/2 W, normally closed contact (NC).
Electrical control of hot water valves.
Actuators convert the electrical signal of room or clock thermostats in one valve stroke and control the
set temperature. Connected directly to the valve or distributor top part by connecting cable and union nut.
IP54. Power supply 230 V ±10%.
I max 200 mA, -5/+60°C.
Stroke > 3 mm in 3-6 minutes. F ˜ 90 N.

languages: TSA02NC-230V Thermal actuator NC contact, 230V Art. No. 30014034 38,90 €/pc.
TSA02NC-230V
TSA02NC-24V
Thermal actuator AFRISO-24 V/2 W, normally closed contact (NC).
Electrical control of hot water valves.
Actuators convert the electrical signal of room or clock thermostats in a valve stroke and control the set
temperature. Connected directly to the valve or distributor top part by connecting cable and union nut.
IP54. Power supply 24 V ±10%.
I max 230 mA, -5/+60°C.
Stroke > 3 mm in 3-6 minutes. F ˜ 90 N.

languages: TSA02NC-24V Thermal actuator NC contact, 24 V Art. No. 30014035 38,90 €/pc.
TSA02NC-24V
SAS-6TE
Bus bar for switch mode power supply unit FSNT14 to actuators FAE14SSR and FAE14LPR.
SAS-6TE Bus bar 6 PU Art. No. 30014024 14,90 €/pc.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/SAS-6TE

BUS JUMPER CONNECTOR BBV14 AND SPACER DS14
1-44 BBV14 NEW
Bus jumper connector for wired connections of the bus and power supply jumpers Series 14, length
of 45 cm or 100 cm. 4-core wire with soldered plugs on both sides.
The bus jumper connector BBV14 can connect bus parts on different rails.
To connect DIN-Rail devices of Series 14 with cross-wiring and bus power supply with jumpers on different
rails in a cabinet or distributor with minimum space, bus jumper connectors can be plugged at the end
and the beginning of the next device series.
If longer connections are required, FBA14 bus coupler should be used.
BBV14 Bus jumper connector, 45 cm long Art. No. 30014053 24,30 €/pc.
BBV14/100 Bus jumper connector, 100 cm long Art. No. 30014058 25,50 €/pc.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/BBV14-
DS14
Spacer
1/2 module wide = 9 mm, to produce and maintain a ventilation clearance for modular devices dissipating
much heat, e.g. dimmers and switching power supply units.
Manuals and documents in further DS14 Spacer Art. No. 30014101 2,00 €/pc.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/DS14

WIRELESS RECEIVER ANTENNA MODULE FEM AND FEM65-wg
FEM 1-45
Wireless receiver antenna module for the RS485 sub-bus. Only 0.5 watt standby loss.
SMA socket for small enclosed antenna. The reception range can be increased by placing a larger wireless
antenna FA250*, FA200* or FAG55E- in the optimised position.
Housing dimensions L x W x H: 78 x 40 x 22 mm.
languages: Up to three wireless receiver modules in a separate mini-housing can be installed at any point in the
http://eltako.com/redirect/FEM
building in addition to an FAM14 (see page 1-3) and connected via a Gateway FGW14 to the main bus
by a 4-wire screened sub-bus line (e.g. telephone line).
Therefore connect the terminals RSA/RSB of the FEM with the terminals RSA2/RSB2 of the FGW14 (see
FGW14 see page 1-35. page 1-35).
Also connect the terminals +12 V/GND of the FEM with the terminals +12 V/GND of the FGW14.
Wiring of several FEM should take place with a line in the form of a chain, as prescribed in RS485 bus systems.
A radial wiring with one line per FEM is not allowed.
In each of the three wireless receiver modules, the jumper must be plugged into a different position.
For this purpose, carefully open the housing on the narrow side with a screwdriver at the side provided.
Blade width 6.5 mm, max. 1.5 mm thick.
* see page 1-4

WEEE-Reg.-Nr. DE 30298319 FEM Wireless receiver antenna module Art. No. 30014016 92,60 €/pc.
FEM65-wg
Wireless receiver antenna module for the RS485 sub-bus. In the housing for surface mounting
84 x 84 x 30 mm into the E-Design switching system. Only 0.5 watt standby loss.
Up to three wireless receiver modules FEM and/or FEM65 can be installed at any point in the building
in addition to a FAM14 (see page 1-3) and connected via a gateway FGW14 (see page 1-35) to the main
bus by a 4-wire screened sub-bus line (e.g. telephone line).
FEM65-wg Wireless receiver antenna module Art. No. 30065016 92,90 €/pc.
languages: surface mounting, pure white glossy
http://eltako.com/redirect/FEM65-wg
FGW14 see page 1-35.

RS485 BUS 1 AND 2 LEVEL WIRELESS REPEATER FRP14
1-46 FRP14
1 and 2 level wireless repeater with small antenna. Only 0.6 watt standby loss. If required, a wire-
less antenna FA250 can be connected.

This repeater is only needed if the building conditions prevent undisturbed reception or the distance
between the wireless pushbutton and receiver is too great.
Antenna FA250 with a 250 cm cable or FAG55E- with a 100 cm cable can be connected instead of the
enclosed small antenna. When positioned in the optimal location, it can increase range considerably.
The 1-level mode is activated ex works. Only the signals from sensors and actuators are received, tested
languages: and retransmitted at full transmit power. Wireless signals from other repeaters are ignored to reduce the
http://eltako.com/redirect/FRP14
data volume.
In de-energized state it can be switched to 2-level mode with a rotary switch. After switching on the
supply voltage, the wireless signals of another 1-level repeater are now being processed.
A signal can then be received and amplified maximum 2 times.
Wireless repeaters need not be taught-in. They receive and amplify signals from all wireless sensors
within their reception area.
The LEDs under the rotary switch indicate all the wireless signals detected by briefly flashing.
The wireless repeater FRP14 can be installed either as a single device in a subdistributor panel.
It then requires a 12 V power supply from a switch mode power supply unit SNT12-230V/12V DC-1A. Or
it is installed together with remote Series 14 wireless actuators and cross-wiring requires a jumper.
There is no connection to the bus. It is only looped through.

page 1-49. FRP14 RS485 bus 1 and 2 level wireless repeater Art. No. 30014019 88,20 €/pc.

RS485 BUS WIRELESS 4-FOLD TRANSMITTER MODULE FSM14-UC
FSM14-UC 1-47
Wireless 4-fold transmitter module. With exchangeable antenna. If required, a wireless antenna
FA250 or FAG55E- can be connected. Only 0.1 watt standby loss.

Connection to the Eltako-RS485 bus. Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper. Alternatively,
the power supply can be performed with a switching power supply unit 12 V DC at the terminals
+12 V/GND.
This wireless transmitter module has four channels and, like a wireless 4-way pushbutton, it can transmit
wireless telegrams into the Eltako wireless network. E1 initiates a wireless telegram like 'press rocker above'
languages: of a wireless pushbutton with one rocker, E2 like 'press rocker below', E3 like 'press left rocker above' of a
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSM14-UC
wireless pushbutton with double rocker and E4 like 'press left rocker below' of a wireless pushbutton with
double rocker.
The telegram on opening the control contacts is identical like 'release wireless pushbutton'.
Severel wireless transmitter modules must not be switched at the same time.
The universal control voltage at +En/-E processes control commands from 8 to 253 V AC or 10 to 230 V DC
with a length of at least 0.2 seconds. Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of control lead at 230 V
0.9 μF. This corresponds to a length of approx. 3000 meters.
If the terminals E1 and E2 are connected with a bridge, the wireless telegram is transmitted from E2, as
long as the control voltage is applied, e.g. for central commands with priority.
The rotary switch is required for the activation or deactivation of encryption and is set to AUTO in operation.
Activate encryption: Turn the rotary switch to the right stop (position key) and press once.
Deactivate encryption: Turn the rotary switch to the left stop (position crossed out key) and press once.

page 1-49. FSM14-UC RS485 bus wireless 4-fold transmitter module Art. No. 30014048 73,00 €/pc.

SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY UNIT 12V/12W FSNT14-12V/12W
1-48 FSNT14-12V/12W
Switching power supply unit rated capacity 12 W. Standby loss 0.2 watt only.
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
If the total power demand of a Series 14 bus system is higher than 8 W, other switching power supply
units FSNT14-12V/12W are required. These are each supplying a group of actuators, which are separated
with a disconnecting link on the FSNT14.
The scope of delivery includes 1 disconnecting link TB14 1 module, 1 jumper 1.5 modules and a spacer DS14.
At a load of more than 50% of the rated capacity and always if there are adjacent switching power supply
units and dimmers a ventilation clearance of 1/2 module must be maintained with the spacers DS14.
Therefore, this and a long jumper are included to the dimmers.
Input voltage 230 V (-20% bis +10%). Efficiency 83%.
Stabilised output voltage ±1%, low residual ripple. Short-circuit proof.
Trennbrücke TB14 Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of swichting off with automatic switching-on
after fault clearance (autorecovery function).
This switching power supply unit can also be used for producing a redundancy. Therefore only 1 FSNT14
languages: should be plugged in parallel to the integrated power supply units into the FAM14 and FTS14KS and
FSNT14-12V*12W connected to a normal jumper. For an optimal load distribution, the FSNT14 should be placed as close as
possible next to the last bus actuator.
Housing for operating instructions GBA14 FSNT14- Switching power supply unit 12V/12W Art. No. 30014062 55,60 €/pc.
page 1-49. 12V/12W

ACCESSORIES – HOUSING FOR OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS GBA14, SET OF JUMPERS STS14 AND
BUS JUMPER TOOL SMW14
GBA14 1-49
Housing for operating instructions.

Housing without front panel to insert operating instructions.

GBA14 Housing for operating instr., white-blue Art. No. 30014100 5,10 €/pc.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/GBA14
STS14
Set of jumpers for Series 14, 7 pieces.
STS14 Set of jumpers for Series 14, 7 pieces Art. No. 30014038 13,80 €/pc.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/STS14
SMW14
Tool for mounting/dismounting of bus jumpers RS485 Series BR14.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/SMW14
SMW14 Bus jumper tool Art. No. 30000017 1,50 €/pc.

1-50
MAXIMUM CONFIGURATION OF THE SERIES 14 RS485 BUS
WITH 3 DIFFERENT GATEWAYS AND 3 WIRELESS RECEIVER MODULES
* Three-phase energy meters DSZ14 must be connected to the end of a bus line.
The enclosed second terminating resistor has to be plugged to the last actuator of the FAM14 or the terminating resistor can be clamped under the terminals RSB/RSA
of the last energy meter (120 Ω, not included).
WITH DOWNSTREAM ACTUATORS AND METERS
CONNECTION EXAMPLE WIRELESS ANTENNA MODULE
The enclosed second terminating resistor has to be plugged to the last actuator of the FAM14 or the terminating resistor can be clamped under the terminals RSB/RSA
of the last energy meter (120 Ω, not included).
1-51
TECHNICAL DATA – SWITCHING ACTUATORS AND DIMMING ACTUATORS FOR THE ELTAKO RS485 BUS
Type F4HK14 FUD14 1) FSG14/1-10V b) F2L14b) FSR14SSR

1-52 FHK14 FUD14/800W 1) 7) F4SR14-LED
FSB14 FRGBW14 FFR14, FMS14
FSR14-4x FMZ14, FSR14-2xb)
FTN14b)
FSR14M-2xb)
Contacts
Contact material/contact gap AgSnO2 /0.5 mm Power MOSFET AgSnO2 /0.5 mm AgSnO2 /0.5 mm Opto-Triac
Test voltage control connections/contact – – – 2000 V 4000 V
16A/250V AC; FMZ14:
Rated switching capacity each contact 4A/250 V AC – 600 VA 5) 10A/250V AC up to 400 W 6)
F4SR14: 8A/250 V AC
Trailing edge up to 400 W
Leading edge up to 100 W up to 400 W
230 V LED lamps 9) up to 200 W FUD14/800 W: – FSR14M: up to 600 W up to 400 W 6)
Trailing edge up to 800 W I on ≤ 120A/5 ms
Leading edge up to 200 W
Dimmable LED lamps 12-24 V DC FRGBW14: 4 x 4 A
2000 W
1000 W up to 400 W; FUD14/800 W:
incandescent lamps and halogen lamp load 230 V 2) – F4SR14: 1800 W up to 400 W 6)
I on ≤ 10A/10 ms up to 800 W 1) 3) 4)
I on ≤ 70A/10 ms
Fluorescent lamp load with KVG*
500 VA – – 1000 VA –
in lead-lag circuit or non compensated
Fluorescent lamp load with KVG* 250 VA,
– 600 VA 5) 500 VA up to 400 VA 6)
shunt-compensated or with EVG* I on ≤ 10A/10 ms
Compact fluorescent lamps with EVG*
up to 200 W 9) up to 400 W 9) 1) – bis 400 W 9) up to 400 W 6) 9)
and energy saving lamps ESL
Inductive load cos M = 0,6/230 V AC
650 W 8) – – 650 W 8) –
inrush current ≤ 35 A
8 A (nicht FTN14
Max. switching current DC1: 12 V/24 V DC 4A – – –
und FZK14)
Life at rated load, cos M = 1 or for
>105 – >105 >105 ∞
incandescent lamps 500 W at 100/h
Service life at rated load, cos M = 0,6 at 100/h >4x10 4 – >4x10 4 >4x10 4 ∞
3 3 3
Max. operating cyles 10 /h – 10 /h 10 /h 10 3/h
Maximum conductor cross-section (3-fold terminal) 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 6 mm2
Two conductors of same cross-section (3-fold terminal) 2.5 mm2 (1.5mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2)
slotted/cross- slotted/cross- slotted/crosshead, slotted/cross-
Screw head slotted/crosshead, pozidriv
head, pozidriv head, pozidriv pozidriv head, pozidriv
Type of enclosure/terminals IP50/IP20 IP50/IP20 IP50/IP20 IP50/IP20 IP50/IP20
Electronics
Time on 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Max./min. temperature at mounting location +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C
Standby loss (active power) 0.1 W 0.3 W 0.5 W 0.05-0.5 W 0.1 W
Local control current at 230 V control input – – – 5 mA –
Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of local FTN14:
– – – –
control lead at 230 V AC 0.3 μF (1000 m)
* EVG = electronic ballast units; KVG = conventional ballast units
b)
Bistable relay as relay contact. After installation, wait for short automatic synchronisation before teaching-in the wireless pushbuttons.
1)
If the load exceeds 200 W (FUD14/800W:400W), a ventilation clearance of 1/2 pitch unit to adjacent devices must be maintained via the spacer DS14.
2)
Applies to lamps of max. 150 W.
3)
Per dimmer or capacity enhancer it is only allowed to use max. 2 inductive (wound) transformers of the same type, furthermore no-load operation on the secondary part is not permitted. The dimmer might be de-
stroyed. Therefore do not permit load breaking on the secondary part. Operation in parallel of inductive (wound) and capacative (electronic) transformers is not permitted!
4)
When calculating the load a loss of 20% for inductive (wound) transformers and a loss of 5% for capacitive (electronic) transformers must be considered in addition to the lamp load.
5)
Fluorescent lamps or LV halogen lamps with electronic ballast.
6)
Applies to one contact and the sum of both contacts.
7)
Capacity increase for all dimmable lamp types with Capacity Enhancer FLUD14.
8)
All actuators with 2 contacts: Inductive load cos M = 0.6 as sum of both contacts 1000 W max.
9)
Generally applies to 230 V LED lamps and energy saving lamps (ESL) . Due to different lamp electronics, switch on/off problems and a restriction in the maximum number of lamps, however, the dimming ranges
may be limited depending on the manufacturer; in particular when the connected load is very low (e.g. with 5 W LEDs). The dimmer switch comfort settings EC1, EC2, LC1, LC2 and LC3 optimise the dimming range,
however, the maximum power is then only up to 100 W. In these comfort settings, no inductive (wound) transformers may be dimmed.
The second terminating resistor has to be plugged to the last actuator included in the FAM14 respectively FTS14KS scope of supply.
Eltako Wireless is based on the EnOcean wireless standard for 868 MHz, frequency 868.3 MHz, data rate 125 kbps, modulation mode ASK, max. transmit power 7 dBm (<10 mW).
Compliance with: EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-1 and EN 60669

POWER REQUIREMENT
POWER REQUIREMENT OF THE 12 V DC POWER SUPPLY OF SERIES 14 1-53

The switching power supply unit in the FAM14 resp. FTS14KS provides 12 V DC/12 W*. The maximum power consumption of each connected
device must be added to calculate the total power consumption of the 12 V DC power supply.
Maximum power requirement

Device
(existing relay energized)
BGW14 0.30 W
F2L14 0.14 W
F3Z14D 0.10 W
F4HK14 0.70 W
F4SR14-LED 1.00 W
FAE14LPR 0.42 W
FAE14SSR 0.40 W
FAM14 0.80 W
FBA14 –
FDG14 0.40 W
FGSM14 0.20 W
FGW14 0.50 W
FGW14W-IP/FGW14WL-IP 0.80 W
FGW14-USB 0.30 W
FHK14 0.42 W
FLUD14 –
FMS14 0.63 W
FMSR14 0.10 W
FMZ14 0.40 W
FPLG14 0.40 W
FPLT14 0.40 W
FRGBW14 0.10 W
FRP14 0.50 W
FSB14 0.42 W
FSDG14 0.40 W
FSG14/1-10V 0.20 W
FSM14 0.10 W
FSR14-2x 0.14 W
FSR14-4x 0.70 W
FSR14M-2x 0.14 W
FSR14SSR 0.40 W
FSU14 0.14 W
FTD14 0.53 W
FTN14 0.14 W
FTS14EM 0.13 W
FTS14FA 0.50 W
FTS14KS 0.40 W
FTS14TG 0.42 W
FUD14 0.20 W
FUD14/800W 0.20 W
FWG14MS 0.30 W
FWZ14-65A 0.10 W
STE14 –
* If the power requirement is greater, a switching power supply unit FSNT14-12V/12W should be used for each
12 watts of more power. Furthermore a disconnecting link TB14 has to be attached instead of a normal jumper
to separate the additionally powered group.
REMOTE CONTROLLER
SWITCH
SYSTEM
CLOUD
BUS
PUSH-
BUTTON
WIRELESS
SENSORS
BUS
SERIES
SENSORS 14
DECENTRALIZED
ACTUATORS
CONTROLLER
& POWERLINE
P A R T N E R
GATEWAYS DALI
B4T55E-wg
BUTH55ED/
12V DC-wg
FTS14EM
2 THE REMOTE SWITCH SYSTEM AND

WIRED BUS PUSHBUTTONS

The remote switch system FTS14 – Modular RS485 bus
The remote switch system FTS14 – modular RS485 bus of the next generation 2-2
RS485 bus communication interface FTS14KS 2-4 2-1

RS485 bus pushbutton input module FTS14EM 2-5
Switching power supply unit SNT12 2-6
RS485 bus pushbutton gateway FTS14TG 2-7
NEW Bus pushbutton in E-Design55 B4T55E- 2-8
Bus pushbutton coupler FTS61BTK and Bus pushbutton coupler FTS61BTKL 2-9
NEW Bus pushbutton coupler FTS61BTK/8 and optional: Wireless output module FTS14FA 2 - 10
The input module FTS14EM with Series 14 actuators 2 - 11
The input module FTS14EM with actuators in combination with FAM14 to expand the Wireless Building 2 - 12
The wireless output module FTS14FA with FTS14TG, FTS14EM and actuators 2 - 13
The pushbutton gateway FTS14TG with bus pushbutton coupler FTS61BTK and bus pushbuttons B4T55E 2 - 14
All possible combinations FTS14KS, FAM14, FTS14TG, FTS14EM and FTS14FA and actuators 2 - 15
Wired bus pushbuttons

for connection to the bus gateway BGW14
RS485 bus gateway BGW14 2 - 16
Power supply unit SNT12 2 - 16
NEW Bus motion/brightness sensor BBH55E/12V DC- 2 - 17
NEW Bus temperature controller with hand wheel BTR55EH/12V DC- 2 - 17
NEW Bus thermo clock/hygrostat with display BUTH55ED/12V DC- 2 - 17
NEW Bus temperature sensor BTF55E/12V DC- 2 - 17
Circuit diagrams for bus gateway BGW14 with 4-wire sensors 2 - 18

THE REMOTE SENSING SYSTEM FTS14 – MODULAR RS485 BUS OF THE NEXT GENERATION
THE REMOTE SENSING SYSTEM FTS14 USES THE NEW

2-2
FEATURES OF OUR SERIES 14
The bus and power supply connections on the input module FTS14EM, The connected actuators can also be configured with the PC tool
communication interface FTS14KS and actuators as DIN rail mounted PCT14 via communication interface of the FTS14KS.
devices are very simply cross-wired by means of jumpers.
A customary screened 4-wire telephone line acts as bus line to Î Optional: Instead of the FTS14KS a wireless antenna module
connect several distributors together. FAM14 (from the Wireless Building System), which is only two pitch
units wide, can also be installed. Actuators can then be activated
The FTS14 bus and the input module FTS14EM use exactly the via the FTS14EM by wireless pushbuttons, handheld transmitters
same telegram structure as the Wireless Building DIN rail and wireless sensors as well as conventional pushbuttons. The bidi-
mounted devices of the Series 14 and are therefore directly rectional FAM14 also permits a Professional Smart Home controller
combinable with actuators and other components in the Series 14. to evaluate feedback messages from the actuators transferred by
All the necessary functions of current production are then wireless. Each actuator status is then displayed and can also be
immediately available. changed. Connecting the HOLD terminals of all devices regulates
bus access and prevents collisions.
The power supply in the FTS14KS decouples the electronics of
all connected devices from the 230 V power supply grid. As a Î Optional: The pushbutton gateway FTS14TG, which is only two
result, the devices are not exposed to voltage peaks and other pitch units wide, can feed telegrams from the 4-way bus pushbuttons
faults which are becoming increasingly frequent on mains B4T55E and pushbutton coupler FTS61BTK connected by 2-wire
power supplies. This protection significantly increases the pushbutton bus to conventional pushbuttons connected to the bus.
expected service life of the devices. Data transfer and power supply take place simultaneously over 2 wires
only. This avoids many single pushbutton control lines. This avoids
Every FTS14EM with only two pitches width has 10 inputs for either many single pushbutton control lines. An FTS14EM device is then not
conventional pushbuttons, window/door-contacts or motion required.
sensors. Thanks to the electrically isolated universal control voltage
from 8 to 230V UC, the inputs can be controlled either directly with Î Optional: Pushbutton telegrams on the bus can be sent directly to
the mains voltage or with low voltage. A separate switch mode pow- the Wireless Building system with a wireless output module
er supply unit, e.g. the SNT12 which is only one pitch unit wide, must FTS14FA, e.g. to control decentral actuators.
then be used for 12 V or 24 V. Control power requirement is only 0.05
or 0.2 watts per pushbutton when a pushbutton is operated. All Î Optional: The multiple gateway FGW14, which is only one pitch unit
input terminals (E1 to E10) are arranged in the lower terminal blocks wide, can set up connections to the Professional Smart Home controller,
and a terminal for the common pushbutton reference potential (-E) bus components of the previous Series 12 and an RS232 interface.
is located on the upper terminal block. In addition to this, two RS485 buses from Series 14 can be connected.
The FTS14EM can be configured by 2 rotary switches in such a

way that max. 50 FTS14EM devices can be connected to max.
500 pushbuttons in a bus installation. In addition the pushbutton
inputs of each FTS14EM are set by rotary switch either as universal
pushbuttons or in pairs as direction pushbuttons. The telegram of
each pushbutton input in the entire bus is available over the bus
system simultaneously for all actuators connected. It is therefore
possible to install central and group pushbuttons rapidly and using
few wires. The related pushbuttons are simply taught-in in the
required actuators on the bus.
THE REMOTE SWITCH SYSTEM FTS14 – MODULAR RS485 BUS OF THE NEXT GENERATION
2-3
FTS14KS FTS14EM
RS485 bus
All optional possibilities can be combined as required: FTS14EM with actuators, the wireless antenna module FAM14, the pushbutton wireless out-
put module FTS14FA and the pushbutton gateway FTS14TG for connection to pushbutton couplers FTS61BTK.
RS485 BUS COMMUNICATION INTERFACE FTS14KS
FTS14KS
FTS14 communication interface for the Eltako RS485 bus with enclosed power supply FSNT14-
2-4 12V/12W. Only 0.4 watt standby loss.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Supply voltage 12 V DC.
Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus. Bus wiring and power supply with jumpers.
The delivery includes 1 power supply FSNT14-12V/12W, 1 spacer DS14, 2 terminators with printing Ω, 1/2
module, 3 jumpers 1 module (including 1 spare), 1 jumper 1,5 TE, 2 jumpers 1/2 module (including 1 spare)
and 1 jumper installation tool SMW14.
If the power supply is subjected to a load of more than 4 W, a ventilation distance of ½ to neighboring
devices must be maintained on the left side. With a load greater than 6 W, a ½ ventilation gap is also
Function rotary switch required between the FSNT14 and the FAM14 with the DS14 spacer.
A DS14 spacer and a long jumper are therefore included. If the total power requirement of a series 14 bus
system is higher than 10 W, an additional FSNT14-12V/12W must be used for every 12 W of additional power.
Optionally, 12 V DC can also be supplied at the GND/+12 V terminals.
The attached second terminator should be plugged to the last actuator.
Mini USB to connect to a PC, to create an equipment list, to configurate the actuators using the PC
tool PCT14 and for data backup. A legalization code to download the PCT14 from the Eltako homepage
Standard setting ex works. www.eltako.de is included in the FTS14KS.
All FTS14EM and if needed gateways FGW14 will be connected to the terminal Hold when they connect a PC
with a RS232 bus.
languages: According to the operating manual 10 different operating modes can be set with the operating mode rotary
http://eltako.com/redirect/FTS14KS
switch BA.
The bottom LED lights up green if a connection from the PC tool PCT14 was created. When reading or writing
date the LED flashes green. The green LED goes out if the connection from the PC tool PCT14 was terminated.

GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. FTS14KS RS485 bus communication interface Art. No. 30014065 88,80 €/pc.

RS485 BUS PUSHBUTTON INPUT MODULE FTS14EM
FTS14EM
Input module for the Eltako RS485 bus, 10 control inputs for universal control voltage.
Only 0.1 watt standby loss. 2-5
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 railmounting.

10 control inputs +E1 to +E10/-E electrically isolated from the supply voltage.
Control voltage: 8..230 V UC.
Function rotary switches The control inputs can be either activated for pushbuttons (delivery state), window-door contacts or
motion detectors.
From the production week 21/19 the signals of the control inputs can be inverted.
Control inputs for pushbuttons: telegrams of pushbuttons will be generated (e.g. 0x70).
Each FTS14EM can be set to UT (= universal pushbutton) or RT (= direction pushbutton) on the lower rotary
switch.
Control inputs for window-door contacts: telegrams of the window-door contact FTK are generated
(EEP D5-00-01). If the input is driven by the contact with the control voltage to be applied externally, the
telegram 'window open' is generated. If the contact is opened, the telegram 'window open' is generated.
As with the wireless sensor FTK, the status telegram is repeated every 15 minutes.
Control inputs for motion detectors: telegrams of the wireless motion/brightness sensor FBH are
generated (EEP A5-08-01), wherein the brightness value is always 0. If the input is driven by the contact
with the control voltage to be applied externally, the telegram 'motion' is generated. If the contact is
opened, the telegra 'no motion' will be generated. As with the wireless sensors FBH, the status telegram is
repeated every 15 minutes.
Each telegram of a contact input has to be taught-in with an identification number (ID) into one or more
Standard setting ex works. actuators according to the operating instructions.
The lower rotary switch defines the group to which an FTS14EM belongs. A total of 5 groups are available
(1, 101, 201, 301 and 401) each with 100 IDs.
languages: The upper rotary switch (0 to 90) sets the ID within a group. The ID range within a group results from the
http://eltako.com/redirect/FTS14EM
combination of upper and lower rotary switches and must be set differently on each FTS14EM.
Maximum ten FTS14EMs form a group. Therefore, a total of 50 FTS14EMs comprising 500 pushbuttons or
contacts are possible in one RS485 bus.
To generate the necessary teach-in telegrams for teaching-in into the actuators, the requested group
has to be selected on the upper and lower rotary switch. For pushbuttons in the range UT or RT or for
window-door contacts and motion sensors in the range RT. Then confirm the required control input.
In operation, the same group should be selected for window-door contacts and motion sensors in the
range UT or RT for pushbutton or UT.
The LED below the upper rotary switch flashes briefly, when a connected contact is closed.
Optional: An FAM14 wireless antenna module (from Wireless Building System) which is only two modules
wide can also be installed. Actuators can then be activated via the FTS14EM by wireless pushbuttons and
contacts, handheld transmitters and wireless sensors in addition to conventional buttons. As the FAM14
has an integrated switch mode power supply unit, the FTS14KS is no longer required for power supply in
this configuration.
The bidirectional FAM14 also permits a Smart Home central unit SafeIV to evaluate feedback messages
from the actuators transferred by wireless. Each actuator status is then displayed and can also be changed.
Connecting the HOLD terminals of all devices regulates bus access and prevents collisions.
The telegrams of the FTS14EM can also be sent to the Eltako Wireless Building with the optional wireless
output module FTS14FA.

GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. FTS14EM RS485 bus pushbutton input module Art. No. 30014060 66,90 €/pc.

SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY UNITS SNT12
SNT12-230V/12V DC-2A AND

2-6
SNT12-230V/24V DC-1A
Switching power supply unit. Rated capacity 12 W. Standby loss 0.2 watt only.
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting.

units from 12 W rated capacity and if there are dimmers a ventilation clearance of 1/2 module must be
maintained with the spacers DS12 on both sides.
languages: Input voltage 230 V (-20% up to +10%). Efficiency 12 V DC 83%, 24 V DC 87%.
http://eltako.com/redirect/SNT12-230V*
Stabilised output voltage ±1%, low residual ripple.
Short-circuit proof.
Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of swichting off with automatic
switching-on after fault clearance (autorecovery function).
Technical data page 17-8. SNT12-230V/12V DC-2A Switching power supply unit Art. No. 20000162 73,00 €/pc.
12V DC-2A
SNT12-230V/24V DC-1A Switching power supply unit Art. No. 20000163 73,00 €/pc.
24V DC-1A

RS485 BUS PUSHBUTTON GATEWAY FTS14TG
FTS14TG
Pushbutton gateway for FTS14 systems. Only 1.3 watt standby loss.
2-7
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 railmounting.
2,5 modules = 45 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
To improve heat dissipation, provide a ventilation gap ½ a pitch unit wide on the left-hand side. Use the
enclosed spacer DS14 for this purpose.
Power supply 230 V.
Function rotary switch Using up to 3 pushbutton gateways FTS14TG, you can feed the telegrams of up to 90 4-way bus switches
B4T55E or pushbutton bus couplers FTS61BTK, FTS61BTKL and FTS61BTK/8 connected over a 2-wire
bus with conventional pushbuttons connected to them. Data transfer and power supply take place
simultaneously over 2 wires only. This avoids a mass of single pushbutton control lines. An FTS14EM
device is then not required.
Up to 30 B4T55E, FTS61BTK, FTS61BTKL and FTS61BTK/8 devices can be connected to an FTS14TG push-
button gateway.
A voltage of 29 V DC is supplied to the connected devices over a 2-wire bus which is also used for data
Standard setting ex works. transfer. Please use only conventional bus or telephone lines.
The 2-wire bus is electrically isolated from the Eltako RS485 bus.
The permitted maximum line length is 200 m. The RLC device enclosed with the FTS14TG must also be
languages: connected to the terminals BP and BN on the bus switch or pushbutton bus coupler furthest away.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FTS14TG
Pushbutton telegrams from the connected devices are transmitted by an FTS14FA device over the Eltako
RS485 bus and over the Eltako building wireless system.
FTS14TG RS485 bus pushbutton gateway Art. No. 30014061 107,90 €/pc.
RLC element Range extension for FTS14TG Art. No. 30000025 6,40 €/pc.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/RLC-Glied
Description FTS61BTK and

FTS61BTKL on page 2-9.

BUS PUSHBUTTON IN E-DESIGN55 B4T55E-
B4T55E- NEW
Bus 2- or 4-way pushbutton for single mounting or mounting into the E-Design55 switching
2-8 system. 80x80, 15 mm high. For connection to FTS14TG pushbutton gateway. Only 0.2 watt standby
loss. With rocker and double rocker. Smart Home sensor.
The scope of supply comprises a mounting base, an attachment frame with snapped-on electronics, a
Bus pushbutton with rocker
frame, a rocker and a double rocker.
The double rocker permits entry of 4 evaluable signals, but the rocker allows only 2 signals.
At the rear, a 20 cm long red/black bus line is routed externally. Red terminal to BP, black to BN of a
pushbutton gateway FTS14TG.
Up to 30 bus switches and/or FTS61BTK pushbutton bus couplers can be connected to terminals BP and
BN of an FTS14TG pushbutton gateway. The permitted maximum line length is 200 m. The RLC device
enclosed with the FTS14TG must also be connected to the terminals BP and BN on the bus switch or
pushbutton bus coupler furthest away.
A voltage of 29 V DC is supplied to the connected B4 over a 2-wire pushbutton bus which is also used
for data transfer.
Bus pushbutton with double rocker Please use only conventional bus or telephone lines.
Confirmation telegrams from actuators are displayed by 4 resp. 2 yellow LEDs when the actuator IDs
are entered by the PCT14 in the ID table of the FTS14TG.
languages: The mounting plate can be screwed over a flush-mounting box with a screw spacing of 60 mm.
http://eltako.com/redirect/B4T55E-
B4T55E-am Bus pushbutton in E-Design55, anthracite mat Art. No. 30055650 58,10 €/pc.
B4T55E-pg Bus pushbutton in E-Design55, polar white glossy Art. No. 30055651 58,10 €/pc.
B4T55E-pm Bus pushbutton in E-Design55, polar white mat Art. No. 30055652 58,10 €/pc.
B4T55E-wg Bus pushbutton in E-Design55, pure white glossy Art. No. 30055653 59,20 €/pc.

BUS PUSHBUTTON COUPLER FTS61BTK AND BUS PUSHBUTTON COUPLER FTS61BTKL
FTS61BTK
Bus pushbutton coupler FTS61BTK for 4 conventional pushbuttons for connection to FTS14TG
pushbutton gateways by 2-wire pushbutton bus. Only 0.2 watt standby loss. 2-9
For installation. 45 mm long, 45 mm wide, 18 mm deep.

languages: Up to 30 bus pushbuttons and/or bus pushbutton couplers FTS61BTK devices can be connected to the
http://eltako.com/redirect/FTS61BTK
BP and BN terminals of a pushbutton gateway FTS14TG. The permitted total line length is 200 m. The RLC
device enclosed with the FTS14TG must also be connected to the terminals BP and BN on the bus switch
or pushbutton bus coupler furthest away.
A voltage of 29 V DC is supplied to the connected FTS61BTK over a 2-wire pushbutton bus which is also
used for data transfer.
Please use only conventional bus or telephone lines.
Up to four conventional pushbuttons can be connected to T1, T2, T3 and T4 by a maximum line length of
2 metres. Connect the opposite pole to the T0 terminal in each case.
Caution: Do not apply any voltage.
The pairs T1/T3 and T2/T4 can be defined as direction pushbuttons.
Connect the bus to BP and BN. Make sure the polarity is correct.
Typical connections on 2-14 and 2-15. FTS61BTK Bus pushbutton coupler for 4 conventional Art. No. 30014064 55,40 €/pc.
pushbuttons
FTS61BTKL
Bus pushbutton coupler FTS61BTKL for 4 conventional pushbuttons with integrated 24 V LEDs for
connection to FTS14TG pushbutton gateways by 2-wire pushbutton bus. Only 0.2 watt standby loss.

Up to 30 bus pushbuttons and/or bus pushbutton couplers FTS61BTKL devices can be connected to the
A voltage of 29 V DC is supplied to the connected FTS61BTKL over a 2-wire pushbutton bus which is also
languages: Up to four conventional pushbuttons T1-T4 can be connected to the 15 cm long connecting cables. Each
http://eltako.com/redirect/FTS61BTKL
opposite pole is T0. The connecting cables can be extended up to 2 m. With the 24 V LEDs integrated
in the pushbuttons, confirmation telegrams of actuators are displayed if the IDs of the actuators were
registered into the ID table of the FTS14TG with PCT14.
FTS61BTKL Bus pushbutton coupler for 4 conventional Art. No. 30014074 60,70 €/pc.
pushbuttons for feedback LEDs

BUS PUSHBUTTON COUPLER FTS61BTK/8 AND
RS485 BUS WIRELSS OUTPUT MODULE FTS14FA
FTS61BTK/8 NEW
Bus pushbutton coupler FTS61BTK/8 for 8 conventional pushbuttons for connection to FTS14TG push-
2-10 button gateways by 2-wire pushbutton bus. Only 0.2 watt standby loss.

Up to 30 bus pushbuttons and/or bus pushbutton couplers FTS61BTK/8 devices can be connected to the
A voltage of 29 V DC is supplied to the connected FTS61BTK/8 over a 2-wire pushbutton bus which is also
languages: Up to eight conventional pushbuttons T1-T8 can be connected to the 15 cm long connecting cables. Each
http://eltako.com/redirect/FTS61BTK*8
opposite pole is T0. The connecting cables can be extended up to 2 m.
The pairs T1/T3, T2/T4, T5/T7 and T6/T8 can be defined as direction pushbuttons.
FTS61BTK/8 Bus pushbutton coupler for 8 conventional Art. No. 30014075 90,80 €/pc.
pushbuttons
FTS14FA
Wireless output module for FTS14 systems with FTS14EM and/or FTS14TG.

Operation in conjunction with FTS14KS with or without FAM14.
A rotary switch defines the FTS14EM or FTS14TG group to which an FTS14FA belongs. Therefore a maxi-
mum of 8 FTS14FAs can be connected to a bus. Every telegram from an FTS14EM or FTS14TG is sent with
its own ID to the Eltako building wireless system.
Rotary switch on the FTS14FA set to position 1: Sends telegrams of all FTS14EMs set to 1.
The enclosed small antenna Rotary switch on the FTS14FA set to position 101: Sends telegrams of all FTS14EMs set to 101.
can be replaced with a wireless Rotary switch on the FTS14FA set to position 201: Sends telegrams of all FTS14EMs set to 201.
antenna FA250 or if need be Rotary switch on the FTS14FA set to position 301: Sends telegrams of all FTS14EMs set to 301.
FA200 and FAG55E- (see page 1-4). Rotary switch on the FTS14FA set to position 401: Sends telegrams of all FTS14EMs set to 401.
Rotary switch on the FTS14FA set to position TG2/5: Sends telegrams of all FTS14TG set to 2 or 5 .
Function rotary switch Rotary switch on the FTS14FA set to position TG3/6: Sends telegrams of all FTS14TG set to 3 or 6.
Rotary switch on the FTS14FA set to position TG4/7: Sends telegrams of all FTS14TG set to 4 or 7.
Rotary switch on the FTS14FA set to position OFF: The FTS14FA is switched off.
The green LED under the rotary switch will flash shortly when a wireless telegram is sent.
Telegrams from an FAM14 are not sent additionally by the FTS14FA.
FTS14FA Wireless output module Art. No. 30014063 92,60 €/pc.


languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FTS14FA

GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1.
GND +12V Hold Enable -E Hold Enable -E Hold Enable -E Hold Enable -E N N N
Ω BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS
FSB14 FSB14 FSB14 FUD14 FUD14 FUD14

FSNT14 FTS14KS FTS14EM FTS14EM FTS14EM FTS14EM
+E1 +E2 +E3 +E4 +E5 +E6 +E1 +E2 +E3 +E4 +E5 +E6 +E1 +E2 +E3 +E4 +E5 +E6 +E1 +E2 +E3 +E4 +E5 +E6 L 3 4 L 3 4 L 3 4 N N N
+E7 +E8 +E9 +E10 +E7 +E8 +E9 +E10 +E7 +E8 +E9 +E10 +E7 +E8 +E9 +E10 1 2 1 2 1 2 L L L
The second terminator which is included in the FTS14KS has to be plugged to the last actuator.
THE INPUT MODULE FTS14EM WITH SERIES 14 ACTUATORS
Control inputs FTS14EM

2-11
2-12
THE WIRELESS BUILDING
The second terminator which is included in the FAM14 has to be plugged to the last actuator.
THE INPUT MODULE FTS14EM WITH ACTUATORS IN COMBINATION WITH FAM14 TO EXPAND

THE WIRELESS OUTPUT MODULE FTS14FA
WITH FTS14TG, FTS14EM AND ACTUATORS
The second terminating resistor supplied with the FTS14KS must be plugged into the last bus user.
Every FTS14FA generates wireless telegrams from up to 5 FTS14EM pushbutton input modules and up to 3 FTS14TG pushbutton gateways.

2-13
2-14
BUS PUSHBUTTONS B4T55E
THE PUSHBUTTON GATEWAY FTS14TG WITH BUS PUSHBUTTON COUPLER FST61BTK AND
The second terminator which is included in the FTS14KS has to be plugged to the last actuator. Up to 30 Bus pushbuttons B4T55E and decentralised bus pushbutton couplers
FTS61BTK with 4 pushbutton inputs for conventional pushbuttons can be connected with a pushbutton gateway FTS14TG.
A simple 2-wire circuit supplies the bus pushbutton coupler with power and also pushbutton information will be transmitted.
The topology of the 2-wire connection can be chosen arbitrarily here.
Assignment
Bus pushbutton coupler
FTS61BTK
Assignment
Bus pushbutton coupler
FTS61BTKL
ALL POSSIBLE COMBINATIONS FTS14KS, FAM14,
FTS14TG, FTS14EM AND FTS14FA AND ACTUATORS
The second terminator which is included in the FAM14 respectively FTS14KS has to be plugged to the last bus participant. Additional actuator setting options with the PCT14 PC
tool for conventional pushbuttons. Up to 30 bus pushbuttons B4T55E and decentralised bus pushbutton couplers FTS61BTK with 4 pushbutton inputs can be connected with a
pushbutton gateway FTS14TG. A simple 2-wire circuit supplies the bus pushbutton coupler with power and also pushbutton information will be transmitted. The topology of the
2-wire connection can be chosen arbitrarily here.
2-15
RS485 BUS GATEWAY BGW14 AND SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY UNIT SNT12
BGW14
RS485 bus gateway. Bidirectional. Only 0.3 watt standby loss.
2-16
Up to 16 RS485 sensors, e.g. 16 RS485-Sensoren BUTH55ED/12V DC, BBH55E/12V DC and BTR55EH/12V DC
can be connected to the RSA/RSB terminals. See page 2-17. The data is transmitted via the 4-wire bus and
the power is supplied with a 12 V DC power supply unit.
Function rotary switches Standard telephone wire is sufficient as connecting lead: J-Y (ST) Y 2x2x0,8 mm2 or equivalent.
The permitted maximum line length is 1000 m. The second 120 Ω terminal resistor must also be connected
to the RSA/RSB terminals of the remotest sensor.
With up to 8 BGW14 devices, the data of up to 128 sensors can be fed to the RS485 bus.
Set the operating mode rotary switch BA according to the operating instrucstions.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/BGW14

page 1-48 chapter 1. BGW14 RS485 bus gateway Art. No. 30014046 63,00 €/pc.

SNT12-230V/24V DC-0,5A

Input voltage 230 V (-20% up to +10%). Efficiency 12 V DC 83%, 24 V DC 86%.
languages: Stabilised output voltage ±1%, low residual ripple.
http://eltako.com/redirect/SNT12-230V*
Technical data page 17-9. SNT12-230V/12V DC-1A Switching power supply unit Art. No. 20000160 55,30 €/pc.
12V DC-1A
SNT12-230V/24V DC-0,5A Switching power supply unit Art. No. 20000161 55,30 €/pc.
24V DC-0,5A

E-DESIGN55
SENSOREN BGW14
Type Color Art. No. €/pc. Type Color Art. No. €/pc.
BBH55E/12V DC- NEW BUTH55ED/12V DC- NEW

2-17
Bus motion/brightness sensor in E-Design55. Bus thermo clock/hygrostat with display in E-Design55
Bus motion/brightness sensor for connection to the Bus thermo clock/hygrostat with display for connection
RS485 bus gateway BGW14. For single mounting or to the RS485 bus gateway BGW14. For single mounting
mounting in the E-Design55 switch system. or mounting in the E-Design55 switch system.
80x80 mm, 27 mm high. Installation depth 33mm. 80x80 mm, 14 mm high. Installation depth 33 mm.
Data transmission and power supply take place over With adjustable day and night reference temperatures
the 4-wire bus with a 12V DC switching power supply and relative humidity. Illuminated display. Preset ready
unit. Only 0.1 watt standby loss. Smart Home sensor. to operate. Data transmission and power supply takes
More informations: More informations:
place over the 4-wire bus with a 12 V DC power supply
unit. Only 0.1 watt standby loss. Smart Home sensor.
http://eltako.com/redirect/ http://eltako.com/redirect/
BBH55E*12V_DC- BUTH55ED*12V_DC-
BBH55E/12V DC-am anthracite mat 30055152 75,90 BUTH55ED/12V DC-am anthracite mat 30055164 86,20
BBH55E/12V DC-pg polar white glossy 30055153 75,90 BUTH55ED/12V DC-pg polar white glossy 30055165 86,20
BBH55E/12V DC-pm polar white mat 30055154 75,90 BUTH55ED/12V DC-pm polar white mat 30055166 81,70
BBH55E/12V DC-wg polar white glossy 30055155 75,90 BUTH55ED/12V DC-wg polar white glossy 30055167 86,20
BTR55EH/12V DC- NEW BTF55E/12V DC- NEW
Bus temperature controller with hand wheel in Bus-Temperatur-Fühler im E-Design55

E-Design55
Bus temperature sensor for connection to the
Bus temperature controller with hand wheel for RS485 bus gateway BGW14. For single mounting or
connection to the RS485 bus gateway BGW14. For mounting in the E-Design55 switch system.
single mounting or mounting in the E-Design55 80x80 mm, 17 mm high. Installation depth 33 mm.
switch system. 80x80 mm, 27 mm high. Installation Data transmission and power supply takes place over
depth 33 mm. Data transmission and power supply the 4-wire bus with a 12 V DC power supply unit. Only
takes place over the 4-wire bus with a 12 V DC power 0.1 watt standby loss. Smart Home sensor.
supply unit. Only 0.1 watt standby loss. Smart Home
sensor.
BTR55EH*12V_DC- BTF55E*12V_DC-
BTR55EH/12V DC-am anthracite mat 30055160 68,30 BTF55E/12V DC-am anthracite mat 30055156 62,70
BTR55EH/12V DC-pg polar white glossy 30055161 68,30 BTF55E/12V DC-pg polar white glossy 30055157 62,70
BTR55EH/12V DC-pm polar white mat 30055162 68,30 BTF55E/12V DC-pm polar white mat 30055158 62,70
BTR55EH/12V DC-wg polar white glossy 30055163 68,30 BTF55E/12V DC-wg polar white glossy 30055159 62,70

2-18
WIRING DIAGRAMS
THE BUS GATEWAY BGW14 WITH 4 WIRE SENSORS
The second terminating resistor included with the BGW14 must also be connected to the RSA/RSB terminals on the last bus sensor.
REMOTE CONTROLLER
SWITCH
SYSTEM
CLOUD
BUS
PUSH-
BUTTON
WIRELESS
SENSORS
BUS
SERIES
SENSORS 14
DECENTRALIZED
ACTUATORS
CONTROLLER
& POWERLINE
P A R T N E R
GATEWAYS DALI
FSR61NP
FD62NPN
FSR71
3 FLUSH MOUNTING SWITCHING AND

DIMMING ACTUATORS FOR DECENTRALISED
INSTALLATION.
Wireless actuators for the decentralised Wireless Building installation
Wireless relay actuator FR62-230V and FR62NP-230V 3-3
Wireless light actuator FL62-230V and FL62NP-230V 3-4
Wireless universal dimming actuator without N terminal FD62NP-230V 3-5
Wireless universal dimming actuator FD62NPN-230V 3-5 3-1
NEW Wireless DALI gateway FDG62-230V 3-6
Wireless shading element and roller shutter actuator FJ62/12-36V DC 3-7
Wireless shading element and roller shutter actuator FJ62NP-230V 3-8
Wireless repeater FRP62-230V 3-9
Wireless actuator for extractor hoods control with window/door contact FDH62NP-230V+FTKB 3 - 10
Wireless sensor window/door contact FTKB-wg 3 - 10

NEW Blisterpack switching BPS55-L62 3 - 11
NEW Blisterpack dimming BPD55-D62 and blisterpack switching BPB55-J62 3 - 12
Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr. relay function FSR61NP-230V 3 - 13
Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr. relay function FSR61/8-24V UC 3 - 14
Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr. relay function FSR61-230V 3 - 15
Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr. relay function noiseless FSR61G-230V 3 - 16
Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr. relay function FSR61LN-230V for bipolar switching of L and N 3 - 17
Wireless actuator multifunction impulse switch FMS61NP-230V 3 - 18
Wireless actuator light controller FLC61NP-230V 3 - 19
Wireless actuator universal dimmer switch without N FUD61NP-230V 3 - 20
Wireless actuator universal dimmer switch FUD61NPN-230V 3 - 21
Wireless actuator constant current LED dimmer switch FKLD61 3 - 22
Wireless actuator PWM LED dimmer switch FLD61 3 - 23
Wireless actuator for shading elements and roller shutters FSB61-230V 3 - 24
Wireless actuator for shading elements and roller shutters FSB61NP-230V 3 - 25
Wireless actuator staircase time switch and off-delay timer FTN61NP-230V 3 - 26
Wireless actuator multifunction time relay FMZ61-230V 3 - 27
Wireless actuator heating/cooling relay FHK61-230V 3 - 28
Wireless actuator heating/cooling relay FHK61U-230V 3 - 29
Wireless actuator heating/cooling relay with solid state relay FHK61SSR-230V 3 - 30
Accessories: 1- and 2-level wireless repeater FRP61-230V 3 - 31
Blisterpack switching BPS55 3 - 32
Blisterpack dimming BPD55 3 - 33
Blisterpack shading BPB55 3- 34
NEW Wireless transmitter module FSM61-UC and wireless 4-way universal transmitter module F4USM61B 3 - 35
Wireless weather data transmitter module FWS61-24V DC, multi sensor MS and power supply unit SNT61 3 - 36
Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr. relay function FSR71NP-230V 3 - 37
Wireless actuator 2-channel impulse switch with integr. relay function FSR71NP-2x-230V 3 - 38
Wireless actuator 2-channel impulse switch with integr. relay function FSR71-2x-230V 3 - 39
Wireless actuator 4-channel impulse switch with integr. relay function FSR71NP-4x-230V 3 - 40
Wireless actuator universal dimmer switch FUD71-230V 3 - 41

3-2
Wireless actuator universal dimmer switch FUD71L/1200W-230V 3 - 42
Wireless actuator dimmer switch controller FSG71 for electronic ballast 1-10 V 3 - 43
Wireless DALI gateway FDG71L-230V 3 - 44
Wireless actuator PWM dimmer switch for LED FRGBW71L 3 - 45
Wireless actuator PWM dimmer switch for LED FWWKW71L 3 - 46
Wireless actuator for shading elements and roller shutters FSB71-230V 3 - 47
Wireless actuator for shading elements and roller shutters FSB71-2x-230V 3 - 48
Data transformer DAT71 3 - 49
Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr. relay function FSR70S-230V as cord switch 3 - 50
Accessories: 1- and 2-level wireless repeater FRP70-230V and 1- and 2-level outdoor wireless repeater FARP60-230V 3 - 51
Wireless repeater in E-Design65 FRP65/230V-wg 3 - 52

NEW Wireless light actuator adapter FSLA-230V 3 - 53
Wireless actuator socket switching actuator FSSA-230V 3 - 53

NEW Wireless outdoor socket switch actuator FASSA-230V 3 - 54
NEW Wireless outdoor socket energy meter FASWZ-16A 3 - 54
Wireless actuator socket switching actuator with current measurement FSVA-230V-10A 3 - 55
Wireless actuator socket universal dimmer switch FSUD-230V 3 - 56
Wireless actuator socket heating actuator FSHA-230V 3 - 57
NEW Wireless garage door adapter FGTZ-230V 3 - 58
Wireless socket repeater FSRP-230V 3 - 58
Wireless universal actuator FUA12-230V 3 - 59
Wireless actuator wireless module FGM 3 - 60
NEW Wireless alarm controller with display FAC55D/230V- 3 - 60
NEW Wireless indoor UP signal generator FIUS55E- and wireless signal generator adapter FSSG-230V 3 - 61
Wireless outdoor siren FAS260SA 3 - 62
NEW Wireless tubular motors FRM60M10 and FRM60M20 3 - 63
The Eltako wireless system works with the reliable and worldwide standardized EnOcean wireless technology in 868 MHz.
It transmits ultra short and interference-proof signals with a range of up to 100 meters in halls.
Eltako wireless pushbuttons reduce the electrosmog load since they emit high-frequency waves that are 100 times weaker than conventional light
switches. There is also a significant reduction in low-frequency alternating fields since fewer power cables need to be installed in the building.
WIRELESS RELAY ACTUATOR FR62-230V AND FR62NP-230V
FR62-230V
Wireless relay actuator 10 A/250 V AC. 1 NO contact or NC contact, potential free.
Standby loss only 0.4 watt.
For installation. 49 x 51 mm wide, 20 mm deep.

The terminals are plug-in terminals for conductor cross-sections of 0.2 mm2 to 2.5 mm2. 3-3
Typical connection Up to 32 wireless pushbuttons and wireless window contacts can be taught in using easy tap technology.
Bidirectional wireless switchable.
Distance between control terminals/contact 6 mm.
Supply voltage, switching voltage and control voltage local 230 V.
If supply voltage fails, the device is switched off in defined mode. When the supply voltage is restored, the
device is switched off in a defined process. After installation, wait until the short automatic synchronisation
takes place before the switched user is connected to the network.
In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna, this wireless actuator can also be controlled
locally by a conventional 230 V control switch if fitted previously.
Glow lamp current is not permitted.
During teach-in, the function of the contact in quiescent position is defined as NO or NC. Closes the contact
languages: with at least one open window; it can then activate extraction hoods etc. or generate an alarm. Opens the
http://eltako.com/redirect/FR62-230V
contact with at least one open window: it can then switch off heaters or air conditioners.
Several wireless window contacts are linked together. The function is determined by the last wireless
window contact which is taught in.
FR62-230V Wireless relay actuator, 1 contact 10 A Art. No. 30100540 63,90 €/pc.
FR62NP-230V
Wireless relay actuator 10 A/250 V AC. 1 NO contact or NC contact, not potential free.

The terminals are plug-in terminals for conductor cross-sections of 0.2 mm2 to 2.5 mm2.
Typical connection Up to 32 wireless pushbuttons and wireless window contacts can be taught in using easy tap technology.
Zero passage switching.
device is switched off in a defined process. After installation, wait until the short automatic synchronisation
takes place before the switched user is connected to the network.
During teach-in, the function of the contact in quiescent position is defined as NO or NC.
languages: Closes the contact with at least one open window; it can then activate extraction hoods etc. or generate
http://eltako.com/redirect/FR62NP-230V
an alarm.
Opens the contact with at least one open window: it can then switch off heaters or air conditioners.
Several wireless window contacts are linked together. The function is determined by the last wireless
window contact which is taught in.
FR62NP-230V Wireless relay actuator, 1 NO/NC contact 10 A Art. No. 30100543 63,90 €/pc.

WIRELESS LIGHT ACTUATOR FL62-230V AND FL62NP-230V
FL62-230V
Wireless light actuator 10 A/250 V AC. Impulse switch with NO contact, potential free.
230 V LED lamps and ESL up to 200 W, 230 V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps 1000 W.
3-4 For installation. 49 x 51 mm wide, 20 mm deep.

Typical connection The terminals are plug-in terminals for conductor cross-sections of 0.2 mm2 to 2.5 mm2.
The convenient tap technology permits the teach-in of up to 32 wireless universal pushbuttons, wireless
direction pushbuttons, wireless central control pushbuttons and motion sensors.
Distance between control terminals and contact 6 mm.
device is switched off in a defined process. After installation, wait for the short automatic synchronisation
before connecting the switched user to the network.
languages: Glow lamp current is not permitted.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FL62-230V
FL62-230V Wireless light actuator, 1 NO contact 10 A Art. No. 30100532 63,90 €/pc.
FL62NP-230V
Wireless light actuator 10 A/250 V AC. Impulse switch with NO contact, not potential free.
230 V LED lamps and ESL up to 200 W, 230 V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps 1000 W.

Typical connection The terminals are plug-in terminals for conductor cross-sections of 0.2 mm2 to 2.5 mm2.
The convenient tap technology permits the teach-in of up to 32 wireless universal pushbuttons, wireless
direction pushbuttons, wireless central control pushbuttons and motion sensors.
device is switched off in a defined process. After installation, wait for the short automatic synchronisation
before connecting the switched user to the network.
locally by a conventional 230 V pushbutton or switch if fitted previously.
languages: Glow lamp current is not permitted.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FL62NP-230V
FL62NP-230V Wireless light actuator, 1 NO contact 10 A Art. No. 30100530 63,90 €/pc.

WIRELESS UNIVERSAL DIMMING ACTUATOR WITHOUT N TERMINAL FD62NP-230V AND
WIRELESS UNIVERSAL DIMMING ACTUATOR FD62NPN-230V
FD62NP-230V
Wireless universal dimming actuator, without N terminal. Dimmable 230 V LED lamps in 'phase
cut-out' mode up to 200 W or in 'phase control' mode up to 40 W depending on ventilation conditions.
Minimum load for 'phase cut-out' 20 W, or for 'phase control' 8 W. With power MOSFET. 230 V incan-
descent lamps and halogen lamps up to 200 W depending on ventilation conditions. No inductive
(wound) transformers. With children‘s rooms and snooze function. No minimum load. Only 0.6 watt 3-5
Typical connection standby loss.

Up to 32 wireless universal pushbuttons, wireless direction pushbuttons, wireless central control push-
buttons and motion sensors can be taught in using easy tap technology.
languages: Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature switch-off.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FD62NP-230V
FD62NP-230V Wireless universal dimming actuator without N Art. No. 30100537 74,90 €/pc.
terminal
FD62NPN-230V
Wireless universal dimming actuator. With power MOSFET. Dimmable 230 V LED lamps in 'phase
cut-off' mode up to 300 W or in 'phase control' mode up to 100 W depending on ventilation conditions.
230 V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps up to 300 W depending on ventilation conditions.
No inductive (wound) transformers. With children‘s rooms and snooze function. No minimum load.
Typical connection
Up to 32 wireless universal pushbuttons, wireless direction pushbuttons, wireless central control push-
buttons and motion sensors can be taught in using easy tap technology.
languages: In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna, this wireless actuator can also be controlled
http://eltako.com/redirect/FD62NPN-230V
FD62NPN-230V Wireless universal dimming actuator Art. No. 30100535 73,40 €/pc.

WIRELESS DALI GATEWAY FDG62-230V
FDG62-230V NEW
Wireless DALI gateway, bidirectional. Only 0.5 watt standby loss.
For installation. 49 x 51 mm, 20 mm deep.

The connection terminals are plug-in terminals for conductor cross-sections from 0.2 mm² to 2.5 mm².
3-6 Manuals and documents in further The convenient tap technology permits the teach-in of up to 32 wireless universal pushbuttons, wireless
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FDG62-230V direction pushbuttons, wireless central control pushbuttons, motion sensors, tunable white and intensity
double rocker pushbuttons.
The DALI bus power supply DL-N2-80mA and up to 40 DALI devices are connected to the DALI terminals.
The gateway FDG62 controls DALI devices with Enocean wireless transmitters.
Only broadcast commands can be sent.
In addition to the radio control input via an internal antenna, the connected DALI devices can also be con-
trolled with a 230 V control button that may be installed in front of the FDG62.
A glow lamp current is not permitted.
The FGD62 internally saves the dimming value and supplies this value as feedback. The same feedback tele-
grams are generated as for an FD62NPN.
Actuators can then be activated by the feedback signals.
The FDG62 fulfils the function of the DALI master.
FDG62-230V Wireless DALI gateway Art. No. 30100868 77,50 €/pc.

WIRELESS SHADING ELEMENT AND ROLLER SHUTTER ACTUATOR FJ62/12-36V DC
FJ62/12-36V DC
Wireless shading element and roller shutter actuator 1+1 NO contact, 4 A/36 V DC, not potential
free, for a shading element motor 12-36 V DC. Standby loss only 0.3-0.5 watt.

The terminals are plug-in terminals for conductor cross-sections of 0.2 mm2 to 2.5 mm2. 3-7
Typical connection The convenient tap technology permits the teach-in of up to 32 wireless universal pushbuttons, wireless
direction pushbuttons and wireless central control pushbuttons.
Supply voltage, switching voltage and control voltage local 12-36 V DC.
locally by a conventional control switch if fitted previously.
Control is either by separate local control inputs for Up and Down as direction pushbuttons or these two
inputs are bridged and controlled by single pushbuttons as universal pushbuttons. A change in direction
then takes place by interrupting activation.
An incandescent lamp current is not permitted.
languages: Wireless pushbuttons can be taught in with either the functions 'Up-Stop-Down-Stop' as universal push-
FJ62*12-36V_DC buttons or as local pushbuttons as well as a wireless pushbutton or roller shutter double pushbuttons can
be taught in as direction pushbuttons with press top for 'Up' and bottom for 'Down'. Press briefly to stop the
movement. In addition, the central control button can be taught in with static priority. The static priority is
only active as long as the radio button is pressed. With a control signal, e.g. B. a radio transmitter module
FSM61 with switches that has been taught-in as a central control button, the switching position 'Up' or
'Down' and the priority are specifically activated. With priority because these control signals cannot be
overridden by other control signals until the central command is canceled again by the end of the control
signal.
The tap reverse function can be activated: universal pushbuttons, direction pushbuttons and wired push-
buttons are intially in static mode so that the position of the blind can be adjusted.
Switched to dynamic only after activation > 1 second.
With control via Professional Smart Home controller, operating commands for up and down with the exact
travel time information can be started. As the actuator reports the exact elapsed time after each activity,
even when driving was triggered by a pushbutton, the position of the shading is always displayed correctly
in the Professional Smart Home controller. Upon reaching the end positions above and below the position
is automatically synchronized.
When a wireless window contact is taught in, a lockout protection is set up for open windows or doors to
disable the Central Down and controller Down commands.
FJ62/12- Wireless shading element and roller shutter Art. No. 30200540 70,30 €/pc.
36V DC actuator

WIRELESS SHADING ELEMENT AND ROLLER SHUTTER ACTUATOR FJ62NP-230V
FJ62NP-230V
Wireless shading element and roller shutter actuator 1+1 NO contact, 4 A/250 V AC, not potential
free, for a shading element motor 230 V AC. Standby loss only 0.6 watt.

3-8 The terminals are plug-in terminals for conductor cross-sections of 0.2 mm2 to 2.5 mm2.
Typical connection The convenient tap technology permits the teach-in of up to 32 wireless universal pushbuttons, wireless
direction pushbuttons and wireless central control pushbuttons.
Control is either by separate local control inputs for Up and Down as direction pushbuttons or these two
inputs are bridged and controlled by single pushbuttons as universal pushbuttons. A change in direction
then takes place by interrupting activation.
languages: An incandescent lamp current is not permitted.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FJ62NP-230V
Wireless pushbuttons can be taught in with either the functions 'Up-Stop-Down-Stop' as universal push-
buttons or as local pushbuttons as well as a wireless pushbutton or roller shutter double pushbuttons can
be taught in as direction pushbuttons with press top for 'Up' and bottom for 'Down'. Press briefly to stop the
movement. In addition, the central control button can be taught in with static priority. The static priority
is only active as long as the radio button is pressed. With a control signal, e.g. B. a radio transmitter mo-
dule FSM61 with switches that has been taught-in as a central control button, the switching position 'Up'
or 'Down' and the priority are specifically activated. With priority because these control signals cannot be
overridden by other control signals until the central command is canceled again by the end of the control
signal.
The tap reverse function can be activated: universal pushbuttons, direction pushbuttons and wired push-
buttons are intially in static mode so that the position of the blind can be adjusted.
Switched to dynamic only after activation > 1 second.
With control via Professional Smart Home controller, operating commands for 'up' and 'down' with the
exact travel time information can be started. As the actuator reports the exact elapsed time after each
activity, even when driving was triggered by a pushbutton, the position of the shading is always displayed
correctly in the Professional Smart Home controllers. Upon reaching the end positions above and below
the position is automatically synchronized.
When a wireless window contact is taught in, a lockout protection is set up for open windows or doors to
disable the Central Down and controller Down commands.
FJ62NP-230V Wireless shading element and roller shutter Art. No. 30200535 64,40 €/pc.
actuator, 1+1 NO contact 4 A

1- AND 2-LEVEL WIRELESS REPEATER FRP62-230V
FRP62-230V
1 and 2 level wireless repeaters. Only 0.7 watt standby loss.

Supply voltage 230 V. 3-9
Typical connection Level 1 This repeater is only needed if the building conditions prevent undisturbed reception or the distance
If the supply voltage is only connected to terminals L and N, Level 1 mode is active.
Only wireless signals from sensors are received, tested and forwarded at full transmit power.
If phase is connected to the Level 2 terminal in addition to the supply voltage, Level 2 mode is active. In
addition to wireless signals from sensors, the wireless signals of Level 1 repeaters are processed. A wire-
less signal can then be received and amplified a maximum of two times.
Wireless repeaters need not be taught in. They receive and amplify signals from all wireless sensors
Typical connection Level 2

FRP62-230V 1- and 2-level wireless repeater Art. No. 30000534 61,80 €/pc.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FRP62-230V

WIRELESS ACTUATOR FOR EXTRACTOR HOODS CONTROL WITH WIRELESS SENSOR
WINDOW/DOOR CONTACT FDH62NP-230V+FTKB AND WIRELESS SENSOR WINDOW/DOOR
CONTACT WITH SOLAR CELL AND BATTERY FTKB-wg
FDH62NP-230V+FTKB
Wireless extractor hoods control. 1 NO contact not potential free 10 A/250 V AC. Only 0,4 watt
standby loss. For installation. 49 x 51 mm wide, 20 mm deep.
The terminals are plug-in terminals for conductor cross-sections of 0.2 mm² to 2.5 mm².
3-10 Using easy tap technology, up to 32 wireless universal pushbuttons and wireless window contacts can be
Typical connection taught in.
Only sensors are allowed which report that the window is actually open or tilted. Otherwise there is a risk
of poisoning!
Bidirectional wireless switchable. Supply voltage, switching voltage and control voltage local 230 V.
Zero passage switching. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the
on mode. After installation, wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is
connected to the mains. If a power failure occurs, the switching state is retained.
The extractor hood can only be switched on when the window is open.
If the window is closed, the relay switches the relay off.
languages: With a radio button or a local conventional 230 V control button (a glow lamp current is not permitted), the
FDH62NP-230V*FTKB teaching-in mode can be locked, unlocked or the memory content can be deleted.
FTKB-wg
Wireless window/door contact with solar cell and battery 75 x 25 x 12 mm, pure white glossy.
Starting at 100 Lux daylight the window/door contact FTKB powers itself from a solar cell, otherwise
several years with a button cell CR2032.
On opening and closing, the related telegram is send twice in short succession. The current status tele-
gram is sent cyclically every approx. 8 minutes.
Manuals and documents in further Adhesive foil mounting.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FTKB-wg
Window/door contact dimensions l x w x h: 75 x 25 x 12 mm; magnet dimensions l x w x h: 37 x 10 x 6 mm.
FDH62NP- Wireless extractor hoods control with window/ Art. No. 30100036 116,20 €/pc.
230V+FTKB door contact, 1 NO contact 10 A
FTKB-wg Wireless sensor window/door contact with solar Art. No. 30000424 71,30 €/pc.
cell and battery, pure white glossy

BLISTERPACK SWITCHING BPS55-L62
BPS55-L62 NEW
Blisterpack switching with wireless pushbutton F2T55E-wg and wireless light actuator FL62-230V.
Smart Home sensor and Smart Home actuator.
F2T55E-wg: Wireless 2-way pushbutton in E-Design55, 80 x 80 mm external dimensions, internal

frame dimensions 55 x 55 mm, 15 mm high. Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself when the 3-11
button is pressed, therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby loss. With rocker. Smart Home
sensor. Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit two evaluable signals: press rocker up and
press rocker down. The mounting plate can be screwed over a flush-mounting box with a screw spacing
of 60 mm or screwed on a flat surface. The wireless pushbutton can be glued to the wall, on glass or on
furniture using the enclosed adhesive foil.
FL62-230V: Wireless light actuator 10 A/250 V AC. Impulse switch with NO contact, potential free.
230 V LED lamps and ESL up to 200 W. 230 V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps 1000 W. For instal-
lation. 49 x 51 mm wide, 20 mm deep. Standby loss only 0.4 watt. The terminals are plug-in terminals
for conductor cross-sections of 0.2 mm2 to 2.5 mm2. The convenient tap technology permits the
teach-in of up to 32 wireless universal pushbuttons, wireless direction pushbuttons, wireless central
control pushbuttons and motion sensors. Bidirectional wireless switchable. Distance between control
terminals and contact 6 mm. Supply voltage, switching voltage and control voltage local 230 V. If supply
voltage fails, the device is switched off in defined mode. When the supply voltage is restored, the device
is switched off in a defined process. After installation, wait for the short automatic synchronisation
before connecting the switched user to the network. In addition to the wireless control input via an
languages: internal antenna, this wireless actuator can also be controlled locally by a conventional 230 V control
http://eltako.com/redirect/BPS55-L62
switch if fitted previously. Glow lamp current is not permitted.
BPS55-L62 Blisterpack switching Art. No. 30001065 116,20 €/pc.

BLISTERPACK DIMMING BPD55-D62 AND SHADING BPB55-J62
BPD55-D62 NEW
Blisterpack dimming with wireless pushbutton F2T55E-wg and wireless universal dimming actuator
FD62NPN-230V. Smart Home sensor and Smart Home actuator.

3-12 frame dimensions 55 x 55 mm, 15 mm high. Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself when the
FD62NPN-230V: Wireless universal dimming actuator. With power MOSFET. Dimmable LED lamps in
'phase cut-off' mode up to 300 W or in 'phase control' mode up to 100 W depending on ventilation condi-
tions. 230 V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps up to 300 W depending on ventilation conditions.
No inductive (wound) transformers. With children‘s rooms and snooze function. No minimum load. Only
0.5 watt standby loss. For installation. 49x51 mm wide, 20 mm deep. The terminals are plug-in terminals
for conductor cross-sections of 0.2 mm2 to 2.5 mm2. Up to 32 wireless universal pushbuttons, wireless
direction pushbuttons, wireless central control pushbuttons and motion sensors can be taught in
using easy tap technology. Bidirectional wireless switchable. Zero passage switching with soft ON
and soft OFF to protect lamps. Supply voltage, switching voltage and control voltage local 230 V. The
brightness level is stored on switch-off (memory). If supply voltage fails, the device is switched off in
languages: defined mode. Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature switch-off. In addition
http://eltako.com/redirect/BPD55-D62
to the wireless control input via an internal antenna, this wireless actuator can also be controlled locally by
a conventional 230 V control switch if fitted previously. Glow lamp current is not permitted.
BPD55-D62 Blisterpack dimming Art. No. 30001066 132,80 €/pc.
BPB55-J62 NEW
Blisterpack shading with wireless pushbutton F2T55E-wg and wireless shading element and roller
shutter actuator FJ62NP-230V. Smart Home sensor and Smart Home actuator.

frame dimensions 55 x 55 mm, 15 mm high. Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself when the
FJ62NP-230V: Wireless shading element and roller shutter actuator 1+1 NO contact, 4 A/250 V AC, not
potential free, for a shading element motor 230 V AC. Standby loss only 0.6 watt. For installation.
49 x 51 mm wide, 20 mm deep. The terminals are plug-in terminals for conductor cross-sections of
0.2 mm2 to 2.5 mm2. The convenient tap technology permits the teach-in of up to 32 wireless universal
pushbuttons, wireless direction pushbuttons and wireless central control pushbuttons. Zero passage
switching. Bidirectional wireless switchable. Supply voltage, switching voltage and control voltage local
230 V. If supply voltage fails, the device is switched off in defined mode. In addition to the wireless control
input via an internal antenna, this wireless actuator can also be controlled locally by a conventional
control switch if fitted previously. Control is either by separate local control inputs for Up and Down as
direction pushbuttons or these two inputs are bridged and controlled by single pushbuttons as universal
languages: pushbuttons. A change in direction then takes place by interrupting activation. An incandescent lamp
http://eltako.com/redirect/BPB55-J62
current is not permitted.
BPB55-J62 Blisterpack shading Art. No. 30001067 118,40 €/pc.

WIRELESS ACTUATOR IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGR. RELAY FUNCTION FSR61NP-230V
FSR61NP-230V
1 NO contact not potential free 10 A/250 V AC, 230 V LED lamps up to 400 W, incandescent lamps up
to 2000 watts, off delay with switch-off early warning and switchable pushbutton permanent light.
Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable.
3-13
Function rotary switches For installation. 45 mm long, 45 mm wide, 33 mm deep.
If a power failure occurs, the switching state is retained. If a power failure occurs repeatedly, the device is
switched off in a defined sequence.
the mains.
locally by a conventional 230 V control switch if fitted previously. Glow lamp current is not permitted.
You can teach in encrypted sensors.
You can switch on bidirectional wireless and/or a repeater function.
Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless tele-
Standard setting ex works. gram. This wireless telegram can be taught-in in other actuators, in Professional Smart Home controllers
and in universal displays.
Scene control: several FSR61s can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the four control signals of a
Typical connection double-rocker pushbutton taught-in as scene pushbutton.
With the top rotary switch in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned, of which
one or more central control pushbuttons. In addition wireless window/door contacts with the function N/O
contact or N/C contact while the window is open, wireless outdoor brightness sensors FAH and wireless
motion/brightness sensors FBH. The required function of the impulse switch with integrated relay function
can then be selected:
ER = switching relay
ESV = impulse switch. Possibly with off delay, then:
+ = ESV with pushbutton permanent light
+ = ESV with switch-off early warning
languages: + = ESV with pushbutton permanent light and switch-off early warning
FSR61NP-230V If the permanent light function is switched on, the function can be activated by pressing the push-
button for longer than 1 second. This function switches off automatically after 2 hours or by pressing the
pushbutton.
time-out. This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals.
If both switch-off early warning and pushbutton permanent light are switched on, switch-off early
The function ESV on the bottom rotary switch sets the off delay from 2 to 120 minutes.
In setting normal impulse switch function ES without off delay, without pushbutton permanent light
and without switch-off early warning.
In setting ER = switching relay of the other rotary switch, this 2nd rotary switch fulfils a safety and power
saving function in the settings except . If the switch-off command is not recognised, e.g. since the
pushbutton is jammed or it was pressed too quickly, the relay switches off automatically on expiry of a
time adjustable between 2 and 120 seconds. When a FTK is taught-in, this time function is turned off.
For twilight switch with taught-in wireless outdoor brightness sensor FAH and motion detection with
taught-in wireless motion detector FBH see the operating instructions.
The LED performs during the teach-in process according to the operation instructions. It shows wireless
control commands by short flickering during operation.
Technical data page T-3. FSR61NP-230V Wireless actuator Art. No. 30100030 89,60 €/pc.
Impulse switch with integr. relay function

WIRELESS ACTUATOR IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION FSR61/8-24V UC
FSR61/8-24V UC
1 NO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC, 230 V LED lamps up to 400 W, incandescent lamps up to
2000 watts, off delay with switch-off early warning and switchable pushbutton permanent light.
Only 0.3-0.8 watt standby loss.
3-14
Supply voltage and control voltage locally 8 to 24 V UC.
the mains.
locally by a conventional control switch if fitted previously. Glow lamp current is not permitted.
Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram.
Standard setting ex works. This wireless telegram can be taught-in in other actuators like the FSR61NP-230V, Professional Smart
Home controllers and in universal displays.
Typical connection double-rocker pushbutton taught-in as scene pushbutton.
+ = ESV with pushbutton permanent light and switch-off early warning
languages: If the permanent light function is switched on, the function can be activated by pressing the push-
FSR61*8-24V_UC button for longer than 1 second. This function switches off automatically after 2 hours or by pressing the
pushbutton.
The function ESV on the bottom rotary switch sets the off delay from 2 to 120 minutes. In setting normal
impulse switch function ES without off delay, without pushbutton permanent light and without switch-off
early warning.
Technical data page T-3. FSR61/ Wireless actuator Art. No. 30100004 87,40 €/pc.
8-24V UC Impulse switch with integr. relay function

WIRELESS ACTUATOR IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION FSR61-230V
FSR61-230V
3-15
Supply voltage and control voltage locally 230 V.
the mains.
In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna, this universal impulse switching relay can
also be controlled locally by a conventional control switch if fitted previously. Glow lamp current is not
permitted.
Standard setting ex works. Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless tele-
gram. This wireless telegram can be taught-in in other actuators, Professional Smart Home controllers
Typical connection Scene control: several FSR61s can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the four control signals of a
double-rocker pushbutton taught-in as scene pushbutton.
languages: + = ESV with switch-off early warning
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSR61-230V
pushbutton.
The function ESV on the bottom rotary switch sets the off delay from 2 to 120 minutes. In setting normal
early warning.
Technical data page T-3. FSR61-230V Wireless actuator Art. No. 30100005 87,40 €/pc.

WIRELESS ACTUATOR – IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION NOISELESS
FSR61G-230V
FSR61G-230V
Noiseless solid-state relay not potential-free, 230 V LED lamps up to 400 W, incandescent lamps
L L N
3-16
With automatic electronic over temperature shutdown.
At a load of < 1 W a GLE has to be switched parallely to the load.
locally by a conventional 230 V control pushbutton mounted upstream.
Glow lamp current is not approved.
gram. This wireless telegram can be taught-in in other actuators like the FSR61NP-230V, Professional
Standard setting ex works. Smart Home controllers and in universal displays.
double-rocker pushbutton taught-in as scene pushbutton.
Typical connection With the top rotary switch in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned therefrom
one ore more central control pushbuttons. In addition wireless window/door contacts with the function
N/O contact or N/C contact while the window is open, wireless outdoor brightness sensors FAH and wire-
less motion/brightness sensors FBH. The required function of the impulse switch with integrated relay
function can then be selected:
L L N
L + = ESV with pushbutton permanent light
N
languages: If the permanent light function is switched on, the function can be activated by pressing the push-
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSR61G-230V
pushbutton.
In setting normal impulse switch function ES without off delay, without pushbutton permanent light
The LED performs during the teach-in process according to the operating instructions. It shows wireless
Technical data page T-3. FSR61G-230V Wireless actuator Art. No. 30100029 91,10 €/pc.
Impulse switch with integrated relay function

WIRELESS ACTUATOR IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY
FUNCTION FSR61LN-230V FOR BIPOLAR SWITCHING OF L AND N
L N
FSR61LN-230V
LA NA
2 NO contacts for bipolar switching of L and N 10 A/250 V AC, 230 V LED lamps up to 400 W,
L LA NA N
incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts, off delay with switch-off early warning and switchable
pushbutton permanent light. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function are
switchable. Only 0.8 watt standby loss.
3-17
the mains.
permitted.
Standard setting ex works. Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless tele-
Smart Home controllers and in universal displays.
Typical connection Scene control: several FSR61LNs can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the four control signals of
a double-rocker pushbutton taught-in as scene pushbutton.
L N
one or more central control pushbuttons. In addition wireless window/door contacts with the function
LA NA
N/O contact or N/C contact while the window is open. The required function of the impulse switch with
L LA NA N
integrated relay function can then be selected:
L ESV = impulse switch. Possibly with off delay, then:
N
languages: + = ESV with pushbutton permanent light and switch-off early warning
FSR61LN-230V If the permanent light function is switched on, the function can be activated by pressing the push-
pushbutton.
The function ESV on the bottom rotary switch sets the off delay from 2 to 120 minutes. In setting
normal impulse switch function ES without off delay, without pushbutton permanent light and without
switch-off early warning.
Technical data page T-3. FSR61LN-230V Wireless actuator Art. No. 30200331 89,60 €/pc.

WIRELESS ACTUATOR MULTIFUNCTION IMPULSE SWITCH FMS61NP-230V
FMS61NP-230V
1+1 NO contacts not potential free 10 A/250 V AC, 230 V LED lamps up to 400 W, incandescent lamps
up to 2000 watts. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable.
3-18 For installation. 45 mm long, 45 mm wide, 33 mm deep.

Function rotary switches Supply voltage, switching voltage and control voltage local 230 V.
This wireless actuator is a multifunction impulse switch and features state-of-the-art hybrid techno-
logy that we developed: we combined the wear-free receiver and evaluation electronics and two
bistable relays with zero passage switching.
By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. After installation,
wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected to the mains.
In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna, this multifunction impulse switch can also
be controlled locally by a conventional 230 V control switch previously mounted (in the 2xS function only
contact 1).
Standard setting ex works. Maximum current as the sum of both contacts 16 A at 230 V.
You can teach in encrypted sensors. You can switch on bidirectional wireless and/or a repeater function.
Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are confirmed by a wireless telegram.
Typical connection This wireless telegram can be taught-in in other actuators, Professional Smart Home controllers and in
universal displays.
one or more central control pushbuttons. The required function of this multifunction impulse switch can
then be selected. Switching will be visualised by flashing of the LED.
2xS = 2fold impulse switch each with 1 NO contact
2S = impulse switch with 2 NO contacts
WS = impulse switch with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact
SS1 = impulse multicircuit switch 1 + 1 NO contact with switching sequence 1
SS2 = impulse multicircuit switch 1 + 1 NO contact with switching sequence 2
languages: Switching sequence SS1: 0 - contact 1 - contact 2 - contacts 1+2
FMS61NP-230V Switching sequence SS2: 0 - contact 1 - contacts 1+2 - contact 2
The bottom rotary switch is only required to teach-in the transmitters.
From production week 08/2013 universal pushbuttons and direction pushbuttons can be taught in.
Technical data page T-3. FMS61NP-230V Wireless actuator multifunction impulse switch, Art. No. 30200330 91,80 €/pc.
1+1 NO contacts 10 A

WIRELESS ACTUATOR LIGHT CONTROLLER FLC61NP-230V
FLC61NP-230V
1 NO contact not potential free 10 A/250 V AC, 230 V LED lamps up to 400 W, incandescent lamps
2000 watts, 5 selectable operating modes. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater
function are switchable. Only 0.8 watt standby loss.
For installation. 45 mm long, 45 mm wide, 33 mm deep. 3-19

the mains.
locally by a conventional 230V control pushbutton mounted upstream. Glow lamp current is not approved.
You can teach in an operating mode pushbutton.
This wireless telegram can be taught-in in other actuators, Professional Smart Home controller and in
Standard setting ex works universal displays.
With the top rotary switch in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned therefrom
one ore more central control pushbuttons. In addition, wireless motion and brightness sensors. Then
Typical connection select the required operating mode:
ES(V)+TLZ: In this mode, the normal impulse switch function with buttons is active. Use the lower rotary
switch RV to set a time delay between 0 and 60 minutes for the ESV function. Press the universal push-
buttons and direction pushbuttons to switch on and off. The staircase time switch function TLZ results
from the Central ON pushbuttons and a time delay set using the rotary switch RV.
AUTO1: In AUTO1 mode, (semi automatic motion: only switch off motion controlled), switch on/off takes
place by means of universal pushbuttons, direction pushbuttons or central control pushbuttons. Switch-
off takes place by means of one or several wireless motion sensors in case of no motion on expiry of the
time delay set between 0 and 60 minutes using the lower rotary switch RV.
AUTO2: In AUTO2 mode (semi automatic motion and brightness: only switch off, motion and brightness
languages: controlled), switch on/off takes place by means of the universal pushbuttons, direction pushbuttons or
FLC61NP-230V central control pushbuttons. Switch-off takes place by means of one or several wireless motion/bright-
ness sensors in case of no motion or insufficient brightness on expiry of the time delay set between 0 and
60 minutes using the lower rotary switch RV.
AUTO3: In AUTO3 mode, (fully automatic motion: switch on and off, motion controlled), switch-on takes
place in case of brightness threshold undershoot by means of one or several wireless motion/brightness
sensors and switch-off takes place in case of no motion on expiry of time delay set between 0 and 60
minutes using lower rotary switch RV. In addition, switch on/off takes place by means of universal push-
buttons, direction pushbuttons or central control pushbuttons.
AUTO4: In AUTO4 mode (fully automatic motion and brightness: switch on and off, motion and bright-
ness controlled), switch-on takes place in case of brightness threshold undershoot by means of one or
several wireless motion/brightness sensors and switch-off takes place in case of no motion or sufficient
brightness on expiry of time delay set between 0 and 60 minutes using lower rotary switch RV. In addition,
switch on/off takes place by means of universal pushbuttons, direction pushbuttons or central control
pushbuttons.
Once you have taught in an operating mode pushbutton, the 4 switches are configured with the following
functions: top left AUTO, function according to the rotary switch position. Top right ON with priority.
Bottom left and right OFF with priority. When you select AUTO mode, the lamp lights up briefly and then
goes out.
One FBH in the room is sufficient to measure brightness when the lighting comprises LED lamps,
energy saving lamps or fluorescent lamps. If lighting consists of electric light bulbs or halogen lamps,
an outdoor brightness sensor must be taught-in as Master for operating modes AUTO2 and AUTO4.
If several sensors are taught-in, switch-off only takes place when all sensors report no motion or
sufficient brightness.
Technical data page T-3. FLC61NP-230V Wireless actuator – Light controller Art. No. 30100040 91,60 €/pc.

WIRELESS ACTUATOR UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH WITHOUT N, FUD61NP-230V
FUD61NP-230V
Without N connection, power MOSFET up to 300 W. Only 0.7 watt standby loss. With adjustable
minimum brightness and dimming speed. With switching operation for children's rooms and snooze
function. Light scenes can be taught-in. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater
function are switchable.
3-20
Universal dimmer switch for R, L and C loads up to 300 watts, depending on ventilation conditions. Auto-
matic detection of load R+L or R+C.
Without N connection, therefore it is suitable for mounting directly behind the pushbutton light
switch, even if there is no N wire.
Not compatible with 230 V LED and energy saving lamps, please use this dimmer with N connection:
FUD61NPN.
Supply voltage, switching voltage and control voltage local 230 V. Minimum load only 40 W.
In case of a power failure the switch position is stored and may be switched on when the power supply is
Standard setting ex works. restored.
Typical connection In the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned, of which one or more central push-
buttons.
The dimming speed is adjustable using the dimming speed rotary switch. At the same time, the soft ON
and soft OFF periods are changed.
In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna, this universal dimmer switch can also be
controlled locally by a conventional 230 V control switch if fitted previously.
languages: Smart Home controllers and in universal displays. The current dimming value is also displayed in % in the
FUD61NP-230V respective app.
The wireless pushbuttons can be taught-in either as direction pushbuttons or universal pushbuttons:
ness at dim speed. A double click on the switch-off side activates the snooze function. The children's
room function is implemented on the switch-on side.
Short control commands switch on/off.
For light scene control, children‘s room circuit and sleep timer, refer to the operating instructions.
Technical data page T-3. FUD61NP-230V Wireless actuator Art. No. 30100830 102,00 €/pc.
Universal dimmer switch without N

WIRELESS ACTUATOR UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH FUD61NPN-230V
FUD61NPN-230V
Universal dimmer switch, 300 W power MOSFET. Automatic lamp detection. Only 0.7 watt standby
L N
loss. With adjustable minimum brightness or dimming speed. With switching operation for light
alarm clocks, children's rooms and snooze function. Additionally with light scene control. Encrypted
wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable.
3-21
Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 300 W, dependent on ventilation conditions. Dimmable 230 V-LED
lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps ESL, additionally dependent on the lamps electronics and the
dimming technology, see technical data page T-3.
Supply voltage, switching voltage and control voltage local 230 V. No minimum load.
Standard setting ex works. You can switch on bidirectional wireless and/or a repeater function.
gram. This wireless telegram can be taught into other actuators like the FSR61NP-230V, universal displays
Typical connections and Professional Smart Home controller. The current dimming value is also displayed in % in the respective
app.
The minimum brightness (fully dimmed) or the dimming speed is adjustable with the upper % /dimming
speed rotary switch.
The lower rotary switch determines the operation, whether the automatic lamp detection or special
comfort positions should act:
AUTO allows the dimming of all light species.
LC1 is a comfort position for dimmable 230 V LED lamps which are not being dimmed down enough when set
to AUTO (trailing phase angle) dependent on the construction and must therefore be forced to leading
with direction pushbutton phase angle.
LC2 and LC3 are comfort positions for dimmable 230 V LED lamps like LC1, but with different dimming curves.
EC1 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which must be switched on with increased power
dependent on the construction, so they will also switch on again safely in cold condition when dimmed
down.
EC2 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which will not be switched on again when dimmed down
dependent on the construction. Memory is switched off in this position.
In positions LC1, LC2, LC3, EC1 and EC2 no inductive (wound) transformers should be used. In addition,
the maximum number of dimmable LED lamps can be lower than in the AUTO position dependent on the
construction.
with universal pushbutton The pushbuttons can be either taught-in as direction pushbuttons or universal pushbuttons: As
direction pushbutton 'switch on and dim up' is on one side and 'switch off and dim down' on the other
side. A double-click on the switch on side triggers the automatic dimming up to full brightness with dim
languages: speed time. A double-click on the switch off side triggers the snooze function. The children's room function
FUD61NPN-230V is triggered on the switch on side. As a universal pushbutton the direction change is made by briefly
For light scene control, light alarm circuit, children's room circuit and sleep timer, refer to the operator
manual.
Technical data page T-3. FUD61NPN- Wireless actuator Art. No. 30100835 106,00 €/pc.
230V Universal dimmer switch

WIRELESS ACTUATOR CONSTANT CURRENT LED DIMMER SWITCH FKLD61
FKLD61
DC constant current source for LEDs up to 1000 mA or 30 watts. Only 0.3 watt standby loss.
With adjustable minimum brightness and dimming speed. With switching operation for children's
rooms and snooze function. Also with light scene control by PC or wireless pushbuttons. Encrypted
wireless and repeater function are switchable.
3-22
The nominal output current can be set with a jumper on the circuit board:
no connection: 350 mA; flush right (Pin 2-3 connected): 700 mA; flush left (Pin 1-2 connected): 1000 mA.
Factory settings 700 mA. The input voltage ranges from 12 V DC to 36 V DC maximum. The input voltage
must be selected to the sum of the LED at the output voltage, so that the current control can operate.
This deviation must be at least 6 volts. The total power output current x output voltage should not exceed
30 watts.
A pulse resistant DC power supply unit is required, which provides the necessary voltage and required
current of the LED light(s).
Universal control voltage input 8 to 230 V UC, electrically isolated from the 230 V supply voltage and
switching voltage.
Standard setting ex works. The brightness level is stored on switch-off (memory).
Typical connection Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature switch-off.
The minimum brightness (fully dimmed) is adjustable with the upper % rotary switch.
In the setting LRN up to 35 pushbuttons can be assigned, of which one or more central pushbuttons.
The dimming speed can be adjusted with the lower dimming speed rotary switch.
controlled locally by a conventional 230 V control switch if fitted previously. A short interruption of control
changes the direction of dimming. Short control commands switch on/off.
The pushbuttons can be either taught-in as direction pushbuttons or universal pushbuttons: As
languages: speed time. A double-click on the switch off side triggers the snooze function. The children's room function
http://eltako.com/redirect/FKLD61
is triggered on the switch on side. As a universal pushbutton the direction change is made by briefly
releasing the pushbutton. With switching operation for children's rooms and snooze function.
Central pushbutton 'on' switches on with memory value. Central pushbutton 'off' switches off.
Switching operation for children's rooms (universal pushbutton or direction pushbutton on the switch-
on side): If the light is switched on by holding down the pushbutton, it starts at the lowest brightness level
after approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down without modifying the
last stored brightness level.
Snooze function (universal pushbutton or direction pushbutton on the switch-off side): With a double
impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level
and switched off. The current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level deter-
mine the dimming time (max. = 60 minutes) which can be reduced as required. It can be switched off at
any time by short-time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down.
Light scenes via app are set and retrieved using the Professional Smart Home controller.
Lights scenes with wireless pushbuttons are taught in on the FKLD61 device. Up to four brightness values
which can be taught-in in light scene pushbuttons with double rocker.
A FBH can either be taught-in as a movement detector with/without twilight switch or a FAH as a twilight
switch according to the operating instructions.
Technical data page T-3. FKLD61 Wireless actuator Art. No. 30100836 106,10 €/pc.
Constant current LED dimmer switch

WIRELESS ACTUATOR PWM LED DIMMER SWITCH FLD61
FLD61
PWM LED dimmer switch for LEDs 12-36 V DC, up to 4 A. Only 0.2-0.4 watt standby loss. With adjustable
minimum brightness and dimming speed. With switching operation for children's rooms and snooze
function. Also with light scene control by PC or wireless pushbuttons.
3-23
Supply voltage 12 to 36 V DC, depending on the connected LED lighting.
Output voltage PWM (puls width modulation).
Maximum output voltage 4 A.
A pulse resistant DC power supply unit is required, which provides the necessary voltage and required
current of the LED light(s).
switching voltage.
Standard setting ex works. Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature switch-off.
The minimum brightness (fully dimmed) is adjustable with the upper % rotary switch. In the setting
Typical connection LRN up to 35 pushbuttons can be assigned, of which one or more central pushbuttons.
controlled locally by a conventional 230 V control switch if fitted previously. A short interruption of control
changes the direction of dimming. Short control commands switch on/off.
The pushbuttons can be either taught-in as direction pushbuttons or universal pushbuttons: As direction
pushbutton 'switch on and dim up' is on one side and 'switch off and dim down' on the other side. A double-
click on the switch on side triggers the automatic dimming up to full brightness with dim speed time. A
double-click on the switch off side triggers the snooze function. The children's room function is triggered
on the switch on side. As a universal pushbutton the direction change is made by briefly releasing the
pushbutton.
Central pushbutton 'on' switches on with memory value. Central pushbutton 'off' switches off.
languages: Switching operation for children's rooms (universal pushbutton or direction pushbutton on the switch-on
http://eltako.com/redirect/FLD61
side): If the light is switched on by holding down the pushbutton, it starts at the lowest brightness level
after approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down without modifying the
last stored brightness level.
Snooze function (universal pushbutton or direction pushbutton on the switch-off side): With a double
impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level
and switched off. The current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level deter-
mine the dimming time (max. = 60 minutes) which can be reduced as required. It can be switched off at
any time by short-time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down.
Light scenes via app are set and retrieved using the Professional Smart Home controller.
Lights scenes with wireless pushbuttons are taught in on the FLD61 device. Up to four brightness values
which can be taught-in in light scene pushbuttons with double rocker.
A FBH can either be taught-in as a movement detector with/without twilight switch or a FAH as a twilight
switch according to the operating instructions.
Technical data page T-3. FLD61 Wireless actuator PWM LED dimmer switch, Art. No. 30100837 100,10 €/pc.
12-36 V DC up to 4 A

WIRELESS ACTUATOR FOR SHADING ELEMENTS AND ROLLER SHUTTERS FSB61-230 V
FSB61-230V
Without N connection, 1+1 NO contact not potential free 4 A/250 V AC, for roller blinds and shading
L L
systems. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable.
3-24 For installation. 45 mm long, 45 mm wide, 33 mm deep.

Without N connection, not suitable for all motors.
If a power failure occurs, the device is switched off in a defined sequence.
In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna, this wireless actuator can also be control-
led locally by a conventional 230 V control switch previously mounted.
gram. This wireless telegram can be taught-in in other actuators, Professional Smart Home controllers
one ore more central pushbuttons. The required function of this impulse group switch can then be selected:
Standard setting ex works. GS1 = Group switch with pushbutton control and off delay in seconds. Both a wireless pushbutton with
the function 'Up-Hold-Down-Hold' as well as the local pushbutton can be taught-in or a wireless
pushbutton like a roller Venetian blind double pushbutton with pressing above 'Up' and pressing
Typical connection below 'Down'. Tap briefly to interrupt the movement immediately. However, a pulse in the opposite
directionstops and then switches over to the oppo-site direction after a pause of 500 ms.
Dynamic central control with and without priority can be implemented.
GS2 = Group switch same as GS1, central switch always without priority.
GS3 = Group switch same as GS2, in addition with double-click reverse function for the local pushbutton
L L
and a wireless pushbutton as universal switch taught-in appropriately: After double-clicking, the
M
Venetian blind moves in the opposite direction until it is stopped by a brief tap.
L GS4 = Group switch same as GS2, in addition with tip reverse function: The control pushbutton is initi-
N
ally in static mode. The relay is energised as long as the pushbutton is tapped so that the Venetian
blind can be reversed in the opposite direction by short impulses.
languages: GR = Group relay. As long as the wireless pushbutton is closed, a contact is closed. Then it reopens. On
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSB61-230V
reception of the next wireless signal the other contact closes, etc.
Shading scene control: Up to 4 saved 'Down' running times are retrievable using the control signal of a
pushbutton and double rocker taught-in as a scene pushbutton.
With control via Professional Smart Home controller, operating commands for up and down with the
exact travel time information can be started. As the actuator reports the exact elapsed time after each
activity, even when driving was triggered by a pushbutton, the position of the shading is always displayed
correctly in the Professional Smart Home controller. Upon reaching the end positions above and below
the position is automatically synchronized.
If a wireless outdoor brightness sensor is also taught-in in addition to a scene pushbutton, the taught-in
scenes 1, 2 and 4 are executed automatically depending on the outdoor brightness.
Use the bottom rotary switch to set the time delay to the position 'Halt' in seconds. Select a delay time
that is at least as long as the shading element or roller shutter needs to move from its end position to the
other position.
When you teach in an FTK wireless window/door contact or a window handle sensor FFG7B, a lock out
protection is set when doors are opened to prevent Central Down and Scene Down.
Technical data page T-3. FSB61-230V Wireless actuator without N-connection for Art. No. 30200432 92,10 €/pc.
shading elements and roller shutters

WIRELESS ACTUATOR FOR SHADING ELEMENTS AND ROLLER SHUTTERS FSB61NP-230V
FSB61NP-230V
1+1 NO contact not potential free 4 A/250 V AC, for roller blinds and shading systems. Encrypted
wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable. Only 0.9 watt standby loss.

Supply voltage, switching voltage and control voltage local 230 V. 3-25
Function rotary switches If a power failure occurs, the device is switched off in a defined sequence.
In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna, this wireless actuator can also be
controlled locally by a conventional 230 V control switch previously mounted.
From production week 36/19, a direction button for 'Down' can be connected via the diode RTD (any
polarity). Another direction button for 'Up' is connected directly to the control input.
With the 1st control pulse 'down', the FSB61 switches the control input to 'direction button'. To switch the
control input back to 'universal button', the supply voltage must be briefly switched off.
This wireless telegram can be taught-in in other actuators, Professional Smart Home controllers and in
Standard setting ex works. universal displays.
one ore more central pushbuttons. The required function of this impulse group switch can then be selected:
Typical connection UT GS1 = Group switch with pushbutton control and off delay in seconds. Both a wireless pushbutton with
the function 'Up-Hold-Down-Hold' can be taught-in or a wireless pushbutton like a roller Venetian
blind double pushbutton with pressing above 'Up' and pressing below 'Down'. Tap briefly to
interrupt the movement immediately. However, a pulse in the opposite direction stops and then
switches over to the opposite direction after a pause of 500 ms.
Dynamic central control with and without priority can be implemented.
GS2 = Group switch same as GS1, central switch always without priority.
GS3 = Group switch same as GS2, in addition with double-click reverse function for the local pushbutton
and a wireless pushbutton as universal switch taught-in appropriately: After double-clicking, the
Venetian blind moves in the opposite direction until it is stopped by a brief tap.
GS4 = Group switch same as GS2, in addition with tip reverse function: The control pushbutton is
Typical connection RT initially in static mode. The relay is energised as long as the pushbutton is tapped so that the
Venetian blind can be reversed in the opposite direction by short impulses.
GR = Group relay. As long as the wireless pushbutton is closed, a contact is closed. Then it reopens. On
reception of the next wireless signal the other contact closes, etc.
Shading scene control: Up to 4 saved 'Down' running times are retrievable using the control signal of a
pushbutton and double rocker taught-in as a scene pushbutton.
With control via Professional Smart Home controller, operating commands for up and down with the exact
travel time information can be started. As the actuator reports the exact elapsed time after each activity,
even when driving was triggered by a pushbutton, the position of the shading is always displayed correctly
in the Professional Smart Home controller. Upon reaching the end positions above and below the position
languages: is automatically synchronized.
FSB61NP-230V If a wireless outdoor brightness sensor is also taught-in in addition to a scene pushbutton, the taught-in
scenes 1, 2 and 4 are executed automatically depending on the outdoor brightness.
Use the bottom rotary switch to set the time delay to the position 'Halt' in seconds. Select a delay time
that is at least as long as the shading element or roller shutter needs to move from its end position to the
other position.
When you teach in an FTK wireless window/door contact or a window handle sensor FFG7B, a lock out
protection is set when doors are opened to prevent Central Down and Scene Down.
Technical data page T-3. FSB61NP-230V Wireless actuator for shading elements and Art. No. 30200430 92,10 €/pc.
roller shutters

WIRELESS ACTUATOR STAIRCASE OFF-DELAY TIMER FTN61NP-230V
FTN61NP-230V
to 2000 watts, off delay with switch-off early warning and switchable pushbutton permanent light.
3-26
This wireless actuator is a staircase off-delay timer and features state-of-the-art hybrid technology
that we developed: we combined the wear-free receiver and evaluation electronics and a bistable
relay with zero passage switching.
In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna, this staircase off-delay timer can also be
controlled locally by a conventional 230 V control switch previously mounted.
Glow lamp current up to 5 mA, dependent on the ignition voltage of the glow lamps.
Standard setting ex works. The lighting is switched on again after a power failure provided the set time has not yet elapsed.
universal displays.
With the top rotary switch in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons and/or wireless motion/
brightness sensors FBH can be assigned, of which one ore more central pushbuttons. The required function
of this staircase off-delay timer can then be selected.
The flashing of the LED as soon as a new setting range has been reached when turning the rotary switch
helps to find the desired position reliably.
NLZ = off-delay timer
TLZ = staircase time switch
+ = TLZ with pushbutton permanent light
languages: + = TLZ with switch-off early warning
FTN61NP-230V + = TLZ with pushbutton permanent light and switch-off early warning
button for longer than 1 second. This function switches off automatically after 60 minutes or by pressing
the pushbutton for longer than 2 seconds.
With the bottom rotary switch, the off delay is adjusted from 1 to 20 minutes.
When motion/brightness sensors FBH are taught-in, use the last FBH that was taught-in to define the
switching threshold at which the lighting is switched on or off depending on the brightness or motion
detected. The off delay set on the FTN61NP is prolonged by a setting of 1 minute fixed in the FBH.
Technical data page T-3. FTN61NP-230V Wireless actuator Staircase off-delay timer Art. No. 30100130 90,00 €/pc.

WIRELESS ACTUATOR MULTIFUNCTION TIME RELAY FMZ61-230V
FMZ61-230V
2000 watts.* Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable.
For installation. 45 mm long, 45 mm wide, 33 mm deep. 3-27

Function rotary switches Supply voltage and if necessary control voltage locally 230 V.
This wireless actuator features state-of-the-art hybrid technology that we developed:
we combined the wear-free receiver and evaluation electronics with a bistable relay.
the mains.
Standard setting ex works. You can teach in encrypted sensors.
universal displays.
one or more central control pushbuttons. In addition, wireless window/door contacts (FTK) may have a NO
or NC function when the window is open. If a direction pushbutton is taught-in, a function (e.g. TI) can be
started using the top key (START) and stopped with the bottom key (STOP). The required function can then
be selected. Switching will be visualised by flashing of the LED.
RV = off delay
AV = operating delay
languages: IA = impulse-controlled operating delay
http://eltako.com/redirect/FMZ61-230V
The bottom rotary switch sets the time from 0.5 seconds to 60 minutes.
* The maximum load can be used from a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes. The maximum load is
reduced for shorter times as follows: up to 2 minutes 30%, up to 5 minutes 60%.
Technical data page T-3. FMZ61-230V Wireless actuator Multifunction time relay Art. No. 30100230 86,50 €/pc.

WIRELESS ACTUATOR HEATING/COOLING RELAY FHK61-230V
FHK61-230V
1 NO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC. Only 0.8 watt standby loss.

3-28 Supply voltage 230 V.
Function rotary switches If a power failure occurs, the switching state is retained.
If a power failure occurs repeatedly, the device is switched off in a defined sequence.
the mains.
This heating/cooling relay evaluates the information from wireless temperature controllers or sensors.
Possibly supplemented by window/door contacts, motion detector, window handle sensor FFG7B and
Valves will be controlled with the potential-free contact.
Each function change by a wireless temperature controller (normal mode, setback, off) is confirmed by a
wireless telegram. This wireless telegram can be taught-in into Professional Smart Home controllers.
Upper rotary switch for operating modes:
Standard setting ex works. H1: Heating operation with PWM control at T = 4 minutes (PWM = pulse width modulation).
H2: Heating operation with PWM control at T = 15 minutes.
Typical connection (suitable for valves with motor-driven valve drive)
H3: Operating mode with 2-point control.
K1: Cooling operation with PWM control at T = 15 minutes.
K2: Cooling mode with 2-point control.
Switchover is visualised by LEDs flashing.
Lower rotary switch for adjustable hysteresis and PWM influence:
Left stop: lowest hysteresis 0.5°. Middle position: hysteresis 2.5°. Right stop: largest hysteresis 4.5°.
Inbetween, divisions in steps of 0.5° visualised by LEDs flashing.
Two-point control mode: The hysteresis rotary switch sets the required difference between the switch-on
and switch-off temperatures.
When the 'actual temperature >= reference temperature', the device is switched off.
languages: When the 'actual temperature <= (reference temperature – hysteresis)', the device is switched on.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FHK61-230V The signs are the opposite in cooling mode.
PWM control mode: The hysteresis rotary switch set the required temperature difference at which the
device is switched on at 100%. When the 'actual temperature >= reference temperature', the device is
switched off. When the 'actual temperature <= (reference temperature – hysteresis)', the device is switched
on at 100%. If the 'actual temperature' lies between the 'reference temperature – hysteresis' and the 'reference
temperature', the device is switched on and off with a PWM in steps of 10% depending on the temperature
difference. The lower the temperature difference, the shorter the switch-on time. As a result of the setta-
bility of the 100% value, the PWM can be adapted to the heater size and inertia. The signs are the opposite
in cooling mode.
window handle sensors FFG7B are taught-in. In heating mode, however, the frost protection remains
enabled.
fixed functions:
Top right: Normal mode (can also be enabled by timer). Bottom right: Night setback mode by 4°; in cooling
mode, raised by 4° (can also be enabled by timer). Top left: Setback mode by 2°, in cooling mode, raised by 2°.
Bottom left: Off (in heating mode, frost protection enabled; in cooling mode permanent off). If the motion
detector and wireless pushbutton are taught-in at the same time, the last telegram received is always the
one that is valid. A motion detector therefore switches off a setback mode selected by wireless pushbutton
when a movement is detected.
Technical data page T-3. FHK61-230V Wireless actuator Heating/cooling relay Art. No. 30100045 91,50 €/pc.

WIRELESS ACTUATOR HEATING/COOLING RELAY FHK61U-230 V
2
FHK61U-230V
1
1 NO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC. Only 0.8 watt standby loss.
1 2 L N

Supply voltage 230 V. 3-29
Function rotary switches If a power failure occurs, the switching state is retained. If a power failure occurs repeatedly, the device is
This heating/cooling relay evaluates the information from wireless temperature controllers or
sensors. Possibly supplemented by window/door contacts, motion detector, window handle sensor
FFG7B and wireless pushbuttons.
Every change in state of the contact is confirmed by a wireless telegram.
This wireless telegrame an be taught-in into other actuators and Professional Smart Home controllers.
Especially into a FSR61 to synchronously switch a heat circulating pump with the valves.
Standard setting ex works. H1: Heating operation with PWM control at T = 4 minutes (PWM = pulse width modulation).
H2: Heating operation with PWM control at T = 15 minutes.
(suitable for valves with motor-driven valve drive)
Typical connection H3: Operating mode with 2-point control.
Switchover is visualised by LEDs flashing.
Inbetween, divisions in steps of 0.5° visualised by LEDs flashing.
Two-point control mode: The hysteresis rotary switch sets the required difference between the switch-on
and switch-off temperatures.
When the 'actual temperature >= reference temperature', the device is switched off.
Manuals and documents in further When the 'actual temperature <= (reference temperature – hysteresis)', the device is switched on.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FHK61U-230V
switched off. When the 'actual temperature <= (reference temperature – hysteresis)', the device is switched
on at 100%. If the 'actual temperature' lies between the 'reference temperature – hysteresis' and the
'reference temperature', the device is switched on and off with a PWM in steps of 10% depending on the
temperature difference. The lower the temperature difference, the shorter the switch-on time. As a result
of the settability of the 100% value, the PWM can be adapted to the heater size and inertia. The signs are
the opposite in cooling mode.
enabled.
fixed functions:
Top right: Normal mode (can also be enabled by timer). Bottom right: Night setback mode by 4°; in cooling
mode, raised by 4° (can also be enabled by timer). Top left: Setback mode by 2°, in cooling mode, raised
by 2°. Bottom left: Off (in heating mode, frost protection enabled; in cooling mode permanent off). If the
motion detector and wireless pushbutton are taught-in at the same time, the last telegram received is
always the one that is valid. A motion detector therefore switches off a setback mode selected by wire-
less pushbutton when a movement is detected.
Technical data page T-3. FHK61U-230V Wireless actuator Heating/cooling relay Art. No. 30100050 91,10 €/pc.

WIRELESS ACTUATOR HEATING/COOLING RELAY WITH SOLID STATE RELAY FHK61SSR-230V
FHK61SSR-230V
Noiseless single room control, 400 W. Solid state relay not potential free. Only 0.8 watt standby loss.

3-30 Supply voltage, switching voltage and control voltage local 230 V.
Function rotary switches With a load < 1 W a GLE must be switched parallel to the load.
This heating/cooling relay evaluates the information from wireless temperature controllers or sensors.
As required, supplemented by window/door contacts, motion detectors, window handle sensor
FFG7B and wireless pushbuttons.
Each function change (normal mode, decrease mode, off) is confirmed by a wireless telegram. This wire-
less telegram can be taught-in in Professional Smart Home controllers.
H1: Heating operation with PWM control at T = 4 minutes. (suitable for valves with thermoelectric valve drive)
H2: Heating operation with PWM control at T = 15 minutes. (suitable for valves with motor-driven valve drive)
H3: Heating operation with 2-point control.
Standard setting ex works. Switchover is visualised by LEDs flashing.
Typical connection Inbetween, divisions in steps of 0.5° visualised by LEDs flashing.
Two-point control mode: The hysteresis rotary switch sets the required difference between the switch-
on and switch-off temperatures. When the 'actual temperature >= reference temperature', the device
is switched off. When the 'actual temperature <= (reference temperature - hysteresis)', the device is
switched on. The signs are the opposite in cooling mode.
switched off.
When the 'actual temperature <= (reference temperature - hysteresis)', the device is switched on at 100%.
If the 'actual temperature' lies between the 'reference temperature - hysteresis' and the 'reference
temperature', the device is switched on and off with a PWM in steps of 10% depending on the temperature
languages: difference.
http://eltako.com/redirect/ The lower the temperature difference, the shorter the switch-on time. As a result of the settability of the 100%
FHK61SSR-230V
value, the PWM can be adapted to the heater size and inertia. The signs are the opposite in cooling mode.
enabled.
When a wireless pushbutton is taught-in, the assignment of the 4 keys is assigned with the following
When bidirectional wireless is switched on, the FHK61 sends a confirmation telegram containing its own
ID and current operating mode to the Eltako wireless network.
PWM setpoint function: When a PWM data telegram is taught-in, the control function selected at the
rotary switch is switched off. Only PWM commands are executed. When bidirectional wireless is switched
on, the FHK61 sends a received PWM data telegram as confirmation telegram containing its own ID to the
Eltako wireless network.
The 230 V control input acts as a dew signalling input. When a voltage of 230 V is applied, the solid state
relay is switched off. Every change in state of the control input is immediately sent as a button telegram
cyclically every 15 minutes.
Technical data page T-3. FHK61SSR-230V Wireless actuator Heating/cooling relay Art. No. 30100034 95,20 €/pc.

ACCESSORIES
1- AND 2-LEVEL WIRELESS REPEATERS FRP61-230V
FRP61-230V
1 and 2 level wireless repeaters. Only 0.7 watt standby loss.
L L N N

This repeater is only needed if the building conditions prevent undisturbed reception or the distance 3-31
languages: between the wireless pushbutton and receiver is too great.
The 1-level mode is activated ex works. Only wireless signals from sensors are received, tested and
retransmitted at full transmit power. Wireless signals from other repeaters are ignored to reduce the data
volume.
Use the rotary switch to switch over to 2 level mode. Then the wireless signals from sensors and from
another 1 level repeater are processed. A signal may therefore be received and amplified twice.
The LED indicates incoming wireless signals by flashing briefly.

BLISTERPACK SWITCHING BPS55
BPS55
Blisterpack switching with wireless pushbutton F2T55E and wireless actuator impulse switch with
integrated relay function FSR61-230V. Smart Home sensor and Smart Home actuator.
F2T55E: Wireless pushbutton pure white glossy for single mounting 80 x 80 x 15 mm or mounting into
3-32 the E-Design55 switching system. Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself when the button is
pressed, therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby loss.
Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit two evaluable signals: press rocker up and press
rocker down.
The mounting plate can be screwed over a flush-mounting box with a screw spacing of 60 mm or screwed
on a flat surface. The wireless pushbutton can be glued to the wall, on glass or on furniture using the
enclosed adhesive foil.
FSR61-230V: Wireless actuator impulse switch with integrated relay function. 1 NO contact potential
free 10 A/250 V AC, incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts, off delay with switch-off early warning and
switchable pushbutton permanent light. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function
are switchable. Only 0.8 watt standby loss.
Supply voltage and control voltage locally 230 V.
switched off in a defined sequence. After installation, wait for short automatic synchronisation before the
languages: switched consumer is connected to the mains.
http://eltako.com/redirect/BPS55
permitted.
BPS55 Blisterpack switching Art. No. 30000037 139,70 €/pc.

BLISTERPACK DIMMING BPD55
BPD55
Blisterpack dimming with wireless pushbutton F2T55E and universal dimmer switch FUD61NPN-
230V. Smart Home sensor and Smart Home actuator.
F2T55E: Wireless pushbutton pure white glossy for single mounting 80 x 80 x 15 mm or mounting into
the E-Design55 switching system. Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself when the button is 3-33
pressed, therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby loss.
rocker down.
FUD61NPN-230V: Universal dimmer switch, 300 W power MOSFET. Automatic lamp detection. Only 0.7
watt standby loss. With adjustable minimum brightness or dimming speed. With switching operation for
light alarm clocks, children‘s rooms and snooze function. Additionally with light scene control. Encrypted
wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable.
Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 300 W, dependent on ventilation conditions. Dimmable 230 V-LED
lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps ESL, additionally dependent on the lamps electronics.
languages: Supply voltage, switching voltage and control voltage local 230 V. No minimum load.
http://eltako.com/redirect/BPD55
BPD55 Blisterpack dimming Art. No. 30000036 164,20 €/pc.

BLISTERPACK SHADING BPB55
BPB55
Blisterpack shading with wireless pushbutton F2T55E and wireless actuator for shading elements
and roller shutters FSB61NP-230V. Smart Home sensor and Smart Home actuator.
F2T55E: Wireless pushbutton pure white glossy for single mounting 80 x 80 x 15 mm or mounting into the
3-34 E-Design55. Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself when the button is pressed, therefore
there is no connecting wire and no standby loss.
rocker down.
FSB61NP-230V: Wireless actuator for shading elements and roller shutters. 1+1 NO contact not potential
free 4 A/250 V AC, for roller blinds and shading systems. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and
repeater function are switchable.
If a power failure occurs, the device is switched off in a defined sequence.
In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna, this wireless actuator can also be control-
languages: led locally by a conventional 230 V control switch previously mounted.
http://eltako.com/redirect/BPB55
BPB55 Blisterpack shading Art. No. 30000035 148,80 €/pc.

WIRELESS TRANSMITTER MODULE FSM61-UC AND
WIRELESS 4-WAY UNIVERSAL TRANSMITTER MODULE F4USM61B
FSM61-UC
Wireless 2-fold transmitter module. With internal antenna. No standby loss.

The wireless transmitter module FSM61-UC has two channels and can transmit wireless pushbutton tele-
grams to the Eltako building wireless system. A1 initiates a wireless telegram, such as 'Press top rocker' 3-35
Typical connection for a wireless pushbutton with one rocker and A3 such as 'Press bottom rocker'. The telegram on opening
the two control contacts is identical to 'Release wireless pushbutton'.
Severel wireless transmitter modules must not be switched at the same time.
The universal control voltage at +An/-A2 processes control commands of 8 to 253 V AC or 10 to 230 V DC
with periods lasting min. 0.2 seconds. Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of control lead at 230 V
5 nF. This correspond to a length of approx. 20 meters.
If the terminals A1 and A3 are connected with a bridge, the wireless telegram is transmitted once per
minute by A3, provided the control voltage is applied, e.g. for central commands with priority.
No permanent power supply required, therefore no standby losses.
The rotary switch is required for the activation or deactivation of encryption and is set to AUTO in operation.
languages: Activate encryption:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSM61-UC
Turn the rotary switch to the right stop (position key) and press once.
Deactivate encryption:
Turn the rotary switch to the left stop (position crossed out key) and press once.
Technical data page T-3. FSM61-UC Wireless 2-fold transmitter module Art. No. 30000300 64,30 €/pc.
F4USM61B NEW
Wireless 4-way universal transmitter module. With internal antenna.

With battery (lifetime 5-8 years).

This transmitter module has four channels to transmit wireless telegrams to the Eltako Wireless Building
Typical connection system like a 4-channel wireless pushbutton. E1 initiates a wireless telegram such as 'Press top rocker' of
a wireless pushbutton with a rocker; E2 initiates 'Press bottom rocker' (or 'right rocker' of a wireless push-
button with double rocker in each case); E3 initiates like 'Press left top rocker' of a wireless pushbutton
with a double rocker; and E4 initiates like 'Press left bottom rocker' of a wireless pushbutton with a double
rocker. When the control contacts are opened, the telegram is the same as 'Release wireless pushbutton'.
The control inputs can be activated by internally placed jumpers either for pushbuttons (as-delivered
state), window/door contacts or motion detectors.
With a cable length up to 10 metres, conventional pushbuttons, window/door contacts or floating motion
detector contacts can be connected to terminals E1, E2, E3 and E4. The opposite pole in each case is GND.
Caution! The electronics is powered by an internal button cell CR2032.
Do not connect to a power To replace the battery or activate battery supply, open the housing and remove an insulation strip. The
supply. housing must also be opened to select the modes. To open the housing, use a screwdriver to release the
tabs on the lid and then remove the lid.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/F4USM61B
F4USM61B Wireless 4-way universal transmitter module Art. No. 30000301 70,10 €/pc.

WIRELESS WEATHER DATA TRANSMITTER MODULE FWS61-24V DC,
MULTI SENSOR MS AND POWER SUPPLY UNIT SNT61
FWS61-24V DC
Wireless weather data transmitter module for the seven weather items sent by the multisensor MS.
With internal antenna. Only 0.3 watt standby loss.
For installation. 45 mm long, 45 mm wide, 18 mm deep. Power (24V DC) is supplied by the switch mode
3-36 languages: power supply unit SNT61-230V/24V DC-0,25A (33 mm deep, 45mm long, 45mm wide). This switching power
http://eltako.com/redirect/ supply unit simultaneously supplys the multisensor MS including the heating of the rain sensor. It is possi-
FWS61-24V_DC
ble to use a deep UP box for the two devices.
This weather data transmitter module receives the seven momentary readings of the weather items:
brightness (from three cardinal points), twilight, wind, rain and ambient temperature by cable J-Y (ST)
Y 2x2x0,8 from the multisensor MS attached to the outside of the building. The readings are sent in the
form of wireless telegrams over the Eltako wireless network with the priorities listed below. Only one
MS multisensor can be connected to a wireless weather data transmitter module FWS61. However, several
FWS61 can be connected to a multisensor MS. The external terminating resistor has to be present on only
one FWS61. If there are other FWS61, it must be removed. The evaluation is made with a Professional Smart
Home controller, the wireless multifunction sensor relay FMSR14, or the actuators FSB14 and FSB71. When
the supply voltage is applied, a teach-in telegram is sent immediately and two status telegrams contai-
ning the momentary values are sent approx. 60 seconds later. At least every 10 minutes, but also: Bright-
ness values West, South and East each from 0 to 99 kLux if a change of minimum 10% occurs. Twilight
values from 0 to 999 Lux if a change of minimum 10% occurs. Wind speeds from 0 to 70m/s. From 4m/s
to 16m/s, the momentary values are sent immediately 3 times at intervals of 1 second. After that, further
value increases are sent within 20 seconds. Dropping wind speeds are sent progressively delayed by 20
seconds. Rain values at the start are sent immediately 3 times. After the rain stops, a telegram is sent
within 20 seconds. Temperature values from -40.0°C to +80.0°C are sent every 10 minutes together with
all the other values in a status telegram. Monitoring multisensor function and line break. If the weather
data message from multisensor MS is not sent for 5 seconds, the FWS61 immediately sends an alarm tele-
gram which is repeated every 30 seconds. The alarm telegram can be taught-in as a switch telegram in an
actuator to initiate further action as required. In addition, the two status telegrams containing the values
brightness 0 Lux, twilight 0 Lux, temperature -40°C (frost), wind 70 m/s and rain are sent. When a message
is again detected from the multisensor MS, the alarm stops automatically.
FWS61-24V DC Wireless weather data transmitter module Art. No. 30000305 77,30 €/pc.
MS
Multi sensor MS
The MS multi sensor sends the current weather details, including brightness (from three points of the compass),
wind, rain and frost, to the weather data transmitter module FWS61 connected in series once per second. A
standard telephone wire is sufficient as connecting lead: J-Y(ST)Y 2 x 2 x 0,8 or equivalent. 100 m line length is
permitted. Solid plastic housing, L x W x H = 118 x 96 x 77mm. Degree of protection IP44. Temperature at mounting
languages: location -30°C to +50°C. A power supply unit SNT61-230V/24V DC-0,25A is required for the power supply, including
heating of the rain sensor. This simultaneously supplys the wireless weather data transmitter module FWS61-24V DC.
SNT61-230V/24V DC-0,25A
Rated capacity 6W. Standby loss 0.1 watt only.
Built-in device for installation. 45 mm long, 45 mm wide, 33 mm deep. Input voltage 230 V (-20% up to
+10%). Efficiency 82%. Stabilised output voltage ±1%, low residual ripple. Short-circuit proof. Overload
Only required for the weather data protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of swichting off with automatic switching-on after
transmitter module FWS61. fault clearance (autorecovery function).
languages: SNT61-230V/ Power supply unit Art. No. 61000165 60,40 €/pc.
http://eltako.com/redirect/ 24V DC-0,25A
SNT61-230V*24V_DC-0-25A

WIRELESS ACTUATOR IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION
FSR71NP-230V
FSR71NP-230V
Impulse switch with integrated relay function, 1 NO contact not potential free 16 A/250 V AC, 230 V
LED lamps up to 400 W, incandescent lamps 2000 watts. With light scene control by PC or wireless
pushbuttons. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable.
3-37
Mounting in the 230 V power supply cord, e.g. in false ceilings and lamps.
166 mm long, 46 mm wide and 31 mm high. With cable fixation.
switched off in defined mode.
Scene control:
Several FSR71NP devices can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the four signals of a pushbutton
with double rocker taught-in as a scene pushbutton.
Central commands via app are sent using a Professional Smart Home-Controller. To do this, teach-in one
or several FSR71NP devices in the respective app.
Use the rotary switches to teach-in the pushbuttons and test the device as required. For normal mode,
the middle and lower rotary switches are then set to AUTO. With the upper rotary switch the EW time (0-
120 seconds) is directly set for relays or the RV time (0-120 minutes) for impulse switches for all channels
if necessary.
Function rotary switches If wireless motion/brightness sensors FBH (Master) and/or FBH (slave) are taught-in, the switching
threshold will be set with the upper rotary switch, at which the lighting will be switched on or off. Settings
of the upper rotary switch in accordance with operating manual.
Only one FBH (Master) or FAH is taught-in per channel. However, one FBH or FAH can be taught-in in
several channels.
116 FTKs:
Standard setting ex works. 3 all FTKs must be closed so that the N/O contact closes (e.g. for climate control). With AUTO 4 one open
extractor hood).
Further settings can be made and One or several FTKs can be taught-in in several channels to allow several simultaneous functions in each FTK.
actuators configured using the PC Tool After a power failure the link is restored by a new signal to the FTK and a signal on the next status mes-
PCT14 and the data transformer DAT71.
When water probes are taught-in, a variety of functions can be set using the middle rotary switch in
languages: positions AUTO 1 to AUTO 4.
FSR71NP-230V AUTO 1 = 'no water', then NO contact closed.
AUTO 2 = 'water', then NO contact closed.
In Positions AUTO 3 and AUTO 4 the water probes taught-in to a single channel are interlinked automati-
cally. With AUTO 3, all water probes must signal 'no water' before the NO contact closes. The NO contact
opens when a water probe signals 'water'. With AUTO 4, the NO contact closes when a water probe signals
'water'. Only when all water probes signal 'no water' does the NO contact open. An additionally set RV time
is ignored.
Technical data page T-3. FSR71NP-230V Wireless actuator Art. No. 30100865 92,70 €/pc.

WIRELESS ACTUATOR 2-CHANNEL IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION
FSR71NP-2x-230V
FSR71NP-2x-230V
2-channel impulse switch with integrated relay function, 1 NO contact each not potential free
16 A/250 V AC, 230 V LED lamps up to 400 W, incandescent lamps 2000 watts. With light scene
control by PC or wireless pushbuttons. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater
function are switchable. Only 0.8 watt standby loss.
3-38
Maximum current as the sum of both contacts 16 A.
Scene control:
Several channels of one or several FSR71NP-2x devices can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the
four signals of a pushbutton with double rocker taught-in as a scene button.
Central commands via app are sent using a Professional Smart Home controller. To do this, teach-in one
or several FSR71NP-2x devices in the respective app.
Function rotary switches time (0-120 seconds) is directly set for relays or the RV time (0-120 minutes) for impulse switches for all
Only one FBH or FAH is taught-in per channel. However, one FBH or FAH can be taught-in in several channels.
116 FTKs:
extractor hood).
actuators configured using the PC Tool After a power failure the link is restored by a new signal to the FTK and a signal on the next status message
15 minutes later.
FSR71NP-2x-230V AUTO 1 = 'no water', then NO contact closed.
is ignored.
Technical data page T-3. FSR71NP-2x- 2 channel wireless actuator Art. No. 30200865 120,30 €/pc.
230V Impulse switch with integr. relay function

FSR71-2x-230V
FSR71-2x-230V
2-channel impulse switch with integrated relay function, 1 NO contact each potential free 16 A/250 V AC,
230 V LED lamps up to 400 W, incandescent lamps 2000 watts. With light scene control by PC
or wireless pushbuttons. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function are
3-39
Scene control:
Central commands via app are sent using a Professional Smart Home controller. To do this, teach-in one
or several FSR71-2x devices in the respective app.
Function rotary switches channels if necessary.
116 FTKs:
extractor hood).
actuators configured using the PC Tool After a power failure the link is restored by a new signal to the FTK and a signal on the next status message
15 minutes later.
FSR71-2x-230V AUTO 1 = 'no water', then NO contact closed.
is ignored.
Technical data page T-3. FSR71-2x-230V 2 channel wireless actuator Art. No. 30200868 118,90 €/pc.

FSR71NP-4x-230V
FSR71NP-4x-230V
4-channel impulse switch with integrated relay function, 1 NO contact each not potential free 4 A/250 V
AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamps 1000 watts. With light scene control by PC
or wireless pushbuttons. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function are
3-40
If supply voltage fails, the switching state is retained.
Scene control:
Several channels of one or several FSR71NP-4x devices can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the
Central commands via app are sent using a Professional Smart Home controller. To do this, teach-in
one or several FSR71NP-4x devices in the respective app.
Function rotary switches If wireless motion/brightness sensors FBH (Master) and/or FBH (slave) are taught-in, the switching
116 FTKs:
3 all FTKs must be closed so that the N/O contact closes (e.g. for climate control). With AUTO 4 one open
Standard setting ex works. FTK is sufficient to close the N/O contact (e.g. for an alarm signal or to switch on the power supply for an
extractor hood).
One or several FTKs can be taught-in in several channels to allow several simultaneous functions in each FTK.
Further settings can be made and After a power failure the link is restored by a new signal to the FTK and a signal on the next status message
actuators configured using the PC Tool 15 minutes later.
positions AUTO 1 to AUTO 4.
languages: AUTO 1 = 'no water', then NO contact closed.
FSR71NP-4x-230V AUTO 2 = 'water', then NO contact closed.
is ignored.
Technical data page T-3. FSR71NP-4x- 4 channel wireless actuator Art. No. 30400865 118,90 €/pc.
230V Impulse switch with integr. relay function

WIRELESS ACTUATOR UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH FUD71-230V
FUD71-230V
Universal dimmer switch, power MOSFET up to 400 W. Automatic lamp detection. With adjustable
minimum brightness and dimming speed. With switching operation for light alarm clocks, chil-
dren's rooms and snooze function as well as constant light regulation and master-slave mode. Also
with light scene control by PC or wireless pushbuttons. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless
and repeater function are switchable. Only 0.7 watt standby loss. 3-41
Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 400 W, depending on ventilation conditions. Dimmable 230 V LED
lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps ESL, additionally depending on the lamps electronics and the
dimming technology, see technical data page T-3.
Encrypted sensors can be taught in.
Function rotary switches Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are confirmed by a wireless telegram.
This wireless telegram can be taught-in in other actuators and Professional Smart Home controllers. The
current dimming value is also displayed in % in the Professional Smart Home controller.
The upper rotary switch determines the operation, whether automatic lamp detection or special comfort
positions should work:
AUTO allows the dimming of all lamp types.
LC1 is a comfort position for dimmable 230 V LED lamps, which by design won't be dimmed down enough in
the AUTO position (trailing phase angle) and therefore has to be forced to leading phase angle.
EC1 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps, which which by design must be turned on with an
increased voltage so that they switch on again in cold state when dimmed down.
EC2 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps, which by design won’t switch on again when dimmed
down. Therefore Memory is switched off in this position.
In positions LC1, LC2, LC3, EC1 and EC2 inductive (wound) transformers may not be used. In addition,
the maximum number of dimmable LED lamps may be lower by design than in the AUTO position.
LC4, LC5 and LC6 are comfort positions for LED lamps like AUTO but with different dimming curves.
Standard setting ex works. PCT is a position for special functions which were set up using the PCT14 PC Tool. The PCT14 link is
hooked up using the data transformer DAT71.
Further settings can be made and The dimming speed is adjustable using the lower dimming speed rotary switch.
actuators configured using the PC Tool The pushbuttons can be either taught-in as direction pushbuttons or universal pushbuttons: As
speed time. A double-click on the switch off side triggers the snooze function. The children's room function
languages: is triggered on the switch on side. As a universal pushbutton the direction change is made by briefly
http://eltako.com/redirect/FUD71-230V
For light scene control, constant light regulation, master-slave mode, light alarm clocks, children's
rooms and snooze function see operating instructions.
A resettable staircase time switch function with RV = 2 minutes can be called by a pushbutton taught-in
as a staircase pushbutton. Brightness level settings can be called during teach-in with single light scene
pushbuttons. A twilight pushbutton can be implemented using a taught-in FAH. Switch-on can be performed
dependent on motion and brightness with up to 4 FBH devices.
The LED accompanies the teach-in process and indicates control commands in operation by flashing
briefly.
FUD71-230V Wireless actuator Universal dimmer switch Art. No. 30100845 120,80 €/pc.
Technical data page T-3.

WIRELESS ACTUATOR UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH FUD71L/1200W-230V
FUD71L/1200W-230V
Universal dimmer switch, power MOSFET up to 1200 W. Automatic lamp detection. With adjustable
minimum brightness and dimming speed. With switching operation for light alarm clocks, children's
rooms and snooze function as well as constant light regulation and master-slave mode. Also with
light scene control by PC or wireless pushbuttons. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and
3-42 repeater function are switchable. Only 0.7 watt standby loss.
Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 1200 W, depending on ventilation conditions. Dimmable 230 V
LED lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps ESL, additionally depending on the lamps electronics and
the dimming technology, see technical data page T-3.
The upper rotary switch determines the operation, whether automatic lamp detection or special comfort
positions should work:
LC1 is a comfort position for dimmable 230 V LED lamps, which by design won't be dimmed down enough
in the AUTO position (trailing phase angle) and therefore has to be forced to leading phase angle.
EC1 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps, which which by design must be turned on with an in-
creased voltage so that they switch on again in cold state when dimmed down.
EC2 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps, which by design won’t switch on again when dimmed
down. Therefore Memory is switched off in this position.
Function rotary switches In positions LC1, LC2, LC3, EC1 and EC2 inductive (wound) transformers may not be used. In addition,
the maximum number of dimmable LED lamps may be lower by design than in the AUTO position.
LC4, LC5 and LC6 are comfort positions for LED lamps like AUTO but with different dimming curves.
PCT is a position for special functions which were set up using the PCT14 PC Tool. The PCT14 link is
hooked up using the data transformer DAT71.
The dimming speed is adjustable using the lower dimming speed rotary switch.
speed time. A double-click on the switch off side triggers the snooze function. The children's room function
is triggered on the switch on side. As a universal pushbutton the direction change is made by briefly
For light scene control, constant light regulation, master-slave mode, light alarm clocks, children's
rooms and snooze function see operating instructions.
A resettable staircase time switch function with RV = 2 minutes can be called by a pushbutton taught-in
as a staircase pushbutton. Brightness level settings can be called during teach-in with single light scene
Standard setting ex works. pushbuttons. A twilight pushbutton can be implemented using a taught-in FAH. Switch-on can be performed
dependent on motion and brightness with up to 4 FBH devices.
The LED accompanies the teach-in process and indicates control commands in operation by flashing
Further settings can be made and briefly.
actuators configured using the PC Tool
FUD71L/ Wireless actuator Art. No. 30100846 152,20 €/pc.
1200W-230V Universal dimmer switch
languages:
FUD71L*1200W-230V

WIRELESS ACTUATOR DIMMER SWITCH CONTROLLER FOR ELECTRONIC BALLAST UNITS 1-10V
FSG71/1-10V
FSG71/1-10V
Dimmer switch controller for electronic ballast units 1-10 V, 1 NO contact not potentialfree 600 VA
and 1-10 V control output 40 mA. With adjustable minimum brightness and dimming speed. With
switching operation for light alarm clocks, children’s rooms and snooze function as well as
constant light regulation and master-slave mode. Also with light scene control by PC or wireless
pushbuttons. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable. 3-43
Zero passage switching to protect lamps.
this value an additional voltage source is necessary.
The dimming speed is adjustable using the dimming speed rotary switch.
Function rotary switches The load is switched on and off by a bistable relay at output EVG. Switching capacity for fluorescent lamps
or LV halogen lamps with EVG 600 VA.
the mains.
The pushbuttons can be taught-in either as direction pushbuttons or universal pushbuttons: As a
direction pushbutton, press up is brighter and press down is darker respectively above short pressing
means switch ON and below short pressing switch OFF. A double click above activates automatic updim-
ming until full brightness with dim speed. A double click below activates snooze function. The children’s
room function will be realized with the upper switch.
As a universal pushbutton, change the direction by briefly releasing the pushbutton. With switching
operation for children’s rooms and snooze function.
Light alarm circuit: An appropriately taught-in timer wireless signal starts the wake-up function by swit-
ching on the lighting at lowest brightness and slowly dimming up to maximum brightness over a period of
30 minutes. Briefly tip the pushbutton (e.g. a hand-held wireless transmitter) to stop dim-up. Light alarm
circuit is not possible in EC positions.
Standard setting ex works. Switching operation for children’s rooms, if activated: If the light is switched on by holding down the
pushbutton (universal pushbutton or direction pushbutton above), it starts at the lowest brightness level
Typical connection after approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down. The last saved bright-
ness level is not modified.
Snooze function, if activated: (universal pushbutton or direction pushbutton below): With a double
impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness
level and switched off. The current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level
determine the dimming time (max. = 30 minutes) which can be reduced as required. It can be switched off
at any time by short-time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down.
FSG71/1-10V Wireless actuator Art. No. 30100841 112,00 €/pc.

Dimmer switch controller
Further settings can be made and


languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSG71*1-10V

WIRELESS DALI GATEWAY FDG71L-230V
FDG71L-230V
Wireless DALI gateway, bidirectional. 2 watt standby loss.
Installation for example in suspended ceilings and lamps.

3-44 Power supply 230 V at terminals N and L.
The gateway FDG71L controls DALI devices with EnOcean wireless transmitters.
Groups 0-15 can be controlled and the broadcast command can be sent. In addition DALI scenes 0-15
can be controlled.
DALI installations, which are to be fully controlled with the FDG71L, must be configured in groups 0-15.
The FGD71L internally saves the dimming value for each of the groups 0-15 and supplies this value as feed-
back. The same feedback telegrams are generated as for an FUD71.
The feedbacks of the device addresses correspond to the dimming values of the DALI groups 0-15 in
ascending order.
Feedbacks can be converted by the PCT14 for each individual group of dimming value telegrams (%) to
pushbutton telegrams (ON/OFF). Feedbacks can then control actuators.
The FGD71L fulfils the functions of the DALI master and the DALI power supply.
Important: Wireless pushbuttons always need to be double-clicked when they are taught-in manually
in the FDG71L. CLR only needs a single click.
A direction pushbutton or universal pushbutton with identical ID and identical pushbutton can be taught
in several times in different groups. The group last selected is always valid. Therefore, a pushbutton can
either switch only one group or broadcast to all groups.
One FBH per group can also be taught in. With a manual teach-in this always acts dependent on bright-
ness. With PCT14 you can also set the brightness threshold.
The delay time for switch-off after no motion is detected can be set together in minutes (1 ... 60) for the
FBH devices of all groups. The default is 3 minutes.
Function rotary switches

FDG71L-230V Wireless DALI gateway Art. No. 30100867 136,50 €/pc.


languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FDG71L-230V

WIRELESS ACTUATOR PWM DIMMER SWITCH FOR LED FRGBW71L
FRGBW71L
PWM dimmer switch with 4 channels for LED 12-36 V DC, each up to 2 A. Adjustable minimum
brightness and dimming speed. With snooze function and light alarm circuit. Additionally with light
scene control via PC or with wireless pushbuttons. Activation for encrypted wireless, bidirectional
wireless and repeater function. Standby loss only 0.3-0.5 watt.
3-45
power supply is restored.
Encrypted sensors can be taught-in.
Bidirectional wireless and/or a repeater function can be switched on.
Every change in state and incoming central control telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram.
The wireless telegram can be taught in other actuators and Professional Smart Home controllers. In ad-
dition the current dimming value is displayed in % in the Professional Smart Home controller.
switch-off side to trigger the snooze function.
As universal pushbutton, change the direction by briefly releasing the pushbutton.
switch.
Function rotary switches Light scene control, light alarm circuit and snooze function as described in the operating instructions.
The LED accompanies the teach-in process as described in the operating instructions and indicates
control commands by briefly flickering during operation.
FRGBW71L Wireless actuator Art. No. 30400837 111,20 €/pc.

PWM Dimmer Switch for LED


languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FRGBW71L

WIRELESS ACTUATOR PWM DIMMER SWITCH FOR LED FWWKW71L
FWWKW71L
PWM dimmer switch with 2 channels for LED 12-36 V DC, each up to 4 A. Input: two terminals each
for + and -. Output: one terminal for +, two terminal each for channel 1 (warm white) and channel 2
(cold white). Adjustable minimum brightness and dimming speed. With snooze function and light
alarm circuit. Additionally with light scene control via PC or with wireless pushbuttons. Activation
3-46 for encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function. Standby loss only 0.3-0.5 watt.
Installation for example in suspended ceilings and lamps. 252 mm long, 46 mm wide and 31 mm deep.
With cable fixation.
power supply is restored.
Encrypted sensors can be taught-in.
Bidirectional wireless and/or a repeater function can be switched on.
Every change in state and incoming central control telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram.
The wireless telegram can be taught in other actuators and Professional Smart Home controllers. In
addition the current dimming value is displayed in % in the Professional Smart Home controller.
switch-off side to trigger the snooze function. As universal pushbutton, change the direction by briefly
Function rotary switches switch.
Light scene control, light wake-up circuit and sleep circuit as described in the operating
instructions.
The LED lights up during teach-in according to the operating instructions. Wireless control commands
are indicated by short flickering during operation.
FWWKW71L Wireless actuator Art. No. 30200837 111,30 €/pc.

PWM dimmer switch for LED


languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FWWKW71L

WIRELESS ACTUATOR FOR SHADING ELEMENTS AND ROLLER SHUTTERS FSB71-230 V
FSB71-230V
Switch actuator for shading elements and roller shutters for one 230 V motor. 1+1 NO contact 4 A/250 V AC,
not potential free. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable.
Mounting in the 230 V power supply cord, e.g. in false ceilings. 166 mm long, 46 mm wide and 31 mm high. 3-47
With cable fixation. Zero passage switching to protect contacts and motors. The motor is connected
to 1, 2 and N. If supply voltage fails, the device is switched off in defined mode. The pushbuttons can
be taught-in either as direction pushbuttons or universal pushbuttons: Local control with universal
pushbuttons: With each impulse the switch position changes in the sequence 'Up, stop, Down, Stop'.
Local control with direction pushbutton: A top impulse by pushbutton directly activates the 'UP' switch
position. A bottom impulse by pushbutton directly activates the 'DOWN' switch position. A further impulse
from one of the two pushbuttons stops the sequence immediately.
Central control dynamic without priority: A control signal from a pushbutton which was taught-in as a
central control pushbutton without priority directly activates the switch position 'Up' with a scanning pulse
up and the switch position 'Down' with a scanning pulse down. Without priority because this function can
be overridden by other control signals.
Central control dynamic with priority: A control signal of min. 2 seconds from a pushbutton which was
taught-in as a central control pushbutton with priority directly activates the switch position 'Up' (press
top) and the switch position 'Down' (press bottom). With priority because these control signals cannot be
Function rotary switches overridden by other (local) control signals until the central control signal is cancelled by pressing again
the central control pushbutton 'Up' or 'Down'.
The switch position 'up' or 'down' and the priority are specifically activated with a control signal, e.g.
from a FSM61 taught-in with priority as a central pushbutton. With priority because these control signals
cannot be overridden by other control signals until the central command is cancelled by the termination
of the control signal.
Shading scene control: Up to 4 already stored 'Down' runtimes can be called using the control signal of
a pushbutton with double rocker taught-in as a scene pushbutton or automatically using an additional
taught-in wireless exterior brightness sensor.
When controlled via Professional Smart Home controller, Up and Down move commands can be started
at the precise move time specified. Since the actuator reports back the precise time moved after each
action, even when the movement is triggered by pushbutton, the position of the sunshading is always
correctly displayed in the Professional Smart Home controller. When the top or bottom end position is
reached, the position is automatically synchronised.
Function rotary switch below: AUTO 1 = In this position, the local advanced automatic reversing system
for Venetian blinds is activated. When a universal pushbutton or a direction pushbutton are used for
Standard setting ex works. control a double impulse activates a slow rotation in the opposite direction, which can be stopped with
a further impulse. AUTO 2 = In this position, the local advanced automatic reversing system for Venetian
blinds is completely switched off. AUTO 3 = In this position, the local pushbuttons act static at first, thus,
allow reversal of Venetian blinds by operating pushbuttons. They only switch to dynamic after 0.7 seconds
actuators configured using the PC Tool continuous operation. AUTO 4 = In this position, the local pushbuttons act only static (ER function). The
PCT14 and the data transformer DAT71. time delay RV (wiping time) of the upper rotary switch is active. Central control is not possible.
İį = İ (UP) and į (DOWN) of the lower rotary switch are the positions for manual control. Manual
control has priority over all other control commands. WA = Automatic reversal for Venetian blinds and
Manuals and documents in further awnings is controlled by the middle rotary switch. 0 = OFF, otherwise from 0.3 to 5 seconds ON with the
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSB71-230V selected reversal time. In this case, it is only for DOWN that the direction is reversed on time-out of the
time lag selected by the top rotary switch, e.g. to extend awnings or set Venetian blinds to a defined posi-
tion. A LED is located behind the RV-rotary switch to show the reversal time. RV = The time delay (delay
time RV) is set by the top rotary switch. If the FSB is in the UP or DOWN position the selected delay time
runs (elapses); at time-out the device changes automatically to STOP. Therefore, the time delay must be
chosen at least as long as the shading element or roller shutter will need to move from one limit position
to the other. The LED indication for the delay time RV is located behind the rotary switch RV.
taught-in, a lock-out protection is set up while the door is open which prevents Central down and Scene
down. The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach-in process according to
Technical data page T-3. FSB71-230V Wireless actuator for shading elements and Art. No. 30200831 95,50 €/pc.
roller shutters, 230 V

WIRELESS ACTUATOR FOR SHADING ELEMENTS AND ROLLER SHUTTERS FSB71-2x-230V
FSB71-2x-230V
Switch actuator for shading elements and roller shutters with 2 channels for two 230 V motors.
2+2 NO contact 4 A/250 V AC, not potential free. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and
repeater function are switchable. Only 0.8 watt standby loss.
3-48 Mounting in the 230 V power supply cord, e.g. in false ceilings. 166 mm long, 46 mm wide and 31 mm high.
With cable fixation.
Zero passage switching to protect contacts and motors.
A motor is connected to 1, 2 and N; a second motor may be connected to 3, 4 and N.
The pushbuttons can be taught-in either as direction pushbuttons or universal pushbuttons: Local
control with universal pushbuttons: With each impulse the switch position changes in the sequence 'Up,
stop, Down, Stop'. Local control with direction pushbutton: A top impulse by pushbutton directly
activates the 'UP' switch position. A bottom impulse by pushbutton directly activates the 'DOWN' switch
position. A further impulse from one of the two pushbuttons stops the sequence immediately.
Central control dynamic without priority: A control signal from a pushbutton which was taught-in as a
central control pushbutton without priority directly activates the switch position 'Up' with a scanning pulse
up and the switch position 'Down' with a scanning pulse down. Without priority because this function can
be overridden by other control signals. Central control dynamic with priority: A control signal of min.
2 seconds from a pushbutton which was taught-in as a central control pushbutton with priority directly
activates the switch position 'Up' (press top) and the switch position 'Down' (press bottom). With priority
because these control signals cannot be overridden by other (local) control signals until the central control
signal is cancelled by pressing again the central control pushbutton 'Up' or 'Down'.
The switch position 'up' or 'down' and the priority are specifically activated with a control signal, e.g. from
a FSM61 taught-in with priority as a central pushbutton. With priority because these control signals cannot
be overridden by other control signals until the central command is cancelled by the termination of the
control signal.
Shading scene control: Up to 4 already stored 'Down' runtimes can be called using the control signal of a
pushbutton with double rocker taught-in as a scene pushbutton or automatically using an additional
taught-in wireless exterior brightness sensor.
Shading scene control: Up to 4 already stored 'Down' runtimes can be called using the control signal of a
pushbutton with double rocker taught-in as a scene pushbutton or automatically using an additional
taught-in FAH60 wireless exterior brightness sensor.
When controlled via Professional Smart Home controller, Up and Down move commands can be started
at the precise move time specified. Since the actuator reports back the precise time moved after each ac-
tion, even when the movement is triggered by pushbutton, the position of the sunshading is always cor-
rectly displayed in the Professional Smart Home controller. When the top or bottom end position is reached,
the position is automatically synchronised.
Function rotary switch below: AUTO 1 = In this position, the local advanced automatic reversing system
for Venetian blinds is activated. When a universal pushbutton or a direction pushbutton are used for
Standard setting ex works. control a double impulse activates a slow rotation in the opposite direction, which can be stopped with a
further impulse. AUTO 2 = In this position, the local advanced automatic reversing system for Venetian
blinds is completely switched off. AUTO 3 = In this position, the local pushbuttons act static at first, thus,
allow reversal of Venetian blinds by operating pushbuttons. They only switch to dynamic after 0.7 seconds
Further settings can be made and continuous operation. AUTO 4 = In this position, the local pushbuttons act only static (ER function). The
time delay RV (wiping time) of the upper rotary switch is active. Central control is not possible.
İį = İ (UP) and į (DOWN) of the lower rotary switch are the positions for manual control. Manual control
has priority over all other control commands.
WA = Automatic reversal for Venetian blinds and awnings is controlled by the middle rotary switch. 0 =
languages: OFF, otherwise from 0.3 to 5 seconds ON with the selected reversal time. In this case, it is only for DOWN
http://eltako.com/redirect/ that the direction is reversed on time-out of the time lag selected by the top rotary switch, e.g. to extend
FSB71-2x-230V
awnings or set Venetian blinds to a defined position. A LED is located behind the RV-rotary switch to show
the reversal time.
RV = The time delay (delay time RV) is set by the top rotary switch. If the FSB is in the UP or DOWN position
the selected delay time runs (elapses); at time-out the device changes automatically to STOP. Therefore,
the time delay must be chosen at least as long as the shading element or roller shutter will need to move
from one limit position to the other. The LED indication for the delay time RV is located behind the rotary
switch RV.
taught-in, a lock-out protection is set up while the door is open which prevents Central down and Scene down.
Technical data page T-3. FSB71-2x-230V Wireless actuator for shading elements and Art. No. 30400868 119,60 €/pc.
roller shutters, 2 channels for two 230 V motors,
2+2 NO contact 4 A

DATA TRANSFORMER DAT71
DAT71
Data transformer to configure Series 71 actuators using the PCT14 PC tool.
The DAT71 can be used to link an actuator to the PC. Using PCT14, data can be transferred to or from the
actuator. In addition the DAT71 can be used as a mobile data storage.
The DAT71 must then be plugged into the actuator and connected to the PC by USB cable (not included in 3-49
the scope of supply).
After starting the PCT14, configure the actuator.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/DAT71
Plugging the data transformer DAT71 to a Series 71 actuator.
Technical data page T-3. DAT71 Data transformer for Series 71 Art. No. 30000026 76,50 €/pc.

WIRELESS ACTUATOR IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGR. RELAY FUNCTION FSR70S-230V
AS CORD SWITCH
FSR70S-230V
to 2000 watts, energy saving lamps ESL up to 200 W. Only 0.8 watt standby loss.
Installation in the 230 V power supply cord of standard lamps and bedside lights.
3-50 100 mm long, 50 mm wide and 31 mm high.
This wireless actuator is an impulse switch with integrated relay function and features state-of-
the-art hybrid technology that we developed: we combined the wear-free receiver and evaluation
electronics and a bistable relay with zero passage switching.
With the rotary switch on the side in the settings LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned,
of which one or more central control pushbuttons. In addition, wireless motion/brightness sensor FBH
and/or a wireless outside brightness sensor FAH for a presence simulation. The required function of the
impulse switch with integrated relay function can then be selected:
ES = Impulse switch:
After the FBH is taught-in, the device switches on when movement is detected and, after an additional
FAH is taught-in, at twilight and when movement is detected.
If no movement is detected, the contact opens after a 4 minute delay. A wireless switch can only be
taught-in additionally to activate or deactivate presence simulation.
ER = Switching relay
Function rotary switch When FAH is taught-in, the device switches on at twilight.
on the side The contact opens after a 4 minute delay when brightness is detected.
AS = Presence simulation
The AS starts with a random pause time of 20 to 40 minutes followed by a random switch-on time
of 30 to 120 minutes.
When the rotary switch is turned to AS or when the line voltage is switched on in AS position, the
light switches on for 5 seconds after 1 second.
When the FAH is taught-in, the AS only starts when twilight commences.
Standard setting ex works. After the FAH detects brightness, the AS ends after 4 minutes.
The LED on the side below the left rotary switch accompanies the teach-in process as described in the
operation manual. It indicates control commands by short flickering during operation.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSR70S-230V
FSR70S-230V Impulse switch with integr. relay function Art. No. 30100862 89,50 €/pc.
pure white

ACCESSORIES: 1- AND 2-LEVEL WIRELESS REPEATER FRP70-230V AND
1- AND 2-LEVEL OUTDOOR WIRELESS REPEATER FARP60-230V
FRP70-230V
1 and 2 level wireless repeater with small antenna and with antenna FA250.
Only 0.6 watt standby loss. A wireless antenna FA250 or FAG55E- is connectable as required.
Mounting in the 230 V power supply cord, e.g. in false ceilings.

100 mm long, 50 mm wide and 25 mm deep. 3-51
between the wireless pushbutton and receiver is too great. Antenna FA250 with 250 cm cable or FAG55E-
with 100 cm cable is connectable instead of the enclosed antenna. The range can be extended considerably
by placing it in the optimum position. The 1-level mode is activated ex works. Only wireless signals from
sensors are received, tested and retransmitted at full transmit power. Wireless signals from other repea-
ters are ignored to reduce the data volume.
FA250 Use the rotary switch to switch over to 2 level mode. Then the wireless signals from sensors and from
another 1 level repeater are processed. A signal may therefore be received and amplified twice.
The LED indicates incoming wireless signals by flashing briefly.
languages: Wireless repeaters need not be taught-in. They receive and amplify signals from all wireless sensors
FA250 Wireless antenna with 250 cm cable, black Art. No. 30000550 30,80 €/pc.
FA250-gw Wireless antenna with 250 cm cable, grey white Art. No. 30000553 30,80 €/pc.
FARP60-230V
Outside wireless repeater 1 and 2 levels, 60 x 46 mm, 30 mm deep. Only 0.7 watt standby loss.

The 1-level mode is activated ex works. Only the signals from sensors and actuators are received, tested
and retransmitted at full transmit power. Wireless signals from other repeaters are ignored to reduce the
data volume.
Switchover to 2-level mode is carried out by removing the cover (loosen two screws on the front panel)
languages: and repositioning the jumper flush right. In this setting, wireless signals from other 1-level repeaters are
http://eltako.com/redirect/FARP60-230V
also processed. A signal may therefore be received and amplified twice.
A red LED blinks briefly to indicate all the wireless signals detected.
On the underside there is an M12 screw for a waterproof mains connection.
The protection class is IP54, the allowable ambient temperature is -20°C to +55°C.
For screw mounting.
FARP60-230V 1- and 2-level outdoor wireless repeater Art. No. 30000353 82,00 €/pc.

WIRELESS REPEATER IN E-DESIGN65 FRP65/230V-WG
FRP65/230V-wg
2 level wireless repeaters in the housing for single mounting 84 x 84 x 30 mm.
3-52 Supply voltage 230 V.
The 2-level mode is activated. The signals from sensors and actuators are received, tested and retrans-
mitted with full transmitting power.
languages: The wireless signals from another 1-level repeater are also being processed.
FRP65*230V-wg A signal may therefore be received and amplified twice.
FRP65/230V- Wireless repeater pure white glossy Art. No. 30065350 81,30 €/pc.
wg

WIRELESS LIGHT ACTUATOR ADAPTER FSLA-230V
WIRELESS ACTUATOR SOCKET SWITCHING ACTUATOR FSSA-230V
FSLA-230V NEW
Wireless light actuator adapter 10 A/250 V AC. 100x55x45 mm (measurements without plug), pure
white glossy. Impulse switch with NO contact. 230 V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps 1000 W,
ESL and 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W. Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable.
3-53
Adapter for German socket (Type F). With increased shock protection. Using easy tap-technology, up to
24 wireless universal pushbuttons, wireless direction pushbuttons, wireless central control pushbuttons,
smoke alarms as well as motion sensors can be taught in.
WEEE registration number DE 30298319 FSLA-230V Wireless light actuator adapter Art. No. 30100020 82,10 €/pc.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSLA-230V
FSSA-230V
1 NO contact not potential free 10 A/250 V AC, 230 V LED lamps and ESL up to 400 W, incandescent
lamps up to 2000 watts. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function are
Adapter for German Socket (Typ F). With increased shock protection.
Supply and switching voltage 230 V.
In case of failure of the supply voltage, the switching state is maintained. The recurrent supply voltage is
disconnected in a definite sequence. After plugging wait for short automatic synchronization before the
switched consumer is plugged.
we combined the wear-free receiver and evaluation electronics and a bistable relay.
WEEE registration number DE 30298319 You can teach in encrypted sensors.
languages: Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless tele-
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSSA-230V
gram. This wireless telegram can be taught into other actuators, Professional Smart Home controllers
and universal displays.
Up to 35 wireless pushbuttons are assigned with the left button LRN, either as a universal pushbutton,
direction pushbutton or central pushbutton. For the control of extractor hoods or similar items up to
35 wireless window door contacts FTK or wireless window handle sensors FFG7B can be taught-in. Seve-
ral FTK or wireless window handle sensors FFG7B are linked together.
If a FTK or wireless window handle sensor FFG7B is taught-in, control commands of eventually taught-in
pushbuttons are no longer running.
It can be switched on and off manually with the right button.
The LED performs during the teach-in process according to the operation manual. It shows wireless
Technical data page T-3. FSSA-230V Wireless actuator Art. No. 30100001 110,50 €/pc.
Socket switching actuator

WIRELESS OUTDOOR SOCKET SWITCH ACTUATOR FASSA-230V
WIRELESS OUTDOOR SOCKET ENERGY METER FASWZ-16A
FASSA-230V NEW
lamps 2300 Watt. 116x56x46 mm (measurements without plug), black. Suitable for both indoors
and outdoors, IP44 (splash-proof). Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater func-
tion are switchable. Only 0.4 watt standby loss.
3-54
Adapter for German Socket (Type F). With increased shock protection.
Bistable relay to prevent coil power loss and the associated heat generation in switched state.
After plugging wait for short automatic synchronization before the switched consumer is plugged.
In case of failure of the supply voltage, the switching state is maintained.
The recurrent supply voltage is disconnected in a definite sequence.
WEEE-Reg.-Nr. DE 30298319

languages: FASSA-230V Wireless outdoor socket switch actuator Art. No. 30100011 99,30 €/pc.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FASSA-230V
FASWZ-16A NEW
Wireless outdoor socket energy meter, maximum current 16 A. 116x56x46 mm (measurements

without plug), black. Suitable for both indoors and outdoors, IP44 (splash-proof). Only 0.4 watt
standby loss.
This single-phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and
output and transmits the consumption and meter reading over the Eltako wireless network.
Accuracy class B (1%).
Evaluation and smart connection via a Smart Home controller.
The internal power consumption of max. 0.4 watt active power is not metered.
The consumption is saved to a non-volatile memory and is immediately available again after a power failure.
WEEE-Reg.-Nr. DE 30298319 Wireless telegrams: A telegram is transmitted within 30 seconds if the power status changes by min.
10 percent. A change in meter reading is transmitted immediately.
languages: A full telegram comprising meter reading and power status is transmitted every 10 minutes.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FASWZ-16A
After plugging in the counter and also when pressing the LRN button, a learn telegram, a counter reading
telegram and a power telegram are sent.
FASWZ-16A Wireless outdoor socket energy meter Art. No. 30100015 111,60 €/pc.

WIRELESS ACTUATOR SOCKET SWITCHING ACTUATOR WITH CURRENT MEASUREMENT FSVA-230V-10A
FSVA-230V-10A
lamps up to 2000 watts. With integrated current measurement up to 10 A. Encrypted wireless,
bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable. Only 0.8 watt standby loss.
Adapter for German Socket (Typ F). With increased shock protection. 3-55
In case of failure of the supply voltage, the switching state is maintained. The recurrent supply voltage is
disconnected in a definite sequence. After plugging wait for short automatic synchronization before the
switched consumer is plugged.
WEEE registration number DE 30298319 Apparent power is measured by the integrated current measurement from approx. 10 VA to 2300 VA when
the contact is closed. A wireless telegram is transmitted into the Eltako wireless network within 30 seconds
after switching on the load or after a change in power by min 5% and cyclically every 10 minutes.
languages: Evaluation on smartphone or tablet with a Professional Smart Home controller.
FSVA-230V-10A You can teach in encrypted sensors.
gram.This wireless telegram can be taught into other actuators, Professional Smart Home controllers and
universal displays.
direction pushbutton or central pushbutton. For the control of extractor hoods or similar items up to
35 wireless window door contacts FTK or wireless window handle sensors FFG7B can be taught-in.
Several FTK or wireless window handle sensors FFG7B are linked together.
If a FTK or wireless window handle sensor FFG7B is taught-in, control commands of eventually taught-in
pushbuttons are no longer running.
Technical data page T-3. FSVA-230V- Wireless actuator Socket switching actuator Art. No. 30100003 118,00 €/pc.
10A with current measurement

WIRELESS ACTUATOR SOCKET UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH FSUD-230V
FSUD-230V
Universal dimmer switch, 300 W power MOSFET. Automatic lamp detection. Only 0.7 watt stand-
by loss. With adjustable minimum brightness. With switching operation for children's rooms and
snooze function. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable.
3-56 Adapter for German Socket (Typ F). With increased shock protection.
Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 300 W. Dimmable 230 V-LED lamps and dimmable energy saving
lamps ESL, dependent on the lamps electronics.
No minimum load required.
This dimmer switch is activated by wireless pushbuttons FT and FFT, handheld wireless transmitters
FHS and FMH, and remote controls FF8 and UFB.
languages: The set brightness level is stored when switched off (memory), but can be switched off for ESL lamps.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSUD-230V
Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless
telegram. This wireless telegram can be taught into a Professional Smart Home controller. The current
dimming value is also displayed in % in the respective app.
direction pushbutton or central pushbutton.
direction button 'switch on and dim up' is on one side and 'switch off and dim down' on the other side. A
double-click on the switch on side triggers the automatic dimming up to full brightness. A double-click on
the switch off side triggers the snooze function. The children's room function is triggered on the switch
on side. As a universal pushbutton the direction change is made by briefly releasing the pushbutton.
For children's room circuit and sleep timer, refer to the operating instructions.
The LED performs during the teach-in process accord ing to the operation manual. It shows wireless
WEEE registration number DE 30298319
Technical data page T-3. FSUD-230V Wireless actuator Art. No. 30100002 136,10 €/pc.
Socket universal dimmer switch

WIRELESS ACTUATOR SOCKET HEATING ACTUATOR FSHA-230V
FSHA-230V
1 NO contact nor potential free 10 A/250 V AC. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional wireless and
repeater function switchable. Only 0.8 watt standby loss.
Supply and switching voltage 230 V. Zero passage switching. 3-57
If a power failure occurs, the switching state is retained.
Device is programmed to switch off when the power supply is restored.
The FSHA evaluates the data of wireless temperature controllers or sensors. Can be supplemented
by window/door ontacts, window handles, motion detectors and wireless pushbuttons.
the mains.
Encrypted sensors can be taught in.
languages: Bidirectional wireless and/or a repeater function can be switched on.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSHA-230V
Every change of state is then confirmed by a wireless telegram.
This wireless telegram can be taught in other actuators and Professional Smart Home controllers.
The FSHA operates as a two-point controller:
Switches off at 'actual temperature >= set temperature'.
Switches off at 'actual temperature >= set temperature'.
Hysteresis is defined at 1°.
The frost protection function is always enabled. As soon as the actual temperature drops below 8°C, the
temperature is regulated to 8°C.
If one or several windows are open, the output remains off provided the window/door contacts or window
handles are taught-in. However, the frost protection remains enabled.
As long as all taught-in motion detectors detect no motion, the device is switched to setback mode and
the reference temperature is set back by 2°. As soon as a motion detector signals movement again, the
device is switched to normal mode.
When a wireless pushbutton is taught-in, the assignment of the 4 keys is assigned with the following
fixed functions:
Top right: Normal mode (AUTO), can also be enabled by timer.
Bottom right: Night setback mode by 4°, can also be enabled by timer.
Top left: Setback mode by 2°
Bottom left: Off (frost protection enabled)
If the motion detector and wireless pushbutton are taught-in at the same time, the last telegram received
is always the one that is valid. A motion detector therefore switches off a setback mode selected by
wireless pushbutton when a movement is detected.
Malfunction mode:
If a temperature sensor fails to receive a wireless telegram for longer than 1 hour, the LED lights up and
the device switches to fault mode. The FSHA-230V switches cyclically between 'ON' for 4.5 minutes and
'OFF' for 10.5 minutes. When a wireless telegram is again received, the LED goes out and the device switches
back to normal mode.
The LED lights up during teach-in according to the operating instructions. Wireless control commands
WEEE registration number DE 30298319 are indicated by short flickering during operation.
Technical data page T-3. FSHA-230V Wireless actuator Art. No. 30100008 116,20 €/pc.
Wireless socket heating actuator

WIRELESS GARAGE DOOR ADAPTER FGTZ-230V AND
1- AND 2-LEVEL WIRELESS SOCKET REPEATER FSRP-230V
FGTZ-230V NEW
Wireless garage door adapter. 100x55x45 mm (measurements without plug), pure white.
With potential-free switching contact output for a maximum of 30 V/1 A. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional
wireless and repeater function are switchable. Standby loss only 0,8 watt.
3-58 Adapter for German fused safety sockets. With increased shock protection.
The schuko socket (16 A) is directly connected to the schuko plug, so no mains socket is blocked and the
mains plug of the garage door drive can be plugged in directly here. In order to control the garage door
drive with additional wireless buttons, its connection terminals for an external, potential-free button
(contact) are connected to the plug-in screw terminals of the potential-free switch contact output of the
actuator.
WEEE registration number DE 30298319 Only safety extra-low voltage (SELV) may be switched!
With the convenient tapping technique, up to 24 wireless universal buttons and wireless direction buttons
can be taught-in. In order for the radio direction switch to function as such, a radio window / door contact
languages: must also be taught-in. This reports whether the garage door is open or closed.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FGTZ-230V
FGTZ-230V Wireless garage door adapter Art. No. 30000379 86,30 €/pc.
FSRP-230V
1- and 2-level wireless socket repeater. Only 0.7 watt standby loss.
This repeater is only needed if the building conditions do not allow undisturbed reception or the distance
The 2-level mode is activated ex works. Sensor wireless signals are then processed in addition to the
wireless signals of another 1-level repeater. A wireless signal can then receive and amplify a maximum of
two times.
From production week 31/18: By multiple unplugging and plugging can be switched to the 1-level mode.
Now only the wireless signals from sensors are received and amplified. Wireless signals from other repeaters
WEEE registration number DE 30298319 are ignored to reduce the amount of data.
Activate 1-level mode:
Briefly unplug and replug the adapter plug 3 times at intervals of 1 second within a period of 10 seconds.
languages: Activate 2-level mode:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSRP-230V
Briefly unplug and replug the adapter plug 5 times at intervals of 1 second within a period of 20 seconds.
FSRP-230V 1- and 2-level wireless socket repeater Art. No. 30000359 81,80 €/pc.

WIRELESS UNIVERSAL ACTUATOR FUA12-230V
FUA12-230V
Wireless universal actuator with exchangeable antenna. Impulse switch with integrated relay function
with 1 change over contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC, incandescent lamps up to 2000 W, with
DX technology. Bidirectional. Encrypted wireless. Only 0.9 watt standby loss.
A wireless antenna FA250 or FAG55E- is connectable as required. 3-59

The wireless universal actuator combines the functions of a wireless antenna module and an actuator
as a 1-channel impulse switching relay with DX technology.
The enclosed small antenna can be switched off in defined mode.
replaced with a wireless antenna The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation
FA250 or if need be FA200 and after installation has terminated.
FAG55E- (see page 1-4). Patented Eltako Duplex technology allows you to switch normally potential free contacts in zero passage
switching when 230 V A/C voltage 50 Hz is switched. This drastically reduces wear. To achieve this, simply
connect the N conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 15 (L). This results in an additional standby consumption
of only 0.1 watt.
It is also possible to control the device via the wired pushbutton terminal . In this case the N wire must
Function rotary switches be connected on the terminal (N). Glow lamp current is not permitted.
230 V control pushbutton: control current: 0,4 mA, max. parallel capacitance 0.3 μF (approx. length) of
(1000 m) local control lead.
You can switch on bidirectional wireless and/or a repeater function. Every status change and incoming
central control telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram. This wireless telegram can be
taught-in in other actuators, Professional Smart Home controllers and in universal displays.
The function of the actuator is set with the lower rotary switch.
ESV = impulse switch. Possibly with off delay
+ + = ESV with pushbutton permanent light and switch-off early warning
If the permanent light function is switched on, the function can be activated by pressing the pushbutton for
longer than 1 second. This function switches off automatically after 2 hours or by pressing the pushbutton.
If the switch-off early warning is switched on, the light starts to flicker approx. 30 seconds before time-
out. This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals.
The function ESV on the upper rotary switch sets the off delay from 2 to 120 minutes. In setting 0 normal
Standard setting ex works. early warning.
In setting ER = switching relay of the lower rotary switch, this rotary switch fulfils a safety and power saving
function in the settings except 0: If the opening command cannot be detected, for example, because of
languages: a jammed or too hastily operated pushbutton, contact 18 opens automatically after expiry of the set time
http://eltako.com/redirect/FUA12-230V between 2 and 120 seconds. When a FTK is taught-in, this time function is turned off.
Universal pushbuttons can be taught-in as NC contacts.
FTK wireless window/door contact and window handle sensors FFG7B: ER function position: Seve-
ral FTK devices and (or) window handle sensors FFG7B are interlinked; NO contact: When a window is
opened, contact 18 closes. All windows must be closed before contact 18 opens (e.g. controller for cooker
extraction hoods). NC contact: All windows must be closed before contact 18 closes. When a window is
opened, contact 18 opens (e.g. for climate control systems).
Twilight pushbutton with taught-in FAH wireless outdoor brightness sensor in function position ESV. In
time setting 120, contact 18 opens with a time delay of 4 minutes when brightness reaches high enough
levels. In time setting 0, the contact opens immediately. Pushbutton activation also remains available.
Motion detection with taught-in FBH (slave) wireless motion detector and in ER function position. The
device switches on when motion is detected. If no more motion is detected,contact 18 opens after expiry
of the set time between 0 and 120 seconds. When an FBH (master) wireless detector and brightness
detector is taught-in, use the upper rotary switch to define the switching threshold at which the lighting
is switched on or off depending on the brightness (in addition to motion). An FAH wireless outdoor
brightness sensor or an FBH (master) wireless motion detector and brightness sensor can be used in ER
function position together with FBH (slave) motion detector so that motion is only evaluated in darkness.
If FAH or FBH (master) detects brightness, contact 18 opens immediately.
When teaching-in, the switching threshold is also taught-in: between break of twilight and complete
darkness.
page 1-48. FUA12-230V Wireless universal actuator Art. No. 30000052 118,30 €/pc.

WIRELESS ACTUATOR WIRELESS MODULE FGM
WIRELESS ALARM CONTROLLER FAC55D/230V-
FGM
Wireless module for fitting in the 3xAA battery compartment of gongs or any other plastic hou-
sing. Only 0.5 watt standby loss.
52 mm long, 42 mm wide and 16 mm deep.

3-60 This wireless module is suitable for all gongs that can be powered with 3 pieces AA batteries or with 8 to
12 V UC transformer connection and activated by one contact.
The gong module FGM also fits in the much larger battery compartment for 3 or 4 pieces baby cells.
The gong module is placed in the battery compartment in accordance with the operating instructions and
connected to the gong terminals.
The gong and the wireless module is powered by a switch mode power supply unit SNT61-230V/12V DC-0,5A
which is fitted in a flush-mounted wall socket behind the gong and requires a 230 V connection.
Normal switches can also be connected to the appropriate gong terminals.
For teaching-in a rotary switch is located on the board. Then it is set to AUTO (clockwise).
languages: In addition to one or several wireless switches, wireless window/door contacts FTK, motion detector/
http://eltako.com/redirect/FGM
brightness sensors FBH and window handle sensors FFG7B can be taught in.
Examples of suitable gongs:

Friedland D844
Grothe Croma 100
FGM Wireless module Art. No. 30000040 79,60 €/pc.
FAC55D/230V- NEW
Wireless alarm controller for single mounting 80 x 80 x 14 mm or mounting into the E-Design55
switching system. Installation depth 33 mm. Illuminated display. Internal acoustic signal generator
for a minimum volume of 80 dB. Supply voltage 230 V. Only 0.5 watt standby loss.
Smart Home actuator.
Up to 50 sensors e.g. FTK, FTKB, mTronic, FTKE, FFG7B, FBH, FRW, FRWB, FWS, FTR, FTF, FFT60SB,
FLGTF65, wireless pushbuttons and Professional Smart Home controllers can be taught in as described in
the operating instructions. Additionally, up to 4 wireless outdoor sirens FAS260SA can be taught in.
FAC55D/ Wireless alarm controller 55 x 55 mm with Art. No. 30000727 111,90 €/pc.
230V-wg display, pure white glossy

languages:
FAC55D*230V-

WIRELESS INDOOR UP SIGNAL GENERATOR FIUS55E- AND
WIRELESS SIGNAL GENERATOR ADAPTER FSSG-230V
FIUS55E- NEW
Wireless signal generator for single mounting 80 x 80 x 17 mm or mounting into the E-Design55 swit-
ching system. Internal acoustic signal generator for a minimum volume of 80 dB. Power supply 230 V.
Only 0.8 watt standby loss. Smart Home actuator.
Up to 32 wireless pushbuttons, wireless window contacts as well as motion sensors can be taught in. 3-61
FIUS55E-am Wireless indoor UP signal generator, anthracite mat Art. No. 30055069 83,90 €/pc.
FIUS55E-pg Wireless indoor UP signal generator, polar white glossy Art. No. 30055070 83,90 €/pc.
FIUS55E-pm Wireless indoor UP signal generator, polar white mat Art. No. 30055071 83,90 €/pc.
FIUS55E-wg Wireless indoor UP signal generator, pure white glossy Art. No. 30055068 83,90 €/pc.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FIUS55E-
FSSG-230V NEW
Wireless signal generator adapter 10 A/250 V AC. 100 x 55 x 45 mm (measurements without plug),
pure white glossy. Additional an internal acoustic signal generator with a volume of at least 80 dB
will flash a load connected to the plug. 230 V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps 1000 W, ESL
and 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W. Bidirectional wireless is switchable. Standby loss only 0.8 watt.
Smart Home actuator.
Adapter for German Socket (Typ F) with increased shock protection.

Using easy tap-technology, up to 24 wireless pushbuttons, wireless window contatcs, window handle,
smoke alarms, water probes, as well as motion sensors FB55EB and FBH55ESB can be taught in.
The acoustic signal generator can be deactivated.
WEEE registration number DE 30298319

languages: FSSG-230V Wireless signal generator adapter Art. No. 30000358 98,90 €/pc.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSSG-230V

WIRELESS OUTDOOR SIREN FAS260SA
FAS260SA
Wireless outdoor siren white, 260 x 200 x 70 mm, with solar cell and lithium-polymer battery.
Protection class IP54. Smart Home actuator.
The purpose of the siren is to generate acoustic and visual alarm signals. The user can choose from
3-62 4 different alarm modulations by means of jumpers. The minimum volume is 85 dB. Visual signals are
always generated by LEDs flashing under the red cover.
The siren is controlled by the central control units Safe, MiniSafe or the wireless alarm controllers FAC55D
and FAC65D.
Sensors that trigger alarms are taught in at the central control units or controllers. Sensor devices include
motion sensors, door/window contacts, water and smoke detectors, temperature sensors and wireless
transmitter modules.
The user defines which sensors trigger an alarm and in which combination.
This is supported by a cyclical wireless contact between the siren and the central unit.
languages: If this communication is interrupted during the alarm readiness, for example if the central control unit is
http://eltako.com/redirect/FAS260SA
not powered, the following may take place depending on the position of the jumpers in the siren:
No reaction
2 short acoustic or visual signals at intervals of 10 seconds (as-delivered state)
Short 1 second acoustic and visual alarm at intervals of 10 seconds
Alarm triggered immediately
The maximum length of the alarm is adjustable to 1, 3 or 5 minutes by means of jumpers in the siren.
The as-delivered state is adjusted to 1 minute.
Install the siren in a place that is sheltered from the rain and where there is enough sunlight to charge the
solar cell on the top of the device.
A daily exposure to normal daylight for a few hours in sufficient to retain the change in the internal battery.
To protect against theft or manipulation, the mounting panel is fitted with a contact which immediately
triggers the alarm if the siren is removed from its mount.
FAS260SA Wireless outdoor siren, white Art. No. 30000041 130,50 €/pc.

WIRELESS TUBULAR MOTORS FRM60M10 AND FRM60M20
FRM60M10 AND FRM60M20 NEW
Wireless tubular motors 230 V/115 W for steel shafts SW60, torque 10 Nm resp. 20 Nm, speed 14/min,
with adapter set, bearing and whisper mode. The wireless tubular motors have a total length of 466 mm
resp. 526 mm. The motors are fitted with blind protection and a noiseless soft brake.
Smart force measurement 3-63

Blind protection up/down and free travel (torque shut-off)
Adjustable release
End positions can be adjusted through the assembly cable
Noiseless soft brake
Protection class IP44
Long running time of 10 minutes
Drive technology with well proven track record
Extremely quiet
End positions released
Blind protection function
Whisper mode (activated by holding button down)
Slats lowered slowly
Soft start/soft stop
Automatic commands in whisper mode
Long service life (due to less heat generated)
Soft brake (non-contact, wear-free)
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FRM60M*
FRM60M10 Wireless tubular motor, torque 10 Nm, Art. No. 30000048 258,50 €/pc.
speed 14/min, whisper mode 5/min
FRM60M20 Wireless tubular motor, torque 20 Nm, Art. No. 30000049 295,40 €/pc.
speed 14/min, whisper mode 5/min

REMOTE CONTROLLER
SWITCH
SYSTEM
CLOUD
BUS
PUSH-
BUTTON
WIRELESS
SENSORS
BUS
SERIES
SENSORS 14
DECENTRALIZED
ACTUATORS
CONTROLLER
& POWERLINE
P A R T N E R
GATEWAYS DALI
PL-SAMDU
FPLG14
4 ELTAKO POWERLINE
THE IDEAL ADDITION TO THE WIRELESS SYSTEM.
Eltako Powerline
Wireless Powerline tunnel gateway FPLT14 and wireless Powerline gateway FPLG14 4-2
NEW Powerline gateway PL-FGW and Powerline repeater PL-RPT 4-3
Decentralised actuator PL-SAM1L with sensor input 230 V and decentralised actuator PL-SAM2L with sensor inputs 4-4
Decentralised Venetian blind actuator PL-SAM2 with sensor inputs 4-5
Decentralised universal dimmer actuator PL-SAMDU with sensor input 230 V and decentralised dimmer actuator PL-AMD10V with 1-10 Volt 4-6
4-1
Decentralised TLZ actuator PL-SAM1LT with sensor input 230 V and decentralised actuator PL-SM1L with sensor input 230 V 4-7
Decentralised 8-channel sensor input PL-SM8 and temperature controller PL-SAMTEMP for heating and cooling 4-8
Coupling element PL-SW-PROF for PC software SIENNA®-Professional and mains filter NF2A 4-9
Typical connections 4 - 10
Technical data Powerline devices 4 - 11
The electricity wiring in buildings acts as the Eltako Powerline bus. Now
you can transmit sensor data and telegrams to actuators over the existing
electricity wiring instead of broadcasting wireless telegrams – that is the
basic difference between the two technologies.
WIRELESS POWERLINE TUNNEL GATEWAY FPLT14 AND
WIRELESS POWERLINE GATEWAY FPLG14
FPLT14
Wireless Powerline tunnel gateway. Uni-and bidirectional. Standby loss only 0.4 watt.

This gateway transmits RS485 bus telegrams over powerline with large distance over the electrical
4-2 net. Minimum 2 pcs FPLT14 are required.
Function rotary switches Up to 10 FPLT14 can unidirectionally send the bus telegrams of their FAM14 / FTS14KS installation with
Powerline to another FAM14 / FTS14KS installation via a local FPLT14.
Teach-in up to 120 telegram IDs according to the operating instructions, also with PCT14.
Two FPLT14 can exchange the bus telegrams bidirectionally from 2 FAM14 / FTS14KS installations with
Powerline via the installed wires. Teach-in up to 120 telegram IDs according to the operating instructions,
also with PCT14. Because of the transmission delay, short-click evaluations for FUD and FSB actuators are
not possible.

languages: FPLT14 Wireless Powerline tunnel gateway Art. No. 30014078 97,10 €/pc.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FPLT14
FPLG14
Wireless Powerline gateway. Bidirectional. Standby loss only 0.4 watt.

This gateway translates wireless and Powerline telegrams in both directions.
Function rotary switches Professional Smart Home controller control functions for dimming, heating and shading are also possible.
All Powerline telegrams from the electricity wiring system are automatically translated into RS485 bus
telegrams and may also be sent as wireless telegrams by connected FTD14 devices.
Only wireless and RS485 bus telegrams taught into the FPLG14 are translated into Powerline telegrams
and modulated onto the electricity wiring system. Up to 120 different addresses. Teach-in takes place by
means of rotary switches on the front of the devices or using the PCT14 as described in the user's manual.

languages: FPLG14 Wireless Powerline gateway Art. No. 30014070 97,10 €/pc.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FPLG14

POWERLINE WIRELESS GATEWAY PL-FGW AND
POWERLINE REPEATER PL-RPT
PL-FGW NEW
Powerline wireless gateway. Bidirectional. 53x43 mm, 40 mm deep for mounting in 58 mm switch boxes.
Standby loss 1.1 watt.
Supply voltage 230 V. Power consumption in operation 1.1 watt.

Powerline telegrams from the grid taught-in into the gateway are automatically transformed and
languages: sent into Eltako-wireless telegrams.
http://eltako.com/redirect/PL-FGW
Wireless telegrams taught-in into the gateway are transformed into powerline telegrams and modu-
lated to the power supply grid. 4-3
By pressing the reset button, the PL-FGW will be put into the teaching-in mode. The rotary switch selects,
PC software SIENNA-Professional whether wireless or powerline telegrams should be taught-in.
page 4-9.
One being taught powerline sensor is automatically assigned by operating in the learning mode , a free
radio channel.
Up to 80 Powerline sensors or feedbacks can be taught-in. The function as a universal, direction or cen-
tral pushbutton for a taught-in wireless sensor is assigned via slide switch of the PL-FGW. The Powerline
address is set via rotary switch g and e which should be addressed with the wireless sensor. In addition
to wireless switches also Eltako wireless sensors such as window contacts and motion detectors can
be taught-in. Also control functions of the Professional Smart Home controller for dimmer switches and
roller shutter control is possible. The implementation into practical Powerline telegrams für PL actuators
is done automatically. Up to 100 different wireless sensor can be taught-in.
All entries and configurations can also be accessed via the mains using the Sienna Professional PC
software (see page 4-9). This can then be used to select other functions that are not available through
direct teach-in using a rotary switch. In addition, the gateway can be set into the learn and deletion mode,
so that a manual teaching-in can be carried out without direct access to the device.
The PL-FGW also serves as a relay station for communication between the temperature controller PL-SAMTEMP
with EnOcean actuator FKS-MD1. Up to 20 actuators and PL-SAMTEMP are managed here.
PL-FGW Powerline wireless gateway Art. No. 31100010 146,20 €/pc.
PL-RPT NEW
Powerline repeater. 53x43 mm, 25 mm deep for mounting in 58 mm switch boxes.

Standby loss only 0,5 watt.
The repeater supports greater ranges. With cable lengths of > 300 m the repeater is normally located in a
Manuals and documents in further distributor between the sensor and the actuator.
languages:
The repeater repeats commands from sensors with the same address g, e.
http://eltako.com/redirect/PL-RPT
Feedback messages from actuators are not repeated.
Two rotary switches are located on the front to assign addresses:
The left-hand rotary switch determines the group address g with 16 alphanumeric digits from A to P.
PC software SIENNA-Professional The right-hand rotary switch determines the element address e with 16 numerical values.
page 4-9.
Above it is a slide switch which is a configuration switch with positions 0, 1 and 2.
Position 0: Central commands are repeated irrespective of the repeater’s e address. With address g, e=0,
only central commands are repeated.
Position 1: With address g, e=0 at the repeater, all commands of group g are repeated.
Position 2: Unassigned.
All entries and configurations can also be accessed via the mains using the Sienna Professional PC
software (see page 4-9). Addresses can be changed live or without voltage.
On the left of the rotary switches is a red LED to display all activities.
Next to that is the Reset button and to the right of that is Service Pin (P).
The terminals located above are plug-in terminals for conductor cross-sections of 0.2 mm² to 1.5 mm².
PL-RPT Powerline repeater Art. No. 31000030 98,70 €/pc.

DECENTRALISED ACTUATOR PL-SAM1L WITH SENSOR INPUT 230 V AND
DECENTRALISED ACTUATOR PL-SAM2L WITH SENSOR INPUTS
PL-SAM1L
Powerline actuator with 1 channel with sensor input. 53 x 43 mm, 25 mm deep, for mounting in
58 mm switch boxes. Used as impulse switch or relay. 1 NO contact not potential free 10 A/250 V
AC, incandescent lamps 2000 watts. Sensor input 230 V. Standby loss only 0,5 watt. To control and
switch at the same place.
languages: Two rotary switches are located on the front for address assignment:
http://eltako.com/redirect/PL-SAM1L
The left rotary switch defines the group address g with 16 alphabetical values from A to P.
4-4 The right rotary switch defines the element address e with 16 numerical values from 0 to 15.
Above it is a slide switch which acts as a configuration switch with positions 0, 1 and 2.
PC software SIENNA-Professional Position 0: Sensor input functions as pushbutton (impulse switch).
page 4-9. Position 1: Sensor input functions as NO contact (relay).
Position 2: A change-over switch is evaluated as a pushbutton.
All entries and configurations can also be accessed via the mains using the PC software SIENNA Pro-
fessional (see page 4-9). This means that another configuration can also be set that is not available via
the rotary switches:
Position 3: Sensor input acts as NO contact (relay inverse).
To the left of the rotary switches is a red LED which indicates all activities.
Next to it is a reset pushbutton and to the right of that is a service pin. For functions, please refer to the
operating instructions.
Typical connections on page 4-10. PL-SAM1L Powerline actuator 1 channel with sensor input Art. No. 31100001 110,00 €/pc.
230 V
PL-SAM2L
Powerline actuator with 2 channels. 53 x 43 mm, 25 mm deep for mounting in 58 mm switch boxes.
Used as impulse switch or relay. 1+1 NO contacts not potential free 5 A/250 V AC, incandescent
lamps 1000 watts. 2 sensor inputs with internal low voltage. Standby loss only 0,5 watt. To control
and switch at the same place.
Use only potential free switching elements. Internal low voltage applied to the sensor inputs.
Two rotary switches are located on the front for address assignment:
The right rotary switch defines the element address e with 16 numerical values from 0 to 15.
languages: Above it is a slide switch which acts as a configuration switch with positions 0, 1 and 2.
http://eltako.com/redirect/PL-SAM2L
Position 0: Sensor inputs function as pushbuttons (impulse switches).
Position 1: Sensor input functions as NC contact (relay).
PC software SIENNA-Professional All entries and configurations can also be accessed via the mains using the PC software SIENNA Pro-
page 4-9. fessional (see page 4-9). This means that another configuration can also be set that is not available via
the rotary switches:
Position 3: Sensor input acts as NO contact (relay inverse).
Next to them are three wires with wire end-sleeves for the two control inputs with internal low voltage.
Typical connections on page 4-10. PL-SAM2L Powerline actuator 2 channels with Art. No. 31200001 111,90 €/pc.
2 sensor inputs

VENETIAN BLIND ACTUATOR WITH SENSOR INPUTS PL-SAM2
PL-SAM2
Powerline Venetian blind actuator for 1 motor. 53 x 43 mm, 25 mm deep for mounting in 58 mm
switch boxes. 1+1 NO contact for motors up to 3 A. 2 sensor inputs with internal low voltage.
Standby loss only 0,5 watt. To control and switch at the same place.
The control inputs can be used for a Venetian blind pushbutton or a Venetian blind switch.
The runtime is preset to 120 seconds. This can be changed using the PC software SIENNA-Professional.
Two rotary switches are located on the front for address assignment: 4-5
languages: The right rotary switch defines the element address e with 16 numerical values from 0 to 15.
http://eltako.com/redirect/PL-SAM2
Position 0: Start and stop by pressing Venetian blind pushbutton. Auto stop at end.
Position 1: Comfort switch for Venetian blind slat adjustment. Tip briefly to adjust slats.
PC software SIENNA-Professional >1 second same as position 0.
page 4-9. Position 2: Tip pushbutton to operate, release to stop. Auto stop at end.
Next to them are three wires with wire end-sleeves for the two control inputs with internal low voltage.
Typical connections on page 4-10. PL-SAM2 Powerline Venetian blind actuator for Art. No. 31100002 111,90 €/pc.
1 motor

DECENTRALISED UNIVERSAL DIMMER ACTUATOR WITH SENSOR INPUT 230 V PL-SAMDU AND
DECENTRALISED DIMMER ACTUATOR 1-10 VOLT PL-AMD10V
PL-SAMDU
Powerline universal dimmer actuator. 53 x 43 mm, 40 mm deep for mounting in 58 mm switch boxes.
Power MOSFET up to 300 W. Automatic lamp detection. Sensor input 230 V. Standby loss only
0,6 Watt. To control and dim at the same place.
Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 300 W, dependent on ventilation conditions. Dimmable 230 V-LED lamps
languages: and dimmable energy saving lamps ESL, additionally dependent on the lamps electronics. No minimum load.
http://eltako.com/redirect/PL-SAMDU Zero passage switching with soft ON and soft OFF to protect lamps.
4-6 Short-time control commands switch on/off, permanent control varies the brightness to the maximum or
minimum level. A interruption of control changes the direction of dimming. The brightness level is stored on
switch-off (memory). Minimum and maximum brightness can be changed with SIENNA Professional.
PC software SIENNA-Professional In case of a power failure the switch position and the brightness stage are stored and may be switched on
page 4-9.
Above it is a slide switch which acts as a configuration switch:
The position AUTO1 allows the dimming of all types of lamps up to 300 watts.
The position LC1 is a comfort position for LED lamps up to 150 watts which are not being dimmed down
enough when set to AUTO (trailing phase angle) dependent on the construction and must therefore be
forced to leading phase angle.
The position AUTO2 allows the dimming of all types of lamps up to 300 watts.
Increased minimum brightness compared to AUTO1.
All entries and configurations can also be accessed via the mains using the PC software SIENNA
Professional (see page 4-9).
In position LC1 no inductive (wound) transformers should be used. In addition, the maximum number of
dimmable LED lamps can be lower than in the AUTO position dependent on the construction.
Mixing of L loads (inductive loads, e.g. wound transformers) and C loads (capacitive loads, e.g. electronic
transformers) is not permitted. R loads (ohmic loads, e.g. 230V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps)
may be added anytime.
The terminals located above are plug-in terminals for conductor cross-sections of 0.2 mm2 to 1.5 mm².
Typical connections on page 4-10. PL-SAMDU Powerline universal dimmer actuator Art. No. 31100008 126,90 €/pc.
1 channel with sensor input 230 V
PL-AMD10V
Powerline dimmer actuator 1-10 V. 53 x 43 mm, 25 mm deep, for mounting in 58 mm switch boxes. To
switch and/or dim via a 1-10 V interface. 1 NO non-floating contact 600 VA. Standby loss only 0,5 watt.
To activate and dim at different places.
Current sink of max. 30 mA for active and passive electronic ballasts. A Powerline sensor input is required
languages: for activation. Two rotary switches are located on the front for address assignment:
http://eltako.com/redirect/PL-AMD10V
Above it is a slide switch which has no function here.
PC software SIENNA-Professional All entries and configurations can also be accessed via the mains using the PC software SIENNA Pro-
page 4-9. fessional (see page 4-9). Minimum and maximum brightness can be changed with SIENNA Professional.
To the left of the rotary switches is a red LED which indicates all activities. Next to it is a reset pushbutton
and to the right of that is a service pin. For functions, please refer to the operating instructions.
Typical connections on page 4-10. PL-AMD10V Powerline dimmer actuator 1-10 V Art. No. 31100006 119,20 €/pc.

DECENTRALISED TLZ ACTUATOR WITH SENSOR INPUT 230 V PL-SAM1LT AND
DECENTRALISED ACTUATOR WITH SENSOR INPUT 230 V PL-SM1L
PL-SAM1LT
Powerline TLZ (staircase time switch) actuator with 1 channel. 53 x 43 mm, 25 mm deep for
mounting in 58 mm switch boxes. Off delay settable from 1 minute to 120 minutes. Switch-off early
warning settable. 1 NO contact not potential free 10 A/250 V AC, incandescent lamps 2000 watts.
Sensor input 230 V. Standby loss only 0,5 watt. To control and switch at the same place.
http://eltako.com/redirect/PL-SAM1LT
The right rotary switch determines the off-delay time. 4-7
PC software SIENNA-Professional Position 0: Pushbutton at sensor input with subsequent switching.
page 4-9. Position 1: Same as Position 0 but with switch-off early warning.
fessional (see page 4-9).
Typical connections on page 4-10. PL-SAM1LT Powerline TLZ actuator 1 channel with sensor Art. No. 31100004 111,90 €/pc.
input 230 V
PL-SM1L
Powerline sensor input with 1 channel. 53 x 43 mm, 25 mm deep for mounting in 58 mm switch boxes.
Sensor input 230 V. Standby loss only 0,5 watt. To control and switch at different places.
When pressed, the sensor input acts on all actuators with the same address or as a central pushbutton if
element address 0 is used.
http://eltako.com/redirect/PL-SM1L
PC software SIENNA-Professional Position 0: Sensor input with reset function as pushbutton.
page 4-9. Position 1: Sensor input functions as NO contact.
fessional (see page 4-9).
Typical connections on page 4-10. PL-SM1L Powerline sensor input 230 V Art. No. 31100007 106,00 €/pc.

DECENTRALISED 8-CHANNEL SENSOR INPUT PL-SM8 AND
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER PL-SAMTEMP FOR HEATING AND COOLING
PL-SM8
Powerline sensor input with 8 channels. 53 x 43 mm, 25 mm deep for mounting in 58 mm switch
boxes. 8 sensor inputs with internal low voltage. Standby loss only 0,5 watt. To control and switch
at different places.
4-8 The right rotary switch defines the element address e with 16 numerical values from 0 to 15.
Above them is a slide switch which functions as a configuration switch.
Position 0: 2 adjacent inputs as direction pushbuttons for UP/DOWN or ON/OFF.
Position 1: All sensor inputs function separately as NO contacts.
Position 2: All sensor inputs function separately as pushbuttons.
languages: This setting always affects all 8 inputs. The setting can only be changed after a reset.
http://eltako.com/redirect/PL-SM8
PC software SIENNA-Professional The terminals located above are plug-in terminals for conductor cross-sections of 0.2 mm² to 1.5 mm².
page 4-9. The addresses of the 8 inputs can also be freely assigned if necessary using the PC software SIENNA-
Professional.
The socket strip located above this has 9 plug-in wires with wire end-sleeves.
8 control inputs with internal low voltage.
Typical connections on page 4-10. PL-SM8 Powerline sensor inputs, 8 channels, internal Art. No. 31800001 111,90 €/pc.
low voltage
PL-SAMTEMP
Powerline temperature controller with display, white, 55 x 55 mm, for mounting in switch systems.
In addition a floating control contact 3 A/250 V AC for direct connection of heaters and coolers.
Standby loss only 0,4 watt.
The scope of supply comprises a frame R1E and an intermediate frame ZR65/55 for the E-Design, the
temperature controller upper part and a bottom part for attachment in 55 mm flush-mounted boxes.
The complete display can be removed from the frame for screw mounting.
In normal mode the current room temperature is indicated in the display as well as icons for 'present'
languages: or 'absent' and for 'heating on' or 'cooling active'.
http://eltako.com/redirect/PL-SAMTEMP
Press the pushbuttons (absent) and (present) to activate the associated setpoint.
In setup mode as described in the user's manual, press pushbuttons S and T to display the setpoint and
actual temperatures and change the setpoints.
Control heating or cooling with Powerline actuators SAM1L, SAM2L or the thermostat outputs.
In addition to heating/cooling, a PWM mode for underfloor heating can be set.
All settings can also be made via SIENNA Professional.
PL-SAMTEMP Powerline Temperature controller for heating Art. No. 31000010 211,00 €/pc.
and cooling

COUPLING ELEMENT PL-SW-PROF FOR PC SOFTWARE SIENNA®-PROFESSIONAL AND
MAINS FILTER NF2A
PL-SW-PROF
Coupling element with USB cable and 230 V power pack for connecting a computer to the Powerline
network.
The 'SIENNA® Professional' PC software for installing and configuring the Powerline devices from
the PC is available for download at eltako.com.
'SIENNA® Professional' is a Windows-based program for installing and configuring all PL and SIENNA
components and is designed for electricians.
The Powerline system can be installed and configured either with a screwdriver or a PC. All configuration 4-9
changes can be made from the PC.
Existing installations in a building can also be read out and recorded.
The bus is coupled via a USB port on the PC. Thanks to Powerline technology, the nearest socket can be
used for bus connection.
Download according to the included installation instructions.
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS, LAPTOP / PC

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/PL-SW-PROF Processor Intel® Pentium® III 366 MHz oder höher
Server 2003, Windows XP, Vista (32 Bit),

Operating system
Windows 7 (32 Bit), Windows 8 (32 Bit und 64 Bit), Windows 10
Programming environment Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 or higher
Hard disc memory 32 MB free space on hard disc
RAM memory 128 MB RAM
Screen resolution 1024 x 768
Interface USB 1.1, 2.0 or 3.0
TECHNICAL DATA ECHELON COUPLING ELEMENT PL-20

Powerline communication on B/C tape (5 Kb/s); acc. to FCC, CENELEC
Technology
EN50065-1 and LONWORKS® protocol
Bus coupler Fused safety socket, 230 V~/50 Hz
PC coupler USB 1.1 or 2.0
Mains plug/power supply unit: maximum 250 mA at 18 V DC voltage.

Current draw
USB: maximum 50 mA at 5 V DC voltage
Processor type Neuron processor integrated in Powerline Smart Transceiver PL 3120
Temperature range -25ºC to +70ºC
PL-SW-PROF Software PL-SW-PROF Art. No. 31000020 387,60 €/pc.*
NF2A
The mains filter up to 2 A 230 V/50 Hz is designed as a built-in filter. It attenuates interference
signals from the consumer to the actuator and prevents that disturbances from the connected
consumers are reaching the house network. Frequency range 110-140 kHz.
For installation mounting. 49 mm long, 32 mm wide, 24 mm deep.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/NF2A NF2A Mains filter up to 2 A, 230 V/50 Hz Art. No. 30000028 37,00 €/pc.
Recommended retail prices excluding VAT. * The software part is not discountable.
TYPICAL CONNECTIONS
Typical connection PL-SAM1L Typical connection PL-SAM2L

Additional switching point for an existing consumer
4-10
Typical connection PL-SAM2 Typical connection PL-SM1

Switch an additional consumer
(e.g. mirror light in bathroom, socket in living room, outside light)
Typical connection PL-AMD10V Typical connection PL-SM8
Typical connection PL-SAM1LT Typical connection PL-SAMDU

Delayed switch-off
(e.g. staircase time switch or circulation pump)

SAM1LT switches itself and associated actuators off
after a preset time.
TECHNICAL DATA POWERLINE DEVICES
Type PL-SAMDU PL-AMD10V PL-SAM1L PL-SAM2L PL-SAM2

PL-SAM1LT
Contacts
Contact material/contact gap Power Mosfet AgSnO2 /0.5 mm AgSnO2 /0.5 mm AgSnO2 /0,5 mm AgSnO2 /0,5 mm
Spacing of control connections/contact – – 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm
Test voltage control connections/contact – – 2000 V 2000 V 2000 V
Rated switching capacity each contact – 600 VA 4) 10 A/250 V AC 5 A/250 V AC 3 A/250 V AC

4-11
Incandescent lamp and halogen lamp load 1)
up to 300 W 2) – 2000 W 1000 W –
230 V, I on ≤ 70 A/10 ms
Inductive laod cos M = 0.6/230 V AC
up to 300 W 6) – 650 W 650 W 5) 650 W 5)
– – 1000 VA 500 VA –
– 600 VA 4) 500 VA 250 VA –
shunt-compensated or with EVG*
– – up to 400 W – –
and energy saving lamps
Dimmable 230 V LED lamps up to 300 W 3) – up to 400 W – –
Service life at rated load, cos M = 1
– > 105 > 105 > 105 > 105
or incandescent lamps 500 W at 100/h
Service life at rated load,
– > 4x10 4 > 4x10 4 > 4x10 4 > 4x10 4
cos M = 0.6 at 100/h
Max. operating cyles – 10 3/h 10 3/h 10 3/h 10 3/h
Connection type Plug-in terminals Plug-in terminals Plug-in terminals Plug-in terminals Plug-in terminals
2 2 2 2
Minimum conductor cross-section 0.2 mm 0.2 mm 0.2 mm 0.2 mm 0.2 mm2
Maximum conductor cross-section 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2
Conductor stripping 8-9 mm 8-9 mm 8-9 mm 8-9 mm 8-9 mm
Electronics
Time on 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Standby loss (active power) 0.6 W 0.5 W 0.5 W 0.5 W 0.5 W
Local control current at 230 V control input 0.4 mA – 0.4 mA 0.4 mA 0.4 mA
Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of local 3 nF 3 nF 3 nF 3 nF
–
control lead at 230 V AC (10 m) (10 m) (10 m) (10 m)
1)
2)
Also transformers electronically (C load).
3)
Generally applies to 230 V LED lamps. Due to different lamp electronics, switch on/off problems and a restriction in the maximum number of lamps, however, the dimming ranges may be limited depending on the manu-
facturer; in particular when the connected load is very low (e.g. with 5 W LEDs). The comfort position LC1 at SAMDU optimizes the dimming range, which however results in a maximum capacity of only up to 150 W. In this
comfort position, no wound (inductive) transformers should be dimmed.
4)
5)
6)
A maximum of 2 transformers of the same type.
Powerline communication in the B/C-Band (5kb/s) corresponds to FCC, CENELEC EN 50065-1 and LONWORKS protocol
Compliance with: EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-1, EN 50065-1 and EN 60669

REMOTE CONTROLLER
SWITCH
SYSTEM
CLOUD
BUS
PUSH-
BUTTON
WIRELESS
SENSORS
BUS
SERIES
SENSORS 14
DECENTRALIZED
ACTUATORS
CONTROLLER
& POWERLINE
P A R T N E R
GATEWAYS DALI
DSS55E+
USBA+C
F1T55E
FTAF55ED
5 PUSHBUTTON AND SWITCH RANGES

MOTION SENSORS, WINDOW/DOOR CONTACTS,
TEMPERATURE- AND OTHER SENSORS
The Eltako sensor range
Sensors, frames, German sockets (TypE F) and covers for E-Design55 and 55 mm switching system 5-2
NEW E-Design55 wireless pushbuttons 5-3
NEW E-Design55 wireless sensors and accessoires 5-6
NEW E-Design55 wireless sensors 5-7
NEW E-Design55 wireless sensors and wireless antenna 5-9
NEW E-Design55 sensors FTS14TG 5-10
NEW E-Design55 sensors BGW14 5-12

5-1
NEW E-Design55 conventional pushbuttons / switches 5-13
NEW E-Design55 German sockets (TypE F) 5-14
NEW E-Design55 covers 5-15
NEW E-Design55 frames 5-17
E-Design55 accessoires 5-19
55 mm switching system wireless pushbuttons and wireless switches 5-20
55 mm switching system conventional pushbuttons / switches 5-21
55 mm switching system German sockets (TypE F)/covers 5-22
55 mm switching system frames 5-23
55 mm switching system accessoires 5-24
Compatible sensors wireless pushbuttons 5-25
Compatible sensors wireless pushbuttons and accessoires 5-28
Compatible sensors Friends of Hue sensors / Bluetooth wireless pushbutton insert 5-29
Remote controls and further sensors hand-held transmitters 5-30
Remote controls and further sensors other sensors 5-33
Other Wireless small actuator Smart Valve FKS-SV and multi sensor MS 5-42
Rockers and double rockers E-Design55 laser engraved 5-43
Overview pictograms for laser engravings 5-48

THE ELTAKO SENSORS RANGE
SENSORS, FRAMES, GERMAN SOCKETS (TYPE F) AND BLIND

COVERS FOR E-DESIGN55 AND 55 MM SWITCH SYSTEM
A complete range of sensors from a single source in attractive It goes without saying that frames are part of this range, along with a
designs. wide variety of covers and German sockets (Type F) with matching tops.
Eltako supplies a modern program in several appealing designs, The success of the classic style of the 55 mm switch system was
from battery-free and wireless EnOcean wireless sensors to bus followed by its logical continuation – the E-Design55 (80x80 mm) in
Ǥ-2
buttons and wired sensors. new and established colours.
E-Design55 Colours
Frames 80 x 80 mm
-am -pm
Pushbutton 55 x 55 mm (similar to RAL 7016) (similar to RAL 9010)
anthracite mat polar white mat
-pg -wg
(similar to RAL 9010) (similar to RAL 9016)
polar white glossy pure white glossy
15 mm high
55 mm switch system Colours
Frames 80 x 80 mm
-al
Pushbutton 55 x 55 mm -an
coated/aluminium
anthracite
paint
-wg -ws
pure white glossy white
-rw
pure white
15 mm high
E-DESIGN55
WIRELESS PUSHBUTTON
F1T55E- NEW F2T55E- NEW
Wireless 1-way pushbutton in E-Design55 Wireless 2-way pushbutton in E-Design55
Wireless 1-way pushbutton in E-Design55, 80x80 mm Wireless 2-way pushbutton in E-Design55, 80x80 mm
Wireless pushbutton external dimensions, internal frame dimensions Wireless pushbutton external dimensions, internal frame dimensions
with rocker with rocker
55x55 mm, 15 mm high. Generates the power for 55x55 mm, 15 mm high. Generates the power for
wireless telegrams itself when the button is pressed, wireless telegrams itself when the button is pressed,
therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby
loss. loss.
More informations: More informations: Ǥ-3
Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can send an Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit
analysable signal. Press the bottom of the rocker two evaluable signals: press rocker up and press
near the mark. rocker down.
F1T55E- The mounting plate can be screwed over a flush- F2T55E- The mounting plate can be screwed over a flush-
mounting box with a screw spacing of 60 mm or mounting box with a screw spacing of 60 mm or
screwed on a flat surface. screwed on a flat surface.
The wireless pushbutton can be glued to the wall, on The wireless pushbutton can be glued to the wall, on
glass or on furniture using the enclosed adhesive foil. glass or on furniture using the enclosed adhesive foil.
F2T55E-am anthracite mat 30055718 52,30

F2T55E-pg polar white glossy 30055702 52,30
F2T55E-pm polar white mat 30055727 52,30
F2T55E-wg pure white glossy 30055715 52,30
F1T55E-am anthracite mat 30055722 46,60 F2T55EOR-am anthracite mat 30056718 49,70
F1T55E-pg polar white glossy 30055703 46,60 F2T55EOR-pg polar white glossy 30056702 49,70
F1T55E-pm polar white mat 30055713 46,60 F2T55EOR-pm polar white mat 30056727 49,70
F1T55E-wg pure white glossy 30055725 46,60 F2T55EOR-wg pure white glossy 30056715 49,70
OR types without single frames included in the scope of delivery, for mounting in multiple or third-party frames.
F4T55E- NEW F2ZT55E- NEW
Wireless 4-way pushbutton in E-Design55 Wireless 2-way central control pushbutton in

E-Design55
Wireless 4-way pushbutton in E-Design55, 80x80 mm
Wireless pushbutton external dimensions, internal frame dimensions Wireless pushbutton Wireless 2-way pushbutton in E-Design55, 80x80 mm
with double rocker with double rocker
55x55 mm, 15 mm high. Generates the power for external dimensions, internal frame dimensions
wireless telegrams itself when the button is pressed, 55x55 mm, 15 mm high. Generates the power for
therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby wireless telegrams itself when the button is pressed,
loss. therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby
Wireless pushbuttons with double rocker can transmit loss. With rocker laser engraved.
four evaluable signals: press two rockers up or down. Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit
The mounting plate can be screwed over a flush- two evaluable signals: press rocker up and press
F4T55E- mounting box with a screw spacing of 60 mm or F2ZT55E- rocker down. Snap the large rocker so that the
screwed on a flat surface. markings 0 and I on the back line up with the same
The wireless pushbutton can be glued to the wall, on markings on the wireless module.
glass or on furniture using the enclosed adhesive foil. The mounting plate can be screwed over a flush-
mounting box with a screw spacing of 60 mm or
screwed on a flat surface.
F4T55E-am anthracite mat 30055708 54,20
The wireless pushbutton can be glued to the wall, on
F4T55E-pg polar white glossy 30055733 54,20
glass or on furniture using the enclosed adhesive foil.
F4T55E-pm polar white mat 30055734 54,20
F4T55E-wg pure white glossy 30055705 54,20
F4T55EOR-am anthracite mat 30056708 49,70 F2ZT55E-al coated/aluminium paint 30055441 64,60
F4T55EOR-pg polar white glossy 30056733 49,70 F2ZT55E-am anthracite mat 30055442 57,90
F4T55EOR-pm polar white mat 30056734 49,70 F2ZT55E-pg polar white glossy 30055443 57,90
F4T55EOR-wg pure white glossy 30056705 49,70 F2ZT55E-pm polar white mat 30055445 57,90
OR types without single frames included in the scope of delivery, for mounting in multiple or third-party frames. F2ZT55E-wg pure white glossy 30055447 57,90

E-DESIGN55
WIRELESS PUSHBUTTON
F4PT55E- NEW FS55E- NEW
Wireless 4-way profile pushbutton in E-Design55 Wireless switch without battery or wire in E-Design55
Wireless 4-way profile pushbutton for single moun- Wireless switch in E-Design55, 80 x 80 mm outside,
ting 80 x 80 x 15 mm or mounting in the E-Design55 Wireless switch with rocker frame inside dimensions 55 x 55 mm, 15 mm high.
switching system. Generates the power for wireless Generates the energy for wireless telegrams itself
telegrams itself when the button is pressed, therefore when a button is pressed, so there is no connection
there is no connecting wire and no standby loss. cable and no standby loss.
More informations:
With double rocker laser engraved with 'Home Day/ This wireless switch can be taught-in as an 'universal
Ǥ-4
Night', 'Away' and 'Holiday' each for profile switching of pushbutton' in the impulse switch relays of the series
Professional Smart Home controllers in the selected 61, 62 and 14. Press the wireless switch up or down,
F4PT55E-* language and colour. 8 languages are available: the switching position of the actuator changes each
-de (German) ; -fi (Finnish) ; fl (Flemish) ; -fr (French) ; time it is pressed (toggle). If several wireless switches
More informations:
-gb (English) ; -nl (Dutch) ; -se (Swedish) ; -sp (Spanish). or wireless pushbuttons are taught in together, the
There are also 4 colours: -am (matt anthracite); wireless switch fulfills the function of a toggle switch.
-pg (polar white glossy); -pm (polar white mat); -wg
(pure white glossy). FS55E-
When ordering, please specify the desired language

and colour. Example of profile button German in pure FS55E-am anthracite mat 30000602 52,30
white glossy: F4PT55E-de-wg. FS55E-pg polar white glossy 30055811 52,30
FS55E-pm polar white mat 30055812 52,30
F4PT55E- 30055432 56,30 FS55E-wg pure white glossy 30000601 52,30
F2T55EB- NEW F4T55EB- NEW
Wireless 2-way pushbutton with battery in E-Design55 Wireless 4-way pushbutton with battery in E-Design55
Wireless 2-way pushbutton in E-Design55, 80 x 80 mm Wireless 4-way pushbutton in E-Design55, 80 x 80 mm

Wireless pushbutton external dimensions, internal frame dimensions Wireless pushbutton external dimensions, internal frame dimensions
with rocker with double rocker
55 x 55 mm, 15 mm high. Whisper quiet and with battery 55 x 55 mm, 15 mm high. Whisper quiet and with battery
(lifetime 2-5 years). (lifetime 2-5 years).
Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit Wireless pushbuttons with double rocker can transmit
two evaluable signals: press rocker up and press four evaluable signals: press two rockers up or down.
rocker down. The mounting plate can be screwed over a flush-
F2T55EB- The mounting plate can be screwed over a flush- mounting box with a screw spacing of 60 mm or
mounting box with a screw spacing of 60 mm or screwed on a flat surface.
screwed on a flat surface. The wireless pushbutton can be glued to the wall, on
The wireless pushbutton can be glued to the wall, on glass or on furniture using the enclosed adhesive foil.
F2T55EB-am anthracite mat 30055676 68,70 F4T55EB-am anthracite mat 30055688 70,70
F2T55EB-pg polar white glossy 30055672 68,70 F4T55EB-pg polar white glossy 30055682 70,70
F2T55EB-pm polar white mat 30055673 68,70 F4T55EB-pm polar white mat 30055683 70,70
F2T55EB-wg pure white glossy 30055675 68,70 F4T55EB-wg pure white glossy 30055685 70,70

E-DESIGN55
WIRELESS PUSHBUTTON
F6T55EB- NEW F6T55EB-Keypad- NEW
Wireless 6-way profile pushbutton in E-Design55 Wireless 6-way pushbutton as keypad, laser
engraved, in E-Design55
Wireless-6-way pushbutton in E-Design55,
80 x 80 mm external dimensions, internal frame Keypad mit Lasergravur Wireless 6-way pushbutton as keypad, laser engraved,
More informations:
dimensions 55 x 55 mm, 15 mm high. Whisper quiet and in E-Design55, 80 x 80 mm external dimensions,
More informations:
with battery (lifetime 5-8 years). internal frame dimensions 55 x 55 mm, 15 mm high.
The wireless 6-way pushbutton can send 6 evaluable Whisper quiet and with battery (lifetime 5-8 years).
F6T55EB- pushbutton telegrams. It basically consists of an The wireless 6-way pushbutton can send 6 evaluable
http://eltako.com/redirect/ Ǥ-Ǥ
'upper 4-channel pushbutton' and a 'lower 2-channel F6T55EB-Keypad- pushbutton telegrams. It basically consists of an
pushbutton'. 'upper 4-channel pushbutton' and a 'lower 2-channel
The mounting plate can be screwed over a flush- pushbutton'.
mounting box with a screw spacing of 60 mm or scre- The mounting plate can be screwed over a flush-
wed on a flat surface. mounting box with a screw spacing of 60 mm or
The wireless pushbutton can be glued to the wall, on screwed on a flat surface.
glass or on furniture using the enclosed adhesive foil. The wireless pushbutton can be glued to the wall, on
F6T55EB-am anthracite mat 30055696 81,20 F6T55EB-Keypad-am anthracite mat 30055149 84,60
F6T55EB-pg polar white glossy 30055692 81,20 F6T55EB-Keypad-pg polar white glossy 30055150 84,60
F6T55EB-pm polar white mat 30055693 81,20 F6T55B-Keypad-pm polar white mat 30055151 84,60
F6T55EB-wg pure white glossy 30055695 81,20 F6T55B-Keypad-wg pure white glossy 30055148 84,60
FDT55EB- NEW F1T55E-wg/rot NEW
Wireless rotary switch in E-Design55 Wireless 1-way pushbutton in E-Design55 for

calling systems
Wireless 1-way rotary switch in E-Design55,
80 x 80 mm external dimensions, internal frame Wireless pushbutton Wireless 1-way pushbutton in E-Design55 for calling
with rocker
dimensions 55 x 55 mm, 25 mm high. With battery (life- systems, 80x80 mm external dimensions, internal
time 2-8 years). frame dimensions 55x55 mm, 15 mm high. Generates
All Eltako wireless dimming actuators and from week the power for wireless telegrams itself when the
03/2017 the wireless switching actuators FSR61 as well button is pressed, therefore there is no connecting
More informations:
as TF61L and TF100L can be conveniently controlled wire and no standby loss.
More informations:
with this radio rotary button. Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can send an
The rotary switch sends dimming values (brightness analysable signal. Press the bottom of the rocker
values) to the dimming actuator. At switching off over F1T55E-wg*rot near the mark.
FDT55EB- the rotary switch, this value is stored into it. If several The mounting plate can be screwed over a flush-
rotary switches are taught in in the same dimming mounting box with a screw spacing of 60 mm or
actuator, and dimming commands are alternatively screwed on a flat surface.
sent from different ones, it can be that brightness The wireless pushbutton can be glued to the wall, on
jumps appears during the dimming process. glass or on furniture using the enclosed adhesive foil.
To teach-in the wireless rotary switch to the actuators,
remove the rotary knob.
2 internal 3 V CR1632 button cells are supplying the power
for several years.
To replace the button cell, just remove the front panel
and the rotary knob.
FDT55EB-am anthracite mat 30055537 77,30

FDT55EB-pg polar white glossy 30055540 77,30
FDT55EB-pm polar white mat 30055541 77,30
FDT55EB-wg pure white glossy 30055539 77,30 F1T55E-wg/rot pure white glossy/red 30055810 62,20

E-DESIGN55
WIRELESS SENSORS AND ACCESSOIRES
FUTH55ED/230V- NEW FUTH55ED/12-24V UC- NEW
Wireless clock thermo hygrostat with display in Wireless clock thermo hygrostat with display in
E-Design55 E-Design55
Wireless clock thermo hygrostat with display for single Wireless clock thermo hygrostat with display for single
mounting 80 x 80 x 14 mm or mounting into the E-Design55 mounting 80 x 80 x 14 mm or mounting into the E-Design55
switching system. Installation depth 33 mm. switching system. Installation depth 33 mm.
With adjustable day and night reference temperatures With adjustable day and night reference temperatures
and reference humidity. Preset ready to operate. Illu- and reference humidity. Preset ready to operate. Illu-
Ǥ-6
minated display. Power supply 230 V. Only 0.5 watt minated display. Power supply 12-24 V UC. Only 0.3
standby loss. watt standby loss.
FUTH55ED*230V- FUTH55ED*12-24V UC-
FUTH55ED/230V-am anthracite mat 30055802 102,50 FUTH55ED/12-24V UC-am anthracite mat 30055798 103,50
FUTH55ED/230V-pg polar white glossy 30055803 102,50 FUTH55ED/12-24V UC-pg polar white glossy 30055799 103,50
FUTH55ED/230V-pm polar white mat 30055804 102,50 FUTH55ED/12-24V UC-pm polar white mat 30055800 103,50
FUTH55ED/230V-wg pure white glossy 30055805 102,50 FUTH55ED/12-24V UC-wg pure white glossy 30055801 103,50
NFCS55E- NEW SO55 NEW
NFC sensor in E-Design55 Desktop base for E-Design55
NFC sensor for single mounting 80 x 80 x 15 mm or Desktop base for E-Design55 pushbuttons and
More informations:
mounting into the E-Design55 switching system. sensors, except 230 V versions, are clipped onto the
More informations:
Without battery or wire. No standby loss. base. With slip-resistant plastic feet.
The NFC sensor can be used to trigger smart home
functions with the mobile phone and to save data. SO55
NFCS55E- It does not send its own telegram into the radio
network, serves primarily as a 'trigger' and must be
actively scanned.
In conjunction with smart end devices, this can be
integrated into a smart home control system.
NFCS55E-am anthracite mat 30055647 19,40

NFCS55E-pg polar white glossy 30055648 19,40
NFCS55E-pm polar white mat 30055649 19,40
NFCS55E-wg pure white glossy 30055646 19,40 SO55 pure white 30000346 8,80

E-DESIGN55
WIRELESS SENSORS
FTR55ESB- NEW FTR55EHB- NEW
Wireless temperature controller in E-Design55 Wireless temperature controller 55 x 55 mm with

hand wheel and battery in E-Design55
Wireless temperature for single mounting
80 x 80 x 27 mm or mounting into the E-Design55 Wireless temperature controller with hand wheel for
switching system. With solar cells and battery (life- single mounting 80 x 80 x 27 mm or mounting into the
time 5 years). E-design55 switching system. With battery (lifetime
4 years).
Ǥ-7
FTR55ESB- FTR55EHB-
FTR55ESB-am anthracite mat 30055790 94,70 FTR55EHB-am anthracite mat 30055766 86,20
FTR55ESB-pg polar white glossy 30055791 94,70 FTR55EHB-pg polar white glossy 30055767 86,20
FTR55ESB-pm polar white mat 30055792 94,70 FTR55EHB-pm polar white mat 30055768 86,20
FTR55ESB-wg pure white glossy 30055793 94,70 FTR55EHB-wg pure white glossy 30055769 86,20
FTAF55ED/230V- NEW FFT55EB- NEW
Wireless temperature controller Air+Floor Wireless humidity temperature sensor in

in E-Design55 E-Design55
Wireless temperature controller Air+Floor with dis- Wireless humidity temperature sensor for single
play for single mounting 80 x 80 x 14 mm or mounting mounting 80 x 80 x 17 mm or mounting into the E-Design55
into the E-Design55 switching system. Installation switching system. With battery (lifetime 5 years).
depth 33 mm.
With adjustable day and night reference tempera-
tures. Display illuminated. Preset ready to operate.
Wired temperature sensor for monitoring of floor
temperature can be connected. 1 NO contact not
potentialfree 16 A/250 V AC. Power supply 230 V. Only
FTAF55ED*230V- 0.4 watt standby loss. FFT55EB-
FTAF55ED/230V-am anthracite mat 30055794 100,10 FFT55EB-am anthracite mat 30055476 72,80
FTAF55ED/ 230V-pg polar white glossy 30055795 100,10 FFT55EB-pg polar white glossy 30055477 72,80
FTAF55ED/230V-pm polar white mat 30055796 100,10 FFT55EB-pm polar white mat 30055478 72,80
FTAF55ED/ 230V-wg pure white glossy 30055797 100,10 FFT55EB-wg pure white glossy 30055475 72,80

E-DESIGN55
WIRELESS SENSORS
FLGTF55E/230V- NEW FBH55ESB- NEW
Wireless air quality+temperature+humidity sensor Wireless motion/brightness sensor in E-Design55

in E-Design55
Wireless motion/brightness sensor for single mounting
Wireless air quality+temperature+humidity sensor for 80 x 80 x 27 mm or mounting into the E-Design55
single mounting 80 x 80 x 17/33 mm or mounting into switching system. With solar cells and battery (life-
the E-Design55 switching system. With LED display time 4-5 years).
to signal room air quality. With additional alert tone.
Power supply 230 V. Stand-by loss only 0.6 watt.
Ǥ-8
FLGTF55E*230V- FBH55ESB-
FLGTF55E/230V-am anthracite mat 30055521 102,00 FBH55ESB-am anthracite mat 30055516 103,70
FLGTF55E/230V-pg polar white glossy 30055522 102,00 FBH55ESB-pg polar white glossy 30055517 103,70
FLGTF55E/230V-pm polar white mat 30055523 102,00 FBH55ESB-pm polar white mat 30055518 103,70
FLGTF55E/230V-wg pure white glossy 30055520 102,00 FBH55ESB-wg pure white glossy 30000514 103,70
FB55EB- NEW FMS55ESB- NEW
Wireless motion sensor in E-Design55 Wireless multi sensor in E-Design55
Wireless motion sensor for surface mounting Wireless multi sensor for single mounting 80 x 80 x 14 mm
80 x 80 x 27 mm or mounting into the E-Design55 or mounting into the E-Design55 switching system.
More informations:
switching system. With battery (lifetime 3 years). With integrated solar cell and battery CR 1632 (not
included in the scope of supply).
FMS55ESB-
More informations:
FB55EB-
FB55EB-am anthracite mat 30055513 86,50 FMS55ESB-am anthracite mat 30055763 112,00
FB55EB-pg polar white glossy 30055514 86,50 FMS55ESB-pg polar white glossy 30055764 112,00
FB55EB-pm polar white mat 30055515 86,50 FMS55ESB-pm polar white mat 30055765 112,00
FB55EB-wg pure white glossy 30055512 86,50 FMS55ESB-wg pure white glossy 30055561 112,00

E-DESIGN55
WIRELESS SENSORS AND WIRELESS ANTENNA
FSU55ED/230V- NEW FAG55E- NEW
Wireless timer with display in E-Design55 Wireless antenna in the housing for single mounting
80 x 80 x 15 mm or mounting into the E-Design55
Wireless timer with display and with 8 channels for switching system. With 100 cm cable.
single mounting 80 x 80 x 14 mm or mounting into the
E-Design55 switching system. Installation depth The mounting plate can be screwed over a flush-
33 mm. With 'astro' function and solstice time changes. mounting box with a screw spacing of 60 mm.
Illuminated display. Power supply 230 V. Only 0.5 watt In the housing there is a wireless antenna with
standby loss. ground plane and permanently attached antenna
Ǥ-9
cable, 100 cm long, with SMA screw.
FSU55ED*230V- FAG55E-
FSU55ED/230V-am anthracite mat 30055806 96,50 FAG55E-am anthracite mat 30055144 47,40
FSU55ED/230V-pg polar white glossy 30055807 96,50 FAG55E-pg polar white glossy 30055145 47,40
FSU55ED/230V-pm polar white mat 30055808 96,50 FAG55E-pm polar white mat 30055146 47,40
FSU55ED/230V-wg pure white glossy 30055809 96,50 FAG55E-wg pure white glossy 30055147 47,40

E-DESIGN55
SENSORS FOR FTS14TG
B4T55E- NEW FTS61BTK NEW
Bus 2- or 4-way pushbutton for single mounting or Bus pushbutton coupler FTS61BTK for 4 conventional
mounting into the E-Design55 switching system. pushbuttons for connection to FTS14TG pushbutton
80 x 80 mm, 15 mm high. For connection to FTS14TG gateways by 2-wire pushbutton bus. Only 0.2 watt
Bus pushbutton with pushbutton gateway. Only 0.2 watt standby loss. standby loss.
rocker
The scope of supply comprises a mounting base, an For installation. 45 mm long, 45 mm wide, 18 mm deep.
attachment frame with snapped-on electronics, a Up to 30 bus pushbuttons and/or bus pushbutton
frame, a rocker and a double rocker. couplers FTS61BTK devices can be connected to the
Ǥ-Ǡ0
The double rocker permits entry of 4 evaluable signals, BP and BN terminals of a pushbutton gateway
More informations:
but the rocker allows only 2 signals. FTS14TG. The permitted total line length is 200 m.
Bus pushbutton with At the rear, a 20 cm long red/black bus line is routed The RLC device enclosed with the FTS14TG must also
double rocker
externally. Red terminal to BP, black to BN of a push- http://eltako.com/redirect/
be connected to the terminals BP and BN on the bus
button gateway FTS14TG. FTS61BTK
switch or pushbutton bus coupler furthest away.
A voltage of 29 V DC is supplied to the connected
FTS61BTK over a 2-wire pushbutton bus which is also
Up to four conventional pushbuttons can be connected to
T1, T2, T3 and T4 by a maximum line length of 2 metres.
More informations:
Connect the opposite pole to the T0 terminal in each case.
The pairs T1/T3 and T2/T4 can be defined as direction
B4T55E- pushbuttons.
Connect the bus to BP and BN. Make sure the polarity
is correct!
B4T55E-am anthracite mat 30055650 58,10
B4T55E-pg polar white glossy 30055651 58,10
B4T55E-pm polar white mat 30055652 58,10
B4T55E-wg pure white glossy 30055653 58,10 FTS61BTK blue 30014064 55,40
FTS61BTKL NEW
Bus pushbutton coupler FTS61BTKL for 4 conventional pushbuttons

with integrated 24 V LEDs for connection to FTS14TG pushbutton
gateways by 2-wire pushbutton bus. Only 0.2 watt standby loss.

Up to 30 bus pushbuttons and/or bus pushbutton couplers FTS61BTKL
devices can be connected to the BP and BN terminals of a pushbutton
gateway FTS14TG. The permitted total line length is 200 m. The RLC device
enclosed with the FTS14TG must also be connected to the terminals BP and
BN on the bus switch or pushbutton bus coupler furthest away. A voltage of
29 V DC is supplied to the connected FTS61BTKL over a 2-wire pushbutton
bus which is also used for data transfer. Please use only conventional bus
or telephone lines. Up to four conventional pushbuttons T1-T4 can be
connected to the 15 cm long connecting cables. Each opposite pole is
T0. The connecting cables can be extended up to 2 m. With the 24 V
More informations:
LEDs integrated in the pushbuttons, confirmation telegrams of actua-
tors are displayed if the IDs of the actuators were registered into the ID
table of the FTS14TG with PCT14.
Caution: Do not apply any voltage. FTS61BTKL

Connect the bus to BP and BN. Make sure the polarity is correct! FTS61BTKL blue 30014074 60,70

E-DESIGN55
SENSORS FOR FTS14TG
FTS61BTK/8 NEW
Bus pushbutton coupler FTS61BTK/8 for 8 conventional pushbuttons

for connection to FTS14TG pushbutton gateways by 2-wire push-
button bus. Only 0.2 watt standby loss.
For installation. 45 mm long, 45 mm wide, 18 mm deep. The pairs T1/T3, T2/T4, T5/T7 and T6/T8 can be defined as direction
Up to 30 bus pushbuttons and/or bus pushbutton couplers FTS61BTK/8 pushbuttons.
devices can be connected to the BP and BN terminals of a pushbutton Connect the bus to BP and BN. Make sure the polarity is correct!
gateway FTS14TG. The permitted total line length is 200 m. The RLC
Ǥ-ǠǠ
device enclosed with the FTS14TG must also be connected to the
terminals BP and BN on the bus switch or pushbutton bus coupler
furthest away.
A voltage of 29 V DC is supplied to the connected FTS61BTK/8 over a
2-wire pushbutton bus which is also used for data transfer.
Up to eight conventional pushbuttons T1-T8 can be connected to the
More informations:
15 cm long connecting cables. Each opposite pole is T0. The connec-
ting cables can be extended up to 2 m.
FTS61BTK*8
FTS61BTK/8 blue 30014075 90,80

E-DESIGN55
SENSORS FOR BGW14
BBH55E/12V DC- NEW BUTH55ED/12V DC- NEW
Bus motion/brightness sensor in E-Design55. Bus thermo clock/hygrostat with display in

E-Design55
Bus motion/brightness sensor for connection to the
RS485 bus gateway BGW14. For single mounting or Bus thermo clock/hygrostat with display pure white
mounting into the E-Design55 switching system. glossy for connection to the RS485 bus gateway
80 x 80 mm, 25 mm high. Installation depth 33 mm. BGW14. For single mounting or mounting into the E-
Data transmission and power supply take place over Design55 switching system. 80 x 80 mm, 14 mm high.
the 4-wire bus with a 12 V DC switching power supply Installation depth 33 mm. With adjustable day and
Ǥ-Ǡ2
unit. Only 0.1 watt standby loss. night reference temperatures and relative humidity.
Illuminated display. Preset ready to operate. Data
transmission and power supply takes place over the
4-wire bus with a 12 V DC power supply unit.
BBH55E*12V_DC- BUTH55ED*12V_DC- Only 0.1 watt standby loss.
BBH55E/12V DC-am anthracite mat 30055152 75,90 BUTH55ED/12V DC-am anthracite mat 30055164 91,80
BBH55E/12V DC-pg polar white glossy 30055153 75,90 BUTH55ED/12V DC-pg polar white glossy 30055165 91,80
BBH55E/12V DC-pm polar white mat 30055154 75,90 BUTH55ED/12V DC-pm polar white mat 30055166 91,80
BBH55/12V DC-wg pure white glossy 30055155 75,90 BUTH55ED/12V DC-wg pure white glossy 30055167 91,80
BTR55EH/12V DC- NEW BTF55E/12V DC- NEW
Bus temperature controller with hand wheel in Bus temperature sensor in E-Design55
E-Design55
Bus temperature sensor pure white glossy for con-
Bus temperature controller with hand wheel for nection to the RS485 bus gateway BGW14. For single
connection to the RS485 bus gateway BGW14. mounting or mounting into the E-Design55 switching
For single mounting or mounting into the E-Design55 system. 80 x 80 mm, 17 mm high. Installation depth
switching system. 80 x 80 mm, 27 mm high. Installation 33 mm. Data transmission and power supply take
depth 33 mm. Data transmission and power supply place over the 4-wire bus with a 12 V DC mains adapter.
take place over the 4-wire bus with a 12 V DC switching Only 0.1 watt standby loss.
power supply unit. Only 0.1 watt standby loss.
BTR55EH*12V_DC- BTF55E*12V_DC-
BTR55EH/12V DC-am anthracite mat 30055160 72,70 BTF55E/12V DC-am anthracite mat 30055156 66,80
BTR55EH/12V DC-pg polar white glossy 30055161 72,70 BTF55/12V DC-pg polar white glossy 30055157 66,80
BTR55EH/12V DC-pm polar white mat 30055162 72,70 BTF55/12V DC-pm polar white mat 30055158 66,80
BTR55EH/12V DC-wg pure white glossy 30055163 72,70 BTF55/12V DC-wg pure white glossy 30055159 66,80

E-DESIGN55
CONVENTIONAL PUSHBUTTONS / SWITCHES
WT55E- NEW W2T55E- NEW
Rocker pushbutton in E-Design55 Rocker pushbutton with double rocker in

E-Design55
Rocker pushbutton, 1 NO contact 10 A/250 V AC.
Pushbutton for single mounting 80 x 80 x18 mm or Rocker pushbutton with double rocker, 2 NO contacts
mounting into the E-Design55 switching system. 10 A/250 V AC. Pushbutton for single mounting
The rocker pushbutton with VDE sign has plug-in 80 x 80 x 18 mm or mounting into the E-Design55
terminals. switching system.
WT55E- As an alternative to claw attachment, screw W2T55E- The rocker pushbutton with VDE sign has plug-in
Ǥ-Ǡ3
attachment is possible on a mounting box with a terminals.
screw spacing of 60 mm with stainless steel As an alternative to claw attachment, screw
countersunk screws 2.9 x 25 mm, DIN 7982 C. attachment is possible on a mounting box with a
Installation: Fit rocker pushbutton, fix frame using screw spacing of 60 mm with stainless steel
attachment frame and plug on rocker. countersunk screws 2.9 x 25 mm, DIN 7982 C.
Installation: Fit rocker pushbutton, fix frame using
attachment frame and plug on rocker.
WT55E-am anthracite mat 30055742 14,80 W2T55E-am anthracite mat 30055745 17,60
WT55E-pg polar white glossy 30055743 14,80 W2T55E-pg polar white glossy 30055752 17,60
WT55E-pm polar white mat 30055744 14,80 W2T55E-pm polar white mat 30055762 17,60
WT55E-wg pure white glossy 30055709 14,80 W2T55E-wg pure white glossy 30055712 17,60
WS55E- NEW
Rocker switch in E-Design55
Rocker switch, 1 CO contact 10 A/250 V AC. Switch for

single mounting 80 x 80 x 18 mm or mounting into the
More informations:
E-Design55 switching system.
The rocker switch with VDE sign has plug-in terminals.
As an alternative to claw attachment, screw
WS55E- attachment is possible on a mounting box with a
screw spacing of 60 mm with stainless steel
countersunk screws 2.9 x 25 mm, DIN 7982 C.
Installation: Fit rocker pushbutton, fix frame using
attachment frame and plug on rocker.
WS55E-am anthracite mat 30055735 14,10

WS55E-pg polar white glossy 30055737 14,10
WS55E-pm polar white mat 30055739 14,10
WS55E-wg pure white glossy 30055707 14,10

E-DESIGN55
GERMAN SOCKETS (TYPE F)
DSS55E- NEW DSS55EOKR- NEW
German Socket (Type F) DSS with socket outlet German socket (Type F) DSS with socket outlet
front in E-Design55 front in E-Design55, without claws and frame
German Socket (Type F) DSS with socket outlet front German socket (Type F) DSS with socket outlet front in
in E-Design55, 80x80 mm external dimensions, inter- E-Design55, without claws and frame. With increased
nal frame dimensions 55x55 mm. With increased shock shock protection. The socket base DSS with VDE
protection. The socket base DSS bearing the VDE sign mark, without fastening claws, has plug-in terminals.
DSS55E- has plug-in terminals. DSS55EOKR- Minimum order quantity 10 pieces.
Ǥ-Ǡ4
DSS55E-am anthracite mat 30055898 8,20

DSS55E-pg polar white glossy 30055893 8,20
DSS55E-pm polar white mat 30055894 8,20
DSS55E-wg pure white glossy 30055895 8,20
DSS55EOR-am anthracite mat 30056898 7,30 DSS55EOKR-am anthracite mat 30057898 8,10
DSS55EOR-pg polar white glossy 30056893 7,30 DSS55EOKR-pg polar white glossy 30057893 8,10
DSS55EOR-pm polar white mat 30056894 7,30 DSS55EOKR-pm polar white mat 30057894 8,10
DSS55EOR-wg pure white glossy 30056895 7,30 DSS55EOKR-wg pure white glossy 30057895 8,10
'-OR' types without single frames included in the scope of delivery, for mounting in multiple or third-party frames. '-OKR' types without single frames included in the scope of delivery, for mounting in multiple or third-party frames.
DSS55E+2xUSBA- NEW DSS55E+USBA+C- NEW
German Socket (Type F) DSS with 2xUSB-A in German Socket (Type F) DSS with USB-A and
E-Design55 USB-C in E-Design55
German Socket (Type F) DSS with socket outlet front German Socket (Type F) DSS with socket outlet front
and USB charging ports in E-Design55, 80 x 80 mm and USB charging ports in E-Design55, 80 x 80 mm
external dimensions, internal frame dimensions external dimensions, internal frame dimensions
55 x 55 mm. With increased shock protection. The 55 x 55 mm. With increased shock protection. The
DSS55E*2xUSBA- socket base has screw terminals. Installation depth DSS55E*USBA*C- socket base has screw terminals. Installation depth
38 mm. Integrated USB power supply unit 5 V DC/2.1 A 38 mm. Integrated USB power supply unit 5 V DC/2.8 A
with short circuit and overload protection. Intelligent with short circuit and overload protection. Intelligent
parallel use of both USB ports. parallel use of both USB ports.
DSS55E+2xUSBA-am anthracite mat 30055899 41,20 DSS55E+USBA+C-am anthracite mat 30055900 48,80
DSS55E+2xUSBA-pg polar white glossy 30055891 41,20 DSS55E+USBA+C-pg polar white glossy 30055901 48,80
DSS55E+2xUSBA-pm polar white mat 30055892 41,20 DSS55E+USBA+C-pm polar white mat 30055902 48,80
DSS55E+2xUSBA-wg pure white glossy 30055896 41,20 DSS55E+USBA+C-wg pure white glossy 30055897 48,80

E-DESIGN55
COVERS
BLA55E- NEW TAE55E/3- NEW
Blind cover BLA55E- E-Design55 for R1UE55, 3-socket TAE cover for E-Design55 frames
R2UE55, R3UE55 and R4UE55
Cover for 3-socket telecommunications access unit
(TAE). For E-Design55 frames R1UE55, R2UE55,
R3UE55, R4UE55 and R5UE55. Fits all Rutenbeck TAE
access sockets.
BLA55E- TAE55E*3-
Ǥ-ǠǤ
BLA55E-am anthracite mat 30055640 4,30 TAE55E/3-am anthracite mat 30055837 4,00
BLA55E-pg polar white glossy 30055641 4,30 TAE55E/3-pg polar white glossy 30055839 4,00
BLA55E-pm polar white mat 30055643 4,30 TAE55E/3-pm polar white mat 30055841 4,00
BLA55E-wg pure white glossy 30055645 4,30 TAE55E/3-wg pure white glossy 30055836 4,00
UAE55E/2- NEW TV55E/2- NEW
2-hole UAE/IAE cover for E-Design55 frames TV/RF cover for E-Design55 frames
Cover for 2-hole UAE/IAE (ISDN) and network sockets. 2-hole cover for TV/RF aerial sockets. For E-Design55
For E-Design55 frames R1UE55, R2UE55, R3UE55, frames R1UE55, R2UE55, R3UE55, R4UE55 and
R4UE55 and R5UE55. Fits all Rutenbeck or Telegärtner R5UE55. Fits all Hirschmann aerial sockets.
2-hole UAE/IAE(ISDN) and network sockets.
UAE55E*2- TV55E*2-
UAE55E/2-am anthracite mat 30055843 4,00 TV55E/2-am anthracite mat 30055830 4,00
UAE55E/2-pg polar white glossy 30055844 4,00 TV55E/2-pg polar white glossy 30055831 4,00
UAE55E/2-pm polar white mat 30055845 4,00 TV55E/2-pm polar white mat 30055832 4,00
UAE55E/2-wg pure white glossy 30055842 4,00 TV55E/2-wg pure white glossy 30055838 4,00

E-DESIGN55
COVERS
TV55E/3- NEW
TV/RF/SAT cover for E-Design55 frames
3-hole cover for TV/RF/SAT aerial sockets.

For E-Design55 frames R1UE55, R2UE55, R3UE55,
More informations:
R4UE55 and R5UE55. Fits all Hirschmann aerial
sockets.
TV55E*3-
Ǥ-Ǡ6
TV55E/3-am anthracite mat 30055833 4,00

TV55E/3-pg polar white glossy 30055834 4,00
TV55E/3-pm polar white mat 30055835 4,00
TV55E/3-wg pure white glossy 30055840 4,00

E-DESIGN55
FRAMES
R1UE55- NEW R2UE55- NEW
Single universal frames in E-Design55 Double universal frames in E-Design55
Universal frames E-Design55. Single frames R1UE55, Universal frames E-Design55. Double frames R2UE55,
80x80 mm external dimensions. Internal frame 80 x 152 mm external dimensions. Internal frame
More informations:
dimensions 55x55 mm. dimensions 55x55 mm.
The universal frames can be mounted horizontally The universal frames can be mounted horizontally
and vertically. and vertically.
http://eltako.com/redirect/ More informations:
R1UE55- For all wireless sensors of the 55 switching system. For all wireless sensors of the 55 switching system.
Ǥ-Ǡ7
R2UE55-
R1UE55-am anthracite mat 30055788 3,70 R2UE55-am anthracite mat 30055738 4,80
R1UE55-pg polar white glossy 30055782 3,70 R2UE55-pg polar white glossy 30055787 4,80
R1UE55-pm polar white mat 30055783 3,70 R2UE55-pm polar white mat 30055789 4,80
R1UE55-wg pure white glossy 30055785 3,70 R2UE55-wg pure white glossy 30055827 4,80
R3UE55- NEW R4UE55- NEW
Triple universal frames in E-Design55 4-way universal frames in E-Design55
Universal frames E-Design55. Triple universal Universal frames E-Design55. 4-way frames R4UE55,
frames R3UE55, 80 x 224 mm external dimensions. 80 x 292 mm external dimensions. Internal frame
Internal frame dimensions 55x55 mm. dimensions 55x55 mm.
The universal frames can be mounted horizontally The universal frames can be mounted horizontally
and vertically. and vertically.
For all wireless sensors of the 55 switching system. For all wireless sensors of the 55 switching system.
More informations:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ More informations:

R3UE55-
R4UE55-
R3UE55-am anthracite mat 30055748 5,30 R4UE55-am anthracite mat 30055758 6,60
R3UE55-pg polar white glossy 30055749 5,30 R4UE55-pg polar white glossy 30055757 6,60
R3UE55-pm polar white mat 30055753 5,30 R4UE55-pm polar white mat 30055755 6,60
R3UE55-wg pure white glossy 30055828 5,30 R4UE55-wg pure white glossy 30055826 6,60

E-DESIGN55
FRAMES
R5UE55- NEW
5-way universal frames in E-Design55
Universal frames E-Design55. 5-way frames

R5UE55, 80 x 363 mm external dimensions. Internal
frame dimensions 55x55 mm.
The universal frames can be mounted horizontally
and vertically.
For all wireless sensors of the 55 switching system.
Ǥ-Ǡ8
More informations:
R5UE55-
R5UE55-am anthracite mat 30055778 7,50

R5UE55-pg polar white glossy 30055759 7,50
R5UE55-pm polar white mat 30055761 7,50
R5UE55-wg pure white glossy 30055775 7,50

E-DESIGN55
ACCESSOIRES
FSAF-gr FTVW
Cover foil Wireless pushbutton encryption rocker
Cover foil for the rear of wireless pushbuttons bonded The wireless pushbutton encryption rocker FTVW can
to glass. Please specify the size required. be used to activate and deactivate the encryption
of Eltako wireless pushbuttons, hand-held wireless
transmitters and wireless remote control with battery-
less and cordless EnOcean wireless modules. This
FSAF-gr FTVW excludes the tap-radio® pushbuttons and handheld
Ǥ-Ǡ9
transmitters using the EnOcean module PTM210.
FSAF-gr grey 30999002 3,80 FTVW white 30000016 2,00

55 MM SWITCH SYSTEM
WIRELESS PUSHBUTTONS AND WIRELESS SWITCHES
FT55- FZT55-wg
Wireless pushbutton 55 x 55 mm without battery Wireless central control pushbutton 55 x 55 mm
and wire without battery and wire
Wireless pushbutton Wireless 4-way pushbutton, 80 x 80 mm external Wireless pushbutton Wireless 2-way pushbutton, 80 x 80 mm external
with rocker with rocker laser
dimensions, internal frame dimensions 55 x 55 mm, engraved dimensions, internal frame dimensions 55 x 55 mm,
15 mm high. Generates the power for wireless tele- 15 mm high.
grams itself when the button is pressed, therefore Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself
there is no connecting wire and no standby loss. when the button is pressed, therefore there is no
Ǥ-20 More informations:
connecting wire and no standby loss. With rocker
laser engraved.
Wireless pushbutton
with double rocker
FZT55-wg
More informations:
FT55-
FT55-al coated/aluminium paint 30000591 64,00

FT55-an anthracite 30000597 53,80
FT55-rw pure white 30000592 53,80
FT55-wg pure white glossy 30000595 53,80
FT55-ws white 30000590 53,80 FZT55-wg pure white glossy 30000447 59,90
FS55-wg F4T55B-
Wireless switch 55 x 55 mm without battery and Wireless pushbutton 55 x 55 mm without wire
wire
Wireless 4-way pushbutton for single mounting
Wireless pushbutton Wireless switch, 80 x 80 mm external dimensions, Wireless pushbutton 80 x 80 x 15 mm or mounting in the 55 mm switch system.
with rocker with rocker
internal frame dimensions 55 x 55 mm, 15 mm high. Whisper quiet and with battery (lifetime 2-5 years).
Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself
when the rocker is pressed, therefore there is no
connecting wire and no standby loss.
Wireless pushbutton
with double rocker
FS55-wg F4T55B-
F4T55B-al coated/aluminium paint 30000681 77,00

F4T55B-an anthracite 30000687 68,60
F4T55B-rw pure white 30000682 68,60
FS55-wg pure white glossy 30000598 53,80 F4T55B-wg pure white glossy 30000685 68,60

55 MM SWITCH SYSTEM
CONVENTIONAL PUSHBUTTONS / SWITCHES
WT55- W2T55-wg
Rocker pushbutton 55 x 55 mm Rocker pushbutton 55 x 55 mm
Rocker pushbutton, 1 NO contact 10 A/250 V AC. Double rocker pushbutton, 2 NO contacts 10 A/250 V AC.
Pushbutton for single mounting 80 x 80 mm external Pushbutton for single mounting 80 x 80 mm external
dimensions, internal frame dimensions 55 x 55 mm, dimensions, internal frame dimensions 55 x 55 mm,
15 mm high. 15 mm high.
WT55- W2T55-wg
Ǥ-2Ǡ
WT55-an anthracite 30000627 12,40

WT55-rw pure white 30000622 12,40
WT55-wg pure white glossy 30000625 12,40
WT55-ws white 30000620 12,40 W2T55-wg pure white glossy 30000675 17,60
WS55-
Rocker switch 55 x 55 mm
Rocker switch, 1 CO contact 10 A/250 V AC. Switch for

single mounting 80 x 80 mm external dimensions,
More informations:
internal frame dimensions 55 x 55 mm, 15 mm high.
WS55-
WS55-an anthracite 30000637 11,70

WS55-rw pure white 30000632 11,70
WS55-wg pure white glossy 30000635 11,70
WS55-ws white 30000630 11,70

55 MM SWITCH SYSTEM
GERMAN SOCKETS (TYPE F) / COVERS
DSS+SDO55- BLA55-
German Socket (Type F) DSS with socket outlet Blind covers BLA55 for frames R-, R2- and R3-
front
German Socket (Type F) DSS with socket outlet front

SDO55. With increased shock protection.
DSS*SDO55- BLA55-
Ǥ-22
DSS+SDO55-an anthracite 30000657 8,90

DSS+SDO55-rw pure white 30000652 8,90 BLA55-rw pure white 30000642 4,30
DSS+SDO55-wg pure white glossy 30000655 9,30 BLA55-wg pure white glossy 30000645 4,30
DSS+SDO55-ws white 30000650 9,30 BLA55-ws white 30000640 4,30

55 MM SWITCH SYSTEM
FRAMES
R- R2-
Single universal frame for wireless pushbuttons Double universal frame for wireless pushbuttons
Frames internal dimensions 55x55 mm. Single Frames internal dimensions 55x55 mm. Double
frames, 80x80 mm external dimensions. 15 mm high. frames, 80x151 mm external dimensions. 15 mm high.
More informations:
R-
More informations: Ǥ-23
R2-
R-al coated/aluminium paint 30000181 5,80 R2-al coated/aluminium paint 30000311 11,30
R-an anthracite 30000187 4,80 R2-an anthracite 30000317 5,20
R-rw pure white 30000182 4,80 R2-rw pure white 30000312 5,20
R-wg pure white glossy 30000185 4,80 R2-wg pure white glossy 30000315 5,20
R-ws white 30000180 4,80 R2-ws white 30000310 5,20
R3-
Triple universal frame for wireless pushbuttons
Frames internal dimensions 55x55 mm. Triple

frames, 80x222 mm external dimensions. 15 mm high.
More informations:
R3-
R3-al coated/aluminium paint 30000321 14,40

R3-an anthracite 30000327 5,40
R3-rw pure white 30000322 5,40
R3-wg pure white glossy 30000325 5,40
R3-ws white 30000320 5,40

55 MM SWITCH SYSTEM
ACCESSOIRES
SWS55/W-an NEW SWS55/DW-an NEW
Splash-proof cover for FT55 with single rocker, Splash-proof cover for FT55 with double rocker,
anthracite anthracite
IP54: for protection against splashing water, dust and IP54: for protection against splashing water, dust and
dirt. dirt.
Material: silicone. Material: silicone.
Simple assembly by slipping over the already assem- Simple assembly by slipping over the already assem-
SWS55*W-an bled pushbuttons. SWS55*DW-an bled pushbuttons.
Ǥ-24
SWS55/W-an anthracite 30000055 11,80 SWS55/DW-an anthracite 30000057 11,80
FSAF-gr FTVW
Cover foil Wireless pushbutton encryption rocker
Cover foil for the rear of wireless pushbuttons bonded The wireless pushbutton encryption rocker FTVW can
to glass. Please specify the size required. be used to activate and deactivate the encryption
of Eltako wireless pushbuttons, hand-held wireless
transmitters and wireless remote control with battery-
less and cordless EnOcean wireless modules. This
FSAF-gr FTVW excludes the tap-radio® pushbuttons and handheld
transmitters using the EnOcean module PTM210.
FSAF-gr grey 30999002 3,80 FTVW 30000016 2,00

COMPATIBLE SENSORS
WIRELESS PUSHBUTTONS
FT55R- FT4B-
Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton, without frame Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton 45 x 45 mm Belgium,
without frame, without battery and wire
Wireless 4-way pushbutton 55 x 55 mm for Busch Jäger
Wireless pushbutton with Reflex and Duro cover frames. Generates the power Wireless pushbutton with Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton 45 x 45 mm Niko
rocker (without frame) rocker (without frame)
for wireless telegrams itself when the button is Belgium. Generates the power for wireless telegrams
pressed, therefore there is no connecting wire and no itself when the button is pressed, therefore there is
standby loss. no connecting wire and no standby loss.
Ǥ-2Ǥ
Wireless pushbutton with Wireless pushbutton with

double rocker (w/o frame) double rocker (w/o frame)
More informations:
More informations:
FT4B-
FT55R-
FT4B-cr niko creme 30000229 60,20

FT55R-alpinwhite alpine white 30000226 60,20 FT4B-na niko anthracite 30000240 60,20
FT55R-white white 30000225 60,20 FT4B-nw niko white 30000221 60,20
FT4BL-lw FT4BI-
Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton 45 x 45 mm Belgium, Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton 43 x 43 mm,
without frame, legrand white, without battery and without frame, without battery and wire
wire
Wireless pushbutton with Wireless pushbutton with Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton 43x43 mm. Generates
rocker (without frame) rocker (without frame)
Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton 45 x 45 mm Belgium, the power for wireless telegrams itself when the
legrand white. Generates the power for wireless tele- button is pressed, therefore there is no connecting
grams itself when the button is pressed, therefore wire and no standby loss.
there is no connecting wire and no standby loss.

double rocker (w/o frame) double rocker (w/o frame)
FT4BL-lw FT4BI-
FT4BI-an bticino anthracite 30000245 60,20

FT4BL-lw legrand white 30000241 60,20 FT4BI-ww bticino w.white 30000246 60,20

COMPATIBLE SENSORS
FT4CH- FT4CH+2P-w
Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton without battery or Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton without battery
wire, without frame or wire, without frame, laser engraved, white
Wireless pushbutton with Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton for internal frame Wireless pushbutton with Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton for internal frame
rocker (without frame) intermediate frame and
dimensions 60 x 60 mm, 15 mm high, Feller Swiss. rocker laser engraved dimensions 60 x 60 mm, 15 mm high, Feller Swiss.
Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself (without frame) Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself
when the button is pressed, therefore there is no when the button is pressed, therefore there is no
connecting wire and no standby loss. With rocker and connecting wire and no standby loss. With rocker and
Ǥ-26
double rocker. Also for cover frames from ABB Normelec double rocker laser engraved. Also for cover frames
and Hager. from ABB Normelec and Hager.
Wireless pushbutton with
double rocker (w/o frame)
Wireless pushbutton with
intermediate frame and
double rocke laser engraved
(without frame)
More informations:
More informations:
FT4CH-
FT4CH-hg light grey 30000223 60,20 http://eltako.com/redirect/

FT4CH*2P-w
FT4CH-sz black 30000224 60,20
FT4CH-w white 30000222 60,20 FT4CH+2P-w white 30001222 66,90
FT55ES-wg FT4S-ws
Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton Sweden, without Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton Sweden, without
frame, exxact white frame, eljo white
Wireless pushbutton with Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton 55 x 55 mm Sweden, Wireless pushbutton Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton 55 x 55 mm Sweden
rocker (without frame) with rocker (without
exxact white. Generates the power for wireless tele- frame) eljo white. Generates the power for wireless tele-
grams itself when the button is pressed, therefore grams itself when the button is pressed, therefore
there is no connecting wire and no standby loss. there is no connecting wire and no standby loss.
Wireless pushbutton with Wireless pushbutton

double rocker (without with double rocker
frame) (without frame)
FT55ES-wg FT4S-ws
FT55ES-wg exxact white 30000244 60,20 FT4S-ws eljo white 30000220 60,20

COMPATIBLE SENSORS
FT55RS-alpinwhite FT55EL-ws
Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton Sweden, without Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton Finland, without
frame, jussi white frame, elko white
Wireless pushbutton Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton 55x55 mm Sweden Wireless pushbutton with Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton 55 x 55 mm Finland
with rocker (without rocker (without frame)
frame) jussi white. Generates the power for wireless tele- elko white. Generates the power for wireless tele-
grams itself when the button is pressed, therefore grams itself when the button is pressed, therefore
there is no connecting wire and no standby loss. there is no connecting wire and no standby loss.
Ǥ-27

double rocker (without double rocker (without
frame) frame)
FT55RS-alpinwhite FT55EL-ws
FT55RS-alpinwhite jussi white 30000243 60,20 FT55EL-ws elko-white 30000227 60,20
FMT55/2- FMT55/4-
Wireless 2-way mini pushbutton without battery Wireless mini pushbutton without battery or wire,
or wire, with rocker with double rocker
Wireless mini pushbutton Wireless mini pushbutton
with rocker with double rocker
Wireless mini pushbutton, 55 x 55 mm external dimen- Wireless mini pushbutton, 55 x 55 mm external dimen-
sions, 15 mm high. Generates the power for wireless sions, 15 mm high, with double rocker. Generates the
telegrams itself when the button is pressed, therefore power for wireless telegrams itself when the button is
there is no connecting wire and no standby loss. pressed, therefore there is no connecting wire and no
standby loss.
FMT55*2- FMT55*4-
FMT55/2-rw pure white 30000192 51,70 FMT55/4-rw pure white 30000262 55,50
FMT55/2-wg pure white glossy 30000195 51,70 FMT55/4-wg pure white glossy 30000265 55,50

COMPATIBLE SENSORS
WIRELESS PUSHBUTTONS AND ACCESSOIRES
FT4F- NEW FTE215 NEW
Wireless flat pushbutton without battery or wire Wireless pushbutton insert EnOcean, encrypted,
with mounting base and attachment frame
Wireless 4-way flat pushbutton, 80 x 80 mm external
Wireless pushbutton with dimensions, internal frame dimensions 63 x 63 mm, Wireless pushbutton insert with EnOcean energy
rocker
15 mm high. Generates the power for wireless generators for wireless pushbuttons made by other
telegrams itself when the button is pressed, manufacturers. Generates the power for wireless
therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby telegrams itself when the button is pressed, therefore
loss. there is no connecting wire and no standby loss.
The scope of supply comprises the mounting base

Wireless pushbutton with and an attachment frame for FT55 with EnOcean
double rocker http://eltako.com/redirect/
FTE215 module inserts PTM215 (encrypted).
Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit
two evaluable signals. Wireless pushbuttons with
More informations: double rocker can transmit four evaluable signals.
FT4F-
FT4F-rw pure white 30000702 53,80

FT4F-wg pure white glossy 30000705 53,80 FTE215 grey 30999003 54,20
HP+BF
Mounting plate with mounting frame for EnOcean
module PTM.., usage with i.g. FT55, F2T55E, F4T55E
and FS55E
More informations:
HP*BF
HP+BF grey 30000356 5,50

COMPATIBLE SENSORS
FRIENDS OF HUE SENSORS / BLUETOOTH WIRELESS PUSHBUTTON INSERT
FT55EH- NEW FT55H-wg NEW
Friends of Hue wireless pushbutton in E-Design55 Friends of Hue wireless pushbutton, pure white
glossy
Friends of Hue wireless pushbutton for single moun-
Wireless pushbutton ting 80x80x15 mm or mounting into the E-Design55 Wireless pushbutton Friends of Hue wireless pushbutton for single moun-
with double rocker with double rocker
switching system. Generates the power for wireless ting 80x80x15 mm or mounting in the 55 mm switch
telegrams itself when the button is pressed, therefo- system. Generates the power for wireless telegrams
re there is no connecting wire and no standby loss. itself when the button is pressed, therefore there is
no connecting wire and no standby loss.
Ǥ-29
ATTENTION: Not compatible with EnOcean wireless
actuators! ATTENTION: Not compatible with EnOcean wireless
actuators!
FT55EH- FT55H-wg
FT55EH-am anthracite mat 30055732 57,40

FT55EH-pg polar white glossy 30055719 57,40
FT55EH-pm polar white mat 30055723 57,40
FT55EH-wg pure white glossy 30055717 57,40 FT55H-wg pure white glossy 30000596 60,80
FTE215BLE
Wireless pushbutton insert, Bluetooth
Wireless pushbutton insert with EnOcean energy gene-

rators for wireless pushbuttons made by other manu-
facturers. Generates the power for wireless telegrams
itself when the button is pressed, therefore there is no
connecting wire and no standby loss.
The scope of supply comprises the mounting base

More informations:
and an attachment frame for FT55 with EnOcean
module inserts PTM215B (Bluetooth).
Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit
FTE215BLE two evaluable signals. Wireless pushbuttons with
double rocker can transmit four evaluable signals.
ATTENTION: Not compatible with EnOcean wireless

actuators!
FTE215BLE grey 30999005 60,40

REMOTE CONTROLS AND FURTHER SENSORS
HAND-HELD TRANSMITTERS
FMH1W-anso NEW FMH1W-wg/rot NEW
Wireless mini handheld transmitter, waterproof, Wireless mini handheld transmitter, waterproof,
without battery or wire without battery or wire
Wireless mini handheld transmitter waterproof Wireless mini handheld transmitter waterproof
More informations:
72 x 30 mm, 15 mm high. Weighs only 34 grams. 72 x 30 mm, 15 mm high. Weighs only 34 grams.
Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself
when the button is pressed, therefore there is no when the button is pressed, therefore there is no
FMH1W-anso battery. battery.
Ǥ-30
More informations:
FMH1W-wg*rot
FMH1W-wg/rot grey carry strap; 30000465 64,80

casing pure white glossy,
FMH1W-anso anthracite soft 30000467 60,90 button red
FTTB FMH2-
Wireless pushbutton tracker, without wire Wireless 2-way mini handheld transmitter laser
engraved 0 + I, without battery or wire
Wireless pushbutton tracker with battery (lifetime
More informations:
5-8 years). 55 x 44 mm, 15 mm high. Weighs only 20 grams. Wireless 2-way mini handheld transmitter 43 x 43 mm,
The wireless pushbutton tracker FTTB has a blue 16 mm high. Weighs only 30 grams. Generates the power
More informations:
pushbutton to send normal pushbutton telegrams. for wireless telegrams itself when the button is
FTTB After opening the housing (grasp into the joint and pressed, therefore there is no battery.
prise apart), switch the tracker on by shifting the
slide switch to the w position. FMH2-
The sensor then sends a presence telegram every

60 seconds.
An internal 3 V button cell CR2032 supplies power for
several years.
FMH2-an anthracite 30000757 61,40

FMH2-rw pure white 30000752 61,40
FMH2-sz black 30000754 61,40
FMH2-wg pure white glossy 30000755 61,40
FTTB anthracite 30100018 72,80 FMH2-ws white 30000750 61,40

FMH2S- FHS2-al/anso
Wireless 2-way mini handheld transmitter for key Wireless 2-way handheld transmitter without battery
ring laser engraved 0 + I, without battery or wire or wire, with rocker, aluminium/anthracite-soft
Wireless 2-way mini handheld transmitter 43 x 43 mm, Wireless 2-way handheld transmitter with rocker
16 mm high. Weighs only 30 grams. Also prepared to aluminium/anthracite-soft, 49 x 47 mm, 16 mm high.
More informations:
attach a key fob. Generates the power for wireless Weighs only 37 grams. Generates the power for
More informations:
telegrams itself when the button is pressed, therefore wireless telegrams itself when the button is pressed,
there is no battery. therefore there is no battery.
http://eltako.com/redirect/ Ǥ-3Ǡ
FMH2S-
FHS2-al*anso
FMH2S-an anthracite 30000087 61,40

FMH2S-rw pure white 30000082 61,40
FMH2S-sz black 30000084 61,40
FMH2S-wg pure white glossy 30000085 61,40
FMH2S-ws white 30000080 61,40 FHS2-al/anso alu/anthracite-soft 30000771 64,30
FMH4- FMH4S-
Wireless 4-way mini handheld transmitter, laser Wireless mini handheld transmitter for key ring,
engraved 1+2+3+4, without battery or wire laser engraved 1+2+3+4, without battery or wire
Wireless 4-way mini handheld transmitter 43 x 43 mm, Wireless 4-way mini handheld transmitter 43 x 43 mm,
16 mm high. Weighs only 30 grams. Generates the 16 mm high. Weighs only 30 grams. Also prepared to
power for wireless telegrams itself when the button is attach a key fob. Generates the power for wireless
pressed, therefore there is no battery. telegrams itself when the button is pressed,
therefore there is no battery.
FMH4- FMH4S-
FMH4-an anthracite 30000237 64,60 FMH4S-an anthracite 30000097 64,60

FMH4-rw pure white 30000232 64,60 FMH4S-rw pure white 30000092 64,60
FMH4-sz black 30000234 64,60 FMH4S-sz black 30000094 64,60
FMH4-wg pure white glossy 30000235 64,60 FMH4S-wg pure white glossy 30000095 64,60
FMH4-ws white 30000230 64,60 FMH4S-ws white 30000090 64,60

FHS4-al/anso FMH8-
Wireless 4-way handheld transmitter without Wireless 8-way mini handheld transmitter, laser
battery or wire, with double rocker, aluminium/ engraved 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8, without battery or
anthracite-soft wire
Wireless 4-way handheld transmitter with rocker Wireless 8-way mini handheld transmitter 45 x 85 mm,
aluminium/anthracite-soft, 49 x 47 mm, 16 mm high. 18 mm high. Weighs only 60 grams. Generates the
More informations:
Weighs only 37 grams. Generates the power for power for wireless telegrams itself when the button is
wireless telegrams itself when the button is pressed, pressed, therefore there is no battery.
therefore there is no battery.
FHS4-al*anso
FMH8-
FMH8-ag anthracite glossy 30000454 101,50

FMH8-al/anso top painted in aluminium, 30000419 104,30
bottom and rockers
FHS4-al/anso aluminium/ 30000770 67,00 anthracite-soft paintpaint
anthracite-soft FMH8-wg pure white glossy 30000455 101,50
FF8-al/anso FFD-al/anso
Wireless 8-way remote control with 2 double Wireless 50-way remote control with display and
rockers, without battery or wire rechargeable battery. With wall holder and charger
Wireless 8-way remote control 185 x 50 mm, 17 mm Wireless 50-way remote control with display
high. Generates the power for wireless telegrams 185 x 50 mm, 17 mm high. Power is supplied by
itself when the button is pressed, therefore there is lithium-ion battery whose voltage is monitored and
More informations:
no battery. With wall holder WHF-al and 2 stainless- shown in the display. With charger, wall holder
steel countersunk screws 2.9 x 25 mm and plugs WHF-al and 2 stainless-steel countersunk screws
5 x 25 mm. 2.9 x 25 mm and plugs 5 x 25 mm.
More informations: http://eltako.com/redirect/
FFD-al*anso
FF8-al*anso
FF8-al/anso top painted aluminium, 30000769 117,80 FFD-al/anso top painted aluminium 30000773 128,80
bottom and rockers bottom anthracite-soft
anthracite-soft paint paint

OTHER SENSORS
FKF65-wg FZS65-wg
Key card switch in E-Design65 Wireless pull switch in E-Design65
Wireless card switch for surface mounting Wireless pull switch for surface mounting
84 x 84 x 29 mm. Generates the power for wireless 84 x 84 x 24 mm. With silver and red handle. Generates
telegrams itself when the button is pressed, the power for wireless telegrams itself when the
therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby button is pressed, therefore there is no connecting
loss. wire and no standby loss.
When the handle is pulled and released, a wireless
More informations: Ǥ-33
telegram is sent to the Eltako wireless network. The
scope of supply includes the completely assembled
pull switch, a silver handle, a red handle and two
FKF65-wg
More informations: screws and rawl plugs.
FZS65-wg
FKF65-wg pure white glossy 30065545 63,70 FZS65-wg pure white glossy 30067545 94,10
F1T80- NEW FKD-

Wireless 1-way pushbutton without battery or Wireless bell pushbutton without battery or wire
wire.
Wireless bell pushbutton 80 x 40 x 15 mm with energy
Wireless 1-way pushbutton 80 x 40 x 15 mm, with energy generator. Protection class IP54. Generates the
generator. Protection class IP54. Generates the energy for radio telegrams by pushing the button,
energy for radio telegrams by pushing the button, therefore without connecting cable and no stand-by
therefore without connecting cable and no stand-by loss.
loss. Labeling field 43 x 12 mm. For example for Dymo label
F1T80- The wireless 1-way pushbutton transmits 1 signal that FKD- tape 9 mm and 12 mm. The radio bell pushbutton
can be evaluated. transmits 1 signal that can be evaluated like a 1-way
It can be screwed onto a flat surface or glued to the wireless pushbutton.
wall using the enclosed adhesive foil.
F1T80-am anthracite mat 30000453 46,60 FKD-am anthracite mat 30000408 58,00
F1T80-wg pure white glossy 30000451 46,60 FKD-wg pure white glossy 30000420 58,00

OTHER SENSORS
FLT58-am NEW FCO2TS-wg

Wireless air quality desktop sensor + temperature Wireless CO2 desktop sensor temperature+-
and humidity humidity sensor and signal
FLT58-am, Wireless air quality desktop sensor + temperature Dimensions: 85 x 85 x 65 mm. With slip-resistant plastic
anthracite mat More informations:
and humidity, 58 x 58 x 58 mm. With LED display to feet. With controlled LED display according to the
signal room air quality. Additionally with a warning ambient air quality and brightness. Additionally with
signal from level red. Power supply with the included warning signal at level red. Standby loss only
power supply unit with USB-C connector. Stand-by FCO2TS-wg 0.4 watts on average. Power supply with enclosed
Ǥ-34
loss only 0,1 watt. plug-in power supply with 200 cm connection cable.
More informations:
FLT58-am
FLT58-am anthracite mat 30058520 104,90 FCO2TS-wg pure white glossy 30065278 239,00
FTR86B-ws FTFSB-
Wireless temperature controller with display and Wireless temperature+humidity sensor with solar
battery cell and battery (lifetime 5 years), 75x25x 12 mm.
More informations:
Wireless temperature controller white with display The wireless temperature humidity sensor measures
More informations:
for single mounting 86 x 86 x 35 mm. constantly the relative humidity between 0 and 100%
Power supply with battery (lifetime 2 years). (+-5%) and the temperature between -20°C and +60°C
FTFSB- (+-0,5°C). It sends a data telegram within 2 minutes if
FTR86B-ws changed in the Eltako wireless network. If there is no
change, a status telegram is sent every 10 minutes.
Adhesive foil mounting, an adhesive film is enclosed.
The electronics are powered by an internal button cell
CR2032. To change only the housing needs to be ope-
ned. This is also required to activate the battery supply
by pulling out an insulating strip.
FTFSB-am anthracite mat 30000475 81,50

FTFSB-pg polar white glossy 30000508 81,50
FTFSB-pm polar white mat 30000528 81,50
FTR86B-ws white 30000439 129,80 FTFSB-wg pure white glossy 30000563 81,50

OTHER SENSORS
FTFB- FFT60SB
Wireless temperature+humidity sensor, Wireless humidity temperature sensor indoors and
75x25x12 mm, with battery (lifetime 5 years). outdoors with solar cell and battery

The temperature humidity sensor measures constantly Wireless humidity temperature sensor pure white
the relative humidity between 0 and 100% (+-5%) and with solar cell and battery (lifetime 3-5 years),
the temperature between -20°C and +60°C (+-0,5°C). 60 x 46 x 30 mm.
FTFB- It sends a data telegram within 2 minutes if changed FFT60SB
in the Eltako wireless network. If there is no change,

Ǥ-3Ǥ
a status telegram is sent every 10 minutes. Adhesive
foil mounting, an adhesive film is enclosed. The elec-
tronics are powered by an internal button cell CR2032.
To change only the housing needs to be opened. This is
also required to activate the battery supply by pulling
out an insulating strip.
FTFB-am anthracite mat 30000429 75,10

FTFB-pg polar white glossy 30000525 75,10
FTFB-pm polar white mat 30000527 75,10
FTFB-wg anthracite mat 30000559 75,10 FFT60SB pure white 30000461 82,20
FBH65S/12V DC-wg FBH65/12V DC-wg

Wireless motion/brightness sensor in E-Design65 Wireless motion/brightness sensor in E-Design65
Wireless motion/brightness sensor pure white glossy Wireless motion/brightness sensor pure white glossy
for surface mounting 84 x 84 x 39 mm or mounting for surface mounting 84 x 84 x 39 mm or mounting
into the E-Design65 switching system. Power supply into the E-Design65 switching system. Power supply
with the integrated solar cell or a 12 V DC power with a 12 V DC power supply unit. Only 1 mW standby
supply unit. Only 1 mW standby loss. loss.
FBH65S*12V_DC-wg FBH65*12V_DC-wg
FBH65S/12V DC-wg pure white glossy 30065860 130,50 FBH65/12V DC-wg pure white glossy 30065466 116,80

OTHER SENSORS
FABH65S-wg FABH130/230V-rw
Wireless outdoor motion/brightness sensor in Wireless outdoor motion/brightness sensor
E-Design65
Wireless outdoor motion/brightness sensor pure
Wireless outdoor motion/brightness sensor pure white, 130 x 85 x 100 mm, protection class IP55.
More informations:
white glossy for surface mounting, 84 x 84 x 39 mm, 1 NO contact not potential free 10 A/250 V AC, incan-
protection class IP54. With solar cell. descent lamps 2300 Watt. Power supply 230 V. Only
0.9 watt standby loss.
FABH130*230V-rw The wireless sensor can be taught in the actuators
Ǥ-36
listed below and in Professional Smart Home controller:
FSR14, FSR61, FSR71.
More informations:
FABH65S-wg
FABH65S-wg pure white glossy 30065852 117,40 FABH130/230V-rw pure white 30000466 144,90
FHD60SB-wg FWS60
Wireless brightness twilight sensor indoors and Water sensor for connection to the wireless
outdoors with solar cells and battery transmitter module FSM60B
More informations:
Wireless brightness twilight sensor pure white with Water sensor FWS60 for connection to the wireless
solar cells and battery (lifetime 5-8 years). transmitter module FSM60B pure white.
For indoors and outdoors. l x w x h: 60 x 46 x 30 mm. l x w x h: 60 x 46 x 30 mm (dimensions without screw
FHD60SB-wg The sensor covers the range from 0 to 30 000 lux. More informations:
connection). With 150 cm connecting cable.
Actuators can cover the range from 0 to 50 Lux using
the twilight switch function.
FWS60
FHD60SB-wg pure white 30000462 81,30 FWS60 pure white 30000463 32,10

OTHER SENSORS
FSM60B FASM60-UC
Wireles transmitter module with batteries and Wireless outdoor transmitter module 2 channels.
antenna rod. L x W x H: 60 x 46 x 30 mm (dimensions L x W x H: 60 x 46 x 30 mm (dimensions excluding
excluding antenna and fixing screws) fixing screws). With internal antenna. No standby
loss.
This wireless transmitter module can be operated by
a water sensor FWS60 or a pushbutton and transmits More informations:
The wireless transmitter module FASM60-UC has
a variety of adjustable wireless telegrams to the two channels and can transmit wireless pushbutton
Eltako building wireless system. telegrams to the Eltako building wireless system.
Ǥ-37
More informations:
An internal jumper permits selection between FASM60-UC A1 initiates a wireless telegram, such as 'Press top
4 operating modes. rocker' for a wireless pushbutton with one rocker
and A3 such as 'Press bottom rocker'. The telegram
FSM60B on opening the two control contacts is identical to
'Release wireless pushbutton'.
Severel wireless transmitter modules must not be
switched at the same time.
There is a screw joint M12 at the bottom for the
waterproof connection IP54. Connection to a 5-fold
inside terminal for the control input +A1/-A2 and
+A3/-A2.
FSM60B pure white 30000459 74,70 FASM60-UC pure white 30000456 72,30
FWS81 FRWB-rw
Wireless water sensor with swelling discs Wireless smoke detector with battery
Wireless water sensor with swelling discs and energy Wireless smoke detector pure white with wireless
More informations:
generator, 88 x 50 x 30 mm, white. No standby loss. emitter module in the base. Ø86 mm, 49 mm high.
With solar cell and battery (lifetime 10 years).
More informations:
FRWB-rw
FWS81
FWS81 white 30000409 158,10 FRWB-rw pure white 30000054 153,80

OTHER SENSORS
FHMB-rw FFTE-rw
Wireless heat detector Wireless window touch contact with energy
generator pure white, 48 x 32 x 11.5 mm. Also for
Wireless heat detector pure white with wireless emitter monitoring of doors, drawers and other mobile
More informations:
module in the base. Ø86 mm, 45 mm high. With solar equipment. Generates the power for wireless
cell and battery (lifetime 10 years). telegrams when the button is pressed. Therefore,
More informations:
no connecting wire and no standby losses.
FHMB-rw
A wireless telegram is sent when a window is opened

Ǥ-38 http://eltako.com/redirect/
FFTE-rw or closed. For more than 100,000 switching cycles.
Evaluated via FHK14, FHK61, FSB14, FSB61, FSB71,
FSR14, FSR61, FSR71, FZK14, FZK61 and Professional
Smart Home controller. Attach by affixing supplied
adhesive foil, screwing on or using the supplied
More informations:
mounting bracket.
http://eltako.com/redirect/BW3
FFTE-rw pure white 30000450 62,30

FHMB-rw pure white 30000056 148,90 BW3 white 30000412 3,90
FTKE-rw FFKB-
Wireless window/door contact with energy Wireless window/door contact, 75 x 25 x 12 mm, with
generator 48 x 32 x 11.5 mm, pure white. Also for battery (lifetime 7 years).
monitoring of drawers and other mobile equip- Magnet 37 x 10 x 6 mm.
ment. Generates the power for wireless telegrams
itself when the lever is pressed, therefore there is On opening and closing, the related telegram is send
More informations:
no battery, no connecting wire and no standby twice in short succession. The current status tele-
loss. Fixing by gluing, screwing or with mounting gram is sent cyclically every approx. 8 minutes.
More informations:
brackets BW3. Attach by bonding.
FFKB-
A wireless telegram is sent when a window is opened

FTKE-rw or closed. For more than 100,000 switching cycles,
replaceable compression spring. Evaluated via FHK14,
FHK61, FSB14, FSB61, FSB71, FSR14, FSR61, FSR71,
FZK14, FZK61 and Professional Smart Home controller.
More informations:
Attach by affixing supplied adhesive foil, screwing on
or using the supplied mounting bracket.
http://eltako.com/redirect/BW3
FTKE-rw pure white 30000400 62,30 FFKB-am anthracite mat 30000425 71,00
BW3 white 30000412 3,90 FFKB-wg pure white glossy 30000423 71,00

OTHER SENSORS
FTKB- FFG7B-
Wireless window/door contact with solar cell and Wireless window handle sensor, 120 x 35 x 7 mm,
battery (lifetime 8 years) 75 x 25 x 12 mm. Adhesive with battery (lifetime 7 years). Installation behind
foil mounting. conventional window handle.
Wireless window/door contact with solar cell and Wireless transmit telegrams for window positions open,
More informations:
battery 75 x 25 x 12 mm. tilted and closed. Status telegram every 15 minutes.
Starting at 100 Lux daylight the window/door contact Very simple installation under standard window
FTKB powers itself from a solar cell, otherwise several pin extension handle: Unscrew handle, fit sensor, and screw handle
http://eltako.com/redirect/ SV7x7x14 Ǥ-39
FTKB- years with a button cell. back on.
On opening and closing, the related telegram is send
More informations:
twice in short succession. The current status telegram In individual cases, the square pin of the window
is sent cyclically every approx. 8 minutes. handle is too short when using the FFG7B- and can be
Adhesive foil mounting. extended using the pin extension SV7x7x14 accessory.
FFG7B-
FFG7B-al coated/aluminium paint 30000460 79,10

FFG7B-am anthracite mat 30000468 79,10
FTKB-am anthracite mat 30000474 71,30 FFG7B-rw pure white 30000443 74,40
FTKB-wg pure white glossy 30000424 71,30 SV7x7x14 metalic 30000031 13,70
FTK- mTronic
Wireless window/door contact with solar cell Wireless window multisensor in the rebate with battery
Wireless window/door contact with solar cell Wireless window multisensor in the rebate with battery
75 x 25 x 12 mm. Adhesive foil mounting. (lifetime several years) 135 x 18 x 9 mm, light grey. With
Protection class IP54, therefore suitable for outdoor intelligent burglary detection in mode 1 and 2 (locking
mounting. monitoring). An alarm signal is sent when the window
is opened at the locked and tilted position. Fixing by
More informations:
screwing in the window frame, between frame and
More informations:
sash on PVC or wooden doors and windows, in ac-
cordance with the manual.
FTK-
mTronic
FTK-ag anthracite glossy 30000407 83,40

FTK-am anthracite mat 30000452 83,40
FTK-wg pure white glossy 30000421 83,40 mTronic light grey 30000033 112,50

OTHER SENSORS
eTronic FFGB-hg (EiMSIG)

Wireless window contact in the rebate open/closed Wireless window contact + glass break sensor Eimsig
with battery with battery
Wireless window contact in the rebate open/closed Wireless window contact + glass break sensor Eimsig
with battery (lifetime 6-8 years) 77 x 24 x 10 mm, black. with battery (lifetime several years) 135 x 26 x 9 mm,
More informations:
eTronic is a battery operated (CR 2032) wireless switching light grey. With intelligent burglary detection. Recognizes
contact that is concealed in the window. A pin on the open/closed/tilted/locked and glass vibration. An
lower corner drive, which is attached to the moving alarm signal is sent when the window is opened at
Ǥ-40 http://eltako.com/redirect/ More informations:
eTronic bolt of the fitting, triggers the contact of the eTronic. the locked or tilted position. Fixing by screwing in the
Fixing by screwing in the window frame, between window frame, between frame and sash on PVC or
frame and sash on PVC or wooden doors and windows, wooden doors and windows, in accordance with the
in accordance with the manual. FFGB-hg manual.
eTronic black 30000032 88,20 FFGB-hg light grey 30000473 186,50
FSMTB NEW F1 ITAP

Wireless transmitter module for key switches and Wireless 1-way industrial pushbutton for surface
industrial pushbuttons, with battery. Battery life- mounting
time 3-5 years. No standby loss. 65 mm long, 28 mm
More informations:
wide and 8 mm deep. Wireless 1-way industrial pushbutton for surface
More informations:
mounting 80 x 72 x 56 mm. Protection class IP67.
This radio transmitter module is suitable, among With battery (lifetime 3-5 years). No standby loss.
FSMTB other things, for key switches NICE EKSEU (surface-
mounted) and industrial pushbuttons EATON M22-DG- F1ITAP
X1/KC11/I (surface-mounted). The wireless transmitter

module is placed in the box according to the operating
instructions and connected to the terminals with wires.
No external power supply required. An internal 3 V
CR2032 battery supplies power for several years.
To activate the battery supply, simply pull out the in-
sulating strip. The wireless transmitter module trans-
mits 2 evaluable signals that are taught into the wire-
less actuators. It can be taught encrypted into all
encryptable actuators of the 61, 62 and 71 Series and
into the FAM14.
FSMTB 30000604 69,00 F1 ITAP light grey 30100009 119,60

OTHER SENSORS
FSTAP-al/sz FPE-1
Wireless keyswitch, without wire, aluminium/ Wireless position switch, blue, without battery or
black wire
Wireless keyswitch for surface mounting 70 x 70 x 43 mm. Wireless position switch with energy generator
More informations:
Die cast aluminium, black front, protection class 48 x 32 x 11.5 mm, blue. Generates the power for
FVST
IP44. Euro profile cylinder lock with 2 keys. Battery Wireless encryption plug
wireless telegrams itself when the lever is pressed,
lifetime 3-5 years. No standby loss. therefore there is no battery, no connecting wire and
FSTAP-al*sz No external power supply required, so no connecting no standby loss.
Ǥ-4Ǡ
wire. When pressing the operating lever a wireless
More informations:
An internal 3 V CR2032 battery supplies power for telegram Data (hex) 0x10 is sent and when releasing
several years. Data (hex) 0x00 is sent, like a wireless pushbutton.
To change the battery, open the housing as described For more than 100.000 switching cycles, replaceable
in the installation instructions. FPE-1 compression spring.
The lock has 2 positions, right and left with spring-
supported return to the middle.
The wireless keyswitch transmits 2 evaluable signals
that are taught into the wireless actuators.
FPE-1 blue 30000398 70,00

FSTAP-al/sz aluminium black 30200220 113,70 FVST black 30000015 5,30
FIW-USB AIR
Wireless infrared converter with USB port for the IR scanner for energy meters data gateway
universal remote control Logitech Harmony Touch
(available from specialist retailers). Only 0.05 watt Infrared scanner with fixing magnet for electronic
standby loss. domestic supply meter eHZ for wireless energy meter
data gateway FSDG14.
With a special Eltako FIW data record, the infrared
signals are converted into wireless telegrams by a
wireless infrared converter FIW-USB and transmitted
to the Eltako wireless network.
FIW-USB Either connect to a device with power supply to the AIR
USB socket or use a USB charger for mains voltage.

USB plug Type A with 2 m connecting cable.
FIW-USB black 30000387 99,20 AIR 30000970 107,90

OTHER
WIRELESS SMALL ACTUATOR SMART VALVE FKS-SV AND MULTI SENSOR MS
FKS-SV MS
M
Wireless small actuator Smart Valve for radiators. T MS multi sensor sends the current weather
The
Without battery and wire. With thermic Energy details, including brightness (from three points of
d
Harvesting. tthe
h compass), wind, rain and frost, to the weather
data transmitter module FWS61-24V DC connec-
d
More informations:
Bidirectionale wireless with EnOcean protocol EEP ted in series once per second. Opaque. L x W x H =
A5-20-01. 118 x 96 x 77 mm. A power supply unit SNT61-230V/
More informations:
Function: The actuator obtains its power supply 24V DC-0,25A is required for the power supply.
from the temperature difference (∆T>4K) between MS
Ǥ-42
the radiator and the room. The internal storage The evaluation is made with Professional Smart
FKS-SV
device prevents power supply bottlenecks needed Home controllers, the wireless multifunction sensor
to run the actuator. relay FMSR14, the actuators FSB14 and FSB71.
Applications: The actuator is designed both for use
in private homes and in industrial premises. In
rooms that are seldom heated, it may be necessary
to recharge the device via the micro-USB.
MS white 20000084 300,20

FWS61-24V DC 30000305 77,30
FKS-SV silver 30000413 180,00 SNT61-230V/24V DC-0,25A 61000165 60,40

ROCKERS AND DOUBLE ROCKERS E-DESIGN55 LASER ENGRAVED
Please always also indicate the engraving number according to the following list of pictograms
For any laser engraving order, please specify the type of your pushbutton, remote control or handheld transmiter, the engraving number and also if you
need a single or double rocker. Rockers and double rockers for pushbuttons are available on pages 5-46 to 5-48.
The additional title +2P will do for each arrow top (up) and bottom (down).
The additional title +I0 will do for I (=on) top and 0 (=off) down.
The additional title +0I will do for 0 (=off) top and I (=on) down.
Rockers and double rockers in E-Design55 are available in the colors -am (anthracite mat), -pg (polar white glossy), -pm (polar white mat) and
-wg (pure white glossy).
LGI Laser engraving individually, create new Art. No. 30000980 11,80 €/pc.
pictogram
Ǥ-43
W-F1T55E Rocker for wireless pushbutton E-Design55, Art. No. 30055949 7,80 €/pc.
-am/-pg/-pm/-wg
W-F2T55E Rocker for wireless pushbutton and wireless push- Art. No. 30055966 7,80 €/pc.
button with battery in E-Design55, -am/-pg/-pm/-wg
W-F2T55E- Rocker for wireless pushbutton and wireless pushbutton with Art. No. 30055969 7,80 €/pc.
am+2P battery in E-Design55, arrow top (up) and bottom (down), am
W-F2T55E- Rocker for wireless pushbutton and wireless pushbutton with Art. No. 30055967 7,80 €/pc.
wg+2P battery in E-Design55, arrow top (up) and bottom (down), wg
DW-F4T55E Double rocker for wireless pushbutton and wireless Art. No. 30055952 8,50 €/pc.
pushbutton with battery in E-Design55, -am/-pg/-pm/-wg
DW-F4T55E- Double rocker for wireless pushbutton and wireless pushbutton Art. No. 30055955 8,50 €/pc.
am+2P with battery in E-Design55, arrow top (up) and bottom (down), am
DW-F4T55E- Double rocker for wireless pushbutton and wireless pushbutton Art. No. 30055954 8,50 €/pc.
wg+2P with battery in E-Design55, arrow top (up) and bottom (down), wg

ROCKERS AND DOUBLE ROCKERS FORPUSHBUTTOND, SWITCHES, REMOTE CONTROLS AND HAND-HELD
TRANSMITTERS LASER ENGRAVED - Please always also indicate the engraving number according to the
following list of pictograms
The additional title +2P will do for each arrow top (up) and bottom (down).
The additional title +I0 will do for I (=on) top and 0 (=off) down.
LGI Laser engraving individually, create new Art. No. 30000980 11,80 €/pc.
pictogram
Ǥ-44
W-FMT55/2 Rocker for wireless mini pushbutton, Art. No. 30000957 7,80 €/pc.
rw/wg
DW-FMT55/4 Double rocker for wireless mini pushbutton, Art. No. 30000958 8,50 €/pc.
rw/wg
W-FT4B- Rocker for wireless pushbutton 45x45mm, Art.-Nr. 30000965 7,80 €/St.
Belgian design, cr/na/nw
DW-FT4B- Double rocker for wireless pushbutton 45x45mm, Art.-Nr. 30000964 8,50 €/St.
Belgian design, cr/na/nw
W-FT4CH Rocker for wireless pushbutton Swiss Design, Art. No. 30000959 7,80 €/pc.
hg/sz/w
DW-FT4CH Double rocker for wireless pushbutton Swiss Art. No. 30000963 8,50 €/pc.
Design, hg/sz/w
W-FT4F Rocker for wireless pushbutton 63 x 63 mm, Art. No. 30000951 7,80 €/pc.
am/pg/pm/rw/wg
DW-FT4F Double rocker for wireless pushbuttons Art. No. 30000952 8,50 €/pc.
63 x 63 mm, am/pg/pm/rw/wg
W-FT55 Rocker for wireless pushbutton 55 x 55 mm, Art. No. 30000953 7,80 €/pc.
ws/rw/wg/sz/an/al
DW-FT55 Double rocker for wireless pushbuttons Art. No. 30000954 8,50 €/pc.
55 x 55 mm, ws/rw/wg/sz/an/al

ROCKERS AND DOUBLE ROCKERS FORPUSHBUTTOND, SWITCHES, REMOTE CONTROLS AND HAND-HELD
TRANSMITTERS LASER ENGRAVED - Please always also indicate the engraving number according to the
following list of pictograms
W-FT55R Rocker for wirel. pushbuttons 55x55 mm for Art. No. 30000967 7,80 €/pc.
Busch Reflex and Duro, white/alpine white
DW-FT55R Double rocker for wirel. pushbuttons 55x55 mm Art. No. 30000968 8,50 €/pc.
for Busch Reflex and Duro, white/alpine white
DW-W2T55 Double rocker for rocker pushbutton, Art. No. 30000977 7,00 €/pc.
pure white glossy
Ǥ-4Ǥ
W-WT/WS55 Rocker for rocker pushbutton and rocker switch, Art. No. 30000975 7,80 €/pc.
ws/rw/wg/sz/an/al
DW-FF8 Double rocker for wireless remote control, Art. No. 30000962 8,50 €/pc.
anthracite-soft paint
W-FHS/FMH2 Rocker for wireless handheld transmitters and Art. No. 30000960 7,80 €/pc.
mini handheld transmitters, ws/rw/wg/sz/an
DW-FHS/ Double rocker for wireless handheld transmitters Art. No. 30000961 8,50 €/pc.
FMH4 FMH4, ws/rw/wg/sz/an

OVERVIEW PICTOGRAMS FOR LASER ENGRAVINGS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Ǥ-46
8 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37
38 39 40 41 42 43 44
45 46 47 48 49 50 51
52 53 54 55 56 57 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66
Ǥ-47
67 68 69 70 71 72 73
74 75 76 77 78 79 80
81 82 83 84 85 86 87
90 91 92 93 94 95 96
97 98 99 100 101 102 103
104 105 106 107 108 109 110
111 112 113 114 115 116 117

118 119 120 121 122 123 124
Ǥ-48
125 126 127 128 129 130 131
132 133 134 135 136 137 138
140 141 145 146 147 148 149
150 151 152 153 155 156 157
158 159 160 161 162 163 164
166 167 168 169 170 171 172
173 +2P +I0 +0I
The additional title +2P will do for each arrow top (up) and bottom (down). The additional title +I0 will do for I (=on) top and 0 (=off) down.
REMOTE CONTROLLER
SWITCH
SYSTEM
CLOUD
BUS
PUSH-
BUTTON
WIRELESS
SENSORS
BUS
SERIES
SENSORS 14
DECENTRALIZED
ACTUATORS
CONTROLLER
& POWERLINE
P A R T N E R
GATEWAYS DALI
MiniSafe2
FGW14WL-IP
6 WE CONNECT AND CONTROL DIFFERENT

WORLDS.
Our Series 14 can communicate with all important standards such as
EnOcean, ZigBee, KNX, DALI and MQTT via the various controllers and gate-
ways and can be controlled and automated using our controller via app.
Ideally, the app runs on an iPad that is plugged into one of our docking
stations.
Eltako – The Wireless Building. The basis with sensors and actuators 6-2
Eltako – The Wireless Building for all 6-3

NEW Professional Smart Home controller MiniSafe2 6-4
NEW Professional Smart Home controller MiniSafe2-REG for installation on DIN rail with external antenna 6-5
NEW Professional Smart Home-Controller wibutler pro (2. Gen.) WP2 6-6 6-1
NEW RS485 bus energy meters MQTT gateway via WLAN FGW14W-IP and RS485 bus energy meters MQTT gateway via WLAN or LAN FGW14WL-IP 6-7
Accessories: EnOcean KNX gateways KNX ENO 626 and KNX ENO 636 6- 8
NEW Wall Docking station for iPads with charging function OnWall 6-9
NEW In-wall docking station for iPads with charging function InWall-10 6-9
NEW Exchange set lightning on USB-C 6-9
ELTAKO – THE WIRELESS BUILDING. THE BASIS WITH SENSORS AND ACTUATORS
THE ELTAKO WIRELESS BUILDING IS THE WIRELESS

NETWORK FOR BUILDINGS OF ANY SIZE.
The wireless pushbuttons, wireless sensors and wireless actuators Some of these sensors and solar cells can be made 'winterproof'
from Eltako work perfectly together and control, regulate and with additional batteries. Further Eltako sensors have a higher pow-
switch all areas in the building. Eltako software and hardware for er requirement which they cannot generate themselves and there-
visualisation and control. fore require an external power supply.
Eltako actuators are the backbone of the Eltako Wireless Building.
The most modern Eltako Professional Smart Home controller is They only evaluate directly addressed wireless telegrams in order to
the MiniSafe2, which with its compact construction and elegant switch or control any number of consumers in the building. Many
6-2 design fits into any living room. Controlled via the GFA5 app, have a bidirectional function. This allows them to send back their
most of the Eltako actuators and sensors can be integrated, switch states to the Professional Smart Home controller or displays
controlled and automated with tasks and scenes. Updates can or directly initiate other functions via actuators. In addition, these
be imported and backups can be outsourced. Cloud services actuators may also function as repeaters.
such as Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant are supported. Of course there are specific actuators for either centralised or
Even when the Smart Home controller is switched off - e.g. decentralised installation. If the Eltako RS485 bus is installed
during its maintenance - all bpishutton, sensor and actuator centrally with rail mounted devices in switch cabinets, a wireless
functions in the building are retained. antenna module FAM14 is used to communicate with the actuators.
The RS485 bus can also be used composite or without wireless by
Without Eltako sensors and actuators no information or control means of the Eltako remote switch system FTS.
commands can be sent over the wireless network. They form the
basis for the Eltako Wireless Building and of course they operate The Eltako Wireless Building uses all Eltako wireless components
without a Professional Smart Home controller if there is no require- in an ingenious way and can be installed even in small installations.
ment for centralised building monitoring, centralised building control The components are all downwards-compatible!
or visualisation.
All sensors and actuators communicate within the Eltako wireless
Eltako sensors for switch commands, temperature, brightness, network by means of telegrams using the world-wide standard of
motion, humidity and air quality run partly without external power the EnOcean Alliance. The batteryless and cordless wireless
supply completely self-sufficient. modules in the Eltako wireless pushbuttons are produced by
EnOcean in Germany, the wireless microchips in the other sensors
Batteryless and cordless Eltako wireless pushbuttons and hand- and actuators in Europe.
held transmitters generate their own power requirements for wire-
less telegrams when operated. Many Eltako sensors generate their Eltako therefore develops and manufactures all the offered sensors
power requirements from a solar cell and save excess energy from and actuators with the Eltako logo. These are of course compatible
daylight to storage capacitors so that there is sufficient energy for with all products made by other manufacturers within the enormous
troublefree functioning in the dark. international EnOcean family.
A SMALL SELECTION OF OUR WIRELESS SENSORS AND ACTUATORS
FBH55ESB FTR55ESB-
F4T55E F1T55E FDT55EB Wireless motion/ Wireless temperature
Wireless 4-way push- Wireless 1-way push- Wireless rotary brightness sensor controller with solar cells
button 55 x 55 mm button 55 x 55 mm dimmer switch with solar cells 55 x 55 mm
without battery without battery 55 x 55 mm with 55 x 55 mm without wire
or wire or wire batteries without wire
FSR14-2x
FMH1W-wg/rot Wireless impulse FSR61NP
Mini hand-held switch with 2 channels Wireless Impulse
transmitter for FFD switch with integr. FUD61NP
calling systems, Wireless FUD14 relay function. Wireless universal
without battery remote control Wireless dimming 1 NO contact not dimmer switch
or wire with display actuator 400W potential free without N
ELTAKO – THE WIRELESS BUILDING FOR ALL
YOU CAN START SMALL WITH

ELTAKO WIRELESS BUILDING.
An actuator with two batteryless and wireless pushbuttons is already At the other end of the unlimited and wide spectrum of possibilities
a very elegant solution to the problem of missing pushbuttons: with the Eltako Wireless Building, there are networked skyscrapers
The old light switch is replaced by a wireless actuator preceded by a with hundreds of wireless sensors and wireless actuators, in groups
wireless pushbutton. Up to 32 other wireless pushbuttons can be fitted. or grouped floor by floor, monitored, controlled and visualised.
Then of course, the wireless actuator can also be a wireless dimming
actuator.
6-3
THE 3 STAGES ON THE ELTAKO WIRELESS

BUILDING SUCCESS LADDER.
STAGE 1
Decentralized actuators + sensors
A few wireless sensors and wireless actuators to improve or expand +
an existing installation. Generally with actuators installed decentrally. F2T55E-wg FSR61NP-230V
STAGE 2
Decentralized / centralized actuators + sensors
Optional and recommended: Controller (MiniSafe2) + + + +
F2T55E-wg FSR61NP-230V FTR55ESB-wg FBH55ESB-wg
Some wireless sensors and wireless actuators when renovating
or building a new building, with central monitoring and control. For
convenient control and visualization supplemented by smart docking +
stations with tablets.
FAM14 FUD14 FUD14
+ +
MiniSafe2 Eltako GFA5 app OnWall-sz

OnWall-s
ll szz
STAGE 3
Decentralized and centralized wireless actuators + Wireless + + + +
sensors + Gateways + F2T55E-wg FSR61NP-230V FTR55ESB-wg FBH55ESB-wg
Optional: Professional Smart Home controllers (MiniSafe2) +

docking stations
Centralized and de centralized wireless sensors and wireless ac- +
tuators in one building with central monitoring, control, automation
FAM14 FUD14 FUD14 FGW14-USB FPLG14 FDG14 FGW14WL-IP
and visualisation via common end devices and voice services.
Compatibility through gateways to PC interfaces,
Powerline, DALI, MQTT and much more.
Supplemented by smart docking stations and tablets for convenient + +
operation and visualization.
MiniSafe2 Eltako GFA5 app OnWall-sz
PROFESSIONAL SMART HOME-CONTROLLER MINISAFE2
MiniSafe2 NEW
The MiniSafe2 is the smallest, universally applicable Professional Smart Home controller from Eltako.
The central control unit ensures that EnOcean compatible sensors and actuators can be conveniently
90 mm and centrally controlled using the GFA5 app and voice commands.
This allows light, shading, air conditioning, security components, and much more to be easily and
flexibly combined with one another in order to transform any living environment into a professional
smart home in no time at all.
The basic equipment includes app-based automation, update and backup options. Migration from
older Eltako controllers is possible.
90 mm The MiniSafe2 can basically be operated offine and locally, internet access is not required for this.
Remote access and the cloud connection can optionally be activated during operation.
MiniSafe2 An internet connection and a WiFi network are required for setup.
Professional Smart Home controller
6-4
TECHNICAL DATA
Dimensions H x W x D: 90 x 90 x 20 mm
Operating temperature Min. 0 °C to max. +40 °C
20 mm Weight approx. 80 g
Power supply 5 V DC / 1.5 A, 100 V - 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption 1.3 watt

Processor 84 MHz ARM® Cortex® - M4, 512 Kbyte Flash, 96 KB SRAM
Network WLAN IEEE 802.11 /b/g/n 2.4 GHz
Wireless transceiver 1 x EnOcean 868 MHz, 1 x 868 MHz
Infrared (IR) Integrated IR receiver 38 KHz and transmitter unit (36 - 455 KHz)
Connection of external IR
1 x 3.5 mm jack socket, addressable (rear)
transmitter
Eltako GFA5 app MiniSafe2 Professional Smart Home controller Art. No. 30000075 305,90 €/pc.*
Download app Eltako GFA5:

http://eltako.com/redirect/eltako-gfa5

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/MiniSafe2
PROFESSIONAL SMART HOME CONTROLLER MINISAFE2-REG
FOR INSTALLATION ON DIN RAIL WITH EXTERNAL ANTENNA
MiniSafe2-REG NEW
Professional Smart Home controller for installation on DIN rail.

90 mm The MiniSafe2-REG is the smallest, universally applicable Smart Home controller from Eltako. The central
control unit ensures that EnOcean compatible sensors and actuators can be conveniently and centrally
controlled using the GFA5 app and voice commands. This allows light, shading, air conditioning, security
components, and much more to be easily and flexibly combined with one another in order to transform
any living environment into a professional smart home in no time at all.
The basic equipment includes app-based automation, update and backup options. Migration from
older Eltako controllers is possible.
The MiniSafe2-REG can basically be operated offine and locally, internet access is not required for
this. Remote access and the cloud connection can optionally be activated during operation.
90 mm An internet connection and a WiFi network are required for setup.
The scope of supply includes a power supply unit, an external black antenna, a black radio antenna
MiniSafe2-REG with a 250 cm cable FA250 to increase the EnOcean wireless range and a DIN rail mount. 6-5
TECHNICAL DATA
31 mm Dimensions H x W x D: 90 x 90 x 31 mm
Operating temperature Min. 0 °C to max. +40 °C
Weight approx. 100 g
Power supply 5 V DC/1.5 A, 100 V-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption 1.3 watt

Processor 84 MHz ARM® Cortex® - M4, 512 Kbyte Flash, 96 KB SRAM
Wireless transceiver 1 x EnOcean 868 MHz, 1 x 868 MHz
Infrared (IR) Integrated IR receiver 38 KHz and transmitter unit (36 - 455 KHz)
including an external EnOcean Connection of external IR

1 x 3.5 mm jack socket, addressable (rear)
transmitter
antenna FA250
MiniSafe2-REG Professional Smart Home controller for Art. No. 30000076 412,90 €/pc.*
installation on DIN rail
Optional: Switching power supply unit 5 V/15 W for Art. No. 30000940 54,40 €/pc.
HDR-30-5 MiniSafe2-REG
Eltako GFA5 app

Download app Eltako GFA5:
http://eltako.com/redirect/eltako-gfa5

languages:
MiniSafe2-REG
PROFESSIONAL SMART HOME-CONTROLLER WIBUTLER PRO (2nd GEN.)
WP2 NEW
wibutler pro (2nd gen.) Professional Smart Home controller with app Eltako Edition. The wibutler pro
(2nd gen.) is a future-proof center for building control, energy regulation and alarm messages.
Due to its high flexibility, it offers a wide range of possible applications for new buildings and exis-
ting properties. It combines sustainable communication standards with variable installation opti-
ons and high data protection standards. The wibutler pro (2nd gen.) is compatible with more than
wibutler
ib tl pro 2 300 devices from over 30 different top brands and securely networks them with each other. The
Professional Smart Home controller cross-manufacturer and cross-trade optimization raises building services to a whole new level.
Smart home server.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions (LxWxH) 13,2 x 13,2 x 2,6 cm
6-6 Power supply input 5 V/3 A DC, power supply unit 100 V-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Interfaces / Connectors - EU 1 x Ethernet RJ45, 2 x 2.0 USB port

Processor 1 GHz CPU Cortex-A7 Dual Core
EnOcean/868.3 MHz, ZigBee 3.0, Matter (possible in principle), TCP/IP,

Wireless protocols
Low power radio/2.4 GHz, WLAN/802.11 b/g/n 2.4 GHz
Hard disk integrated 4 GByte eMMC; RAM: 1 GByte RAM
Color white
WP2 wibutler pro (2nd gen.) Art. No. 30000077 376,40 €/pc.*
wibutler app Eltako Edition
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/WP2
THE WIBUTLER CONCEPT

wibutler is a manufacturer independent Professional Smart This is how it works:
Home solution to simplify people´s everyday lives. The solution
combines products of various manufacturers and needs only a Automation rules: The wibutler organises devices to work in
single app for users to control, combine and automate all pro- a team. Devices react by means of if/then rules to movements
ducts. Using time and automation rules defined especially for and actions such as the opening or closing of windows, doors or
this application, wibutler can assume tasks and act according drawers.
to its owner´s wishes.
Time control: wibutler uses time rules to learn repetitive tasks
wibutler pro which must be executed at particular times.
The core of the solution is the Professional Smart Home controller
wibutler pro. Thanks to multiple wireless standards (EnOcean, ZigBee Remote control: With the wibutler, the status of devices can
3.0, WLAN), it is extremely compatible and is capable of networking be displayed and changed conveniently via smartphones and
products irrespective of the manufacturer. The Professional Smart tablets while on the move.
Home controller unifies the corresponding wireless standards and
thus makes it possible to network products from different stan- Consumption logs: The wibutler measures consumptions and
dards, manufacturers and industries. The wibutler pro can be used shows where is the greatest savings potential.
offline, which is why an internet connection is not necessary.
Profiles: defined rules are assigned to profiles (e.g. ‚'Home Day/
wibutler app Eltako Edition Night', 'Away' and 'Holiday'). With one click of a profile pushbutton
It takes only a few clicks to network, automate and control smart you can change the entire house to the mode you require (e.g.
products using the wibutler app Eltako Edition. The entire house is 'Away': All OFF, alarm system and presence simulations ON).
networked and controlled by a single app.
RS485 BUS ENERGY METERS MQTT GATEWAY VIA WLAN FGW14W-IP AND
RS485 BUS ENERGY METERS MQTT GATEWAY VIA WLAN OR LAN FGW14WL-IP
FGW14W-IP NEW
Gateway with IP interface for Series 14 energy meters via WLAN.


The gateway is only 1 module wide: For operation, the gateway must be integrated into a WLAN.
The WLAN connection uses the 2.4 GHz frequency band.
Function rotary switch Operation in conjunction with FAM14 or FTS14KS.
The IP connection is via WLAN. The gateway transmits data from any Eltako electricity meter on the
RS485 bus using the MQTT protocol. The data is transferred from the RS485 bus to any external MQTT
broker. For more details on MQTT see e.g. https://mqtt.org/ 6-7
The data is encoded according to the EnOcean/IP format, see: www.enocean-alliance.org/specifications/
Standard setting ex works. Configurations and updates are made via the Eltako Connect app or via a web interface.
FGW14W-IP RS485 Bus energy meters MQTT Gateway via WLAN; Art. No. 30014041 89,70 €/pc.
MQTT and REST-API
Eltako Connect app

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FGW14W-IP

GBA14 page 1-49.
GND +12V
BUS
FGW14WL-IP NEW
Gateway with IP interface for Series 14 energy meters via WLAN or LAN.

Hold
The gateway is only 1 module wide: For operation, the gateway must be integrated into a WLAN or LAN.
The WLAN connection uses the 2.4 GHz frequency band. The LAN connection is via RJ45 connector with
LAN
10/100Base-T.
The IP connection is via LAN or WLAN. The gateway transmits data from any Eltako electricity meter
on the RS485 bus using the MQTT protocol. The data is transferred from the RS485 bus to any external
MQTT broker. For more details on MQTT see e.g. B. https://mqtt.org/
Standard setting ex works. The data is encoded according to the EnOcean/IP format, see: www.enocean-alliance.org/specifications/
Configurations and updates are made via the Eltako Connect app or via a web interface.
FGW14WL-IP RS485 Bus energy meters MQTT Gateway via WLAN Art. No. 30014051 103,40 €/pc.
or LAN; MQTT and REST-API
Eltako Connect app
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FGW14WL-IP

GBA14 page 1-49.
ACCESSORIES
ENOCEAN KNX GATEWAY KNX ENO 626 AND KNX ENO 636
KNX ENO 626

Bidirectional gateway between EnOcean wireless and KNX bus with 8 channels for flush mounting.
The KNX ENO 626 secure acts as a bidirectional gateway between EnOcean Wireless and the KNX/EIB
bus. Control commands and measured values can be transmitted by EnOcean wireless sensors to the
KNX bus, for example to control KNX actuators. Similarly, EnOcean wireless actuators can be controlled
by KNX. The KNX ENO 626 secure from Weinzierl allows encrypted communication with security compatible
EnOcean devices.
languages: The KNX ENO 626 secure has 8 wireless channels and accepts over 100 device profiles (EEP Enocean
KNX_ENO_626 Equipment Profile), it allows an easy and secure connection from different Enocean sensors and actor to
a KNX installation.
In addition, the gateway offers logic and control functions and comprises an integrated level 1 wireless
repeater.
6-8 The purpose of the repeater function is to span large distances between sensors and actuators.
Configuration takes place using the KNX ENO tool. Download from www.weinzierl.de.
Flush mounting in a 55 mm flush-mounted box.
KNX ENO 626 Flush-mounted EnOcean KNX gateway Art. No. 30000944 314,50 €/pc.
KNX ENO 636

Bidirectional gateway between EnOcean wireless and KNX bus with 32 channels, 81 x 81 x 25 mm.
The KNX ENO 636 secure acts as a bidirectional gateway between EnOcean Wireless and the KNX/
EIB bus. Control commands and measured values can be transmitted by EnOcean wireless sensors to
the KNX bus, for example to control KNX actuators. Similarly, EnOcean wireless actuators can be con-
trolled by KNX. The KNX ENO 636 secure from Weinzierl allows encrypted communication with security
compatible EnOcean devices.
The KNX ENO 636 secure has 32 wireless channels and accepts over 100 device profiles (Enocean Equipment
Profile), it allows an easy and secure connection from different Enocean sensors and actor to a KNX
installation.
In addition the gateway offers logic functions and comprises an integrated level 1 wireless repeater.
The purpose of the repeater function is to span large distances between sensors and actuators.
Configuration takes place using the KNX ENO tool. Download from www.weinzierl.de.
Surface mounting in a 55 mm flush-mounted box. Power is supplies over the KNX bus.
KNX ENO 636 Surface mounted EnOcean KNX gateway Art. No. 30000948 467,20 €/pc.

languages:
KNX_ENO_636

UNIVERSAL WALL AND FLUSH-MOUNTED DOCKING STATION WITH CHARGING FUNCTION AND
EXCHANGE SET LIGHTNING ON USB-C
OnWall- NEW
Universal wall docking station with charging function for permanent horizontal installation of an
Apple iPad with height-adjustable Lightning or USB-C connector. Removal possible at any time.
Surface mounting via a flush-mounted electronics box. Milled from a block of aluminium. External
power supply 100-240 V AC to USB included. Dimensions: 140,0 x 220,0 x 18,0 mm.
OnWall-al Universal wall docking station for all Lightning iPads, Art. No. 30000001 357,80 €/pc.
with charging function, natural aluminium
OnWall-sz Universal wall docking station for all Lightning iPads, Art. No. 30000002 357,80 €/pc.
with charging function, black anodized aluminium
6-9
OnWall/C-al Universal wall docking station for all USB-C iPads, Art. No. 30000043 388,00 €/pc.
with charging function, natural aluminium
languages: OnWall/C-sz Universal wall docking station for all USB-C iPads, with Art. No. 30000044 388,00 €/pc.
http://eltako.com/redirect/OnWall charging function, black anodized aluminium
InWall-10 NEW
In-wall docking station with charging function for permanent vertical or horizontal installation
(lock: pre-installed) of an Apple iPad 10,2". In-wall installation box. Aluminium frame and glass
cover in black. The glass cover has mini openings for microphone and loudspeaker for use as an
intercom system. External power supply 110-240 V AC to USB included. Dimensions: 226,0 x 315,0 x
78,0 mm, flush-mounted dimensions: 215,0 x 305,0 x 78,0 mm.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/InWall-10-sz
InWall-10-sz In-wall docking station for iPads 10,2" with Art. No. 30000003 382,70 €/pc.
charging function, black anodized aluminum with
black glass cover
Exchange set lightning on USB-C NEW
USB-C cable with USB-A connector for exchanging lightning to USB-C for OnWall.
Exchange set USB-C cable for exchanging lightning on USB-C Art. No. 30000007 112,30 €/pc.
lightning on for OnWall
USB-C
FFront connection
i USB-C
USB C
Back connection USB-A

languages:
Austausch-Set_Lightning

REMOTE CONTROLLER
SWITCH
SYSTEM
CLOUD
BUS
PUSH-
BUTTON
WIRELESS
SENSORS
BUS
SERIES
SENSORS 14
DECENTRALIZED
1
ACTUATORS
CONTROLLER
& POWERLINE
P A R T N E R
GATEWAYS DALI
FDG62-230V
DL-1CH-8A
DL-TW-2LT-
16A-DC12+
7 ELTAKO-DALI
THE PROFESSIONAL LIGHT CONTROL FOR ALL
NEEDS.
The new Eltako DALI product line
Gateways to EnOcean and Series 14

RS485 bus DALI gateway for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting FDG14 7-2
NEW Wireless DALI gateway for flush-mounted box FDG62-230V and DALI bus power supply unit 80 mA for flush-mounted box DL-N2-80mA 7-3
Wireless DALI gateway for ceiling installation FDG71L-230V 7-4
1 channel LED dimmer

NEW 1 channel DALI LED dimmer 8 A for flush-mounted box DL-1CH-8A-DC12+ 7-5
NEW 1 channel DALI LED dimmer 16 A for ceiling installation DL-1CH-16A-DC12+ 7-6
NEW 1 channel DALI LED dimmer 16 A for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting DL-1CH-R16A-DC12+ 7-7
Tunable White-Dimmer
NEW DALI LED dimmer 8 A tunable white for flush-mounted box DL-TW-2LT-8A-DC12+ 7-8
NEW DALI LED dimmer 16 A tunable white for ceiling installation DL-TW-2LT-16A-DC12+ 7-9
NEW DALI LED dimmer 16 A tunable white for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting DL-TW-2LT-R16A-DC12+ 7 - 10 7-1
RGB dimmer (DT8)

NEW DALI LED RGB dimmer 8 A for flush-mounted box (DT8) DL-RGB-8A-DC12+ 7 - 11
NEW DALI LED RGB dimmer 16 A for ceiling installation (DT8) DL-RGB-16A-DC12+ 7 - 12
NEW DALI LED RGB dimmer 16 A for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting (DT8) DL-RGB-R16A-DC12+ 7 - 13
LED multi-channel dimmer (DT6)

NEW DALI LED 3 channels dimmer 8 A for flush-mounted box (DT6) DL-3CH-8A-DC12+ 7 - 14
NEW DALI LED 3 channels dimmer 16 A for ceiling installation (DT6) DL-3CH-16A-DC12+ 7 - 15
NEW DALI LED 3 channels dimmer 16 A for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting (DT6) DL-3CH-R16A-DC12+ 7 - 16
NEW DALI LED 4 channels dimmer 8 A for flush-mounted box (DT6) DL-4CH-8A-DC12+ 7 - 17
NEW DALI LED 4 channels dimmer 16 A for ceiling installation (DT6) DL-4CH-16A-DC12+ 7 - 18
NEW DALI LED 4 channels dimmer 16 A for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting (DT6) DL-4CH-R16A-DC12+ 7 - 19
Switching actuator (DT7)

NEW DALI relay module 8 A for flush-mounted box (DT7) DL-RM8A 7 - 20
NEW DALI relay module 16 A for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting (DT7) DL-RM16A-HS-WE 7 - 21
Phase dimmer (DT4)

NEW DALI Phase dimmer 300 W for ceiling installation (DT4) DL-PD-300W-RLC 7 - 22
NEW DALI Phase dimmer 300 W for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting (DT4) DL-PD-300W-RLC-HS 7 - 23
Control units
NEW DALI control unit for controlling the circadian course of daylight for flush-mounted box DL-CTV 7 - 24
USB interfaces and tools

NEW DALI commissioning tool DALI-Cockpit and DALI-Monitor 7 - 25
NEW DALI-USB interface for flush-mounted box DL-USB mini 7 - 26
NEW DALI-USB interface for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting DL-Flash-USB 7 - 26
Technical data 7 - 27
RS485 BUS DALI GATEWAY FOR RAIL MOUNTING FDG14
FDG14
RS485 bus DALI gateway for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting, bidirectional.
Operation in conjunction with FAM14.
The gateway FDG14 controls DALI devices with EnOcean wireless transmitters via the FAM14.
Function rotary switches As of production week 14/16 Groups 0-15 can be controlled and the broadcast command can be sent. In ad-
dition DALI scenes 0-15 can be controlled.
DALI installations, which are to be fully controlled with the FDG14, must be configured in groups 0-15.
FDG14 internally saves the dimming value for each of the groups 0-15 and supplies this value as feedback.
The same feedback telegrams are generated as for an FUD14. The FDG14 occupies 16 BR14 device addresses.
The feedbacks of the device addresses correspond to the dimming values of the DALI groups 0-15 in ascen-
7-2 ding order. Feedbacks can be converted by the PCT14 for each individual group of dimming value telegrams
(%) to pushbutton telegrams (ON/OFF). Feedbacks can then control BR14 actuators. The FDG14 fulfils the
function of the DALI master and the DALI power supply. The rotary switches can only teach in pushbuttons
for groups 0-8 and DALI scenes 0-9. Activation telegrams for groups 9-15 and scenes 10-15 are only possible
by entries in PCT14.
As of Production Week 30/19, the FDG14 can be used as a single-channel device 'FDG14-Broadcast'. This is
defined when the device address is issued.
Important: Wireless pushbuttons always need to be double-clicked when they are taught-in manually in
the FDG14. CLR only needs a single click.
A direction pushbutton or universal pushbutton with identical ID and identical pushbutton can be taught in
Standard setting ex works. several times in different groups. The group last selected is always valid. Therefore, a pushbutton can either
switch only one group or broadcast to all groups.
One FBH per group can also be taught in. With a manual teach-in this always acts dependent on brightness.
Further settings can be made using the With PCT14 you can also set the brightness threshold.
PC Tool PCT14 (see page 1-5). The delay time for switch-off after no motion is detected can be set together in minutes (1 ... 60) for the FBH
devices of all groups. The default is 3 minutes.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FDG14
FDG14 RS485 bus DALI gateway for rail mounting Art. No. 30014047 92,80 €/pc.

WIRELESS DALI GATEWAY FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED BOX FDG62-230V AND
DALI BUS POWER SUPPLY UNIT 80 MA FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED BOX DL-N2-80MA
FDG62-230V NEW
Wireless DALI gateway, bidirectional. Only 0.5 watt standby loss.

The connection terminals are plug-in terminals for conductor cross-sections from 0.2 mm² to 2.5 mm².
Manuals and documents in further The convenient tap technology permits the teach-in of up to 32 wireless universal pushbuttons, wireless
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FDG62-230V direction pushbuttons, wireless central control pushbuttons, motion sensors, tunable white and intensity
double rocker pushbuttons.
The DALI bus power supply DL-N2-80mA and up to 40 DALI devices are connected to the DALI terminals.
The gateway FDG62 controls DALI devices with Enocean wireless transmitters.
Only broadcast commands can be sent.
In addition to the radio control input via an internal antenna, the connected DALI devices can also be con-
trolled with a 230 V control button that may be installed in front of the FDG62.
A glow lamp current is not permitted.
The FGD62 internally saves the dimming value and supplies this value as feedback. The same feedback tele- 7-3
grams are generated as for an FD62NPN.
Actuators can then be activated by the feedback signals.
The FDG62 fulfils the function of the DALI master.
FDG62-230V Wireless DALI Gateway for flush-mounted box Art. No. 30100868 77,50 €/pc.
DL-N2-80mA NEW
DALI bus power supply unit with 80 mA output current for supplying up to 40 standard DALI devices.
59 x 33 x 15 mm. Suitable for flush-mounted box and installation in protection class II devices.
The connection terminals are plug-in terminals for conductor cross-sections from 0,5 mm² to 1,5 mm².
Input: supply voltage range 120 V..240 V AC/50-60 Hz.
Maximum input current 10 mA. Power-up ramp-up time 250 ms. Power loss max. 2 W.
Output: Output voltage range 12 V DC..20.5 V DC. Output current 80 mA.
No-load proof and short-circuit proof.
Degree of protection housing IP40. Degree of protection terminals IP20.
Impulse voltage category II. Pollution degree 2. Rated insulation voltage 250 V. Rated impulse voltage 4 kV.
Reinforced insulation. Insulation test voltage 3 kV.
languages: Temperature at mounting location -20°C to +55°C.
DL-N2-80mA Storage temperature -20°C to + 75°C.
Relative humidity 15% to 90%.
DL-N2-80mA DALI bus power supply unit 80 mA for flush- Art. No. 33000026 89,90 €/pc.
mounted box

WIRELESS DALI GATEWAY FOR CEILING INSTALLATION FDG71L-230V
FDG71L-230V
Wireless DALI gateway, bidirectional. 2 watt standby loss.

The gateway FDG71L controls DALI devices with EnOcean wireless transmitters.
Groups 0-15 can be controlled and the broadcast command can be sent. In addition DALI scenes 0-15
can be controlled.
DALI installations, which are to be fully controlled with the FDG71L, must be configured in groups 0-15.
The FGD71L internally saves the dimming value for each of the groups 0-15 and supplies this value as feed-
back. The same feedback telegrams are generated as for an FUD71.
The feedbacks of the device addresses correspond to the dimming values of the DALI groups 0-15 in
ascending order.
7-4 Feedbacks can be converted by the PCT14 for each individual group of dimming value telegrams (%) to
pushbutton telegrams (ON/OFF). Feedbacks can then control actuators.
The FGD71L fulfils the functions of the DALI master and the DALI power supply.
Important: Wireless pushbuttons always need to be double-clicked when they are taught-in manually
in the FDG71L. CLR only needs a single click.
A direction pushbutton or universal pushbutton with identical ID and identical pushbutton can be taught
in several times in different groups. The group last selected is always valid. Therefore, a pushbutton can
either switch only one group or broadcast to all groups.
One FBH per group can also be taught in. With a manual teach-in this always acts dependent on bright-
ness. With PCT14 you can also set the brightness threshold.
The delay time for switch-off after no motion is detected can be set together in minutes (1 ... 60) for the
FBH devices of all groups. The default is 3 minutes.
FDG71L-230V Wireless DALI gateway for ceiling installation Art. No. 30100867 136,50 €/pc.


languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FDG71L-230V

1 CHANNEL DALI LED DIMMER 8 A FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED BOX DL-1CH-8A-DC12+
DL-1CH-8A-DC12+ NEW
1 channel DALI LED dimmer for luminary installation and flush-mounted box. 59x33x15 mm.
Protection class IP20. Only 0.12 watt standby loss.
Designed to control constant voltage LED modules (CV) at operating voltages of 12 V to 48 V, Sw&Dim or
SwitchDim2: Operation via 1 or 2 pushbutton inputs permits brightness control without DALI; alternatively,
corridor function for direct activation with a motion detector.
Dimming range 0.1%-100%. Switchable PWM frequency (122 Hz/244 Hz/488 Hz/976 Hz).
Supply voltage 12 V to 48 V DC·
Max. connected current 8 A.
High efficiency. Configuration via DALI Cockpit PC software and DALI USB interface.
Operating modes:
languages: The output channel is controlled by a DALI address (Device Type 6). Alternatively, operation can also take
DL-1CH-8A-DC12* place by one (Sw&Dim) or two pushbutton inputs (SwitchDim2).
SwD1, Sw&Dim: brightness. Press pushbutton briefly: On/Off. Press pushbutton long: Dim.
SwD2: Scene switch (press pushbutton briefly).
DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. If you press the SwD1 input for 2 minutes, the mode changes to 'Corridor function'. This operating mode 7-5
DL-USB page 7-26. remains enabled until the device is disconnected from the power supply (after PowerUp: operation via
SwD1/SwD2).
Corridor function:
Mode with integrated staircase time switch (e.g. simple activation of one or several motion detectors
by relay contact). When you press the input, the maximum value is switched on. After the input signal
decays, the brightness remains at this value for the duration of the hold time before it drops down to the
intermediate value. After the hold time for the intermediate value expires, brightness returns to the basic
value. The process starts from the beginning when the input is re-activated.
The DALI Cockpit software can configure 1-channel LED dimmers. You can define both group assignment
and configure scene values and DALI parameters (the parameters displayed are the as-delivered states).
As-delivered state:
Before the first address is assigned, you can control the device using the group address G0. This preset
group assignment is deleted when addresses are assigned. Afterwards, you can define any group assi-
gnment in the DALI Cockpit. The values defined in the DALI standard are generated by sending a DALI
reset command.
DL-1CH-8A- 1 channel DALI LED dimmer 8 A for Art. No. 33000015 124,10 €/pc.
DC12+ flush-mounted box

1 CHANNEL DALI LED DIMMER 16 A FOR CEILING INSTALLATION DL-1CH-16A-DC12+
DL-1CH-16A-DC12+ NEW
1 channel DALI LED dimmer for ceiling installation. 120x30x22 mm. Protection class IP20.
SwitchDim2: Operating via 1 or 2 pushbutton inputs permits brightness control without DALI; alternatively,
Dimming range 0.1%-100%. Selectable PWM frequency (122 Hz/244 Hz/488 Hz/976 Hz).
Operating modes:
The output channel is controlled by a DALI address (Device Type 6). Alternatively, it can also be operated
by one (Sw&Dim) or two pushbutton inputs (SwitchDim2).
7-6 If you press the SwD1 input for 2 minutes, the mode changes to 'Corridor function'. This operating mode
remains enabled until the device is disconnected from the power supply (after PowerUp: operation via
SwD1/SwD2).
Corridor function:
by relay contact). When you press the input, the maximum value is switched on. After the input signal
decays, the brightness remains at this value for the duration of the hold time before it drops down to the
languages: intermediate value. After the hold time for the intermediate value expires, brightness returns to the basic
DL-1CH-16A-DC12* value. The process starts from the beginning when the input is re-activated.
The DALI Cockpit software can configure 1-channel LED dimmers. You can define both group assignment
and configure scene values and DALI parameters (the parameters displayed are the as-delivered states).
DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. As-delivered state:
DL-USB page 7-26. Before the first address is assigned, you can control the device using the group address G0. This preset
reset command.
DL-1CH-16A- 1 channel DALI LED dimmer 16 A for ceiling Art. No. 33000016 142,20 €/pc.
DC12+ installation

1 CHANNEL DALI LED DIMMER 16 A FOR DIN-EN 60715 TH35 RAIL MOUNTING
DL-1CH-R16A-DC12+
DL-1CH-R16A-DC12+ NEW
1 channel DALI LED dimmer for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 98x17,5x56 mm. Protection class
IP20. Only 0.12 watt standby loss.
SwitchDim2: Operation via 1 or 2 pushbutton inputs permits brightness control without DALI; alternatively,
Dimming range 0.1%-100%. Switchable PWM frequency (122 Hz/244 Hz/488 Hz/976 Hz).
Operating modes:
The output channel is controlled by a DALI address (Device Type 6). Alternatively, it can also be operated
by one (Sw&Dim) or two pushbutton inputs (SwitchDim2).
If you press the SwD1 input for 2 minutes, the mode changes to 'Corridor function'. This operating mode 7-7
remains enabled until the device is disconnected from the power supply (after PowerUp: operation via
SwD1/SwD2).
Corridor function:
languages: by relay contact). When you press the input, the maximum value is switched on. After the input signal
DL-1CH-R16A-DC12* decays, the brightness remains at this value for the duration of the hold time before it drops down to the
intermediate value. After the hold time for the intermediate value expires, brightness returns to the basic
value. The process starts from the beginning when the input is re-activated.
DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. The DALI Cockpit software can configure 1-channel LED dimmers. You can define both group assignment
DL-USB page 7-26. and configure scene values and DALI parameters (the parameters displayed are the as-delivered states).
As-delivered state:
Before the first address is assigned, you can control the device using the group address G0. This preset
reset command.
DL-1CH-R16A- 1 channel DALI LED dimmer 16 A for Art. No. 33000022 143,60 €/pc.
DC12+ DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting

DALI LED DIMMER 8 A TUNABLE WHITE FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED BOX DL-TW-2LT-8A-DC12+
DL-TW-2LT-8A-DC12+ NEW
DALI LED dimmer for separate control of brightness and colour temperature. For luminary installation
and flush-mounted box. 59x33x15 mm. Protection class IP20. Only 0.12 watt standby loss.
Designed to control constant voltage LED modules (CV) at operating voltages of 12 V to 48 V, operating mode
DT8: control brightness and colour temperature by a DALI address (Device Type 8, Colour Type Tc) operating
mode Balance&Dim: activated via 2 DALI addresses, one to adjust brightness and one to set channel distribution
(e.g. colour temperature)·
Operating mode Dim2Warm: one DALI address to dim and to change the colour temperature at the same
time· SwitchDim2: operation via 2 pushbutton inputs permits control of brightness and colour temperature
without DALI·
Dimming range 0.1%-100%·
languages: Switchable PWM frequency (122 Hz/244 Hz/488 Hz/976 Hz)·
DL-TW-2LT-8A-DC12* Power supply depending on type from 12 V to 28 V DC or 12 V to 48 V DC (depending on operating voltage of
LED modules)·
Connected current 8 A· The maximum connected current can be distributed to any channel·
7-8 DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. High efficiency. Configuration via DALI Cockpit PC software and DALI USB interface.
DL-USB page 7-26. Operating modes:
The device has several operating modes:
DT8 (as-delivered state): in this mode a DALI address (Device Type 8, Colour Type Tc) is used to control
brightness and colour temperature. Alternatively, operation can also take place by one or two pushbutton
inputs (SwitchDim2).
SwD1: brightness. Press pushbutton briefly: On/Off. Press pushbutton long: Dim.
SwD2: Colour temperature.
Balance&Dim: Control is by means of 2 DALI addresses (or SwitchDim2); one address is used for dimming
and the other for channel distribution (i.e., e.g.: tunable white or direct/indirect lighting distribution).
The Balance&Dim mode is used to adjust colour temperature without affecting brightness and vice versa.
Adjustment is by means of DALI standard commands such as Dim Up/Down. This permits all customary
controls and gateways (e.g. KNX). This control option is an alternative to DT8-Tc mode.
Operable via DALI or SwitchDim2:
DALI address 1, SwD1: brightness.
DALI address 2, SwD2: Balance.
Dim2Warm: The two output channels are controlled by a DALI address or an SwD input. Channel distribution
is permanently coupled to the dimming value. The smaller the dimming value, the warmer the light.
DALI address 1, SwD1: Dim2Warm (Master). Press pushbutton briefly: On/Off. Press pushbutton long: Dim.
DL-TW-2LT- DALI LED dimmer 8 A tunable white for flush- Art. No. 33000010 139,30 €/pc.
8A-DC12+ mounted box

DALI LED DIMMER 16 A TUNABLE WHITE FOR CEILING INSTALLATION
DL-TW-2LT-16A-DC12+
DL-TW-2LT-16A-DC12+ NEW
DALI LED dimmer for separate control of brightness and colour temperature. For ceiling installation.
120x30x22 mm. Protection class IP20. Only 0.12 watt standby loss.
Designed to control constant voltage LED modules (CV) at operating voltages of 12 V to 48 V, operating
mode DT8: control brightness and colour temperature by a DALI address (Device Type 8, Colour Type Tc)
operating mode Balance&Dim: activated via 2 DALI addresses, one to adjust brightness and one to set
channel distribution (e.g. colour temperature)·
Operating mode Dim2Warm: one DALI address to dim and to change the colour temperature at the same
time· SwitchDim2: operation via 2 pushbutton inputs permits control of brightness and colour temperature
without DALI·
Switchable PWM frequency (122 Hz/244 Hz/488 Hz/976 Hz)·
Power supply depending on type from 12 V to 28 V DC or 12 V to 48 V DC (depending on operating voltage of
LED modules)·
High efficiency. Configuration via DALI Cockpit PC software and DALI USB interface. 7-9
Operating modes:
DT8 (as-delivered state): in this mode a DALI address (Device Type 8, Colour Type Tc) is used to control
brightness and colour temperature. Alternatively, operation can also take place by one or two pushbutton
inputs (SwitchDim2).
languages: SwD2: Colour temperature.
DL-TW-2LT-16A-DC12* Balance&Dim: Control is by means of 2 DALI addresses (or SwitchDim2); one address is used for dimming
and the other for channel distribution (i.e., e.g.: tunable white or direct/indirect lighting distribution).
The Balance&Dim mode is used to adjust colour temperature without affecting brightness and vice versa.
DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. Adjustment is by means of DAKL standard commands such as Dim Up/Down. This permits all customary
DL-USB page 7-26. controls and gateways (e.g. KNX). This control option is an alternative to DT8-Tc mode.
DALI address 2, SwD2: Balance.
Dim2Warm: The two output channels are controlled by a DALI address or an SwD input. Channel distribution
is permanently coupled to the dimming value. The smaller the dimming value, the warmer the light.
DALI address 1, SwD1: Dim2Warm (Master). Press pushbutton briefly: On/Off. Press pushbutton long: Dim.
DL-TW-2LT- DALI LED dimmer 16 A tunable white for ceiling Art. No. 33000011 167,50 €/pc.
16A-DC12+ installation

DALI LED DIMMER 16 A TUNABLE WHITE FOR DIN-EN 60715 TH35 RAIL MOUNTING
DL-TW-2LT-R16A-DC12+
DL-TW-2LT-R16A-DC12+ NEW
DALI LED dimmer for separate control of brightness and colour temperature. For DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail
mounting. 98x17,5x56 mm. Protection class IP20. Only 0.12 watt standby loss.
Device with 2 DALI tunable white LED dimmers.

Designed to control constant voltage LED modules for 12 V bis 48 V·
2 DALI addresses (Device Type 8, Colour Type Tc).
Each DT8-Tc address permits the separate control of brightness and colour temperature·
Dimming range 1%-100%·
PWM frequency 488 Hz·
Power voltage from 12 V to 48 V DC·
Connected current from 16 A· The maximum connected current can be distributed as required·
High efficiency >98%·
Configuration via DALI Cockpit PC software and DALI USB interface.
Settings:
The device includes 2 DALI tunable white LED dimmers. A DALI address is used to control each dimmer. The
7-10 addresses support DT8 commands (Colour Type Tc) to control brightness and colour temperature separately
from each other.
DL-TW-2LT- DALI LED dimmer 16 A tunable white for Art. No. 33000012 180,80 €/pc.
languages: R16A-DC12+ DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting
DL-TW-2LT-R16A-DC12*
DALI-Cockpit page 7-25.

DL-USB page 7-26.

DALI LED DIMMER RGB 8 A FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED BOX (DT8) DL-RGB-8A-DC12+
DL-RGB-8A-DC12+ NEW
DALI LED dimmer with RGB colour control for luminary installation and flush-mounted box.
59x33x15 mm. Protection class IP20. Only 0.12 watt standby loss.
mode DT8: a DALI address to control brightness and colour DALI DT8, Type RGBWAF)·
Operating mode Colour&Dim: activated by 2 DALI addresses, one to adjust brightness and one to set the
colour.
SwitchDim2: Operation via 2 switch inputs permit brightness and colour to be controlled without DALI·
Power voltage 12 V to 48 V DC (depending on operating voltage of LED modules).
languages: Connected current 8 A· The maximum connected current can be distributed to the channels as required·
DL-RGB-8A-DC12* Low stand-by losses·
High efficiency·
DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. Operating modes: 7-11
DL-USB page 7-26. The device has several operating modes:
DT8 (as-delivered state): In this operating mode brightness and colour are controlled by a DALI address
(Device Type 8). Alternatively, operation can also take place by two pushbutton inputs (SwitchDim2):
SwD2: Colour.
Colour&Dim: This operating mode is used to control RGB luminaries. Control is by means of 2 DALI ad-
dresses; one address affects brightness and the other affects channel distribution (e.g.: colour).
Colour&Dim mode is used to adjust colour temperature without affecting brightness and vice versa.
controls and gateways (e.g. KNX). This control option is an alternative to DT8-RGBWAF mode.
DALI address 2, SwD2: Colour.
DL-RGB-8A- DALI LED RGB dimmer 8 A for flush-mounted Art. No. 33000013 154,40 €/pc.
DC12+ box (DT8)

DALI LED RGB DIMMER 16 A FOR CEILING INSTALLATION (DT8) DL-RGB-16A-DC12+
DL-RGB-16A-DC12+ NEW
DALI LED dimmer with RGB colour control for ceiling installation. 120x30x22 mm. Protection class IP20.
colour.
Connected current 16 A· The maximum connected current can be distributed to the channels as required·
Low stand-by losses·
High efficiency·
7-12 Operating modes:
SwD2: Colour.
languages: dresses; one address affects brightness and the other affects channel distribution (e.g.: colour).
DL-RGB-16A-DC12* Colour&Dim mode is used to adjust colour temperature without affecting brightness and vice versa.
DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. Operable via DALI or SwitchDim2:
DL-USB page 7-26. DALI address 1, SwD1: brightness.
DL-RGB-16A- DALI LED RGB dimmer 16 A for ceiling installation Art. No. 33000014 193,70 €/pc.
DC12+ (DT8)

DALI LED RGB DIMMER 16 A FOR DIN-EN 60715 TH35 RAIL MOUNTING (DT8)
DL-RGB-R16A-DC12+
DL-RGB-R16A-DC12+ NEW
DALI LED dimmer with RGB colour control for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 98x17,5x56 mm.
colour.
Connected current 16 A· The maximum connected current can be distributed to the channels as required·
Low stand-by losses·
High efficiency·
Operating modes: 7-13
languages: SwD2: Colour.
DL-RGB-R16A-DC12* Colour&Dim: This operating mode is used to control RGB luminaries. Control is by means of 2 DALI ad-
DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. Adjustment is by means of DALI standard commands such as Dim Up/Down. This permits all customary
DL-USB page 7-26. controls and gateways (e.g. KNX). This control option is an alternative to DT8-RGBWAF mode.
DL-RGB-R16A- DALI LED RGB dimmer 16 A for DIN-EN 60715 Art. No. 33000023 193,70 €/pc.
DC12+ TH35 rail mounting (DT8)

DALI LED 3 CHANNELS DIMMER 8 A FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED BOX (DT6) DL-3CH-8A-DC12+
DL-3CH-8A-DC12+ NEW
3 channels DALI LED dimmer for luminary installation and flush-mounted box. 59x33x15 mm.
mode DT6: separate control of channels via 3 DALI addresses·
colour.
SwitchDim2: operation via 2 pushbutton inputs permits control of brightness and colour without DALI·
Power supply from 12 V to 48 V DC (depending on operating voltage of LED modules)·
languages: Connected current 8 A· The maximum connected current can be distributed to any channel.
DL-3CH-8A-DC12* High efficiency.
Operating modes:
7-14 DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. The device has several operating modes:
DL-USB page 7-26. DT6 (as-delivered state): In this operating mode each channel is controlled by a separate DALI address
Operable via DALI or SwitchDim2: DALI address 1, SwD1: brightness. DALI address 2, SwD2: Colour.
DL-3CH-8A- DALI LED 3 channels dimmer 8 A for Art. No. 33000017 139,20 €/pc.
DC12+ flush-mounted box (DT6)

DALI LED 3 CHANNELS DIMMER 16 A FOR CEILING INSTALLATION (DT6) DL-3CH-16A-DC12+
3 channels DALI LED dimmer for ceiling installation 120x30x22 mm. Protection class IP20.
Designed to activate constant voltage LED modules (CV) at operating voltages of 12 V to 48 V, operating
colour.
High efficiency.
Operating modes:
The device has several operating modes: 7-15
DT6 (as-delivered state): In this operating mode each channel is controlled by a separate DALI address
languages: Colour&Dim mode is used to adjust colour temperature without affecting brightness and vice versa.
DL-3CH-16A-DC12* Adjustment is by means of DALI standard commands such as Dim Up/Down. This permits all customary
DL-USB page 7-26.
DL-3CH-16A- DALI LED 3 channels dimmer 16 A for ceiling Art. No. 33000018 156,70 €/pc.
DC12+ installation (DT6)

DALI LED 3 CHANNELS DIMMER 16 A FOR DIN-EN 60715 TH35 RAIL MOUNTING (DT6)
DL-3CH-R16A-DC12+
3 channels DALI LED dimmer for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 98x17,5x56 mm. Protection class IP20.
colour.
High efficiency.
Operating modes:
7-16 The device has several operating modes:
languages: Colour&Dim: This operating mode is used to control RGB luminaries. Control is by means of 2 DALI ad-
DL-3CH-R16A-DC12* dresses; one address affects brightness and the other affects channel distribution (e.g.: colour).
DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. controls and gateways (e.g. KNX). This control option is an alternative to DT8-RGBWAF mode.
DL-USB page 7-26. Operable via DALI or SwitchDim2: DALI address 1, SwD1: brightness. DALI address 2, SwD2: Colour.
DL-3CH-R16A- DALI LED 3 channels dimmer 16 A for Art. No. 33000024 156,70 €/pc.
DC12+ DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting (DT6)

DALI LED 4 CHANNELS DIMMER 8 A FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED BOX (DT6) DL-4CH-8A-DC12+
DL-4CH-8A-DC12+ NEW
4 channels DALI LED dimmer for luminary installation and flush-mounted box. 59x33x15 mm.
colour.
languages: Connected current 8 A· The maximum connected current can be distributed to any channel.
DL-4CH-8A-DC12* High efficiency.
Operating modes:
DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. The device has several operating modes: 7-17
DL-USB page 7-26. DT6 (as-delivered state): In this operating mode each channel is controlled by a separate DALI address
DL-4CH-8A- DALI LED 4 channels dimmer 8 A for Art. No. 33000019 152,40 €/pc.
DC12+ flush-mounted box (DT6)

DALI LED 4 CHANNELS DIMMER 16 A FOR CEILING INSTALLATION (DT6) DL-4CH-16A-DC12+
4 channels DALI LED dimmer for ceiling installation 120x30x22 mm. Protection class IP20.
colour.
Connected current 16 A· The maximum connected current can be distributed to any channel.
High efficiency.
Operating modes:
7-18 The device has several operating modes:
SwD2: Scene switch (press pushbutton briefly)
languages: Colour&Dim mode is used to adjust colour temperature without affecting brightness and vice versa.
DL-4CH-16A-DC12* Adjustment is by means of DALI standard commands such as Dim Up/Down. This permits all customary
DL-USB page 7-26.
DL-4CH-16A- DALI LED 4 channels dimmer 16 A for ceiling Art. No. 33000020 169,80 €/pc.
DC12+ installation (DT6)

DALI LED 4 CHANNELS DIMMER 16 A FOR DIN-EN 60715 TH35 RAIL MOUNTING (DT6)
DL-4CH-R16A-DC12+
4 channels DALI LED dimmer for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 98x17,5x56 mm.
colour.
Connected current 16 A· The maximum connected current can be distributed to any channel.
High efficiency.
Operating modes:
The device has several operating modes: 7-19
languages: Colour&Dim: This operating mode is used to control RGB luminaries. Control is by means of 2 DALI ad-
DL-4CH-R16A-DC12* dresses; one address affects brightness and the other affects channel distribution (e.g.: colour).
DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. controls and gateways (e.g. KNX). This control option is an alternative to DT8-RGBWAF mode.
DL-USB page 7-26. Operable via DALI or SwitchDim2: DALI address 1, SwD1: brightness. DALI address 2, SwD2: Colour.
DL-4CH-R16A- DALI LED 4 channels dimmer 16 A for Art. No. 33000021 185,00 €/pc.
DC12+ DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting (DT6)

DALI RELAY MODULE 8 A FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED BOX (DT7) DL-RM8A
DL-RM8A NEW
Module to control a relay contact over the DALI bus (DT7) for luminary installation and flush-mounted box.
59x33x15 mm. Protection class IP20. DALI current consumption 2.7 mA.
Compact relay module for direct control of 230 V loads over DALI. Loads without DALI input are easily in-
tegrated in a DALI circuit. Loads can be switched on/off by DALI commands. The device function complies
with the standard for DALI Device Type 7 – switching function (as of Firmware 2.0). Adjustable characteristic
for power-up and bus power failure.
The DALI RM8 is powered over the DALI bus. No additional power supply is required.
Zero passage switch-on. The module represents a bus user and is therefore addressable.
Configuration via DALI Cockpit PC software.
DALI functions and command set:
languages: The DALI RM8 can integrate loads on the DALI bus and can then switch them on/off.
http://eltako.com/redirect/DL-RM8A
The DALI RM8 is a control device for non-dimmable loads based on the DALI specifications in IEC 62386-208
(Device Type 7). Accordingly, the switch characteristic is determined by comparing the virtual dim level
(VDAP) with 4 switching thresholds.
7-20 DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. The virtual dim level (VDAP) corresponds to the dim level of a DALI electronic ballast with its corresponding
DL-USB page 7-26. characteristics (limited by MINLEVEL and MAXLEVEL, dimming speed limited by fade time and fade rate).
There are 2 switching thresholds in each dimming direction and they are used for comparison with the
virtual dim level. Only the applicable switching threshold for the current virtual dimming direction is
evaluated.
A threshold with the value 'MASK' is inactive and is not used in the comparison.
Switch-on/off delays can be implemented with fading.
The DALI RM8 is powered from the DALI bus. The relay response to a bus power failure can be configured
by the SystemFailureLevel (no change, ON or OFF, factory setting: ON).
The power-on response after applying bus power can be set with PowerOnLevel.
DL-RM8A DALI relay module 8 A for flush-mounted box Art. No. 33000007 145,80 €/pc.
(DT7)

DALI RELAY MODULE 16 A FOR DIN-EN 60715 TH35 RAIL MOUNTING (DT7) DL-RM16A-HS-WE
DL-RM16A-HS-WE NEW
Module to control a relay contact over the DALI bus (DT7) for DIN top-hat rails DIN-EN 60715 TH35.
98x17,5x56 mm. Protection class IP20. DALI current consumption 2.7 mA.
Compact relay module for direct control of 230 V loads over DALI. Loads without DALI input are easily
integrated in a DALI circuit. Loads can be switched on/off by DALI commands. The device function
complies with the standard for DALI Device Type 7 – switching function (as of Firmware 2.0). Adjustable
characteristic for power-up and bus power failure.
The DALI RM16 is powered over the DALI bus. No additional power supply is required.
Zero passage switch-on. Integrated power-on current limit, particularly suitable for loads with very
high power-on current (> 100 A). The interface represents a bus user and is therefore addressable.
Configuration via DALI Cockpit PC software.
DALI functions and command set:
The DALI RM16 can integrate loads on the DALI bus and can then switch them on/off.
The DALI RM16 is a control device for non-dimmable loads based on the DALI specifications in IEC
62386-208 (Device Type 7). Accordingly, the switch characteristic is determined by comparing the
virtual dim level (VDAP) with 4 switching thresholds. 7-21
The virtual dim level (VDAP) corresponds to the dim level of a DALI electronic ballast with its corre-
sponding characteristics (limited by MINLEVEL and MAXLEVEL, dimming speed limited by fade time
and fade rate).
languages: virtual dim level. Only the applicable switching threshold for the current virtual dimming direction is
DL-RM16A-HS-WE evaluated.
A threshold with the value 'MASK' is inactive and is not used in the comparison.
DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. The DALI RM16 is powered from the DALI bus. The relay response to a bus power failure can be configured
DL-USB page 7-26. by the SystemFailureLevel (no change, ON or OFF, factory setting: ON). The power-on response after
applying bus power can be set with PowerOnLevel.
DL-RM16A- DALI relay module 16 A for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 Art. No. 33000006 169,80 €/pc.
HS-WE rail mounting (DT7)

DALI PHASE DIMMER 300 W FOR CEILING INSTALLATION (DT4) DL-PD-300W-RLC
DL-PD-300W-RLC NEW
Phase dimmer with DALI control input for ceiling installation· 120x30x22 mm. Protection class IP20.
Suitable for dimming 230 V LED retrofit luminaries using DALI. Converts DALI dimming level to a voltage with
leading or trailing edge. The minimum dimming level (MIN LEVEL) is adjustable via DALI. Additional operating
mode as switch (conforms to DT7) as from Firmware 3.5. The module represents a bus user and is therefore
addressable. Double terminals for easy looping of the DALI bus.
Supply voltage 230 V AC.
Output load range 10-300 W.
High efficiency. Configuration via DALI Cockpit PC software.
Function:
The DALI PD is an interface between classic dimming technology (phase dimming) and DALI which is based
on the standard for DALI Control Gear (IEC 62386-102) and Device Type 4 equipment (IEC 62386-205). The
DALI PD interface converts the required dimming level into a corresponding voltage signal with leading or
trailing edge. Depending on the load the universal dimmer operates as a leading or trailing edge dimmer.
7-22 The operating mode can be requested over DALI (DT4). The dimming characteristic is based on a loga-
rithmic scale as stipulated in the DALI standard. The leading or trailing edge control supplies a sinusoidal
voltage with a phase-cut on the leading or trailing edge. The PHYSICAL MINLEVEL is 3%.
As of Firmware version 3.5 the DALI PD is equipped with an additional operating mode. It is switchable
from DT4 operating mode (phase dimming) to DT7 (switch). In this operating mode the DALI PD acts as a
switch. Its behaviour in this mode corresponds to the DALI standard for DT7 devices (IEC62386-208).
In this operating mode the switch characteristic is determined by comparing the virtual dim level (VDAP)
languages: with 4 switching thresholds.
DL-PD-300W-RLC The virtual dim level (VDAP) corresponds to the dim level of a DALI electronic ballast with its corresponding
characteristics (limited by MINLEVEL and MAXLEVEL, dimming speed limited by fade time and fade rate).
DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. virtual dim level:
DL-USB page 7-26. A threshold with the value 'MASK' is inactive and is not used in the comparison.
The device is powered from the DALI bus so that there is only partial support for the SYSTEM FAILURE
LEVEL. On current devices (identified by Firmware > 4.0), you can choose between 0%,100% and MASK.
On older models the SYSTEM FAILURE LEVEL is fixed - the 25 W variant outputs 100%; the 300 W variant
outputs 0%.
DL-PD-300W- DALI Phase dimmer 300 W for ceiling installation Art. No. 33000009 222,10 €/pc.
RLC (DT4)

DALI PHASE DIMMER 300 W FOR DIN-EN 60715 TH35 RAIL MOUNTING (DT4)
DL-PD-300W-RLC-HS
DL-PD-300W-RLC-HS NEW
Phase dimmer with DALI control input for DIN top-hat rails DIN-EN 60715 TH35. 98x17,5x56 mm.
Protection class IP20.
Suitable for dimming 230 V LED retrofit luminaries using DALI Converts DALI dimming level to a voltage with
leading or trailing edge. The minimum dimming level (MIN LEVEL) is adjustable via DALI. Additional operating
mode as switch (conforms to DT7) as from Firmware 3.5. The module represents a bus user and is therefore
addressable. Double terminals for easy looping of the DALI bus.
Supply voltage 230 V AC.
Output load range 10-300 W.
High efficiency. Configuration via DALI Cockpit PC software.
Function:
The DALI PD is an interface between classic dimming technology (phase dimming) and DALI which is based
on the standard for DALI Control Gear (IEC 62386-102) and Device Type 4 equipment (IEC 62386-205). The
DALI PD interface converts the required dimming level into a corresponding voltage signal with leading or
trailing edge. Depending on the load the universal dimmer operates as a leading or trailing edge dimmer. 7-23
The operating mode can be requested over DALI (DT4). The dimming characteristic is based on a loga-
rithmic scale as stipulated in the DALI standard. The leading or trailing edge control supplies a sinusoidal
voltage with a phase-cut on the leading or trailing edge. The PHYSICAL MINLEVEL is 3%.
As of Firmware version 3.5 the DALI PD is equipped with an additional operating mode. It is switchable
from DT4 operating mode (phase dimming) to DT7 (switch). In this operating mode the DALI PD acts as a
languages: switch. Its behaviour in this mode corresponds to the DALI standard for DT7 devices (IEC62386-208).
DL-PD-300W-RLC-HS In this operating mode the switch characteristic is determined by comparing the virtual dim level (VDAP)
with 4 switching thresholds.
The virtual dim level (VDAP) corresponds to the dim level of a DALI electronic ballast with its corresponding
DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. characteristics (limited by MINLEVEL and MAXLEVEL, dimming speed limited by fade time and fade rate).
DL-USB page 7-26. There are 2 switching thresholds in each dimming direction and they are used for comparison with the
virtual dim level:
A threshold with the value ‘MASK’ is inactive and is not used in the comparison.
The device is powered from the DALI bus so that there is only partial support for the SYSTEM FAILURE
LEVEL. On current devices (identified by Firmware > 4.0), you can choose between 0%,100% and MASK.
On older models the SYSTEM FAILURE LEVEL is fixed - the 25 W variant outputs 100%; the 300 W variant
outputs 0%.
DL-PD-300W- DALI Phase dimmer 300 W for DIN-EN 60715 Art. No. 33000008 222,10 €/pc.
RLC-HS TH35 rail mounting (DT4)

DALI CONTROL UNIT FOR CONTROLLING THE CIRCADIAN COURSE OF DAYLIGHT FOR
FLUSH-MOUNTED BOX DL-CTV
DL-CTV NEW
DALI control unit for controlling the circadian course of daylight of DT8-Tc capable luminaries.
For luminary installation and flush-mounted box. 59x33x15 mm. Only 0.12 watt standby loss.
Device to control DALI-DT8 luminaries (Tc mode) with a daylight pattern adapted to biorhythm.
DALI real time clock. Settable automatic summer/winter changeover.
Configurable: scene behaviour and brightness curve.
Set clock and simply adapt the required daylight pattern via DALI Cockpit software tool.
The DALI CDC module is powered directly over the DALI bus.
Internal battery for clock (as-delivered state set to local time (GMT+1)).
Function:
The DALI CDC sends the required colour temperature to the controlled area. A single address, a group
languages: address or a broadcast can be defined as the controlled area.
http://eltako.com/redirect/DL-CTV
The basis for the colour temperature curve is defined by 24 reference points (one for every full hour).
The colour temperature curve is interpolated between the reference points.
The behaviour can be configured for every GOTO SCENE X command. The DALI CDC can switch to active
7-24 DALI-Cockpit page 7-25. or inactive or ignore the command. Scene behaviour is configurable for the device address, the controlled
DL-USB page 7-26. area and for broadcast control.
A brightness value can be defined for every reference point (as-delivered state: MASK -> no influence on
brightness).
DL-CTV DALI control unit for controlling the circadian Art. No. 33000001 302,50 €/pc.
course of daylight for flush-mounted box

DALI COMMISSIONING TOOL DALI-COCKPIT AND DALI-MONITOR
DALI COCKPIT AND DALI-MONITOR NEW
Software to commission DALI systems and monitor DALI bus communication.
The following functions are supported:

Addressing DALI systems, configuration of DALI components, configuration of standard DALI operating
units, definition of groups and scenes, logging bus communication, sending DALI commands and saving/
loading the entire system configuration.
The software requires a DALI USB interface module DL-USB mini or SL-Flash- USB.
Download:
DALI-Cockpit_und_DALI-Monitor
DALI-Cockpit and DALI commissioning tool Download: Scan QR code or go to

DALI-Monitor website: Downloads. Software
7-25
OVERVIEW SOFTWARE
Installation
Dali USB interface
Î
addressing
Scenes
configuration
Sends the DALI command Sends the DALI

OFF to all devices command
RECALL MAX to
all devices
DALI-USB INTERFACE FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED BOX DL-USB MINI AND
DALI-USB INTERFACE FOR DIN-EN 60715 TH35 RAIL MOUNTING DL-FLASH-USB
DL-USB MINI NEW
Interface for communication between PC programs and modules in the DALI lighting system.
For luminary installation and flush-mounted box. 59x33x15 mm. Protection class IP20.
Interface module for communication between a DALI system and PC applications.

Bidirectional data traffic.
For addressing, configuration, status queries, parameter settings of DALI components·
Support for DALI standard and various extended DALI protocols· Monitoring DALI bus communication·
Galvanic isolation· Powered over the DALI bus and the USB interface·
DALI Cockpit PC software to configure and monitor a DALI system·
Double DALI terminals to loop the DALI bus connection.
More informations in further
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/DL-USB mini
DL-USB mini DALI-USB interface for flush-mounted box Art. No. 33000002 396,20 €/pc.
7-26
DL-FLASH-USB NEW
Interface for communication between PC programs and modules in the DALI lighting system.
For DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 98x17,5x56 mm. Protection class IP20.
Interface module for communication between a DALI system and PC applications.

Bidirectional data traffic.
For addressing, configuration, status queries, parameter settings of DALI components· Support for DALI
standard and various extended DALI protocols· Monitoring DALI bus communication·
Galvanic isolation· Powered over the DALI bus and the USB interface·
DALI Cockpit PC software to configure and monitor a DALI system·
Double DALI terminals to loop the DALI bus connection.
DL-Flash-USB DALI-USB interface for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail Art. No. 33000025 42,30 €/pc.
mounting

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/DL-Flash-USB

TECHNICAL DATA DALI DEVICES
Type DL-RM8A, DL-1CH-16A-DC12+, DL-RM16A-HS-WE DL-USB-mini, DL-PD-300W-RLC

DL-1CH-8A-DC12+, DL-TW-2LT-16A-DC12+, DL-1CH-R16A-DC12+, DL-Flash-USB DL-PD-300W-RLC-HS
DL-TW-2LT-8A-DC12+, DL-RGB-16A-DC12+, DL-TW-2LT-R16A-DC12+,
DL-RGB-8A-DC12+, DL-3CH-16A-DC12+, DL-RGB-R16A-DC12+,
DL-3CH-8A-DC12+, DL-4CH-16A-DC12+ DL-3CH-R16A-DC12+,
DL-4CH-8A-DC12+ DL-4CH-R16A-DC12+
12 V DC-48 V DC 12 V DC-48 V DC
Power supply DL-RM8A: 12 V DC-48 V DC DL-RM16A: via USB 230 V
via DALI bus via DALI bus
Connected current 8A 16 A 16 A – 300 W
DALI current consumption 2 mA 2 mA 2 mA – 2 mA

State after network adjustable via DALI: adjustable via DALI: adjustable via DALI: adjustable via DALI:
–
recovery 0%-100%, final value 0%-100%, final value 0%-100%, final value 0%-100%, final value
Expected service life
(at Tc<=75°C)
>100000 h >100000 h >100000 h – ∞
Protection class IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
2.5 mm2, 2.5 mm2,
DL-PD-300W-RLC: 7-27
DALI/Sw&Dim: 1.5 mm2 DALI/Sw&Dim: 1.5 mm2
1.5 mm2
Max. wire cross section 1.5 mm2 DL-TW-2LT-: 1.5 mm2, DL-TW-2LT-: 1.5 mm2, –
DL-PD-300W-RLC-HS:
power supply (V+, V-): power supply (V+, V-):
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2
DL-USB-mini:
DL-PD-300W-RLC:
Flush-mounted
Ceiling installation
Luminary installation and DIN rail box
Housing/installation Ceiling installation DL-PD-300W-RLC-HS:
flush-mounted box DIN-EN 60715 TH35 DL-Flash-USB:
DIN rail
DIN rail
DIN-EN 60715 TH35
IN-EN 60715 TH35
ESR62NP-IP
EUD62NPN-IP
ESB62NP-IP
8
IP ACTUATORS FOR DECENTRALISED INSTALLATION.
APPLE HOME CERTIFIED, REST-API
AND "BUILT FOR MATTER".
built for
Our new IP actuators for the classic,
wired installation.
Apple Home certified, REST-API built for
and "built for Matter".

NEW Impulse switch with integrated relay function via Wi-Fi 1 NO contact, not potential free 16 A ESR62NP-IP/110-240V 8 -2
NEW Impulse switch with integrated relay function via Wi-Fi 1 NO contact, potential free 16 A ESR62PF-IP/110-240V 8 -3
NEW Universal dimming actuator IP via Wi-Fi, up to 300 W EUD62NPN-IP/110-240V/50Hz 8 -4
NEW Shading actuator IP via Wi-Fi, 1+1 NO contact, not potential 4 A, automatic end position detection ESB62NP-IP/110-240V 8 -5
8-1
IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION VIA WI-FI 1 NO CONTACT, NOT POTENTIAL
FREE 16 A, APPLE HOME CERTIFIED, REST-API AND "BUILT FOR MATTER" ESR62NP-IP/110-240V
ESR62NP-IP/110-240V NEW
Impulse switch with integrated relay function via WiFi with 1 NO contact, not potential free,
16 A/250 V AC, 230 V LED lamps up to 600 W, 230 V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps 2000 W.
Apple Home certified, REST-API and "built for Matter". Only 0.7 watt standby loss.
Typical connection For installation. 49 x 51 mm, 25 mm deep.

Supply, switching and control voltage locally 110-240 V.
In case of a power failure the system is disconnected in a preset sequence.
State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high
L
capacity of special relays.
N With control input for a mains voltage control button that may be installed in front of it.
The Wi-Fi link uses the 2.4 GHz frequency band and permits Over-the-Air updates (OTA). This actuator
is Apple Home certified and can be officially controlled directly via the Apple Home app and Siri. No
additional controller or gateway are required:
The Apple Home app offers the following functions:
built for
- Create and execute scenes
8-2 - Create if-then automations including geofencing
- Manual switching
- Call up status
More informations and further A HomePod, Apple TV or iPad that remains in the network are required for remote access.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ As an option, the actuator can be configured via the Eltako Connect app.
ESR62NP-IP*110-240V
An internal development version of the REST-API is available on the online product page of the device
and will be continuously developed until the final version.
The actuator meets all the specifications for the Matter standard and is "built for Matter".
ESR62NP- Impulse switch with integrated relay function via Art. No. 30062001 56,60 €/pc.
Eltako Connect app IP/110-240V Wi-Fi 1 NO contact, not potential free 16 A
Apple Home certified, REST-API and "built for
Download Eltako Connect app:
Matter"
http://eltako.com/redirect/eltako-connect

IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION VIA WI-FI 1 NO CONTACT, POTENTIAL
FREE 16A, APPLE HOME CERTIFIED, REST-API AND "BUILT FOR MATTER" ESR62PF-IP/110-240V
ESR62PF-IP/110-240V NEW
Impulse switch with integrated relay function IP via Wi-Fi with 1 NO contact, potential free,
16 A/250 V AC, 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, 230 V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps 2000 W.
Apple Home certified, REST-API and "built for Matter". Only 0.7 watt standby loss.

Supply and control voltage locally 110-240 V.
Distance control connections/contact 6 mm.
With control input for a mains voltage control button that may be installed in front of it.
built for
- Create if-then automations including geofencing
- Manual switching 8-3
- Call up status
A HomePod, Apple TV or iPad that remains in the network are required for remote access.
More informations and further As an option, the actuator can be configured via the Eltako Connect app.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ An internal development version of the REST-API is available on the online product page of the device
ESR62PF-IP*110-240V
ESR62PF- Impulse switch with integrated relay function via Art. No. 30062004 53,90 €/pc.
IP/110-240V Wi-Fi 1 NO contact, potential free 16 A
Eltako Connect app Apple Home certified, REST-API and "built for
Matter"

UNIVERSAL DIMMING ACTUATOR IP VIA WI-FI, UP TO 300 W
APPLE HOME CERTIFIED, REST-API AND "BUILT FOR MATTER" EUD62NPN-IP/110-240V
EUD62NPN-IP/110-240V NEW
Universal dimming actuator IP via Wi-Fi. Apple Home certified, REST-API and "built for Matter".
With power MOSFET. Dimmable 230 V LED lamps in 'phase cut-off' mode up to 300 W or in 'phase
control' mode up to 100 W depending on ventilation conditions. 230 V incandescent lamps and
halogen lamps up to 300 W depending on ventilation conditions. No minimum load. Only 0.7 watt
Typical connection standby loss.

Supply voltage, switching voltage and control voltage local 110-240 V.
built for
8-4 The Apple Home app offers the following functions:
- Manual switching
More informations and further - Call up status
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ A HomePod, Apple TV or iPad that remains in the network are required for remote access.
EUD62NPN-IP*110-240V
As an option, the actuator can be configured via the Eltako Connect app.
An internal development version of the REST-API is available on the online product page of the device
Eltako Connect app EUD62NPN-IP/ Universal dimming actuator IP via Wi-Fi, up to 300 W Art. No. 30062002 79,70 €/pc.
110-240V Apple Home certified, REST-API and "built for Matter"

SHADING ACTUATOR IP VIA WI-FI, 1+1 NO CONTACT 4A, AUTOMATIC END POSITION DETECTION
APPLE HOME CERTIFIED, REST-API AND "BUILT FOR MATTER" ESB62NP-IP/110-240V
ESB62NP-IP/110-240V NEW
Shading actuator IP via Wi-Fi, 1+1 NO contact 4 A/250 V AC, not potential free, for a shading element
motor 230 V AC. automatic end position detection. Apple Home certified, REST-API and "built for
Matter". Only 0.8 watt standby loss.

Zero passage switching to protect contacts.
Supply, switching and control voltage locally 110-240 V.
built for
- Manual switching 8-5
- Call up status
A HomePod, Apple TV or iPad that remains in the network are required for remote access.
More informations and further As an option, the actuator can be configured via the Eltako Connect app.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ An internal development version of the REST-API is available on the online product page of the device
ESB62NP-IP*110-240V
ESB62NP-IP/ Shading actuator IP via Wi-Fi, 1+1 NO contact 4 A, Art. No. 30062003 68,60 €/pc.
110-240V automatic end position detection
Eltako Connect app Apple Home certified, REST-API and "built for Matter"


EUD12NPN
EUD12D
EUD61NP
9
THE RIGHT LIGHT FOR EVERY MOOD.
Universal dimmer switches, capacity enhancer and
1-10 V controllers
Selection table for universal dimmer switches, capacity enhancer and 1-10 V controllers 9-2
Universal dimmer switch EUD12NPN-UC 9-3
Digital settable multifunction universal dimmer switch EUD12D-UC 9-4
Universal dimmer switch EUD12F for mains disconnection switching 9-5
Universal dimmer switch with rotary knob EUD12DK/800W-UC 9-6
Capacity enhancer for universal dimmer switches LUD12-230V 9-7
Digitally adjustable motor dimmer MOD12D-UC 9-9
Fully electronic multifunction time relay MFZ12PMD-UC with 18 functions 9 - 10
1-10 V control dimmer switch SDS12/1-10V for electronic ballast units 9 - 11
1-10 V controller SUD12/1-10V for universal dimmer switches 9 - 12
Universal dimmer switch EUD61NP-230V without N connection 9 - 13
Universal dimmer switch EUD61NPL-230V without N connection, especially for LED 9 - 14
Universal dimmer switch EUD61NPN-UC 9 - 15

9-1
Universal dimmer switch EUD61NPN-230V 9 - 16
Multifunction universal dimmer switch EUD61M-UC 9 - 17
LED dimmer switch ELD61/12-36V DC 9 - 18
1-10 V control dimmer switch SDS61/1-10V for electronic ballast units 9 - 19
Technical data universal dimmer switches, capacity enhancers and 1-10 V controllers 9 - 20
SELECTION TABLE FOR UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCHES, CAPACITY ENHANCER AND 1-10 V CONTROLLERS
THE ENERGY SAVERS
Set the mood and reduce energy costs at the same time - a fascinating adjust their dimming function accordingly. Other dimmers have to
combination for LED lamps, incandescent lamps and halogen lamps. be exchanged if lamps with other kind of loads are used later.
The dimming of lamps in combination with soft ON and soft OFF,
prolongs their lifetime considerably. This applies also to the infinitely Only universal dimmer switches with the added LED marking and
dimmable energy saving lamps. Only universal dimmers with the added ESL marking have the associated comfort settings.
marking R, L, C recognize automatically the connected load and
Katalogseiten 9-3 9-4 9-5 9-6 9-7 9-9 9-10 9-11 9-12 9-13 9-14 9-15 9-16 9-17 9-18 9-19
EUD12DK/800W-UC
ELD61/12-36V DC
EUD61NPN-230V
EUD61NPL-230V
EUD61NP-230V
EUD12NPN-UC
MFZ12PMD-UC
EUD61NPN-UC
Piktogramme
SUD12/1-10V
SDS12/1-10V
SDS61/1-10V
LUD12-230V
MOD12D-UC
EUD61M-UC
EUD12D-UC
EUD12F
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35

rail mounting, number of modules 18 mm 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
9-2 each
Built-in device for installation (e.g.
flush-mounting box) and surface
mounting
1-10 V 1-10 V 1-10 V
Dimming R, L and C loads
5)
L EVG EVG
R, C EVG
With comfort position for dimmable LEDs
With comfort position for dimmable

energy saving lamps ESL
Power MOSFET up to W (nearly unlimited
number of switching cycles) 400 400 300 800 400 300 400 — 400 7) 400 200 400 400 400 4A —
Increase of capacity with

7)
capacity enhancer LUD12-230 V
Zero passage switching
Minimum brightness level adjustable

6)
7)
Dimming speed adjustable

6)
7)
8)

8)

8)
Universal control voltage

8 to 230 V UC
6)

6)
Supply voltage 230 V 1) 1)
Low standby loss
Glow lamp current (mA) 2) 4) 5 5 3) 5 6) 5
Central control electrically isolated from

the local input
6)
()
6)
Switching operation for children's rooms

6)
6)
Snooze function
6)
6)
Multifunction
6)
* EVG = electronic ballast units 1) No N connection required. 2) Applies to glow lamps with 170 V ignition voltage, for glow lamps with 90 V ignition voltage approx. ½ glow lamp current. 3) Depends on the set
function. 4) Will automatically be switched on from 110 V control voltage. 5) Same load as main dimmer switch or separate R, L or C load, depending on circuit. 6) This specification refers to EUD12D, which is
connected in series. 7) This specification refers to the connected EUD12D or LUD12 depending on the selected mode. 8) Minimum brightness level or dimming speed adjustable. 9) Rotation speed determines the
dimming speed.
UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH EUD12NPN-UC
EUD12NPN-UC
Universal dimmer switch. Power MOSFET up to 400 W. Automatic lamp detection. Standby loss
0.1 watt only. With adjustable minimum or maximum brightness and dimming speed. With switching
operation for children's rooms and snooze function.
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps (ESL) are also dependent on the lamp electronics and the and
the dimming technology, see technical data page 9-20.
Zero passage switching with soft start and soft OFF to protect lamps.
Function rotary switches switching voltage. No minimum load required.
Short-time control commands switch on/off, permanent control varies the brightness to the maximum level.
An interruption of control changes the direction of dimming.
The setting of the brightness level is stored after switching off.
In case of a power failure the switching position and the brightness level are stored.
If applicable the dimmer will be switched on at the stored brightness level after the supply voltage is
recovered.
Glow lamp current up to 5 mA starting at 110 V.
Automatic electronic overload protection and over-temperature switch-off.
The LED below the top rotary switch on the front shows control commands. It starts blinking after 15 seconds
if a pushbutton is inhibited.
9-3
The upper rotary switch determines the operation, whether the automatic lamp detection or special
comfort positions should act:
AUTO allows the dimming of all light species.
LC1 is a comfort position for dimmable 230 V LED lamps which are not being dimmed down enough when
set to AUTO (trailing phase angle) dependent on the construction and must therefore be forced to leading
Standard setting ex works. phase angle.
EC1 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which must be switched on with increased power
Typical connection dependent on the construction, so they will also switch on again safely in cold condition when dimmed down.
construction.
The minimum brightness level (completely dimmed down) or the maximum brightness level (completely
dimmed up) is adjustable with the middle % rotary switch.
The duration of soft start and soft OFF is changed simultaneously.
With special switching operation for children's rooms: If the light is switched on by holding down the
pushbutton, it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as
the pushbutton is held down without modifying the last stored brightness level.
Snooze function: With a double impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position
to the minimum brightness level and switched off. The current dimming position as well as the adjustable
minimum brightness level determine the dimming time (max. = 60 minutes) which can be reduced as re-
quired. It can be switched off at any time by short-time control commands during the lighting is dimmed
down. Holding down the pushbutton during the dimming down process dims up and stops the snooze
function.
languages: Mixing of L loads (inductive loads, e.g. wound transformers) and C loads (capacitive loads, e.g.
EUD12NPN-UC electronic transformers) is not permitted. R loads (ohmic loads, e.g. 230 V incandescent lamps and
halogen lamps) may be added anytime.
Mixing of L loads and C loads is possible with the dimmer switch EUD12D (page 9-4) in connection with
capacity enhancer LUD12 (page 9-7).
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. EUD12NPN-UC Universal dimmer switch, Art. No. 21100806 70,30 €/pc.
Power MOSFET up to 400 W

DIGITAL SETTABLE MULTIFUNCTION UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH EUD12D-UC
EUD12D-UC
Universal dimmer switch. Power MOSFET up to 400 W. Automatic lamp detection. Standby loss 0.3 watt
only. With adjustable minimum brightness, maximum brightness and dimming speed. With switching
operation for children's rooms and snooze function.
Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 400 W, depending on ventilation conditions, dimmable 230 V
LED lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps (ESL) are also dependent on the lamp electronics and
the dimming technology, see technical data page 9-20.
Up to 3600 W with capacity enhancers LUD12-230V (description page 9-7) at the terminals X1 and X2.
Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC and additionally the universal voltage control inputs 8 to 230 V
UC central ON and central OFF. The control inputs are electrically isolated from the supply voltage and
Typical connections
switching voltage. Zero passage switching with soft start and soft OFF to protect lamps. In case of
a power failure the switching position and the brightness level are stored. If applicable the dimmer will
be switched on at the stored brightness level after the supply voltage is recovered. From 110 V control
voltage glow lamp current up to 5 mA (not for DSD). Automatic electronic overload protection and over-
temperature switch-off. The functions and times are entered using the MODE and SET keys as described
in the operating manual and indicated on the LC display. A keylock function is provided.
EUD
You can dim all lamp types in automatic mode settings EUD, DSD, Udo, STS, MIN, MMX, CG and R.
EUD = Universal dimmer switch with settings for dimming speed, minimum brightness, maximum
brightness, memory and Soft ON/OFF as well as choice of priority for central control. ESL and LED is
settable. Short-time control commands switch on/off, permanent control varies the brightness to the
maximum level. A interruption of control changes the direction of dimming.
9-4
LED is a convenience setting for dimmable 230 V LED lamps which cannot be dimmed down far enough
in automatic mode (phase cut-off) for design reasons and must therefore be forced to phase control.
There is a choice of 3 dimming curves.
ESL is a convenience setting for energy saving lamps which must be switched on at high voltage for
design reasons so that they can also be switched back on cold in dimmed state. Memory must be switched
off on energy saving lamps which cannot be switched back on in dimmed state for design reasons.
No inductive (wound) transformers may be used in ESL and LED settings. In addition the maximum
number of lamps may be lower than in automatic mode for design reasons.
Switching operation for children's rooms: If the light is switched on by holding down the pushbutton,
it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the push-
button is held down without modifying the last stored brightness level.
Snooze function: With a double impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position to
the minimum brightness level and switched off. The current dimming position as well as the adjustable
DSD
minimum brightness level determine the dimming time (max. = 60 minutes) which can be reduced as required.
It can be switched off at any time by short-time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down.
Holding down the pushbutton during the dimming down process dims up and stops the snooze function.
DSD = Same as universal dimmer switch EUD but also comprising activation via two direction switches
on the universal voltage control inputs 8..230 V UC.
Udo = Same as universal dimmer switch EUD but also comprising setting for a time delay from 1 to 99
minutes. Switch-off early warning at the end by dimming is selectable and adjustable from 1 to 3 minutes.
STS = Staircase time switch with switchable switch-off early warning by dimming. With pump and per-
manent light by pushbutton. Time adjustable from 1 to 99 minutes. Switch-off early warning (no flickering)
by dimming is adjustable from 1 to 3 minutes. Also for dimmable energy saving lamps ESL and 230 V
LED lamps. MIN = Universal dimmer switch, switches when control voltage is applied to the minimum
brightness setting. Maximum brightness is dimmed during the set dim time from 1 to 99 minutes. When
the control voltage is interrupted, the device is switched off immediately, even during the dim time.
MMX = Same function as for MIN; when the control voltage is interrupted, dimming still continues until
the set minimum brightness is reached. Then the device is switched off. CG = Clock with adjustable
switch on/off times from 0.1 to 9.9 seconds. The maximum brightness is adjustable from 3 to 99%.
Manuals and documents in further R = Switching relay with setting for Soft ON/OFF from 0.1 to 9.9 seconds. The maximum brightness is
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/EUD12D-UC
adjustable from 3 to 99%. ON = permanent ON. OFF = permanent OFF.
The dim position in % or the time lapse in minutes is indicated in the middle of the display. The expired,
resettable switch-on time is indicated at the bottom of the display. Display menu guidance including
language selection (German, English, French, Italian or Spanish) is described in the supplied operating
instructions.
Housing for operating instructions EUD12D-UC Multifunction universal dimmer switch, Art. No. 21100905 84,30 €/pc.
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. Power MOSFET up to 400 W

UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH EUD12F FOR MAINS DISCONNECTION SWITCHING
EUD12F
0.1 watt only. With adjustable minimum brightness and dimming speed. With switching operation
for children's rooms and snooze function.
lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps (ESL) are also dependent on the lamp electronics.
Supply voltage and switching voltage 230 V.
Short-time control commands switch on/off, permanent control varies the brightness to the maximum level.
Function rotary switches An interruption of control changes the direction of dimming.
The setting of the brightness level is stored after switching off.
recovered.
With integrated switching-off relay for the mains disconnection of switched circuits.
The control pushbutton(s) of the room are connected via low voltage control wires to the terminals T1
and T2 of the EUD12F (field-free internal DC voltage). The permanent power supply must be connected
directly to a phase conductor ahead of the mains disconnection relay FR12-230V. Due to this, the complete
function remains but the leads to the lamps is disconnected by means of the switching-off relay. A glow
9-5
lamp current is not permitted.
The minimum brightness level (completely dimmed down) can be adjusted with the upper rotary switch
Standard setting ex works. % , e.g. for dimmable energy saving lamps.
You can dim all lamp types in automatic mode.
Use the lower dimming speed rotary switch to set the dimming speed in seven steps in automatic mode.
Typical connection +ESL is a convenience setting for energy saving lamps which must be switched on at high voltage for
design reasons so that they can also be switched back on cold in dimmed state.
-ESL is a convenience setting for energy saving lamps which cannot be switched back on in dimmed state
for design reasons.
This is why memory is switched off in this position. No inductive (wound) transformers may be used in
+ESL and -ESL settings. In addition the maximum number of dimmable energy saving lamps may be lower
than in automatic mode for design reasons.
max. 300 W
EUD12F
function.
languages: Mixing of L loads (inductive loads, e.g. wound transformers) and C loads (capacitive loads, e.g.
http://eltako.com/redirect/EUD12F
electronic transformers) is not permitted. R loads (ohmic loads, e.g. 230 V incandescent lamps and
Mixing of L loads and C loads is possible with the dimmer switch EUD12D (page 9-4) in connection with
capacity enhancer LUD12 (page 9-7).
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. EUD12F Universal dimmer switch, Power MOSFET up to Art. No. 21100830 86,40 €/pc.
300 W and switching-off relay

UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH WITH ROTARY KNOB EUD12DK/800W-UC
EUD12DK/800W-UC
Universal dimmer switch with rotary knob, Power MOSFET up to 800 W. Automatic lamp detection.
Standby loss 0.2 watt only. With adjustable minimum and maximum brightness.
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 2 modules = 36 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 800 W, depending on ventilation conditions, dimmable 230 V
LED lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps (ESL) are also dependent on the lamp electronics and the
dimming technology, see technical data page 9-20.
Up to 3600W with capacity enhancers LUD12 at the terminals X1 and X2.
Rotary knob Zero passage switching with soft start and soft OFF to protect lamps.
switching voltage. No minimum load required.
Alternatively, PWM control with 10-24 V DC at the PWM and GND connections.
The setting of the brightness level is stored after switching off (Memory).
Function rotary switches recovered.
Maximum brightness (fully dimmed up) is adjustable using the upper % rotary switch.
Use the middle % rotary switch to set the minimum brightness (fully dimmed down).
The lower rotary switch sets the operating mode:
ON: Permanent ON at maximum brightness.
9-6
Pos. 1 is an AUTO position and allows the dimming of all lamp types. Switch on and off using pushbutton
on the device and/or pushbutton connected to +A1/-A2. Dimming via rotary knob.
Pos. 2 is a comfort setting for dimmable 230 V LED lamps which cannot be dimmed down far enough on
AUTO (phase cut-off) due to the design and must therefore be forced at phase control. Switch on and off
using pushbutton on the device and/or pushbutton connected to +A1/-A2. Dimming via rotary knob.
Pos. 3 is a comfort setting for energy saving lamps which must be switched on at a higher voltage so that
they can be safely switched on cold when they are dimmed down. Switch on and off using pushbutton on
the device and/or pushbutton connected to +A1/-A2. Dimming via rotary knob.
Pos. 4 is an AUTO position and allows the dimming of all lamp types. Switch on and off using switch
connected to +A1/-A2. Dimming via rotary knob.
Standard setting ex works. Pos. 5 is a comfort setting for dimmable 230 V LED lamps which cannot be dimmed down far enough on
using switch connected to +A1/-A2. Dimming via rotary knob.
Typical connection Pos. 6 is a comfort setting for energy saving lamps which must be switched on at a higher voltage so that
they can be safely switched on cold when they are dimmed down. Switch on and off using switch connec-
ted to +A1/-A2. Dimming via rotary knob.
Pos. 7 is an AUTO position and allows the dimming of all lamp types. Switch on and off and dimming with
PWM activation.
Pos. 8 is a comfort setting for dimmable 230 V LED lamps which cannot be dimmed down far enough on
and dimming with PWM activation.
In positions 2, 3, 5, 6 and 8 no inductive (wound) transformers should be used.
OFF: Permanent OFF.
The LED under the upper rotary switch lights up when the lamp is switched on.
EUD12DK/ Universal dimmer switch, Power MOSFET up to Art. No. 21100810 79,80 €/pc.
800W-UC 800 W

languages:
EUD12DK*800W-UC


CAPACITY ENHANCER FOR UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCHES LUD12-230V
LUD12-230V
Capacity enhancer for universal dimmer switches. Power MOSFET up to 400 W.
Capacity enhancers LUD12-230V can be connected to the universal dimmer switches EUD12D, SUD12 (1-10 V
input) and the multifunction time relay MFZ12PMD. By this the switching capacity for one lamp will be
increased up to 200 W or alternatively for additional lamps up to 400 W per each capacity enhancer.
Dimmable 230 V LED lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps are also dependent on the lamp electronics.
Both switching modes for increase of capacity can be executed simultaneously.
Automatic lamp detection in the "Capacity increase with additional lamps" setting.
Function rotary switch Supply voltage 230 V.
In the mode "Increase of capacity with additional lamps" the kind of load of a capacity enhancer LUD12-
230V can vary from the kind of load of the universal impulse dimmer switch.
Therefore it is possible to mix L loads and C loads.
Increase of capacity for one lamp ( ), LED and ESL see next page
EUD12D and MFZ12PMD:

1. - 9. LUD12 + up to 200 W each
9-7
The switching mode "one

lamp" ( ) or "additional lamps"
( ) is set with a rotary switch
on the front.
This setting must be same as
the actual installation, otherwise
there is a risk of destruction of
the electronics.
Alternative setting for 230 V
LED and ESL when the universal
dimmer switch in operated in the
LED or ESL comfort settings. Increase of capacity with additional lamps ( ), LED and ESL see next page
See page 9-8.
EUD12D, SUD12 and MFZ12PMD:
1. - 8. LUD12 + up to 400W each
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/LUD12-230V

GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. LUD12-230V Capacity enhancer for universal dimmer switches, Art. No. 21100805 73,80 €/pc.

CAPACITY ENHANCER FOR UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCHES LUD12-230V
LUD12-230V
Capacity increase with capacity enhancer LUD12 for dimmable 230 V LED lamps and dimmable
Function rotary switch energy saving lamps ESL in the LED and ESL comfort settings.
Increase of capacity for one lamp
1. - 9. LUD12 + up to 100 W each
This setting must be made on the

front panel of 230 V LED lamps
and ESL if the universal dimmer
switch is operated in the LED or
ESL comfort settings. Also for
9-8
capacity increase with additional
lamps. Increase of capacity with additional lamps
Otherwise there is a risk of
destruction of the electronics. 1. - 9. LUD12 + up to 100 W each

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/LUD12-230V

GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. LUD12-230V Capacity enhancer for universal dimmer switches, Art. No. 21100805 73,80 €/pc.

DIGITALLY ADJUSTABLE MOTOR DIMMER MOD12D-UC
+A1 -A2
+E1+F1-E2
MOD12D-UC
Power MOSFET up to 300 W. Standby loss 0.3 watt only. Minimal speed, maximum speed and dim-
N
ming speed are adjustable.

L
N Motor dimmer with phase control for L loads up to 300 W, depending on ventilation conditions. Only 1 fan
M L motor should be connected.
Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC and additionally the universal voltage control inputs 8 to 230 V UC
central ON and central OFF. The control inputs are electrically isolated from the 230 V supply voltage and
switching voltage.
Typical connections Switching in zero crossing and switch-on at increased speed.
If there is a power failure, the switch position and the speed level are saved. The device can be switched
on when the power supply is restored.
Enter the 6 functions and times using the MODE and SET keys as described in the operator manual.
The functions and times are indicated in the LC display. Other features include language selection and
MOD keylock.
The total switch-on time is added and indicated in the bottom line of the display. It can be reset to zero.
The top line shows the parameters during the setting procedure and the active function in service. The
left arrow indicates the switch position 'ON' and the right arrow shows the keylock function when applied.
During the setting procedure, the middle line shows the parameters set. In service, the middle line indicates
9-9
the speed between 10 and 99 for the MOD and DSD functions or the remaining time in minutes for the Udo
and ODT functions.
MOD = Motor dimmer with settings for dimming speed DSP, minimum speed MI%, maximum speed MA%,
memory function MEM+ and selection of the central control inputs ON and/or OFF when activated or
deactivated. Short commands switch on/off, permanent activation changes speed. An interruption in
activation changes the dimming direction.
DSD = Motor dimmer with activation with two direction buttons for dimming direction. Setting the
dimming speed DSP, minimum speed MI%, maximum speed MA% and memory function MEM+. When
activation takes place via +E1, a short command switches on. Permanent activation dims up to maximum
speed. A double-click immediately dims to maximum speed. When activation takes place via +F1, a short
command switches off. Permanent activation dims down to minimum speed. No central control function.
Udo = Motor dimmer as for MOD function with manual on/off. In addition, a time delay time TIM can be set
DSD from 1 to 99 minutes. When the time delay expires, the device switches off. Central ON has priority over
Central OFF.
ODT = Motor dimmer with run-on switch function with adjustable speed SP%, response lag AV adjustable
from 1 to 99 minutes and time delay RV adjustable from 1 to 99 minutes. When the control voltage is
applied, the device switches on after the AV time expires. When the control voltage cuts off, the RV time
begins. When the RV time expires, the device switches off.
No central control function.
ON = Permanent ON at maximum speed, OFF = Permanent OFF.
Press MODE and SET briefly and simultaneously to activate the keylock. Then press SET to confirm the
flashing LCK. Press MODE and SET simultaneously for 2 seconds to deactivate keylock. Then press SET to
confirm the flashing UNL.
MOD12D-UC Digitally adjustable motor dimmer, Art. No. 21100906 81,90 €/pc.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/MOD12D-UC


FULLY ELECTRONIC MULTIFUNCTION TIME RELAY
MFZ12PMD-UC WITH 18 FUNCTIONS
MFZ12PMD-UC
Power MOSFET with almost unlimited number of circuits up to 400 W. Automatic lamp detection.
Standby loss 0.3 watt only. Dim down to minimum brightness and up to maximum brightness and
Soft ON / Soft OFF are also adjustable for lamp circuit.
Digitally adjustable and fully electronic multifunction time relay for lamps up to 400 W dependent on
ventilation conditions. Dimmable 230V LED lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps (ESL) are also
dependent on the lamp electronics and the dimming technology, see technical data page 9-20.
If minimum brightness is not set to 0, the circuit is not switched off but dimmed down to the set percentage.
Typical connection Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC and additionally the universal voltage control inputs 8 to 230 V
switching voltage.
Enter both the functions and the times using the two buttons MODE and SET. The functions and times are
indicated digitally on an LC display. The time can be set by entering all values within the preselected time
scale (0.1 to 9.9 or 1 to 99 seconds, minutes or hours). The longest time is 99 hours. This permits 600 time
settings. The time(s) entered is (are) permanently displayed digitally.
Settable functions (description page 13-11): RV = release delay, AV = operate delay, AV+ = additive operate
9-10
delay, TI = clock generator starting with impulse, TP = clock generator starting with pause, IA = impulse-
controlled operate delay, IF = pulse shaper, EW = fleeting NO contact, AW = fleeting NC contact, EAW =
fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact, ARV = operate and release delay, ARV+ = additive operate
and release delay, ES = impulse switch, SRV = release-delay impulse switch, ESV = impulse switch with
release delay and switch-off early-warning function, ER = relay, ON = permanent ON, OFF = permanent
OFF. With TI, TP, IA, EAW, ARV and ARV+ functions, a different second time can be entered also with
different time ranges.
Setting the times and functions: The LCD component to be changed is selected by pressing the MODE
key. The component accessed flashes. Press the SET key to change the component accessed. This may
be the function, the time ranges, time T1 or time T2 (on TI, TP, IA, EAW, ARV and ARV+ only). Pressing the
MODE key terminates each input. Once the time has been set with MODE, no more components are flashing.
The timing relay is now ready to operate. Press the MODE key again to restart the input cycle. All the
languages: entered parameters are retained if they are not changed using SET. 25 sec. after the last operation and if
http://eltako.com/redirect/MFZ12PMD-UC
the component still flashes the input cycle is automatically terminated and the previously made changes
lapse.
Setting additional parameters valid for all functions: when you press the MODE button for longer than
2 seconds, you access the submenu. Press the SET button to select the parameter you want to change.
Then confirm by pressing MODE. Press SET to enter the parameter and confirm by pressing MODE. After
the 'LED' submenu, you return automatically to the main menu.
MIN = Minimum brightness in OFF state settable to 0 and from 10 to 89 (%), factory setting = 0.
MAX = Maximal brightness in ON state settable from 10 to 99 (%), factory setting = 99. MAX must be at
least 10 divisions above MIN.
RMP = Switch ON/OFF ramp (soft ON and soft ON) adjustable from 0 = 10 ms to 99 = 1 s, factory setting = 0.
LED = LED+ for dimmable 230 V LED lamps which cannot be dimmed down far enough in automatic mode
(trailing edge control) for design reasons and must therefore be forced by phase control. Enabled
by pressing MODE; factory setting = LED without +.
Functions of the LC display: if you selected the functions ON or OFF, no time is displayed. Instead an
arrow indicates either ON or OFF. In all other functions the set time(s), the function abbreviation and an
arrow next to ON and OFF display the switching position. The clock symbol flashes while the set time is
elapsing and the remaining time is shown.
Safety in the event of a power failure: The set parameters are stored in an EEPROM and are therefore
immediately available again when the power supply is restored after a power failure.
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. MFZ12PMD-UC Fully electronic multifunction time relay, Art. No. 23001006 85,50 €/pc.

1-10 V CONTROL DIMMER SWITCH SDS12/1-10V FOR ELECTRONIC BALLAST UNITS
SDS12/1-10V
1 NO contact not potential free 600 VA and 1-10 V control output 40 mA. Only 0.5 watt standby loss.
With adjustable minimum brightness and dimming speed. With switching operation for children's
rooms and snooze function.

1 modul = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
Function rotary switches Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC, local and central on/off with same potential.
Supply voltage 230 V electrically isolated.
The brightness level is stored on switch-off (Memory).
The minimum brightness (fully dimmed) is adjustable with the upper % rotary switch.
At the same time, you define whether the children's room function and the snooze function are active (+KI +SL).
The dimming speed is adjustable using the lower dimming speed rotary switch.
The load is switched on and off by a bistable relay at output EVG (electronic ballast units). Switching capacity
for fluorescent lamps or LV halogen lamps with electronic ballast units 600 VA.
9-11
Standard setting ex works. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. After installation,
Either direction pushbuttons can be connected to or these terminals are bridged and a push-
Typical connections button is connected as universal pushbutton. As direction pushbutton is 'switch on and dim up' and
is 'switch off and dim down'. A double click at triggers the automatic updimming until full brightness
with dim speed. A double click at triggers the snooze function. The children‘s room function is realized
with the pushbutton at .
Switching operation for children's rooms KI (universal pushbutton or direction pushbutton ):
If the light is switched on by holding down the pushbutton, it starts at the lowest brightness level after
approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down without modifying the last
stored brightness level.
Snooze function SL (universal pushbutton or direction pushbutton ): With a double impulse the lighting
is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off.
The current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming
time (max. = 60 minutes) which can be reduced as required. It can be switched off at any time by short-
with direction pushbutton time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down. Holding down the pushbutton during the
dimming down process dims up and stops the snooze function.
SDS12/1-10V 1-10 V control dimmer switch for electronic Art. No. 21100800 69,20 €/pc.
ballast units, 1 NO contact 600 VA
with universal pushbutton

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/SDS12*1-10V

1-10V CONTROLLER SUD12/1-10V FOR UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCHES
SUD12/1-10V
1 NO contact potential free 600 VA and 1-10 V control output 40 mA. Standby loss 0.5 watt only.
State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of
special relays.
The controller SUD12 can be used in two different modes:
Mode 1-10 V output

Mode 1-10 V output In this mode electronic ballast units and transformers with a 1-10 V interface up to a total control current
of 40 mA can be controlled when connected to an universal dimmer switch EUD12D or MFZ12PMD.
The EUD12D or the MFZ12PMD is controlled with pushbuttons at the universal control voltage input
locally or centrally. The SUD12 converts the dimmer signals from Y1/Y2 to the 1-10 V output 0/Q1 for the
interface.
It switches the electronic ballast with a bistable relay at the output EVG (electronic ballast units). Zero
passage switching to protect contacts. The switching capacity for fluorescent lamps or low voltage
halogen lamps with electronic ballast is up to 600 VA.
The switched load may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation
after installation has terminated.
9-12
At the same time a dircectly dimmable lamp can be connected to the dimmer switch EUD12D.
Furthermore the dimmer switch EUD12D or MFZ12PMD can be expanded with capacity enhancers
LUD12 for directly dimmable lamps as described on page 9-7.
Mode 1-10 V input

Mode 1-10 V input In this mode the output of a 1-10 V controller can be converted at A1/0 into a direct dimming function
when connected to a capacity enhancer LUD12 at terminals X1/X2. The closing operation and the
opening operation is also carried out externally at L of the SUD12.
The rotary switch of the LUD12 must be adjusted to the setting (additional lamps).
Further capacity enhancers LUD12 in the mode "increase of capacity

with additional lamps" can be connected to the controller SUD12 as
described on page 9-8.
A 100 K potentiometer for brightness control may also be directly
connected to the control input A1/0. If the input A1/0 is disconnected
languages: the LUD12 dimms to maximum brightness.
http://eltako.com/redirect/SUD12*1-10V

GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. SUD12/1-10V 1-10 V controller for universal dimmer switches, Art. No. 21100802 66,00 €/pc.
1 NO contact 600 VA

UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH EUD61NP-230V WITHOUT N CONNECTION
EUD61NP-230V
Without N connection, POWER MOSFET up to 400 W. Standby loss 0.5 watt only. With control inputs for
pushbutton light switches and light switches. With adjustable minimum brightness and dimming speed.
Built-in device for installation. 45 mm long, 45 mm wide, 18 mm deep.

Universal dimmer switch for R, L and C loads up to 400 watt, depending on ventilation conditions. Auto-
Function rotary switches matic detection of load R+L or R+C.
Not compatible with 230 V LED and energy saving lamps, please use the EUD61NPL or the dimmer with
N connection: EUD61NPN.
Control voltage 230 V. Min. load 20 W.
Short-time control commands switch on/off, permanent control varies the brightness up to the maximum
level. A short interruption of control changes the direction of dimming.
The brightness level is stored after switching off.
Standard setting ex works. If applicable the dimmer will be switched on at the stored brightness level after the supply voltage is
recovered.
Typical connection The minimum brightness level (completely dimmed down) can be adjusted with the upper rotary switch % .
The dimming speed can be adjusted with the lower dimming speed rotary switch. Simultaneously the
soft on and soft off period is changed.
If light switches cannot be replaced by pushbutton light switches, there is a separate control input
9-13
for light switches. If the switch is opened briefly after closing, the light is dimmed until the next time it is
opened again briefly. The dimming direction changes automatically at both peaks. The dimming direction
can also be changed by opening the switch briefly twice.
Switching operation for children's rooms (only if controlled by pushbutton light switch): If the light is
switched on by holding down the pushbutton, it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx. 1 second
Control by pushbutton and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down without modifying the last stored brightness level.
switches or light switches. Snooze function (only if controlled by pushbutton light switch): With a double impulse the lighting is
dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off. The
current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming time
languages: (max. = 60 minutes) which can be reduced as required. It can be switched off at any time by short-time
http://eltako.com/redirect/EUD61NP-230V
control commands during the lighting is dimmed down. Holding down the pushbutton during the dimming
down process dims up and stops the snooze function.
Without N connection, therefore suitable for mounting directly behind the pushbutton light switch or
light switch, even if no N wire is available.
Mixing of L loads (inductive loads, e.g. wound transformers) and C loads (capacitive loads, e.g.
Technical data page 9-20. EUD61NP-230V Universal dimmer switch, Power MOSFET up to Art. No. 61100830 69,10 €/pc.
400 W

UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH EUD61NPL-230V WITHOUT N CONNECTION, ESPECIALLY FOR LED
EUD61NPL-230V
Without N connection, POWER MOSFET up to 200 W. Standby loss 0.5 watt only. With control inputs
for pushbutton light switches and light switches. With adjustable minimum brightness, dimming
technology and dimming speed.

Function rotary switches Universal dimmer switch for R and C loads up to 200 W, depending on ventilation conditions.
Dimmable 230 V LED lamps and energy saving lamps ESL in 'trailing edge' mode up to 200 W or up to 40 W
max in 'leading edge' mode, depending on ventilation conditions.
If 230 V LED lamps are lightly glowing when they are turned off, a GLE base load must be installed parallel
min
max to the lamp.
P-AB
dim min
It is not permited to connect L loads (inductive loads, like wounded transfomers).
speed
P-AN
max Zero passage switching with soft start and soft OFF to protect lamps.
Control voltage, supply voltage and switching voltage 230 V. Min. load 4 W.
Standard setting ex works. level. A short interruption of control changes the direction of dimming.
The brightness level is stored after switching off (memory). It is possible to deactivate the memory function
by turning 3 times the upper rotary switch to the right stop (max), then it is compatible with ESL. To re-
Typical connection activate the memory function (factory setting), turn the upper rotary switch 3 times to the left stop (min).
In case of a power failure the switching position and the brightness level are stored, and will switch on
after the failure if applicable.
9-14
The minimum brightness level (completely dimmed down) can be adjusted with the upper rotary switch % .
The lower rotary switch allows to choose between the both dimming technologies, P-AN leading or P-AB
trailing edge and to change the dimming speed. Simultaneously the duration of soft on and soft off will be
adjusted.
If light switches cannot be replaced by pushbutton light switches, there is a separate control input
Control by pushbutton switches or for light switches: If the switch is opened briefly after closing, the light is dimmed until the next time it is
light switches. opened again briefly. The dimming direction changes automatically at both peaks. The dimming direction
can also be changed by opening the switch briefly twice.
Switching operation for children's rooms (only if controlled by pushbutton light switch): If the light is
languages: switched on by holding down the pushbutton, it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx. 1 second
EUD61NPL-230V and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down without modifying the last stored brightness
level.
Snooze function (only if controlled by pushbutton light switch): With a double impulse the lighting is
dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off. The
current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming time
(max. = 60 minutes) which can be reduced as required.
It can be switched off at any time by short-time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down.
Holding down the pushbutton during the dimming down process dims up and stops the snooze function.
Without N connection, therefore suitable for mounting directly behind the pushbutton light switch or
light switch, even if no N wire is available.
Technical data page 9-20. EUD61NPL- Universal dimmer switch without N connection, Art. No. 61100832 66,40 €/pc.
230V especially for LED Power, MOSFET up to 200 W

UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH EUD61NPN-UC
EUD61NPN-UC
0.1 watt only. With adjustable minimum brightness or dimming speed. With switching operation for
children's rooms and snooze function.

Function rotary switches Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 400 watts, depending on ventilation conditions. Dimmable 230 V
LED lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps ESL dependent on the lamps electronics and the dimming
switching voltage. No minimum load required.
Short-time control commands switch on/off, permanent control varies the brightness to the maximum
level. An interruption of control changes the direction of dimming.
Standard setting ex works. In case of a power failure the switching position and the brightness level are stored. If applicable the
dimmer will be switched on at the stored brightness level after the supply voltage is recovered.
Typical connection With the top rotary switch % /dim speed either the minimum brightness level (completely dimmed
down) or the dim speed can be adjusted. The duration of soft-on and soft-off will be changed with the
dimming speed.
In operation, the bottom rotary switch determines, whether automatic lamp detection or special comfort
9-15
positions should operate:
set to AUTO (trailing phase angle) dependent on the construction and must therefore be forced to leading
phase angle.
EC1 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which must be switched on with increased power dependent
on the construction, so they will also switch on again safely in cold condition when dimmed down.
languages: dependent on the construction. Memory is switched off in this position.
http://eltako.com/redirect/EUD61NPN-UC
construction.
function.
Technical data page 9-20. EUD61NPN-UC Universal dimmer switch, Power MOSFET up to Art. No. 61100801 65,40 €/pc.
400 W

UNIVERSAL-DIMMSCHALTER EUD61NPN-230V
EUD61NPN-230V
0.1 watt only. With adjustable minimum brightness or dimming speed. With switching operation for
children's rooms and snooze function.

Function rotary switches Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 400 watts, depending on ventilation conditions. Dimmable 230 V
LED lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps ESL dependent on the lamps electronics and the dimming
Control voltage, supply voltage and switching voltage 230 V.
No minimum load required.
level. An interruption of control changes the direction of dimming.
Standard setting ex works. In case of a power failure the switching position and the brightness level are stored. If applicable the
dimmer will be switched on at the stored brightness level after the supply voltage is recovered.
Typical connection With the top rotary switch % /dim speed either the dim speed can be adjusted or the minimum
brightness level (completely dimmed down). The duration of soft-on and soft-off will be changed with the
dimming speed.
A1
A1
In operation, the bottom rotary switch determines, whether automatic lamp detection or special comfort
9-16
positions should operate:
L L N N
L set to AUTO (trailing phase angle) dependent on the construction and must therefore be forced to leading
N phase angle.
EC1 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which must be switched on with increased power dependent
languages: on the construction, so they will also switch on again safely in cold condition when dimmed down.
EUD61NPN-230V EC2 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which will not be switched on again when dimmed down
construction.
function.
Technical data page 9-20. EUD61NPN- Universal dimmer switch, Power MOSFET up to Art. No. 61100802 66,70 €/pc.
230V 400 W

MULTIFUNCTION UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCH EUD61M-UC
EUD61M-UC
0.1 watt only. With adjustable minimum brightness. With switching operation for children's rooms
and snooze function.

Function rotary switches Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 400 W, depending on ventilation conditions, dimmable 230 V LED
lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps (ESL) are also dependent on the lamp electronics.
switching voltage.
level.
A interruption of control changes the direction of dimming. The brightness level is stored after switching
off in case the function memory is set. If the function on max is set, it always switches on at the maximum
Standard setting ex works. brightness level.
Anschlussbeispiel recovered.
The minimum brightness level (completely dimmed down) can be adjusted with the upper rotary switch
% , e.g. for dimmable energy saving lamps.
9-17
You can dim all lamp types in automatic mode.
Use the lower function rotary switch to select between five automatic mode functions: memory, memo-
ry+soft on, on max, on max+soft on and ESV+soft on.
+ESL is a convenience setting for energy saving lamps which must be switched on at high voltage for
design reasons so that they can also be switched back on cold in dimmed state.
-ESL is a convenience setting for energy saving lamps which cannot be switched back on in dimmed state
for design reasons. This is why memory is switched off in this position.
No inductive (wound) transformers may be used in +ESL and -ESL settings. In addition the maximum
number of dimmable energy saving lamps may be lower than in automatic mode for design reasons.
languages: Setting of function ESV same as 'memory+soft on' with setting of a release delay up to
http://eltako.com/redirect/EUD61M-UC
90 minutes with the rotary switch % if the manual off command is not given. Before time-out switch-
off early warning function by dimming down within 1 minute.
Switching operation for children's rooms: If the light is switched on by holding down the pushbutton, it
starts at the lowest brightness level after approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton
is held down without modifying the last stored brightness level.
function.
Technical data page 9-20. EUD61M-UC Multifunction universal dimmer switch, Art. No. 61100903 59,30 €/pc.

LED DIMMER SWITCH ELD61/12-36V DC
ELD61/12-36V DC
Power MOSFET for LED lamps 12-36 V DC up to 4 A, pulse width modulation PWM. Stand-by loss
0.1 Watt only. With adjustable minimum brightness and dimming speed. With switching operation
for children's rooms and snooze function.

Function rotary switches Dimmer switch for R- and LED loads up to 4 A depending on ventilation conditions.
Supply voltage input 12 to 36 V DC, depending on the connected LED illumination.
A pulse resistant switching power supply unit is necessary.
Universal control voltage 8..230 V UC, electrically isolated from the supply voltage.
Either direction pushbuttons can be connected to or these terminals will be bridged and a pushbutton
will be connected as an universal pushbutton.
With universal pushbutton: short commands switch on/off, permanent control changes the brightness to
the maximum. An interruption of the control changes the dimming direction.
Standard setting ex works. With direction pushbutton: switching and dimming on with , turning and dimming off with . A dual
pulse with effects dimming on up to the maximum brightness with the set dimming speed (dimspeed).
The set brightness level will be stored when turning off (Memory).
Typical connection In case of power failure the switching position and the brightness level will be stored and will be switched
on when supply voltage recurs.
Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature switch off.
The LED indicates an activation by a short flickering.
9-18
With the top rotary switch % the minimum brightness level (completely dimmed down) can be adjusted.
With the lower dim speed rotary switch, the dimming speed can be set. At the same time, soft-on and
soft-off is changed.
With switching operation for children's rooms (universal or direction pushbutton ):
if the light is switched on by holding down the pushbutton it starts at the lowest brightness
level after approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is pressed without modifying
the latest stored brightness level.
languages: Snooze function (universal or direction pushbutton ): with a double impulse the lighting is dimmed
ELD61*12-36V_DC down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off. The current
dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming time (max.
= 60 minutes) which can be reduced as required. It can be switched off at any time by short-time control
commands during the lighting is dimmed down. Holding down the pushbutton during the dimming down
process dims up and stops the snooze function.
Technical data page 9-20. ELD61/ LED dimmer switch, Power MOSFET up to 4 A Art. No. 61100865 60,70 €/pc.
12-36V DC

1-10V CONTROL DIMMER SWITCH SDS61/1-10V FOR ELECTRONIC BALLAST UNITS
SDS61/1-10V
1 NO contact not potential free 600 VA and 1-10 V control output 40 mA. Only 0.5 watt standby loss.
With adjustable dimming speed. With switching operation for children's rooms and snooze function.
With pushbutton or switch activation.

Function rotary switch Zero passage switching with soft ON and soft OFF to protect lamps.
Switching voltage and control voltage 230 V.
The load is switched on and off by a bistable relay at output EVG (electronic ballast units). Switching capacity
for fluorescent lamps or LV halogen lamps with electronic ballast units 600 VA.
Standard setting ex works. After installation, wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected to
the mains.
Typical connection level. An interruption of control changes the direction of dimming.
The brightness level is stored after switching off.
9-19
recovered.
The dimming speed is adjustable using the dimming speed rotary switch (only for pushbutton activation).
If light switches cannot be replaced by light pushbuttons, the rotary switch can be set to the switch
symbol at the right stop: When the closed switch is briefly opened, the light is dimmed until the switch
is briefly opened again. The dimming direction is changed automatically at each of the two vertices. In
addition the direction can be changed by opening the switch briefly twice.
languages: Switching operation for children's rooms (only for pushbutton activation): If the light is switched on by
http://eltako.com/redirect/SDS61*1-10V
holding down the pushbutton, it starts at the lowest brightness level after
approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down without modifying the last
stored brightness level.
Snooze function (only for pushbutton activation): With a double impulse the lighting is dimmed down
from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off. The current dimming
position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming time (max. = 60 minutes)
which can be reduced as required. It can be switched off at any time by short-time control commands
during the lighting is dimmed down. Holding down the pushbutton during the dimming down process dims
up and stops the snooze function.
Technical data page 9-20. SDS61/1-10V 1-10 V control dimmer switch for electronic Art. No. 61100800 63,60 €/pc.
ballast units, 1 NO contact 600 VA

TECHNICAL DATA UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCHES,
CAPACITY ENHANCERS AND 1-10 V CONTROLLERS
Type ELD61a) EUD12NPN1) EUD61NPN1) EUD12F1) SDS12 SDS61 MOD12D

EUD12D1) EUD61M1) SUD12
EUD12DK1) EUD61NP1)
LUD121) EUD61NPL1)
MFZ12PMD1)
Spacing of control 6 mm
6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 3 mm 6 mm
connections/load EUD61NP: 3 mm
Incandescent and halogen lamps up to 400 W up to 400 W
− up to 300 W − − −
230 V (R) EUD12DK: up to 800 W EUD61NPL: 200 W
up to 400 W up to 400 W
Inductive transformers (L) 2)3) − up to 300 W − − −
EUD12DK: up to 800 W (not EUD61NPL)
Motor (L) − − − − − − up to 300 W 7)
Capacative transformers (C) 3)8) − up to 300 W − − −
EUD12DK: up to 800 W EUD61NPL: 200 W
Trailing edge up to 400 W Trailing edge up to 400 W,

Leading edge up to 100 W NPL: 200 W
Dimmable 230 V LED
− EUD12DK: Leading edge up to 100 W, up to 300 W − − −
lamps 5)6)9)
Trailing edge up to 800 W NPL: 40 W
Leading edge up to 200 W (not EUD61NP)
Dimmable LED lamps

4A − − − − − −
12-36 V DC
up to 400 W
Dimmable energy saving lamps up to 400 W
− EUD61NPL: 200 W up to 300 W − − −
ESL 5)6)9) EUD12DK: up to 800 W
(not EUD61NP)
40 mA 40 mA
9-20 1-10 V EVG* − − − −
600 VA 600 VA
−
2 2 2
Maximum conductor cross- 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 2
4 mm 2 4 mm 2 4 mm 2
section (3-fold terminal) (4 mm 2) (4 mm 2) (4 mm 2) (4 mm 2)
Two conductors of same 2.5 mm 2 2.5 mm 2 2.5 mm 2 2,5 mm 2
1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2
crosssection (3-fold terminal) (1.5 mm 2) (1.5 mm 2) (1.5 mm 2) (1.5 mm 2)
slotted/cross- slotted/cross- slotted/cross- slotted/cross- slotted/cross-
Screw head slotted/crosshead, pozidriv slotted/crosshead
head head, pozidriv head, pozidriv head head, pozidriv
Type of enclosure/terminals IP30/IP20 IP50/IP20 IP30/IP20 IP50/IP20 IP50/IP20 IP30/IP20 IP50/IP20
Time on 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Max./min. temperature at mounting

+50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C
location 4)
0.1 W
0.1 W
Standby loss (active power) 0.1 W EUD12DK: 0.2 W EUD12D and 0.1 W 0.5 W 0.5 W 0.3 W
EUD61NP: 0.5 W
MFZ12PMD: 0.3 W
8..230 V UC
internal
Control voltage 8..230 V UC 8..230 V UC EUD61NPN-230V and 8..230 V UC 230 V 8..230 V UC
DC voltage
EUD61NP: 230 V
Control current EUD61NP: 0.7 mA
230 V-control input − − EUD61NPN-230 V: − − 0.5 mA −
(<5 s) 4 (100) mA
Control current universal
control voltage
all control voltages (<5 s) − 10 (100) mA − − − − 2/3/8/5 (100) mA
8/12/24/230 V (<5 s) 2/3/7/4 (100) mA − 2/3/7/4 (100) mA − 3/5/10/4 (100) mA − −
Control current central
− 3/5/10/4 (100) mA − − 3/5/10/4 (100) mA − 2/3/8/5 (100) mA
8/12/24/230 V (<5 s)
Max. parallel capacitance (approx. 0.9 μF (3000 m)
length) of single control lead at 0.3 μF (1000 m) 0.9 μF (3000 m) EUD61NP: − 0.3 μF (1000 m) 0.06 μF (200 m) 0.9 μF (3000 m)
230 V AC 0.3 μF (1000 m)
Max. parallel capacitance (approx.
length) of central control lead at − 0.9 μF (3000 m) − − 0.3 μF (1000 m) − 0.9 μF (3000 m)
230 V AC
* EVG = electronic ballast units; KVG = conventional ballast units a) Secondary cable length with a maximum of 2 m. 1) At a load of more than 200 W (EUD12DK:400 W, EUD12F: 100 W) a ventilation clearance of 1/2 module
to adjacent devices must be maintained. The switching capacity of the EUD61 and DTD depends also on the ventilation conditions. 2) Per dimmer or capacity enhancer it is only allowed to use max. 2 inductive (wound)
transformers of the same type, furthermore no-load operation on the secondary part is not permitted. The dimmer might be destroyed. Therefore do not permit load breaking on the secondary part. Operation in
parallel of inductive (wound) and capacative (electronic) transformers is not permitted! 3) When calculating the load a loss of 20% for inductive (wound) transformers and a loss of 5% for capacitive (electronic)
transformers must be considered in addition to the lamp load. 4) Affects the max. switching capacity. 5) In the settings LED and ESL no wound (inductive) transformer must be dimmed. 6) Increase of capacity for
dimmable 230 V LED lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps ESL see page 9-8. 7) Only 1 fan motor may be connected. 8) For LED and 12 V halogen lamps. 9) Usually applies for dimmable 230 V LED lamps and dimmable
energy saving lamps. Different lamp electronics may result in restricted dimming areas, on/off problems and a limited maximum number of lamps (up to 10 units), especially if the connected load is very low (e.g. with
5 W LEDs). The comfort positions of the dimmer switches optimize the dimming range, which, however, only gives a maximum power up to 100 W. No inductive (wound) transformers may be dimmed in these comfort
positions.
To comply with DIN VDE 0100-443 and DIN VDE 0100-534, a Type 2 or Type 3 surge protection device (SPD) must be installed.
Compliance with: EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-1 and EN 60 669

WSZ15D
DSZ15DZ
WSZ110CEE
10
INTELLIGENTLY MEASURE AND
VISUALIZE POWER.
Three-phase and single-phase energy meters
Selection table three-phase meters and single-phase energy meters 10 - 2
Three-phase meter DSZ15D-3x80A MID 10 - 3
Three-phase meter DSZ15DE-3x80A, without MID approval 10 - 4

NEW Two-way three-phase meter DSZ15DZ-3x80A MID 10 - 5
CT operated three-phase energy meter DSZ15WD-3x5A MID 10 - 6
M-bus three-phase energy meter DSZ15DM-3x80A MID 10 - 7
M-bus CT operated three-phase energy meter DSZ15WDM-3x5A MID 10 - 8
RS485 bus wireless three-phase energy meter DSZ14DRS-3x80A MID 10 - 9

NEW RS485 bus two-way three-phase meter DSZ14DRSZ-3x80A MID 10 - 10
RS485 bus wireless three-phase energy meter DSZ14WDRS-3x5A MID 10 - 11

NEW Mobile three-phase energy meter DSZ180CEE-16A MID 10 - 12
NEW Mobile three-phase energy meter DSZ180CEE-32A MID 10 - 12
RS485 bus wireless single-phase energy meter FWZ14-65A 10 - 13
RS485 bus meter collector F3Z14D 10 - 14
RS485 bus energy meter data gateway FSDG14 10 - 15

10-1
Single-phase energy meter WSZ15D-32A MID and WSZ15DE-32A, without MID approval 10 - 16
Single-phase energy meter WSZ15D-65A MID 10 - 17
Single-phase energy meter WZR12-32A with reset, without MID approval 10 - 18
NEW Mobile single-phase energy meter WSZ110DSS-16A MID 10 -19
NEW Mobile single-phase energy meter WSZ110DSS-16A+PRCD MID 10 - 20
NEW Mobile single-phase energy meter WSZ110CEE-16A MID 10 - 20
NEW Mobile single-phase energy meter WSZ110CEE-16A+PRCD MID 10 - 21
Wireless energy meter transmitter module FSS12-12V DC 10 - 22
Single-phase energy meter with energy consumption indicator EVA12-32A 10 - 23
Wireless single-phase energy meter FWZ12-65A 10 - 24
NEW Wireless outdoor socket energy meter FASWZ-16A 10 - 24
Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr. relay function with current measurement FSVA-230V-10A 10 - 25
Technical data single-phase energy meter, three-phase energy meters and energy consumption indicator 10 - 26
Measuring Instruments Directive MID 10 - 27
Installation instructions for electricians 10 - 28
The Eltako wireless system works with the reliable and worldwide standardized EnOcean wireless technology in 868 MHz.
SELECTION TABLE THREE-PHASE AND SINGLE-PHASE ENERGY METERS
THE SMART COUNTING CHAMPIONS
Depending on the customer’s installation, only a conventional meter It is then the task of the building management service to read
panel is required for billing with the electricity supply operator. On the intermediate meter. This either takes place at the same time
the other hand, dwellings and businesses can be billed using small as heating consumption is read or centrally, e.g. when the meter
three-phase meters installed in power distribution panels. interface is evaluated. All Eltako energy meters for rail mounting are
See the installation instructions for electricians on page 10-27. therefore fitted as standard with an S0 interface.
Page 10-3 10-4 10-5 10-6 10-7 10-8 10-9 10-10 10-11 10-12 10-12 10-16 10-16 10-17 10-18 10-19 10-20
DSZ14DRSZ-3x80A
DSZ14WDRS-3x5A
DSZ14DRS-3x80A
DSZ15WDM-3x5A
DSZ15DM-3x80A
DSZ180CEE-32A
DSZ15DE-3x80A
WSZ110DSS-16A
DSZ15DZ-3x80A
WSZ110CEE-16A
DSZ180CEE-16A
DSZ15WD-3x5A
DSZ15D-3x80A
WSZ15DE-32A
WSZ15D-32A
WSZ15D-65A
WZR12-32A
Modular device for mounting on
DIN rail EN 60715 TH35, number of 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1
modules 18 mm each

10-2 mobil
Single-phase energy meter
Three-phase energy meter
Two-way three-phase meter
With MID approval
Reference current Iref 10 (80) 10 (80) 5 (32) 5 (32)

10 (80) 10 (80) 10 (80) 5 (6) 1) 10 (80) 5 (6) 1) 10 (80) 10 (80) 5 (6) 1) 5 (32) 5 (32) 10 (65) 5 (32)
(Limiting current Imax) A Ib=16 Ib=32 Ib=16 Ib=16
5+2 2) 5+2 2) 5+2 2) 5+2 2) 5+2 2) 5+2 2) 5+2 2) 5+2 2) 5+2 2) 5+2 2) 5+2 2) 5+2 2) 5+2 2)
Display LC display digits 6+1 6+1 6+1 2/4
6+1 6+1 6+1 6+1 6+1 6+1 6+1 6+1 6+1 6+1 6+1 6+1 6+1
Accuracy class MID, inaccuracy ±1% B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
With return stop
Display instantaneous values
Indication of misconnection
Low standby loss
S0 interface potential
M-bus interface
Interface for Eltako RS485 bus
1)
CT operated energy meter
2)
Switches over automatically from 5+2 to 6+1.
MID meters require no subsequent calibration with calibration mark. Instead, they are the equivalent of calibrated meters as a result of MID testing and an
EU Declaration of Conformity from the manufacturer.
THREE-PHASE ENERGY METER DSZ15D-3X80A MID
DSZ15D-3X80A MID
Maximum current 3x80 A. Standby loss 0.5 watt per path only.

Accuracy class B (1%). With S0 interface.
It measures active energy by means of the current between input and output. The internal power
consumption of 0.5 watt active power per path is neither metered nor indicated.
The N terminal must always be connected.
Typical connection The 7 segment LC display is also legible twice within a period of 2 weeks without power supply.
4-wire-connection 3x230/400 V Power consumption is shown by a bar flashing at a rate of 100 times per kWh.
to terminals E1/E2.
On the right next to the display are the keys MODE and SELECT. Press them to scroll through the menu ac-
cording to the operation manual. First the background lighting switches on. The display then shows the
When the phase conductor is missing or the current direction is wrong 'false' and the corresponding
phase conductor are indicated on the display.

10-3
languages:
DSZ15D-3*80A_MID
DSZ15D-3x80A Three-phase energy meter, MID approval Art. No. 28380015 157,60 €/pc.

THREE-PHASE ENERGY METER DSZ15DE-3X80A, WITHOUT APPROVAL
DSZ15DE-3X80A

It measures active energy by means of the current between input and output. The internal power consumption
of 0.5 watt active power per path is neither metered nor indicated. Like all meters without declaration of
conformity (e.g. MID), this meter is not permitted for billing.
Typical connection The N terminal must always be connected.
4-wire-connection 3x230/400 V The 7 segment LC display is also legible twice within a period of 2 weeks without power supply.
Power consumption is shown by a bar flashing at a rate of 100 times per kWh.
to terminals E1/E2.
according to the operation manual. First the background lighting switches on. The display then shows
the total active energy per tariff, the active energy per resettable memory RS1 or RS2, and the instantaneous
When the phase conductor is missing or the current direction is wrong 'false' and the corresponding phase
conductor are indicated on the display.
10-4 Manuals and documents in further

languages: DSZ15DE- Three-phase energy meter, without approval Art. No. 28380615 116,00 €/pc.
DSZ15DE-3*80A
3x80A

TWO-WAY THREE-PHASE METER DSZ15DZ-3x80A MID
DSZ15DZ-3x80A MID NEW
Two-way three-phase meter. Maximum current 3x80 A. Standby loss 0.5 watt per path only.
Modulair device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting.

Accuracy class B (1%). With S0 interface as standard.
sumption of 0.5 watt active power per path is neither metered nor indicated.
If the energy consumption (P positive) is greater than the energy supply (P negative), the meter reading
Typical connection T Ɓ is increased. If the energy supply is greater than the energy consumption, the meter reading
4-wire-connection 3x230/400 V T ſ is increased. Energy consumption is shown with a right arrow Ɓ and energy supply is shown with
The N terminal must always be connected.
voltage and current values for each phase conductor can be displayed. 10-5
languages: Error message
DSZ15DZ-3*80A_MID If a phase connection is missing, the corresponding phase is shown on the display.
Technical data page 10-25. DSZ15DZ- Two-way three-phase meter, Art. No. 28480315 210,90 €/pc.
3x80A MID calibrated

CT OPERATED THREE-PHASE ENERGY METER DSZ15WD-3X5A MID
DSZ15WD-3X5A MID
CT operated three-phase energy meter with settable CT ratio and MID.

This three-phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and out-
put. The internal power consumption of 0.5 watt active power per path is neither metered nor indicated.
according to the operation manual. First the background lighting switches on. The display then shows
the total active energy, the active energy per resettable memory, and the instantaneous values of con-
sumption, voltage and current per phase.
1250:5 and 1500:5.
10-6 When the phase conductor is missing or the current direction is wrong 'false' and the corresponding
meters.

languages: DSZ15WD- CT operated three-phase energy meter, Art. No. 28305015 204,10 €/pc.
http://eltako.com/redirect/ 3x5A MID approval
DSZ15WD-3*5A_MID

M-BUS THREE-PHASE ENERGY METER DSZ15DM-3X80A MID
DSZ15DM-3X80A MID
M-bus three-phase energy meter.

Accuracy class B (1%). With M-bus interface.
It measures active energy by means of the current between input and output.
The internal power consumption of 0.5 watt active power per path is neither metered nor indicated.
The inrush current is 4O mA.
Power consumption is indicated by an LED flashing at a rate of 1000 times per KWh.
to terminals E1/E2.
First the background lighting switches on. The display then shows the total active energy per tariff, the
active energy of the resettable memory RS1 or RS2 as well as the instantaneous values of consumption,
voltage and current per phase
When the phase conductor is missing or the current direction is wrong 'false' and the corresponding
M-bus data transfer
On read-out all values are transferred in a telegram. 10-7
languages: The following telegrams are supported:
DSZ15DM-3*80A_MID - Initialisation: SND_NKE Reply: ACK
- Read out meter: REQ_UD2 Reply: RSP_UD
- Change primary address: SND_UD Reply: ACK
- Reset RS1: SND_UD Reply: ACK
- Slave selection for the secondary address Reply: ACK
The device does not reply to unknown requests
The transfer rate is detected automatically
The device has a voltage monitor. In case of voltage loss, all registers are saved in the EEPROM.
Changing the M-bus primary address:
To change the M-bus primary address, hold down SELECT for 3 s. In the menu that appears, press MODE to
increment the address by 10. Press SELECT to increment by 1. When the required primary address is set,
wait until the main menu reappears.
Secondary address
It is possible to communicate with the energy meters according to the standard EN13757 using the
secondary address.
The use of wild cards is possible.
For details refer to the operating instructions at www.eltako.com.
Technical data page 10-25. DSZ15DM- M-bus three-phase energy meter, Art. No. 28380512 243,70 €/pc.
3x80A MID approval

M-BUS CT OPERATED THREE-PHASE ENERGY METER DSZ15WDM-3X5A MID
DSZ15WDM-3X5A MID
M-bus CT operated three-phase energy meter with settable CT ratio and MID.

Accuracy class B (1%). With M-bus interface.
This three-phase meter measures active energy by means of the currents flowing between inputs and
outputs. The internal power consumption of 0.5 watt active power per path is neither metered nor indicated.
1, 2 or 3 converters with secondary currents of up to 5 A can be connected.
The inrush current is 1O mA.
Power consumption is indicated by an LED flashing at a rate of 10 times per KWh.
On the right next to the display are the MODE and SELECT buttons to browse through the menu. First the
background lighting switches on. Then the total active energy, the active energy of the resettable memory
and the instantaneous values of power, voltage and current are displayed for each outer conductor.
which are marked with ‘JUMPER’. To adjust the CT ratio to the installed transformer remove the bridge and
1250:5 and 1500:5.
If there is no outer conductor of the current direction is incorrect, 'false' and the related outer conductor
10-8 are indicated in the display.
M-bus data transfer
On read-out all values are transferred in a telegram.
The following telegrams are supported:
- Initialisation: SND_NKE Reply: ACK
- Read out meter: REQ_UD2 Reply: RSP_UD
languages: - Change primary address: SND_UD Reply: ACK
DSZ15WDM-3*5A_MID - Reset RS1: SND_UD Reply: ACK
- Slave selection for the secondary address Reply: ACK
The device does not reply to unknown requests
The transfer rate is detected automatically
The device has a voltage monitor. In case of voltage loss, all registers are saved in the EEPROM.
Changing the M-bus primary address:
To change the M-bus primary address, hold down SELECT for 3 s. In the menu that appears, press MODE to
increment the address by 10. Press SELECT to increment by 1. When the required primary address is set,
wait until the main menu reappears.
Secondary address
It is possible to communicate with the energy meters according to the standard EN13757 using the
secondary address.
The use of wild cards is possible.
For details refer to the operating instructions at www.eltako.com.
Important!
Before working on the current transformers disconnect the voltage paths of the energy meters.
Technical data page 10-25. DSZ15WDM- CT operated three-phase energy meter, Art. No. 28305515 243,70 €/pc.
3x5A MID approval

RS485 BUS WIRELESS THREE-PHASE ENERGY METER DSZ14DRS-3X80A MID
DSZ14DRS-3X80A MID
RS485 bus wireless three-phase energy meter. Maximum current 3x80 A. Standby loss 0.8 W at L1
and only 0.5 W at L2 and L3 each.
of 0.8 W or 0.5 W active power per path is neither metered nor indicated.
Typical connection The terminals mL1 and N must always be connected.
4-wire-connection 3x230/400 V Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus via a FBA14 by means of a 2-wire screened bus line (e.g. telephone
to terminals E1/E2.
according to the operation manual. First the background lighting switches on. The display then shows the
values of consumption, voltage and current per phase. 10-9
languages: Error message (false)
DSZ14DRS-3*80A_MID When the phase conductor is missing or the current direction is wrong 'false' and the corresponding phase
conductor are indicated on the display.
Technical data page 10-25. DSZ14DRS- RS485 bus wireless three-phase energy meter, Art. No. 28365715 200,50 €/pc.
3x80A MID approval

RS485 BUS TWO-WAY THREE-PHASE METER WITH DISPLAY DSZ14DRSZ-3x80A MID
DSZ14DRSZ-3x80A MID
RS485 bus two-way three-phase meter. Maximum current 3x80 A. Standby loss 0,8 W at L1 and only
0,5 W at L2 and L3 each.
sumption of 0,8 W or 0,5 W active power per path is neither metered nor indicated.
Typical connection If the energy consumption (P positive) is greater than the energy supply (P negative), the meter reading
4-wire-connection 3x230/400 V T Ɓ is increased. If the energy supply is greater than the energy consumption, the meter reading
T ſ is increased. Energy consumption is shown with a right arrow Ɓ and energy supply is shown with
The terminals L1 and N must always be connected.
Connection via a FBA14 to the Eltako RS485 bus with a 2-wire shielded bus cable (telephone cable).
The meter reading and the momentary power are transferred to the bus – e.g. for transfer to an external
computer or a Professional Smart Home controller – and is also transferred to the wireless network via
the FAM14. For this it is necessary that a device address is assigned from the wireless antenna module
FAM14, according to the operating instructions.
10-10 Manuals and documents in further
languages: The 7 segment LC display is also legible twice within a period of 2 weeks without power supply.
DSZ14DRSZ-3*80A_MID Power consumption is indicated using a LED next to the display flashing 1000 times per KWh.
voltage and current values for each phase conductor can be displayed.
Error message
If a phase connection is missing, the corresponding phase is shown on the display.
page 1-49.
DSZ14DRSZ- RS485 bus two-way three-phase meter with Art. No. 28465715 232,20 €/pc.
3x80A display, MID approval

RS485 BUS WIRELESS THREE-PHASE ENERGY METER, MID APPROVAL
DSZ14WDRS-3X5A MID
DSZ14WDRS-3X5A MID
RS485 bus wireless three-phase energy meter with settable CT ratio and MID. Maximum current
3x5 A. Standby loss 0.8 W at L1 and only 0.5 W at L2 and L3 each.
This three-phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and
output. The internal power consumption of 0.8 W or 0.5 W active power per path is neither metered nor
indicated.
Typical connection The inrush current is 10 mA.
4-wire-connection 3x230/400 V The terminals mL1 and N must always be connected.
Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus via a FBA14 by means of a 2-wire screened bus line (e.g. telephone
First the background lighting switches on. The display then shows the total active energy, the active
energy of the resettable memory as well as the instantaneous values of consumption, voltage and current
per phase
The CT ratio can also be set. It is set to 5:5 at the factory and blocked with a bridge over the terminals 10-11
1250:5 and 1500:5.
DSZ14WDRS-3*5A_MID phase conductor are indicated on the display.
meters.
Technical data page 10-25. DSZ14WDRS- RS485 bus wireless three-phase energy meter, Art. No. 28305712 209,10 €/pc.
3x5A MID approval

MOBILE THREE-PHASE ENERGY METER DSZ180CEE-16A MID
MOBILE THREE-PHASE ENERGY METER DSZ180CEE-32A MID
DSZ180CEE-16A MID NEW
Mobile three-phase energy meter with CEE plug 16 A and CEE coupling 16 A. Suitable for indoor and
outdoor use. Maximum current 16 A, standby loss 0.5 watt per path only.
Housing dimensions 180x86x82 mm, connection cable 1.5 m (including plug and coupling).
This mobile three-phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input
and output.
The internal power consumption of max. 0.5 watt active power per path is neither metered nor indicated.
The display can only be read when the power supply is on. However, the consumption is saved to a non-
volatile memory and is displayed immediately after a power failure.
The digital display has 7 digits. Two decimal places are indicated up to 99999.99 kWh.
Above 100000.0 kWh there is only one decimal place.
Power consumption is shown by a LED flashing at a rate of 100 times per kWh.

languages:
DSZ180CEE-16A_MID
Technical data page 10-25. DSZ180CEE-16A Mobile three-phase energy meter, with MID Art. No. 28016128 213,70 €/pc.
10-12
DSZ180CEE-32A MID NEW
Mobile three-phase energy meter with CEE plug 32 A and CEE coupling 32 A. Suitable for indoor and
outdoor use. Maximum current 32 A, standby loss 0.5 watt per path only.
This mobile three-phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input
and output.
The internal power consumption of max. 0.5 watt active power per path is neither metered nor indicated.
The digital display has 7 digits. Two decimal places are indicated up to 99999.99 kWh.

languages:
DSZ180CEE-32A_MID
Technical data page 10-25. DSZ180CEE-32A Mobile three-phase energy meter, with MID Art. No. 28032128 225,50 €/pc.

RS485 BUS WIRELESS SINGLE-PHASE ENERGY METER FWZ14-65A
FWZ14-65A
RS485 bus wireless single-phase energy meter, maximum current 65 A. Only 0.5 watt standby loss.
The meter reading, the current power and the serial number will be handed over to the bus – eg for for-
warding to an external computer or Professional Smart Home controller – and also to the wireless network
via FAM14. For this it is necessary that a device address is assigned from the wireless antenna module
FAM14, according to the manual.
languages: sumption of 0.5 watt active power is not metered.
1 phase conductor with a max. current up to 65 A can be connected.
The inrush current is 40 mA. In operation the rotary switch must be set to AUTO.
Power consumption is indicated using a LED.
If the L input and the L output were interchanged when hooked up, a normal rate (HT)/off-peak (NT) swit-
chover telegram is transmitted to indicate the hook-up error.
If the anticipated load exceeds 50%, maintain an air gap of ½ pitch unit to the devices mounted
adjacently. Thereto included are 2 spacers DS14, a short jumper and two long jumpers.
FWZ14-65A RS485 bus wireless single-phase energy meter Art. No. 30014050 79,70 €/pc.
10-13

RS485 BUS METER COLLECTOR F3Z14D
F3Z14D
Wireless meter concentrator for electricity, gas and water meters.
For 3 S0 interfaces and/or 3 AFZ scanners, only 0.1 watt standby loss.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 modul = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
This meter concentrator concentrates the data of up to three electricity, data and water meters and
supplies this data to the RS485 bus. Either for forwarding to an external computer or for sending over the
Wireless Building System.
Hook-up is either by connection to the S0 interface of the meters or by use of an AFZ scanner on each
Ferraris meter. The scanner is bonded above the rotary disc of the meter and connected by its connecting
Further settings can be made using the wire to one of the S01-S03/GND terminals. The F3Z14D detects automatically whether an S0 interface or
PC Tool PCT14. an AFZ is connected.
The meter reading is entered into the display by two pushbuttons as well as the impulse rate (number of
impulses or revolutions per kilowatt hour or cubic meter). The settings can be locked.
languages: Meter readings can be entered and read out using the PCT14 PC Tool. In addition, impulse rates can be
http://eltako.com/redirect/F3Z14D
entered. The default display is selectable and operation of the device is interlocked.
Field 1:
The default display is the unit of the meter reading currently displayed in Field 3, either in kilowatt hours
kWh or megawatt hours MWh or cubic meter M3 or cubic decametre DM3
Field 2:
Momentary value of active power in watts and kilowatts or flow in centilitres and decilitres.
The arrow on the left in display field 1 indicates automatic switchover from 0-99 W or cl/s to 0.1 to 65 kW or
10-14 dal/s. The display depends on the number of impulses of the meter.
The displayed minimum load is e.g. 10 watts at 2000 impulses per KWH and 2000 watts at 10 impulses per
KWH.
Field 3:
The meter reading is the default display. Every 4 seconds, the display alternates between 3 integer
numbers and 1 decimal point (from 0 to 999.9 ) and an additional 1 or to 3 integer numbers (from 0 to 999).
Select meter in display:
Press MODE and then press MODE again to select the ANZ function. Press SET to select the meter number
to be displayed as default. Press MODE to confirm.
Issue device address in the bus and send teach-in telegrams as described in the operating instructions.
All Eltako energy meters are fitted with an S0 interface and can therefore be connected to the energy
meter concentrator F3Z14D. Only devices FWZ14-65A, DSZ14DRS-3x80A and DSZ14WDRS-3x5A are
directly connected to the bus.
F3Z14D RS485 bus meter collector Art. No. 30014055 59,10 €/pc.

RS485 BUS ENERGY METER DATA GATEWAY FSDG14
FSDG14
Wireless energy meter data gateway for meters equipped with an IEC 62056-21 IR interface.
2 channels. Only 0.4 watt standby loss.
This energy meter data gateway can provide the data of an electronic domestic supply meter (eHZ-EDL)
with IR interface according to IEC 62056-21 and SML protocol version 1 to the RS485 bus. Either for for-
warding to an external computer or Professional Smart Home controller.
Regular flashing of the green LED indicates that the FSDG14 is receiving data from the meter. Active
power, up to 4 meter readings and the serial number are transferred. The serial number corresponds to
Function rotary switch the last 4 bytes (hex) of the server ID printed on the meter. The telegram is sent over the wireless building
service by means of the wireless antenna module FAM14. Usage data are transmitted over channel 1 and
delivery data over channel 2. It is therefore essential for the FAM14 to issue a device address. If there is a
change in active power or a meter reading, the appropriate telegram is sent immediately and all tele-
grams including the serial number are sent cyclically every 10 minutes.
Also display with FEA65D.
The PCT14 PC tool can also read out the FSDG14.
Turn the rotary switch to select the following operating modes (OBIS codes according to IEC 62056-61):
Standard setting ex works. 1: Usage meter (1.8.0) and usage power on channel 1, delivery meter (2.8.0) and delivery power on Channel 2.
2: Usage tariff 1 (1.8.1) and tariff 2 (1.8.2) and usage power on channel 1, delivery tariff 1 (2.8.1) and tariff 2
(2.8.2) and delivery power on channel 2.
3: Usage tariff 1 (1.8.1) and tariff 2 (1.8.2) and usage power on channel 1, delivery meter (2.8.0) and delivery
power on Channel 2.
4: Usage meter (1.8.0) and usage power on channel 1, delivery tariff 1 (2.8.1) and tariff 2 (2.8.2) and delivery 10-15
power on channel 2.
The link is made by using an AIR IR scanner. The scanner is attached by its fixing magnets to the IR output
of the meter and is connected by its connecting cable to terminals Rx, GND and +12 V.
FSDG14 RS485 bus energy meter data gateway Art. No. 30014066 57,90 €/pc.
AIR IR scanner for energy meters Art. No. 30000970 107,90 €/pc.
IR scanner for energy meters

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSDG14

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/AIR

SINGLE-PHASE ENERGY METER WSZ15D-32A MID AND
SINGLE-PHASE ENERGY METER WSZ15DE-32A, WITHOUT APPROVAL
WSZ15D-32A MID
Maximum current 32 A. Standby loss 0.4 watt only.

1 module = 18 mm wide and 58 mm deep.
This single-phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and out-
put. The internal power consumption of 0.4 watt active power is neither metered nor indicated.
1 phase conductor with a max. current of up to 32 A can be connected.
The start current is 2O mA.
Typical connection If the anticipated load exceeds 50%, maintain an air gap of ½ pitch unit to the devices mounted adjacently.
If necessary, use spacer DS12.
Two N terminals for secure cross wiring of several counters.
Press the button.
Below the displays is a button which you can use to browse through the menu as described in the User
Manual. First the background lighting switches on. Then you can display the total active energy, active
energy of the resettable memory and the instantaneous values for active power, voltage and current.
Error message
In the event of a connection error the backlighting of the display flashes.

languages:
10-16 http://eltako.com/redirect/
WSZ15D-32A_MID
WSZ15D-32A Single-phase energy meter, MID approval Art. No. 28032015 67,00 €/pc.
WSZ15DE-32A

of 0.4 watt active power is neither metered nor indicated. Like all meters without declaration of conformity
(e.g. MID), this meter is not permitted for billing.
Every 30 seconds, the display switches for 5 seconds from the accumulated active energy in kWh to
Typical connection the momentary consumption in watts.
1 phase conductor with a max. current up to 32 A can be connected. If the anticipated load exceeds 50%,
maintain an air gap of ½ pitch unit to the devices mounted adjacently.
If necessary, use spacer DS12. The inrush current is 20 mA. The display can only be read when the power
supply is on. However, the consumption is saved to a non-volatile memory and is displayed immediately
after power restoration.
The digital display has 7 digits. Two decimal places are indicated up to 99999.99 kWh. Above 100000.0 kWh
there is only one decimal place.
Error message
In the event of a connection error a LED in the display flashes.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/WSZ15DE-32A
WSZ15DE-32A Single-phase energy meter, without approval Art. No. 28032615 59,00 €/pc.
SINGLE-PHASE ENERGY METERS WSZ15D-65A MID
WSZ15D-65A MID

put. The internal power consumption of 0.4 watt active power is neither metered nor indicated.
The start current is 4O mA.
Anschlussbeispiel
If the anticipated load exceeds 50%, maintain an air gap of ½ pitch unit to the devices mounted adjacently.
If necessary, use spacer DS12.
Press the button.
Below the displays is a button which you can use to browse through the menu as described in the User
Manual. First the background lighting switches on. Then you can display the total active energy, active
energy of the resettable memory and the instantaneous values for active power, voltage and current.
Error message
In the event of a connection error the backlighting of the display flashes.
WSZ15D-65A Single-phase energy meter, MID approval Art. No. 28065615 71,50 €/pc.
languages: 10-17
WSZ15D-65A_MID

SINGLE-PHASE ENERGY METER WZR12-32A WITH RESET, WITHOUT APPROVAL
WZR12-32A
Maximum current 32 A, standby loss 0.5 watt only.

This single-phase energy meter with reset function uses the current between input and output to
measure active energy and saves the consumption parameter in a non-volatile memory.
Accuracy conforms to Class B MID (1%) like all Eltako single-phase energy meters, the inrush current is
20 mA.
Typical connection Field 1:
This display refers to the cumulative value in field 3.
|||| moving slowly to the right = Field 3 shows the cumulative consumption since last reset. This is the
display standard mode.
H01 = Field 3 shows the consumption for the last hour up to H24 = 24 hours ago.
D01 = Field 3 shows the consumption for the last day up to D95 = 95 days ago.
Field 2:
Instantaneous values of energy consumption (active power) in watt (W) or kilowatt (kW).
The display arrows on the left and right show the automatic change W and kW.
Field 3:
Cumulative value up to 9999 kWh. Display up to 9.999 kWh with 3 decimal digits, from 10 kWh with
1 decimal digit and from 1000 kWh without decimal digit.
Press the left button MODE to scroll down the display options which are shown in field 1:
10-18 H01 and D01 as described above. Finally, press MODE to show the abbreviation of the set language, e.g. GB
for English, D for German, F for French and ES for Spanish.
languages: Press the right button SELECT once within the display options to increment the indicated figure by 1.
http://eltako.com/redirect/WZR12-32A
The corresponding value is indicated in field 3. The last clock hour then becomes the hour before last, etc.
If the active language was selected with MODE, press SELECT to switch to a different language. Exit the
new language setting by pressing MODE to activate the setting.
The program returns to the standard display mode automatically if MODE or SELECT are not operated for
20 seconds or if you press both buttons briefly simultaneously.
Reset
Hold down the buttons MODE and SELECT simultaneously for 3 seconds until RES appears in segment 1.
Then press SELECT briefly to reset all memories. Afterwards the program returns automatically to
standard display mode.
Technical data page 10-25. WZR12-32A Single-phase energy meter with reset, Art. No. 28032410 74,50 €/pc.
without approval

MOBILE SINGLE-PHASE ENERGY METERS
MOBILE SINGLE-PHASE ENERGY METER WSZ110DSS-16A MID
MOBILE SINGLE-PHASE ENERGY METERS –

THE VERSATILE QUICK PLUG-IN SOLUTION
With increasing electrical energy costs coupled with increasing temporary drying machines or outside catering wagons, energy used
requirements it is becoming more and more important to know has a cost and an accurate bill is much better than an estimate for
the exact costs and use of energy more than ever before. Inside a both parties. Eltako presents the quick and easy solution for your
building this can be accomplished by fixed meters, but what about temporary single phase MID metering needs with its robust design
outside? From charging your car battery to temporary lighting rigs, and easy to read display, which can be used again and again.
WSZ110DSS-16A MID NEW
Mobile single-phase energy meter with German type plug and coupling (Type F).
Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Maximum current 16 A, Standby loss 0,4 watt only.
This mobile single-phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input
and output. The internal power consumption of 0.4 watt active power is neither metered nor indicated.
Every 30 seconds, the display switches for 5 seconds from the accumulated active energy in kWh
to the momentary consumption in watts.
The start current is 20 mA.
The display can only be read when the power supply is on. However, the consumption is saved to a non- 10-19
languages: volatile memory and is displayed immediately after a power failure.
WSZ110DSS-16A_MID The digital display has 7 digits.
Two decimal places are indicated up to 99999.99 kWh.
Technical data page 10-25. WSZ110DSS-16A Mobile single-phase energy meter with MID Art. No. 28016110 106,30 €/pc.

MOBILE SINGLE-PHASE ENERGY METER WSZ110DSS-16A+PRCD MID
MOBILE SINGLE-PHASE ENERGY METER WSZ110CEE-16A MID
WSZ110DSS-16A+PRCD MID NEW
Mobile single-phase energy meter with German type plug and coupling (Type F).
With additional residual current circuit breaker PRCD 30 mA. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use.
Every 30 seconds, the display switches for 5 seconds from the accumulated active energy in kWh
to the momentary consumption in watts.
languages: The digital display has 7 digits.
WSZ110DSS-16A*PRCD_MID Two decimal places are indicated up to 99999.99 kWh.
The personal protection intermediate switch PRCD detects fault currents that occur, for example, when
a faulty electrical device is touched, and interrupts the current so quickly that life-threatening accidents
can be prevented. It also has an undervoltage release that switches off in the event of a mains voltage
failure. With function indication and test button.
10-20 WSZ110DSS- Mobile single-phase energy meter personal Art. No. 28016112 206,20 €/pc.
16A+PRCD protection intermediate switch PRCD, with MID
WSZ110CEE-16A MID NEW
Mobile single-phase energy meter with CEE plug and CEE coupling. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use.
Maximum current 16 A. Standby loss 0,4 watt only.
the momentary consumption in watts.
WSZ110CEE-16A_MID Two decimal places are indicated up to 99999.99 kWh.
Technical data page 10-25. WSZ110CEE-16A Mobile single-phase energy meter with MID Art. No. 28016111 107,40 €/pc.

MOBILE SINGLE-PHASE ENERGY METER WSZ110CEE-16A+PRCD MID
WSZ110CEE-16A+PRCD MID NEW
Mobile single-phase energy meter with CEE plug and CEE coupling.
With additional residual current circuit breaker PRCD 30 mA. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use.
Maximum current 16 A. Standby loss 0,4 watt only.
the momentary consumption in watts.
WSZ110CEE-16A*PRCD_MID Two decimal places are indicated up to 99999.99 kWh.
The personal protection intermediate switch PRCD detects fault currents that occur, for example, when
a faulty electrical device is touched, and interrupts the current so quickly that life-threatening accidents
can be prevented. It also has an undervoltage release that switches off in the event of a mains voltage
failure. With function indication and test button.
WSZ110CEE- Mobile single-phase energy meter personal Art. No. 28016113 202,40 €/pc. 10-21
16A+PRCD protection intermediate switch PRCD, with MID

ENERGY METER TRANSMITTER MODULE FSS12-12V DC
FSS12-12V DC
Wireless energy meter transmitter module for connection to S0 interface of many single-phase energy
meters and three-phase energy meters. Only 0.5 watt standby loss. With load shedding relay 1 NO contact
potential free 4 A/250 V and with exchangeable antenna. If required, a wireless antenna FA250 or
FAG55E- can be connected.

The energy meter transmitter module FSS12 evaluates the signals of the S0 interface of an electricity
meter and sends wireless telegrams with the consumption and the meter reading to the Eltako
wireless building for evaluation with the Professional Smart Home Controller. On three-phase
The enclosed small antenna energy meters, the data sent includes normal rate (HT) or off-peak (NT) energy tariff data, provided
can be replaced with a wireless the E1/E2 terminals on the three-phase energy meter are connected to E1/E2 on the FSS12.
antenna FA250 or if need be With adjustable pulse rate.
FA200 and FAG55E- (see page 1-4). The 12 V DC supply voltage is powered at 12 W by a switch mode power supply unit SNT12-230V/12V DC-1A
that is only 1 pitch unit wide.
If the relay of the FSS12 is switched on, a power of 0.6 watts is required.
Typical connection The setting and display screen is subdivided into 3 fields:
Field 1: The normal display is the unit of the meter reading currently displayed in Field 3.
This alternates every 4 seconds with either kilowatt hours kWh (KWH in display) or megawatt hours
MWh (MWH in display). The display in Field 1 is supplemented by a + sign after the reading to indica-
te that the off-peak tariff rate is applied to E1/E2.
Field 2: Instantaneous values of energy consumption (active power) in watt (W) or kilowatt (kW).
The left-pointing arrow in Field 1 indicates an automatic switchover from 0 to 99 W to 0.1 to 65 kW.
10-22 Field 3: The meter reading is the normal display. Every 4 seconds the display alternates between 3
whole numbers and 1 decimal point (from 0.1 to 999.9 kWh) and 1 or max 3 whole numbers (from 0 to
999 MWh). At freely chosen pulse rates whose last digit is not 0, the meter reading is displayed without
decimal place in increments of 1 kWh.
Wireless telegrams: Maximum every 130 seconds a performance telegram will be sent and the display
will be updated. Otherwise a telegram will be sent within 20 seconds if the power changed by at least
10%.
A switchover from HT to NT is transmitted immediately in the same way as a meter reading change. A
full telegram comprising meter reading HT, meter reading NT and power is transmitted 20 seconds af-
languages: ter the power supply is switched on and then every 10 minutes. Settings with the MODE and SET but-
http://eltako.com/redirect/FSS12-12V_DC
tons according to the operating instructions.
FSS12-12V DC Wireless energy meter transmitter module Art. No. 30100600 108,80 €/pc.

SINGLE-PHASE ENERGY METER WITH ENERGY CONSUMPTION INDICATOR EVA12-32A
EVA12-32A
Maximum current 32 A, standby loss 0.5 watt only.

The energy consumption indicator EVA12 uses the current between input and output to measure
active energy in the same way as a single-phase energy meter. It saves the consumption parameter
in a non-volatile memory.
Accuracy conforms to Class B MID (1%) like all Eltako single-phase energy meters.
Typical connection In this way the energy consumption indicator reproduces exactly the reading on the billing energy
meter installed at a different location in the building.
Field 1:
This display refers to the cumulative value in field 3.
IIII moving slowly to the right = Field 3 shows the cumulative consumption since last reset. This is the
display standard mode.
H01 = Field 3 shows the consumption for the last hour up to H24 = 24 hours ago.
D01 = Field 3 shows the consumption for the last day up to D31 = 31 days ago.
M01 = Field 3 shows the consumption for the last month up to M12 = 12 months ago.
Y01 = Field 3 shows the consumption for the last year up to Y24 = 24 years ago.
Field 2:
Instantaneous values of energy consumption (active power) in watt (W) or kilowatt (kW). The display
arrows on the left and right show the automatic change W and kW. 10-23
Field 3:
languages: Cumulative value in kWh. Display up to 9.999 kWh with 3 decimal digits, from 10 kWh with 1 deciaml digit
http://eltako.com/redirect/EVA12-32A
and from 1000 kWh without decimal digit.
Press the left button MODE to scroll down the display options which are shown in field 1:
H01, D01, M01 and Y01 as described above. Finally, press MODE to show the abbreviation of the set language,
e.g. GB for English, D for German and F for French.
Press the right button SELECT once within the display options to increment the indicated figure by 1. The
corresponding value is indicated in field 3. The last clock hour then becomes the hour before last, etc.
If the active language was selected with MODE, press SELECT to switch to a different language. Exit the
new language setting by pressing MODE to activate the setting.
The program returns to the standard display mode automatically if MODE or SELECT are not operated for
20 seconds or if you press both buttons briefly simultaneously.
Reset
To start saving the values to the nearest hour, we recommend performing a reset at an opportune moment
after installation. Hold down the buttons MODE and SELECT simultaneously for a further 3 seconds until
RES appears in field 1. Then press SELECT briefly to reset all memories. Afterwards the program returns
automatically to standard display mode.
Technical data page 10-25. EVA12-32A Single-phase energy meter with energy Art. No. 28032411 75,10 €/pc.
consumption indicator

WIRELESS SINGLE-PHASE ENERGY METER FWZ12-65A
WIRELESS OUTDOOR SOCKET ENERGY METER FASWZ-16A
FWZ12-65A
Wireless single-phase energy meter, maximum current 65 A. Only 0.5 watt standby loss.
put and transmits the current power and meter reading over the Eltako wireless network. Accuracy class
B (1%).
Evaluation and smart link via Smart Home-Controller.
languages: If the anticipated load exceeds 50%, maintain an air gap of ½ pitch unit to the devices mounted adjacent-
ly. If necessary, use spacer DS12.
The inrush current is 40 mA. The consumption is saved to a non-volatile memory and is immediately
available again after a power failure.
Wireless telegrams: A telegram is transmitted within 60 seconds if the power status changes by min.
10 percent. A change in meter reading is transmitted immediately. A full telegram comprising meter reading
and power status is transmitted every 10 minutes. When the power supply is switched on, a teach-in tele-
gram is sent to teach in the associated energy consumption indicator.
If the L input and the L output were interchanged when hooked up, a normal rate (HT)/off-peak (NT) swit-
chover telegram is transmitted to indicate the hook-up error.
FWZ12-65A Wireless single-phase energy meter Art. No. 30000308 92,70 €/pc.
10-24
FASWZ-16A NEW
Wireless outdoor socket energy meter, maximum current 16 A. 116x56x46 mm (measurements

without plug), black. Suitable for both indoors and outdoors, IP44 (splash-proof). Only 0.4 watt
standby loss. Smart Home actuator.
This single-phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and
output and transmits the consumption and meter reading over the Eltako wireless network.
Evaluation and smart connection via a Smart Home controller.
The consumption is saved to a non-volatile memory and is immediately available again after a power failure.
WEEE registration number DE 30298319 Wireless telegrams: A telegram is transmitted within 30 seconds if the power status changes by min.
10 percent. A change in meter reading is transmitted immediately.
A full telegram comprising meter reading and power status is transmitted every 10 minutes.
languages: After plugging in the counter and also when pressing the LRN button, a learn telegram, a counter reading
http://eltako.com/redirect/FASWZ-16A
telegram and a power telegram are sent.
FASWZ-16A Wireless outdoor socket energy meter Art. No. 30100015 111,60 €/pc.

WIRELESS ACTUATOR SOCKET SWITCHING ACTUATOR WITH CURRENT MEASUREMENT
FSVA-230V-10A
FSVA-230V-10A
1 NO contact not potential free 10 A/250 V AC, incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts, LED and ESL
up to 400 W. With integrated current measurement up to 10 A. Encrypted wireless, bidirectional
wireless and repeater function are switchable. Only 0.8 watt standby loss.
Adapter for German fused safety socket. With increased shock protection. Supply and switching voltage
230 V. In case of failure of the supply voltage, the switching state is maintained. The recurrent supply
voltage is disconnected in a definite sequence. After plugging wait for short automatic synchronization
before the switched consumer is plugged.
Apparent power is measured by the integrated current measurement from approx. 10 VA to 2300 VA when
the contact is closed. A wireless telegram is transmitted into the Eltako wireless network within 30 seconds
WEEE registration number DE 30298319 after switching on the load or after a change in power by min 5% and cyclically every 10 minutes.
Evaluation and linking of scenes and automations via Professional Smart Homecontroller.
languages: Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless tele-
FSVA-230V-10A gram.This wireless telegram can be taught into other actuators, Professional Smart Home controllers
and universal displays. Up to 35 wireless pushbuttons are assigned with the left button LRN, either as
a universal pushbutton, direction pushbutton or central pushbutton. For the control of extractor hoods
or similar items up to 35 wireless window door contacts FTK or wireless window handle sensors FFG7B-
rw can be taught-in. Several FTK or wireless window handle sensors FFG7B-rw are linked together. If a
FTK or wireless window handle sensor FFG7B-rw is taught-in, control commands of eventually taught-in
pushbuttons are no longer running. It can be switched on and off manually with the right button. The
LED performs during the teach-in process according to the operation manual. It shows wireless control 10-25
commands by short flickering during operation.
FSVA-230V-10A Wireless actuator Socket switching actuator with Art. No. 30100003 118,00 €/pc.
current measurement

TECHNICAL DATA SINGLE-PHASE AND THREE-PHASE
ENERGY METERS AND ENERGY CONSUMPTION INDICATOR
EVA12-32A WSZ15D-65A DSZ15D-3x80A DSZ15WD-3x5A

WSZ15D-32A DSZ15DE-3x80A DSZ15WDM-3x5A
WSZ15DE-32A DSZ15DM-3x80A DSZ14WDRS-3x5A
WZR12-32A DSZ15DZ-3x80A
WSZ110 DSZ14DRS-3x80A
DSZ14DRSZ-3x80A
DSZ180CEE
Rated voltage 230 V, 50 Hz 230 V, 50 Hz 3x230/400 V, 50 Hz 3x230/400 V, 50 Hz

Extended range -2O%/+15% -2O%/+15% -2O%/+15% -2O%/+15%
Reference current I ref 5 (32) A 10 (65) A 3x10 (80) A 3x5 (6) A

(Limiting current I max) WSZ110: DSZ180CEE-32A:
Rated current 16 A Rated current 32A
DSZ180CEE-16A:
Rated current 16A
Internal consumption 0.4 W 0.4 W 0.5 W per path 0.5 W per path
active power EVA12, WZR12: 0.5 W DSZ14DRS: 0.8 W at L1 DSZ14WDRS: 0.8 W at L1
Display LC display 7 digits, LC display 7 digits, LC display 7 digits, LC display 7 digits,

therefrom 1 or 2 digits after therefrom 1 or 2 digits after therefrom 1 or 2 digits after therefrom 1 digit after the
the decimal point the decimal point the decimal point decimal point
Display instantaneous WSZ15D: With a key you can select With a key you can select to- With a key you can select
values With a key you can select active power, voltage and tal active energy and active total active energy and
active power, voltage and current energy resettable, power, active energy resettable,
current voltage and current per power, voltage and current
WSZ15DE, WSZ110: phase tariff 1 and tariff 2 per phase
Active power displayed for (not DSZ180)
5 seconds every 30 seconds
EVA12, WZR12:
10-26
active power
Accuracy class ±1% B B B B
Inrush current according to 20 mA 40 mA 40 mA 10 mA

accuracy class B
Operating temperature -25/+55°C -25/+55°C -25/+55°C -25/+55°C

EVA12, WZR12: -10/+55°C
Interface DSZ15DM and DSZ15WDM with M-bus interface. DSZ14DRS, DSZ14DRSZ and DSZ14WDRS with interface for Eltako RS485 bus.
(not DSZ180, EVA12, All else: Pulse interface S0 according to DIN EN 62053-31, potential free by opto-coupler, max. 30 V DC/2O mA and min. 5 V DC.
WZR12, WSZ110) Impedance 100 ohms.
Pulse length 30 ms Pulse length 30 ms Pulse length 30 ms Pulse length 30 ms
2000 Imp./kWh 2000 Imp./kWh 1000 Imp./kWh 10 Imp./kWh
Terminal cover sealable With sealing cap PK18. With sealing cap PK18. Terminal cover claps Terminal cover claps
For the current path 1 sealing For the current path 1 sealing (not DSZ180)
cap is required cap is required
(not WSZ110)
Protection degree lP50 for mounting in distribution cabines with protection class IP51 lP50 for mounting in distribution cabines with protection class IP51
WSZ110: IP54 DSZ180: IP54
Maximum conductor 6 mm2 L terminals 16 mm2, N and L terminals 16 mm2,

cross section WSZ15D, WSZ15DE: N and S0 terminals 6 mm2 S0, M-Bus and RS485 bus terminals 6 mm2
L terminals 16 mm2 DSZ15D/DE/DM-3x80A and DSZ14DRS-3x80A:
(not WSZ110) L terminals 25 mm2
(not DSZ180)
The N terminal of three-phase energy meters must be connected, if not the electronics might be destroyed.
Compliance with: EN 50470

MEASURING INSTRUMENTS DIRECTIVE MID
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS DIRECTIVE MID
On 31.04.2004, the European Parliament and the Council adopted The MID regulates the following:
the European Measuring Instruments Directive (MID) 2004/22/EC.
The MID came into force in all member states of the EU and in Swit- the technical requirements (standard series DIN EN 50470-1/-3)
zerland on 30.10.2006. The 10 types of measuring instruments also the conformity assessment procedure
include active electrical energy meters. the putting into use of measuring instruments
In the meantime, this has been replaced by directive 2014/32/EU marking the measuring instruments
of the European Parliament and of the Council of February 26, 2014 market surveillance
(new version).
National law continues to regulate the following:
The MID replaces previous regulations on national approval
and subsequent calibration in the domestic, trade and light recalibration
industry sectors. calibration validity
charges
A manufacturer’s Declaration of Conformity was produced based on
this new directive. When an MID instrument is put into use, we declare conformity
There is a type examination certificate or pattern examination with the MID in the operating instructions. The number of the type
certificate for each type. examination certificate is also quoted there.
10-27
THE DEVICE BEARS THE MID CONFORMITY MARK THAT CONSISTS OF:
CE – M22 – 0598
Identification number of the notified body
Metrology mark M + year of putting into use
CE mark
The year after the year of putting into use defines the recalibration MID meters require no subsequent calibration with calibration
time. mark. Instead, they are the equivalent of calibrated meters as a
result of MID testing and an EU Declaration of Conformity from
The period of calibration validity depends on the prevailing national the manufacturer.
law. In Germany, this is 8 years and can then be extended by a
further 8 years by a state certified inspection body, i.e. not the
manufacturer.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR ELECTRICIANS
10-28
TAB VDE
ESR12Z-4DX-
UC
ESR12DDX-UC
ESR61NP-
230V+UC
11
ELECTRONIC IMPULSE SWITCHES –
THE SILENT REVOLUTION.
Electronic impulse switches
Selection table electronic impulse switches 11 - 2
Impulse switch ES12DX-UC 11 - 3
Impulse switch with tungsten pre-contact ESW12DX-UC 11 - 4
Impulse switch ES12-200-UC 11 - 5
Impulse switch ES12-110-UC 11 - 6
Impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR12NP-230V+UC 11 - 7
Digital settable multifunction impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR12DDX-UC 11 - 8
Impulse switch with potential free contacts ES12Z-, also for central control 11 - 9
4-fold impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR12Z-4DX-UC, also for central control and group control 11 - 10
Impulse switch ES61-UC 11 - 11
Impulse switch for installation in lighting fittings ES75-12..24V UC 11 - 11
Multifunction impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR61M-UC 11 - 13
Noiseless impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR61SSR-230V with solid state relay 11 - 14
Technical data electronic impulse switches, also for central control 11 - 15
11-1
SELECTION TABLE ELECTRONIC IMPULSE SWITCHES
THE SILENT REVOLUTION
Without attracting particular attention by switching noise, the advantages, such as multifunction, central control, zero passage
importance of electronic impulse switches with all their variants switching for AC voltage, minimized control power demand and uni-
compared to conventional mechanical versions is growing steadily. versal control voltage.
They offer a highly reduced switching noise and further attractive
Page 11-3 11-4 11-5 11-6 11-7 11-8 11-9 11-9 11-10 11-11 11-11 11-12 11-13 11-14
ESR12NP-230V+UC
ESR61NP-230V+UC
ES75-12..24V UC
ESR61SSR-230V
ESR12Z-4DX-UC
ES12Z-200-UC
ESR12DDX-UC
ES12Z-110-UC
ES12-200-UC
ESW12DX-UC
ES12-110-UC
pictograms
ESR61M-UC
ES12DX-UC
ES61-UC
Modular device for mounting on DIN rail EN
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
60715 TH35, number of modules 18 mm each
Built-in device for installation
(e.g. flush-mounting box)
Number NO contacts 1+1 3) 1+1 3)
1 1 2 1 (1) 2 1 4x1 1 (1) (1) (1)
(not potential free) 2 3) 2 3)
Number NC contacts potential free 1 1-23) 1 1-23)
Zero passage switching 10)

10) 10) 10)
11-2 Switching capacity 16 A/250 V AC

Switching capacity 10 A/250 V AC
up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to
230 V LED lamps (W)
600 600 200 200 600 600 200 200 600 200 200 600 200 400
Incandescent lamp load (W) 2000 3300 2000 2000 2300 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 500 2000 2000 400
Bistable relay(s) as relay contact(s) 8)

8)
8) 8) 9) 9) 9) 9) 8) 9) 8)
Additional control voltage 230 V 5) 5) 5) 6) 5) 6)
Control voltage 12 to 24 V UC
Supply voltage same as control voltage
Supply voltage 230 V 6) 6)
No standby loss 10)

10)
Low standby loss 10) 10)
Glow lamp current (mA)

5 1) 7) 5 1) 7) 5 1) 7) 150 2) 5 1) 7) 50 2)7)
at the control input 230 V
Glow lamp current (mA) at the
5 1) 50 1) 4) 50 1) 4)
control input for universal voltage
Off delay, switch-off early warning function
and permanent light by pushbutton can be
switched on
Multi circuit switch 3) 3)
Group switch 3)
3)
Central control electrically isolated
from the local control
1)
Applies to glow lamps with 170 V ignition voltage, for glow lamps with 90 V ignition voltage approx. ½ glow lamp current. 2) Glow lamp current independent from the ignition voltage. 3) Depends on the set
function. 4) Will automatically be switched on starting at 110 V control voltage. 5) Control with 230 V or low-voltage possible. 6) If the control voltage is 230 V, but the phase conductor is different than the
230 V supply voltage, the universal voltage control input must be used due to the potential disconnection. 7) At the control input . 8) The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation.
It will be synchronised at first operation. 9) The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. 10) Patented Duplex
technology: When switched with 230 V/50 Hz zero passsage switching is activated if L is connected to (L) and N to (N). Then additional standby loss of only 0.1 watt.
IMPULSE SWITCH ES12DX-UC
ES12DX-UC
1 NO contact potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 600 W, incandescent lamp load up
to 2000 W. No standby loss.

With the patented Eltako Duplex technology (DX) the normally potential-free contacts can still switch
in zero passage when switching 230 V AC 50 Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear.
Simply connect the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 1(L) for this. This results in an
If the contact is used for controlling switching devices which do not perform zero passage switching
Typical connections themselves, (N) should not be connected because the additional closing delay otherwise causes the
Either universal control voltage opposite effect.
8 to 230 V UC Either universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC at the control input +A1/A2
or 230 V with glow lamp current up to 5 mA at the control input (L)/-A2 (N).
The simultaneous use of two potentials at the control inputs is not permitted.
Very low switching noise.
No permanent power supply necessary, therefore no standby loss.
The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first
operation.
Same terminal connection as the electromechanical impulse switch S12-100-.
If this impulse switch is in a circuit, which is monitored by a FR12-230V mains disconnection relay,
no additional base load is required. However, the monitoring voltage of the FR12-230V must be set to
'max'. Control only through A1-A2.
11-3
The electronics does not have an internal power supply and therefore no power is consumed in any
or control voltage 230 V with contact position. A control current flows only during a short control impulse of 0.2 seconds. This activates
glow lamp current up to 5 mA the microcontroller, reads the last switching state from the non-voltage memory, switches the bistable
relay to its opposite state accordingly and rewrites the new switching state to memory.
ES12DX-UC Impulse switch, 1 NO contact 16 A Art. No. 21100002 56,90 €/pc.
If N is connected, the
zero passage switching
is active.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ES12DX-UC


IMPULSE SWITCH WITH TUNGSTEN PRE-CONTACT ESW12DX-UC
ESW12DX-UC
1 NO contact potential free 16 A/250 V AC with tungsten pre-contact. 230 V LED lamps up to 600 W,
incandescent lamp load up to 3300 W. Max. inrush current 500 A/2 ms. No standby loss.

in zero passage when switching 230 V AC 50 Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear. Simply connect
the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 1 (L) for this. This gives a standby consumption of
Typical connections only 0.1 Watt.
with zero passage switching Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC.
Low switching noise.
By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating are avoided even in the on mode.
The relay contact can be open or closed during start-up. It is synchronised at first operation.
The electronics does not have an internal power supply and therefore no power is consumed in any contact
position. A control current flows only during a short control impulse of 0.2 seconds. This activates the
microcontroller, reads the last switching state from the non-voltage memory, switches the bistable relay to
its opposite state accordingly and rewrites the new switching state to memory.
ESW12DX-UC Impulse switch with tungsten pre-contact, Art. No. 21100801 55,50 €/pc.
1 NO contact 16 A
11-4
without zero passage switching

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ESW12DX-UC


IMPULSE SWITCH ES12-200-UC
ES12-200-UC
2 NO contacts potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamp load
up to 2000 W. No standby loss.

Either universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC at the control input +A1/A2
or 230V with glow lamp current up to 5 mA at the control input (L)/-A2 (N).
Typical connections State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high
Either universal control voltage capacity of special relays.
8 to 230 V UC By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode.
operation.
Maximum current across both contacts 16 A for 230 V.
If this impulse switch is in a circuit, which is monitored by a FR12-230V mains disconnection relay, no
additional base load is required. However, the monitoring voltage of the FR12-230V must be set to 'max'.
contact position. A control current flows only during a short control impulse of 0.2 seconds. This activates
the microcontroller, reads the last switching state from the non-voltage memory, switches the bistable
relay to its opposite state accordingly and rewrites the new switching state to memory
ES12-200-UC Impulse switch, 2 NO contacts 16 A Art. No. 21200002 59,10 €/pc. 11-5
or control voltage 230 V with

glow lamp current up to 5 mA

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ES12-200-UC


IMPULSE SWITCH ES12-110-UC
ES12-110-UC
1 NO contact + 1 NC contact potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent
lamp load up to 2000 W. No standby loss.

Either universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC at the control input +A1/A2
or 230V with glow lamp current up to 5 mA at the control input (L)/-A2(N).
Typical connections State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high
Either universal control voltage capacity of special relays.
8 to 230 V UC By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode.
operation.
If this impulse switch is in a circuit, which is monitored by a FR12-230V mains disconnection relay,
no additional base load is required. However, the monitoring voltage of the FR12-230V must be set to
'max'.
contact position. A control current flows only during a short control impulse of 0.2 seconds. This activates
11-6 ES12-110-UC Impulse switch, 1 NO contact + 1 NC contact 16 A Art. No. 21110002 58,20 €/pc.
or control voltage 230 V with

glow lamp current up to 5 mA

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ES12-110-UC


IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION ESR12NP-230V+UC
ESR12NP-230V+UC
1 NO contact not potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 600 W, incandescent lamp load
up to 2300 W. Off delay impulse switch with switch-off early warning and pushbutton permanent
light switchable. Standby loss 0.5 watt only.

Control voltage 230 V. In addition electrically isolated universal voltage from 8 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage
Function rotary switches and switching voltage 230 V.
Very low switching noise. If the function ESV is set, definitely variable off-delay time RV from 2 to 120 minutes,
settable by minute scale.
Contact position indication with two LEDs. This starts blinking after 15 seconds in case of an inhibited
pushbutton (not if the function ER is set).
Glow lamp current up to 150 mA only at the control input 230 V independent from ignition voltage (not if
the function ER is set).
Relays with suitable functions to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch.
The functions ES, ESV or ER are selectable by means of a rotary switch.
ES = Impulse switch
ESV = Impulse switch with off delay. The impulse switch automatically disconnects after the set delay is
timed out if a manual OFF command has not been given. Infinitely variable time range up to
120 minutes.
ESV = If switch-off early warning is set the stairwell lighting starts flickering approximately
Standard setting ex works. + 30 seconds before timeout at repeated shorter time intervals. During this process reset is possible. 11-7
= switch-off early warning ESV = If pushbutton permanent light is set permanent light can be switched on by pressing longer
= pushbutton permanent + than 1 sec. This switches off automatically after 2 hours or by an operation longer than
light 2 seconds.
= switch-off early warning ESV = If both switch-off early warning function and permanent light by pushbutton set, the switch-off
and pushbutton perma- + early warning function is activated before switching off the permanent light.
nent light If this impulse switch with integrated relay function is in a circuit, which is monitored by a FR12-230V
mains disconnection relay, no additional base load is required. However, the monitoring voltage of
Typical connection the FR12-230V must be set to 'max'.
ESR12NP- Impulse switch with integrated relay function, Art. No. 21100102 61,10 €/pc.
230V+UC 1 NO contact 16 A
8 -230 V UC
μ
+
N L
+C1 -C2
N L
L
N

languages:
ESR12NP-230V*UC


DIGITAL SETTABLE MULTIFUNCTION IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION
ESR12DDX-UC
ESR12DDX-UC
1+1 NO contacts potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 600 W, incandescent lamp load
up to 2000 W. Standby loss 0.03–0.4 watt only.
With the patented Eltako Duplex technology (DX) the normally potential-free contacts can still
switch in zero passage when switching 230 V AC 50 Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear. Simply
connect the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 1(L) and/or 3(L) for this. This results in an
additional standby consumption of only 0.1 Watt.
Universal control voltage 12 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage is same as the control voltage.
The functions are set with the keys MODE and SET as described in the operating instructions. They are
Typical connection indicated on the display and can be blocked if required.
The accrued switch-on time is continuously displayed. First in hours (h), then in months (m) with 1 digit
after the decimal point.
By using bistable relays coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode.
The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation
Only impulse switch functions: After a power failure the system is disconnected in a definite sequence or
the switch position is kept depending on the setting (then + on the display next to function abbreviations).
Settings under RSM in the menu guidance. Furthermore, when using these functions, with the keys MODE
and SET, the control inputs A1 and A3 can be defined as central control inputs.
ZA1 = 'central off' with A1, local with A3; ZE1 = 'central on' with A1, local with A3;
Z00 = no central control. 'Central on' with A1, 'central off' with A3. No local control refer to function RS.
From 110V control voltage and in the settings 2S, WS, SS and GS glow lamp current up to 5mA, dependent
on the ignition voltage.
With the keys MODE and SET you can select amongst 18 functions:
11-8 OFF = Permanent OFF
If N is connected, the 2xS = 2-fold impulse switch with 1 NO contact each, control inputs A1 and A3
zero passage switching 2S = Impulse switch with 2 NO contacts
is active. WS = Impulse switch with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact
SS1 = Impulse multi circuit switch 1+1 NO contacts for switching sequence
0 - contact 1(1-2) - contact 2(3-4) - contacts 1+2
languages: SS2 = Impulse multi circuit switch 1+1 NO contacts for switching sequence
http://eltako.com/redirect/ESR12DDX-UC
0 - contact 1 - contacts 1+2 - contact 2
SS3 = Impulse multi circuit switch 1+1 NO contacts for switching sequence 0 - contact 1 - contacts 1+2
GS = Impulse group switch 1+1 NO contacts for switching sequence 0 - contact 1 - 0 - contact 2
RS = Switch with 2 NO contacts, with A1 = set control input and A3 = reset control input
2xR = 2-fold switching relay with 1 NO contact each, control inputs A1 and A3
WR = Switching relay with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact
RR = Switching relay (closed-circuit current relay) with 2 NC contacts
EAW = Impulse relay for fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact with 1+1 NO contacts, wiping time
1 sec each
EW = Impulse relay for fleeting NO contact with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact, wiping time 1 sec
AW = Impulse relay fleeting NC contact with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact, wiping time 1 sec
GR = Group relay 1+1 NO contacts (relay with alternating closing contacts)
ON = Permanent ON
The control inputs A1 and A3 have the same functions except for 2xS, 2xR and RS, if not used as central
control inputs.
After setting the required function, the function can be blocked.
An arrow on the right of the abbreviation indicates the blocking status.
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. ESR12DDX-UC Multifunction impulse switch with integrated Art. No. 21200302 76,10 €/pc.
relay function, 1+1 NO contacts 16 A

IMPULSE SWITCH WITH POTENTIAL FREE CONTACTS ES12Z,
ALSO FOR CENTRAL CONTROL
ES12Z-200-UC
2 NO contacts potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamp load up
to 2000 W. Standby loss 0.03–0.4 watt only. Central control priorities selectable.
State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity
of special relays.
Local universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC.
In addition control inputs 8 to 230 V UC central ON and central OFF, electrically isolated from the local input.
Supply voltage same as the local control voltage. Very low switching noise. Glow lamp current starting at 110 V
Function rotary switches control voltage up to 50 mA in positions 1 to 3 and 5 to 7 of the rotary switch.
The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after
installation has terminated.
Maximum current across both contacts 16 A for 230 V. Contact position indication with LED. This starts blinking
after 15 seconds in case of an inhibited pushbutton, not in position 4+8 of the rotary switch.
With the upper rotary switch this impulse switch can be partly or completely excluded from central control:
ZE+ZA = 'Central ON' and 'Central OFF' are active. You can select a response delay of 0, 1, 2 or 3 seconds for
'Central ON'. ZE = Only 'Central ON' is active. You can select a response delay of 0, 1, 2 or 3 seconds. ZA = Only
'Central OFF' is active. ZE+ZA = No central control is active.
The lower rotary switch sets several priorities. These determine which other control inputs are inhibited as
Standard setting ex works. long as onother control input is excited permanently.
Furthermore, here it is decided if the switch position should be kept or not after a power failure:
Typical connection In positions 1 to 4 of the rotary switch the switch position remains unchanged, in positions 5 to 8 it is switched
off. Incoming central commands are executed immediately after the powersupply returns.
OFF = Permanent OFF, ON = Permanent ON
1 and 5 = No priority. Also if central control inputs are excited permanently, it is possible to operate the device
by pushing a local push-button. The last central command is executed. This is the setting ex factory. 11-9
2 and 6 = Priority for central ON and OFF. Local push-buttons are temporarily inhibited. However, continuous
excitation central OFF has priority over continuous excitation central ON.
3 and 7 = Priority for central ON and OFF. Local push-buttons are temporarily inhibited.
However, continuous excitation central ON has priority over continuous excitation central OFF.
4 and 8 = Priority for permanently excited local push-button. In the meantime central commands are not
executed. In these positions a glow lamp current is not permitted.
ES12Z-200-UC Impulse switch, 2 NO contacts 16 A Art. No. 21200601 68,20 €/pc.

languages:
ES12Z-200-UC
ES12Z-110-UC
1 NO contact + 1 NC contact potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent
lamp load up to 2000 W. Standby loss 0.03–0.4 watt only. Central control priorities selectable.
All functions same as ES12Z-200, but with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact.
ES12Z-110-UC Impulse switch, 1 NO contact + 1 NC contact 16 A Art. No. 21110601 68,20 €/pc.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ES12Z-110-UC

4-FOLD IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION ESR12Z-4DX-UC,
ALSO FOR CENTRAL CONTROL AND GROUP CONTROL
ESR12Z-4DX-UC
With 4 independent contacts, 1NO contact each potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to
600 W, incandescent lamp load up to 2000 W. Standby loss 0.03–0.4 watt only.
Modular devices for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 2 modules = 36 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
Patented Eltako Duplex technology (DX) allows you to switch 3 of the 4 normally potential free contacts
in zero passage switching when 230 V A/C voltage 50 Hz is switched. This drastically reduces wear.
To achieve this, simply connect the N conductor to the terminal (N) and the phase conductors to 1 (L),
3 (L) or 5 (L). This results in an additional standby consumption of only 0.1 watt. If the channels are
used to control switchgear that has no zero passage switching, (N) should not be connected, otherwise
the additional off-delay would have the opposite effect.
Function rotary switches Local universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC. In addition universal control inputs central ON and central
OFF for 8 to 230V UC, electrically isolated from the local inputs.
With additional group control inputs ON and OFF for 8..230 V UC. Same potential like the local control
inputs. Groups of these impulse switches can be controlled separately using the group control inputs.
Supply voltage like the local control voltage. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is
avoided even in the on mode. The switched consumers may not be connected to the mains before the
short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. Central commands always have priority,
local control inputs are blocked as long as central commands are activated. In case of a power failure the
system is disconnected in a defined mode.
With the upper rotary switch this impulse switch with integrated relay function can be partly or completely
excluded from central control: ZE+ZA = central ON and central OFF, ZE = central ON only, ZA = central OFF
only ZE+ZA, = no central control.
Use the middle rotary switch to preselect the functions of the lower rotary switch for ES and ER. Use
ER to select the clamp functions. If BM is selected, control can be exerted by a motion detector. Not
suitable to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. Use only relays ESR12DDX-UC,
ESR12NP-230V+UC or ESR61NP-230V+UC for this purpose. With the lower rotary switch 18 different
11-10 Standard setting ex works. functions may be selected:
ON = Permanent ON
4xS = 4-fold impulse switch with 1 NO contact each, control inputs A1, A3,
Typical circuit with central control and group control A5 and A7
(4xR) = 4-fold switching relay with 1 NO contact each, control inputs A1, A3,
A5 and A7
(4R) = Switching relay with 4 NO contacts
2S/WS = Impulse switch with 3 NO contacts and 1 NC contact
(2R/WR) = Switching relay with 3 NO contacts and 1 NC contact
2WS = Impulse switch with 2 NO contacts and 2 NC contacts
(2WR) = Switching relay with 2 NO contacts and 2 NC contacts
SSa = Impulse multi circuit switch 2+2 NO contacts for switching sequence
0-2-2+4-2+4+6; check back signal 8
(4RR) = closed-circuit current relay with 4 NC contacts
SSb = Impulse multi circuit switch 2+2 NO contacts for switching sequence
0-2-2+4-2+4+6-2+4+6+8
(EW) = Impulse relay for fleeting NO contact with 3 NO contacts and
1 NC contact, wiping time 1 sec
GS = Impulse group switch. Switching sequence 0-2-0-4-0-6-0; check
back signal 8
(AW) = Impulse relay fleeting NC contact with 3 NO contacts and 1 NC contact,
wiping time 1 sec
RS = Switch with 4 NO contacts, A1 = set control input and A3 = reset
control input
If N is connected, the zero passage switching is active at the contacts (GR) = Group relay 1+1+1+1 NO contacts
3xS+ = 3-fold impulse switch with 1 NO contact each + check back signal 8,
1-2, 3-4 and 5-6. control inputs A1, A3 and A5
(3xR+) = 3-fold switching relay with 1 NO contact each + check back signal 8,
control inputs A1, A3 and A5
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ESR12Z-4DX-UC
ESR12Z-4DX-UC Impulse Switch with integrated relay function, Art. No. 21400301 106,70 €/pc.
4 x 1 NO contact 16 A
Unverbindliche Preisempfehlung zuzüglich gesetzl. MwSt.

IMPULSE SWITCH ES61-UC AND
IMPULSE SWITCH ES75-12..24V UC FOR INSTALLATION IN LIGHTING FITTINGS
ES61-UC
1 NO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamp load up
to 2000 W. No standby loss.

Typical connection capacity of special relays.
Either universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC at the control input +A1/-A2
or 230 V with a glow lamp current up to 5 mA at the control input (L)/-A2(N).
Using two potentials simultaneously at the control inputs is not permitted.
operation.
If this impulse switch is in a circuit, which is monitored by a FR12-230V mains disconnection relay, no
additional base load is required. However, the monitoring voltage of the FR12-230V must be set to 'max'.
languages: contact position. A control current flows only during a short control impulse of 0.2 seconds. This activates
http://eltako.com/redirect/ES61-UC
Technical data page 11-15. ES61-UC Impulse switch, 1 NO contact 10 A Art. No. 61100501 56,20 €/pc.
11-11
ES75-12..24V UC
For installation in lighting fittings. 1 NO contact not potential free 10 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps
up to 200 W, incandescent lamp load up to 500 W. Standby loss 1 watt only.

With integrated transformer to galvanically separate the control circuit from the switching circuit to comply
with the requirements for safety extra low voltage (SELV) to EN 60669-2-2. As of production week 18/18,
compliance is fulfilled with the safety requirements of 2x MOPP to EN 60601-1. Activation by internal voltage
or external control voltage of 12 to 24 V UC, control current 10 mA at 24 V. Continuous power supply 230 V.
A circuit breaker of max. 10 A is required.
Incandescent lamps and halogen lamps load up to 500 W 1) and fluorescent lamps with conventional ballast
units in lead-lag circuit up to 1000 VA. Fluorescent lamps with conventional ballast units parallel compen-
sated 300 VA.
languages: Temperatures at the mounting location between -20°C and +50°C.
ES75-12*24VUC Min. command pulse duration/command pause 20/300 ms.
Connections on the low voltage side: 4-pole pin receptacle for STOCKO MKF 13264-6-0-404 plug, 230 V
connections: 6-pole terminal strip with plug-in terminals. max. conductor cross section 2.5 mm2. One
STOCKO plug comes with each device.
1)
For lamps with 150 W max.
ES75-12..24V UC Impulse switch for installation in lighting fittings, Art. No. 60100055 59,20 €/pc.
1 NO contact 10 A

ESR61NP-230V+UC
up to 2000 W. Off delay impulse switch with switch-off early warning and pushbutton permanent
light switchable. Standby loss 0.7 watt only.

Function rotary switches Zero passage switching to protect contacts and lamps.
Control voltage 230V. In addition electrically isolated universal control voltage from 8 to 230 V UC. Supply
voltage and switching voltage 230 V. Very low switching noise. Variable time range up to 120 minutes in the
function ESV. At the control input pushbuttons with a glow lamp current up to 50 mA can be connected.
If the timing period is set to minimum in the function ESV, the release delay is switched off. The standard
Standard setting ex works. impulse switch function ES is then set. The function ER is selectable. If the function ER is selected a glow
lamp current is not permitted. Only the control input A1-A2 should be used.
When set to the function ER this device is suitable to feed back the switching voltage signal of a
Typical connection dimmer switch.
If switch-off early warning function is switched on, the light starts flickering approx. 30 seconds
before time-out. This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals.
pushbutton for longer than 2 seconds.
If both switch-off early warning function and permanent light by pushbutton are set, the switch-off
11-12 early warning function is activated before switching off the permanent light.
ESR61NP- Impulse switch with integrated relay function, Art. No. 61100001 56,40 €/pc.

languages:
ESR61NP-230V*UC

MULTIFUNCTION IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION ESR61M-UC
ESR61M-UC
up to 2000 W. No standby loss.

Function rotary switches capacity of special relays.
Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC.
The functions of the second rotary switch are preselected using the rotary switch ES/ER.
The setting ER selects the function in brackets. 10 different functions are selectable.
WS = Impulse switch with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact
Standard setting ex works. (WR) = Switching relay with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact
0 - contact 1 (1-2) - contact 2 (3-4) - contacts 1+2
Typical connection (RR) = Switching relay (closed-circuit current relay) with 2 NC contacts
0 - contact 1 - contacts 1+2 - contact 2
(EW) = Impulse relay for fleeting NO contact with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact, wiping time 1 sec
GS = Impulse group switch 1+1 NO contacts for switching sequence 0 - contact 1 - 0 - contact 2
(GR) = Group relay 1+1 NO contacts (relay with alternating closing contacts)
This relay is not suitable to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. Use only
relays ESR12DDX-UC, ESR12NP-230V+UC or ESR61NP-230V+UC for this purpose. 11-13
The electronics does not have an internal power supply and therefore no power is consumed in any contact
position. A control current flows only during a short control impulse of 0.2 seconds. This activates the
microcontroller, reads the last switching state from the non-voltage memory, switches the bistable relay
to its opposite state accordingly and rewrites the new switching state to memory.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ESR61M-UC
ESR61M-UC Multifunction impulse switch with integrated Art. No. 61200301 69,80 €/pc.
relay function, 1 + 1 NO contacts 10 A

NOISELESS IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION WITH SOLID STATE
RELAY ESR61SSR-230V
ESR61SSR-230V
Noiseless solid state relay not potential free. 230 V LED lamps up to 400 W, incandescent lamp load
L L N
400 W, off delay impulse switch with switch-off early warning and pushbutton permanent light
switchable. Standby loss 0,3 watt only.

Function rotary switches Supply, switching and control voltage 230 V.
In the ER function the relay switches back on when the power is restored and the control input is active.
It is not permitted to apply a glow lamp current to the control input.
With automatic electronic overtemperature switch-off.
At a load of < 1 W a GLE must be switched in parallel to the load.
Use the top rotary switch to select the required function of this impulse switch:
ESV = impulse switch. Possibly with off delay, then
Standard setting ex works. + = ESV with switch-off early warning
The LED flashes when the rotary switch reaches a new setting range to assist you to find the require
Typical connection position with certainty.
The LED lights up permanently when the relay is switched on.
When the pushbutton permanent light is switched on , set the LED to permanent light by pressing
the pushbutton for longer than 1 second. This is indicated by the LED flickering briefly. After 2 hours, the
permanent light switches off automatically or it can be switched off previously by briefly pressing the
pushbutton.
L L N If the switch-off early warning is switched on, the light starts to flicker approx. 30 seconds before
11-14 time-out. This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals.
L During the switch-off early warning, the light can be switched back on by briefly pressing the pushbutton.
N
languages: In setting ∞ normal impulse switch function ES without off delay, without pushbutton permanent light
ESR61SSR-230V and without switch-off early warning.
In the ER function a switch-on wipe time can be set between 2 and 120 seconds. On expiry of the wipe
time the relay switches off automatically.
In setting ∞ default relay function ER without wipe time.
Technical data page 11-15. ESR61SSR- Noiseless impulse switch with integrated relay Art. No. 61100003 54,30 €/pc.
230V function with solid state relay

TECHNICAL DATA ELECTRONIC IMPULSE SWITCHES,
ALSO FOR CENTRAL CONTROL
Type ES12DX a) ESR12NP ESR12DDX b) ES12Z b) ES61 a) ESR61NP b) ESR61SSR

ESW12DX a) ESR12Z- ESR61M a)
ES12-200 a) 4DX b)
ES12-110 a)
Contacts
Contact material/contact gap AgSnO2/0.5 mm AgSnO2/0.5 mm AgSnO2/0.5 mm AgSnO2/0.5 mm AgSnO2/0.5 mm AgSnO2/0.5 mm Opto Triac
Spacing of control connections/contact 6 mm 3 mm 6 mm 6 mm 3 mm 3 mm –
control connections C1-C2 or A1-A2/contact – 6 mm – – ESR61M: 6 mm 6 mm –
ES12-200/110: – 2000 V ES12Z: 4000 V ESR61M: 2000 V –
Test voltage contact/contact –
2000 V ESR12Z: 2000 V
Test voltage control connection/contact 4000 V 2000 V 4000 V 4000 V 2000 V 2000 V
–
Test voltage C1-C2 or A1-A2/contact – 4000 V – – 4000 V 4000 V
5) 5)
Rated switching capacity 16 A/250 V AC 16 A/250 V AC 16 A/250 V AC 16 A/250 V AC 10 A/250 V AC 10 A/250 V AC –
up to 200 W 7) up to 200 W 7) up to 200 W 7)
with DX up to up to 600 W 7) with DX up to with DX up to up to 200 W 7) up to 600 W 7) up to 400 W 7)
230 V LED lamps
600 W 7) I on ≤ 30 A/20 ms 600 W 7) 600 W 7) I on ≤ 120 A/5 ms I on ≤ 120 A/5 ms I on ≤ 120 A/5 ms
I on ≤ 120 A/5 ms I on ≤ 120 A/5 ms I on ≤ 120 A/5 ms
Incandescent lamp and halogen lamp 2000 W
2300 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W up to 400 W
load 1) 230 V, I on ≤ 70 A/10 ms ESW12DX: 3300 W
1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA –
in lead-lag or non compensated
500 VA 500 VA 500 VA 500 VA 500 VA 500 VA up to 400 VA
I on d 70 A/ 15x7 W 15x7 W I on d 70A/ I on d 70A/ 15x7 W
10 ms 2) 10x20 W 7) 10x20 W 3)7) 10 ms 2) 10 ms 2) 10x20 W 7)
Compact fl uorescent lamps with EVG*
ES12DX: ESR12Z-4DX: up to 400 W 7)
15x7 W 15x7 W
10x20 W 3)7) 10x20 W 3)7)
Max. switching current DC1: 12 V/24 V DC 8A – 8A 8A 8A – –
Life at rated load, cos M = 1 resp. for 5 5 5 5 5 5
>10 >10 >10 >10 >10 >10 –
Life at rated load, cos M = 0.6 at 100/h > 4x104 > 4x104 > 4x104 > 4x104 > 4x104 > 4x104 ∞
Max. operating cycles 103/h 103/h 103/h 103/h 103/h 103/h 103/h
Maximum conductor cross-section 6 mm2 6 mm2 6 mm2 6 mm2 4 mm2 4 mm2 4 mm2
(3-fold terminal) (4 mm2) (4 mm2) (4 mm2) (4 mm2) 11-15
Two conductors of same cross-section 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2
(3-fold terminal) (1.5 mm2) (1.5 mm2) (1.5 mm2) (1.5 mm2)
Electronics
Time on (also for central on/off) 100% 100% 100% 100%6) 100% 100% 100%
Max./min. temperature at mounting location +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C
Standby loss (active power) 230 V – 0.5 W 0.4 W 0.4 W – 0.7 W 0.3 W
Standby loss (active power) 12 V 4) – – 0.03 W 0.03 W – – –
Control current 230 V-control input local (<10 s) – 10 mA – – – 10 mA 1 mA

Control current universal control voltage
all control voltages (<5 s) ± 20% 1.5 mA (15 mA) – – – 1.5 mA (15 mA) –
–
8/12/24/230 V (<10 s) ± 20% 30 (23) mA 2/4/9/5 2/3/7/3 0.1/0.1/0.2/1 30 (23) mA 2/4/9/5
(100) mA (50) mA (30) mA ESR61M: 4mA (100) mA
Control current central 2/4/9/5
– – – – – –
8/12/24/230 V (<10 s) ± 20% (100) mA
0.3 μF ES: 0.3 μF 0.3 μF 0.3 μF : 0.3 μF 0.06 μF 30 nF
(1000 m) (1000 m) (1000 m) (1000 m) (1000 m) (200 m) (100 m)
Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) A1-A2: 0.06 μF ER: 3 nF (10 m) A1-A2: 0.06 μF A1-A2: 0.3 μF
of single control lead at 230 V AC (200 m) C1-C2: 15 nF (50 m) (200 m) (1000 m)
ESR61M: 0.5 nF
(2 m)
Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) 0.9 μF
– – – – – –
of central control lead at 230 V AC (3000 m)

a)
Bistable relay as relay contact. The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first operation. b) Bistable relay as relay contact. The switched consumer may not be
connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. 1) For lamps with 150 W max. 2) A 40-fold inrush current must be expected for electronic ballast devices. For steady
loads of 1200 W or 600 W use the current-limiting relay SBR12 or SBR61. See chapter 14, page 14-8. 3) When using DX types close attention must be paid that zero passage switching is activated! 4) Standby loss at 24 V
approx. two times greater than at 12 V. 5) For ES12-200 and ES12Z-200 maximum current across both contacts 16 A for 230 V. 6) Please consider sufficient ventilation at permanent connection of several impulse switches
according to power loss calculation, and if necessary leave a ventilation distance of about ½ module. 7) Usually applies for dimmable 230 V LED lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps. Due to different lamp electro-
nics and depending on the manufacturer, the maximum number of lamps may be limited, especially if the wattage of the individual lamps is very low (e.g. with 2 W LEDs).

ER12DX-UC
ESR12DDX-UC
ER61-UC
12
SWITCHING AND CONTROL PROFESSIONALS –
ELECTRONIC SWITCHING RELAYS, CONTROL
RELAYS AND COUPLING RELAYS.
Electronic switching relays, control relays and coupling relays
Selection table switching relays, control relays and coupling relays 12 - 2
Switching relay ER12DX-UC 12 - 3
Switching relay ER12-200-UC and ER12-110-UC 12 - 4
Switching and control relays ER12-001-UC and ER12-002-UC 12 - 5
Switching relay noiseless ER12SSR-UC with solide state relay 12 - 6
Digital settable multifunction impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR12DDX-UC 12 - 8
Coupling relays KR09-12V UC, KR09-24V UC and KR09-230V 12 - 9
Coupling relay KRW12DX-UC 12 - 10
Switching relay ER61-UC and impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR61NP-230V+UC 12 - 11
Multifunction impulse switch with integr. relay function ESR61M-UC 12 - 12
Noiseless impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR61SSR-230V with solid state relay 12- 13
Isolating relays ETR61-230V and ETR61NP-230V 12 - 14
Isolating relay ETR61NP-230V with window contact FK and window contact FK 12 - 15
Technical data electronic switching relays, control relays and coupling relays 12 - 16
12-1
SELECTION TABLE SWITCHING RELAYS, CONTROL RELAYS AND COUPLING RELAYS
SWITCHING AND CONTROL PROFESSIONALS
Professional hybrid relays combine the advantages of nonwearing even in the on mode. This increases energy efficiency and reduces
electronic control with high switching capacity of special relays. heating in the switch cabinet.
We also use mainly bistable relays. Thus preventing coil power loss
Page 12-3 12-4 12-4 12-5 12-5 12-6 12-7 12-8 12-9 12-10 12-11 12-11 12-12 12-13 12-14 12-14 12-15
KR09-12V UC, 24V UC, 230V

ESR12NP-230V+UC
ESR61NP-230V+UC
ETR61NP-230V+FK
ESR61SSR-230V
ETR61NP-230V
ESR12DDX-UC
ER12-002-UC
ER12-200-UC
KRW12DX-UC
ER12-001-UC
ER12SSR-UC
ER12-110-UC
ETR61-230V
pictograms
ESR61M-UC
ER12DX-UC
ER61-UC
Modular device for mounting on DIN
rail EN 60715 TH35, number of modules 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ½ 1
18 mm each
Number NO contacts or changeover
1+1 2) 1+1 2)
contact (W) potential free 1 2 1 1W 2W 1 (1) 1 1 1W (1) (1) 1 (1) (1)
2 2) 2 2)
(not potential free)
Number NC contacts potential free 1 1-2 2) 1-2 2)
Zero passage switching 7) 7) 7)

12-2
Switching capacity 10 A/250 V AC 6A
up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to
230 V LED lamps (W)
600 200 200 200 200 400 600 600 50 600 200 600 200 400 50 100 100
Incandescent lamp load (W) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 400 2300 2000 500 3300 2000 2000 2000 400 1000 2000 2000
Bistable relay(s) as relay contact(s) 5) 5) 5) 5) 5) 6) 5) 5) 6) 5)
Switchable between the functions for

impulse switches and switching relays
(additional) control voltage 230 V () ()
Supply voltage same as control voltage
Supply voltage 230 V 3)
No standby loss 7) 7)
Low standby loss 7)
Glow lamp current (mA)

150 1) 5 50 1)4)
at the control input 230 V
1)
Glow lamp current independent from the ignition voltage.
2)
Depends on the set function.
3)
If the control voltage is 230 V, but the phase conductor is different from the 230 V supply voltage, the universal voltage control input must be used.
4)
At the control input .
5)
The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first operation.
6)
The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated.
7)
Patented duplex technology: When switching 230 V/50 Hz the contact switching takes place in the zero passage when L is connected to (L) and N to (N).
The standby loss is then 0.1 Watt.
SWITCHING RELAY ER12DX-UC
ER12DX-UC
1 NO contact potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 600 W, incandescent lamp load
2000 W. No standby loss.

the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 1(L) for this. This gives an standby consumption of
Typical connections only 0.1 watt.
themselves, (N) should not be connected because the additional closing delay otherwise causes the
opposite effect.
Contact position indicator with LED.
Same terminal connection as electromechanical switching relay R12-100-.
operation.
This relay is not suitable to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch.
Use only relays ESR12DDX-UC, ESR12NP-230V+UC or ESR61NP-230V+UC for this purpose.
The electronics does not have an internal power supply and therefore no standby loss. The microcontroller
is activated when the control contact closes. This switches the bistable relay to the correct direction. The
If N is connected, the bistable relay switches back either when the control contact opens or when the control voltage falls.
is active.
ER12DX-UC Switching relay, 1 NO contact 16 A Art. No. 22100002 56,30 €/pc. 12-3
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ER12DX-UC


SWITCHING RELAY ER12-200-UC AND ER12-110-UC
1 3
+A1
ER12-200-UC
2 NO contacts potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamp load
4
-A2 capacity of special relays.
2 4
Maximum current across both contacts 16 A for 230 V.
languages: Same terminal connection as electromechanical switching relay R12-200-.
http://eltako.com/redirect/ER12-200-UC
operation.
The electronics does not have an internal power supply and therefore no standby loss.
The microcontroller is activated when the control contact closes. This switches the bistable relay to the
correct direction. The bistable relay switches back either when the control contact opens or when the
control voltage falls.
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. ER12-200-UC Switching relay, 2 NO contacts 16 A Art. No. 22200002 57,10 €/pc.
12-4
1 3
+A1
ER12-110-UC
1 NO + 1 NC contact potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamp load
1 3
2 4
-A2
2 4
Same terminal connection as electromechanical switching relay R12-110-.
languages: By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode.
operation.
control voltage falls
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. ER12-110-UC Switching relay, 1 NO contact + 1 NC contact 16 A Art. No. 22110002 57,10 €/pc.

SWITCHING RELAYS ER12-001-UC AND ER12-002-UC
ER12-001-UC
1 CO contact potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamp load
State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with
high capacity of special relays. Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC.
Low control power demand, therefore substantially less heat is generated.
Integrated free-wheeling anti-surge diode (A1 = +, A2 = -).
Safe disconnection to VDE 0106, Part 101; therefore, these devices can also be used as coupling relays.
languages: The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first
operation.
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. ER12-001-UC Switching relay, 1 CO contact 16 A Art. No. 22001601 55,70 €/pc.
+A1 -A2
6
ER12-002-UC
2 CO contacts potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamp load
1 4
2000 W. No standby loss. 12-5
μ
2 356 State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high
5 2
Low switching noise. Contact position indicator with LED.
1 3
Integrated free-wheeling anti-surge diode (A1 = +, A2 = -).
languages: operation.
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. ER12-002-UC Switching relay, 2 CO contacts 16 A Art. No. 22002601 62,80 €/pc.

SWITCHING RELAY NOISELESS WITH SOLIDE STATE RELAY ER12SSR-UC
ER12SSR-UC
Noiseless solid state relay not potential free, 230 V LED lamps up to 400 W, incandescent lamp load

Universal control voltage: 12 to 230 V UC, galvanically isolated from the switching voltage.
Contact position indication with LED.
Switching voltage 230 V AC.
With automatic overtemperature shutdown.
Typical connection With a load < 1 W a GLE must be switched parallel to the load.
ER12SSR-UC Switching relay noiseless with solide state relay Art. No. 22100001 51,40 €/pc.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ER12SSR-UC
12-6


ESR12NP-230V+UC
2300 W. Off delay impulse switch with switch-off early warning and pushbutton permanent light
switchable. Standby loss 0.5 watt only.
Control voltage 230 V. In addition electrically isolated universal voltage from 8 to 230 V UC.
Supply voltage and switching voltage 230 V.
Function rotary switches Very low switching noise. If the function ESV is set, definitely variable off-delay time RV from 2 to
120 minutes, settable by minute scale.
Contact position indication with two LEDs. This starts blinking in case of a blocked pushbutton (not if the
function ER is set).
Glow lamp current up to 150 mA only at the control input 230 V independent from ignition voltage (not if
the function ER is set).
The functions ES, ESV or ER are selectable by means of a rotary switch.
ES = Impulse switch
ESV = Impulse switch with off delay. The impulse switch automatically disconnects after the set delay
is timed out if a manual OFF command has not been given. Infinitely variable time range up to
120 minutes.
ESV = If switch-off early warning is set the stairwell lighting starts flickering approximately 0 seconds
+ before timeout at repeated shorter time intervals. During this process reset is possible.
Standard setting ex works. ESV = If push-button permanent light is set permanent light can be switched on by pressing longer
= switch-off early warning + than 1 sec. This switches off automatically after 2 hours or by an operation longer than 2 seconds.
= pushbutton ESV If both switch-off early warning function and permanent light by push-button are set, the
permanent light + switch-off early warning function is activated before switching off the permanent light. 12-7
= switch-off early warning This electronic impulse switch does not need a base load for switching lights in rooms which are
and pushbutton monitored by a FR12-230V mains disconnection relay.
permanent light
Typical connection ESR12NP- Impulse switch with integrated relay function, Art. No. 21100102 61,10 €/pc.
8 -230 V UC
μ
+
N L
+C1 -C2
N L
L
N

languages:
ESR12NP-230V*UC

DIGITAL SETTABLE MULTIFUNCTION IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION
ESR12DDX-UC
ESR12DDX-UC
2000 W. Standby loss 0.03–0.4 watt only.
the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 1 (L) and/or 3 (L) for this. This results in an additional
standby consumption of only 0.1 Watt.
Universal control voltage 12 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage is same as the control voltage.
The functions are set with the keys MODE and SET as described in the operating instructions. They are
Typical connection indicated on the display and can be blocked if required.
The accrued switch-on time is continuously displayed. First in hours (h), then in months (m) with 1 digit
after the decimal point.
Only impulse switch functions: After a power failure the system is disconnected in a definite sequence or
the switch position is kept depending on the setting (then + on the display next to function abbreviations).
Settings under RSM in the menu guidance. Furthermore, when using these functions, with the keys MODE
and SET, the control inputs A1 and A3 can be defined as central control inputs.
ZA1 = 'central off' with A1, local with A3; ZE1 = 'central on' with A1, local with A3;
Z00 = no central control. 'Central on' with A1, 'central off' with A3. No local control refer to function RS.
From 110 V control voltage and in the settings 2S, WS, SS and GS glow lamp current up to 5 mA, dependent
on the ignition voltage.
With the keys MODE and SET you can select amongst 18 functions:
OFF = Permanent OFF
If N is connected, the 2xS = 2-fold impulse switch with 1 NO contact each, control inputs A1 and A3
zero passage switching 2S = Impulse switch with 2 NO contacts
12-8 is active. WS = Impulse switch with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact
0 - contact 1 (1-2) - contact 2 (3-4) - contacts 1 + 2
languages: SS2 = Impulse multi circuit switch 1+1 NO contacts for switching sequence
http://eltako.com/redirect/ESR12DDX-UC
0 - contact 1 - contacts 1 + 2 - contact 2
0 - contact 1 - contacts 1 + 2
GS = Impulse group switch 1+1 NO contacts for switching sequence
0 - contact 1 - 0 - contact 2
RS = Switch with 2 NO contacts, with A1 = set control input and A3 = reset control input
2xR = 2-fold switching relay with 1 NO contact each, control inputs A1 and A3
WR = Switching relay with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact
RR = Switching relay (closed-circuit current relay) with 2 NC contacts
EAW = Impulse relay for fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact with 1+1 NO contacts,
wiping time 1 sec each
EW = Impulse relay for fleeting NO contact with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact, wiping time 1 sec
AW = Impulse relay fleeting NC contact with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact, wiping time 1 sec
GR = Group relay 1+1 NO contacts (relay with alternating closing contacts)
ON = Permanent ON
The control inputs A1 and A3 have the same functions except for 2xS, 2xR and RS, if not used as central
control inputs.
After setting the required function, the function can be blocked. An arrow on the right of the abbreviation
Housing for operating instructions indicates the blocking status.
ESR12DDX-UC Multifunction Impulse Switch with integrated Art. No. 21200302 76,10 €/pc.
relay function, 1+1 NO contacts 16 A

COUPLING RELAYS KR09-12V UC, KR09-24V UC AND KR09-230V
KR09-12V UC
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1/2 module = 9 mm wide, 55 mm deep.
Control voltages 12 V UC.
Contact position indicator with LED. Control power demand 0.2 W only.
Manuals and documents in further Safe disconnection to VDE 0106, Part 101; therefore, these devices can also be used as coupling
languages:
relays.
http://eltako.com/redirect/KR09-12V-UC

GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. KR09-12V UC Coupling relay, 1 NO contact 6 A Art. No. 22100705 44,60 €/pc.
KR09-24V UC
Control voltages 24 V UC.
Safe disconnection to VDE 0106, Part 101; therefore, these devices can also be used as coupling
languages: relays. 12-9
http://eltako.com/redirect/KR09-24V-UC

GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. KR09-24V UC Coupling relay, 1 NO contact 6 A Art. No. 22100706 41,10 €/pc.
KR09-230V
Control voltages 230 V.
Manuals and documents in further Safe disconnection to VDE 0106, Part 101; therefore, these devices can also be used as coupling
languages:
relays.
http://eltako.com/redirect/KR09-230V

GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. KR09-230V Coupling relay, 1 NO contact 6 A Art. No. 22100730 41,10 €/pc.

COUPLING RELAY KRW12DX-UC
KRW12DX-UC
1 NO contact potential free 16 A/250 V AC with tungsten pre-contact, max. inrush current 500 A/2 ms.
230 V LED lamps up to 600 W, incandescent lamp load 3300 W. No standby loss.
the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 1 (L) for this. This gives an standby consumption of
only 0.1 watt.
Typical connection If the contact is used for controlling switching devices which do not perform zero passage switching
opposite effect.
Low switching noise.
KRW12DX
operation.
ES12Z with KRW12DX-UC The microcontroller is activated when the control contact closes. This switches the bistable relay to the
If N is connected, the control voltage falls.
is active.
KRW12DX-UC Coupling relay, 1 NO contact 16 A Art. No. 22100800 55,00 €/pc.
12-10
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/KRW12DX-UC


SWITCHING RELAY ER61-UC
ER61-UC

Typical connection high capacity of special relays. Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC. Low switching noise.
operation.
languages: control voltage falls.
http://eltako.com/redirect/ER61-UC
Technical data page 12-16. ER61-UC Switching relay, 1 CO contact 10 A Art. No. 61001601 53,10 €/pc.
ESR61NP-230V+UC
1 NO contact not potential free 10 A/250 V AC, 230 V LED lamps up to 600 W, incandescent lamp load
2000W. Off delay impulse switch with switch-off early warning and pushbutton permanent light
switchable. Standby loss 0.7 watt only.

Zero passage switching to protect contacts and lamps. 12-11
Control voltage 230 V. In addition electrically isolated universal control voltage from 8 to 230 V UC. Supply
voltage and switching voltage 230 V. Very low switching noise. Variable time range up to 120 minutes in the
function ESV. At the control input pushbuttons with a glow lamp current up to 50 mA can be connected.
Standard setting ex works. In case of a power failure the system is disconnected in a preset sequence.
If the timing period is set to minimum in the function ESV, the release delay is switched off.
The standard impulse switch function ES is then set. The function ER is selectable. If the function ER is
Anschlussbeispiel selected a glow lamp current is not permitted. Only the control input A1- A2 should be used.
When set to the function ER this device is suitable to feed back the switching voltage signal of a
dimmer switch.
before time-out. This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals.
pushbutton for longer than 2 seconds.
If both switch-off early warning function and permanent light by pushbutton are set, the switch-off
early warning function is activated before switching off the permanent light.

languages: ESR61NP- Switching relay, 1 NO contact 10 A Art. No. 61100001 56,40 €/pc.
http://eltako.com/redirect/ 230V+UC
ESR61NP-230V*UC

MULTIFUNCTION IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGR. RELAY FUNCTION ESR61M-UC
ESR61M-UC

Function rotary switches high capacity of special relays.
The functions of the second rotary switch are preselected using the rotary switch ES/ER.
The setting ER selects the function in brackets. 10 different functions are selectable.
WS = Impulse switch with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact
Standard setting ex works. (WR) = Switching relay with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact
Typical connection 0 - contact 1 (1-2) - contact 2 (3-4) - contacts 1 + 2
(RR) = Switching relay (closed-circuit current relay) with 2 NC contacts
0 - contact 1 - contacts 1 + 2 - contact 2
(EW) = Impulse relay for fleeting NO contact with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact,
wiping time 1 sec
GS = Impulse group switch 1+1 NO contacts for switching sequence
0 - contact 1 - 0 - contact 2
(GR) = Group relay 1+1 NO contacts (relay with alternating closing contacts)
12-12
languages:
The electronics does not have an internal power supply and therefore no power is consumed in any con-
http://eltako.com/redirect/ESR61M-UC
tact position. A control current flows only during a short control impulse of 0.2 seconds. This activates
relay to its opposite state accordingly and rewrites the new switching state to memory
Technical data page 12-16. ESR61M-UC Multifunction Impulse Switch with integr. relay Art. No. 61200301 69,80 €/pc.
function, 1+1 NO contacts 10 A

NOISELESS IMPULSE SWITCH WITH INTEGRATED RELAY FUNCTION ESR61SSR-230V
WITH SOLID STATE RELAY
ESR61SSR-230V
Noiseless solid state relay not potential free. 230 V LED lamps up to 400 W, incandescent lamp load
L L N
400 W. Off delay impulse switch with switch-off early warning and pushbutton permanent light
switchable. Standby loss 0,3 Watt only.

Function rotary switches Supply, switching and control voltage 230 V.
In the ER function the relay switches back on when the power is restored and the control input is active.
It is not permitted to apply a glow lamp current to the control input.
With automatic electronic overtemperature switch-off.
At a load of < 1 W a GLE must be switched in parallel to the load.
Use the top rotary switch to select the required function of this impulse switch:
ESV = impulse switch. Possibly with off delay, then
Standard setting ex works. + = ESV with switch-off early warning
The LED flashes when the rotary switch reaches a new setting range to assist you to find the require
Typical connection position with certainty.
The LED lights up permanently when the relay is switched on.
When the pushbutton permanent light is switched on , set the LED to permanent light by pressing
the pushbutton for longer than 1 second. This is indicated by the LED flickering briefly. After 2 hours, the
permanent light switches off automatically or it can be switched off previously by briefly pressing the
L L N
pushbutton.
L time-out. This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals.
N
During the switch-off early warning, the light can be switched back on by briefly pressing the pushbutton.
warning is activated before automatic switch-off of the permanent light. 12-13
languages:
ESR61SSR-230V In setting ∞ normal impulse switch function ES without off delay, without pushbutton permanent light
In the ER function a switch-on wipe time can be set between 2 and 120 seconds. On expiry of the wipe
time the relay switches off automatically.
In setting ∞ default relay function ER without wipe time.
Technical data page 12-16. ESR61SSR- Noiseless impulse switch with integrated relay Art. No. 61100003 54,30 €/pc.
230V function with solid state relay

ISOLATING RELAYS ETR61-230V AND ETR61NP-230V
ETR61-230V
1000 W. Standby loss 0.7 watt only.

Typical connection State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control withhigh
Control input with internally produced low voltage 24 V DC. With an isolating transformer electrically
isolated from power supply and make contact (PELV).
Therefore no external low voltage power supply necessary.
Spacing between power supply and contact: 6 mm.
Power supply 230 V.
ETR61-230V Isolating relay, 1 NO contact 5 A Art. No. 61100635 40,50 €/pc.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ETR61-230V
ETR61NP-230V
2000 W. With window contact. Standby loss 0.5 watt only.

Typical connection State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with
high capacity of special relays.
Control input with internally produced low voltage 24 V DC. With an isolating transformer electrically
12-14 isolated from power supply and make contact (PELV).
With 2 L terminals and 2 N terminals for an easy and quick installation.
Power supply 230 V.
ETR61NP-230V Isolating relay, 1 NO contact 10 A Art. No. 61100630 44,30 €/pc.

languages:
ETR61NP-230V

ISOLATING RELAY ETR61NP-230V WITH WINDOW CONTACT FK,
WINDOW CONTACT FK
ETR61NP-230V+FK
2000 W. With window contact. Standby loss 0.5 watt only.

Typical connection State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with
Control input with internally produced low voltage 24 V DC. With an isolating transformer
electrically isolated from power supply and make contact (PELV).
With 2 L terminals and 2 N terminals for an easy and quick installation.
Power supply 230 V.
The enclosed window contact consists of a Reed relay with terminals and a solenoid. The NC contact
opens when the solenoid approaches closer than 25 mm. The disconnection relay ETR61NP is connected
to terminals T1 and T2. Power supply to the extractor only cuts in when the window is open. ETR61NP can
The power supply of an extractor be wired in the flush mounted socket behind the socket for the extractor.
hood is connected by a window Mounting the window contact FK:
contact (NO if window open) so Lever out the inserts at the narrow end of the housing. Wire up the Reed relay and cut out the cable entry
it can be switched on only if the on the housing. Affix the two housings in parallel maximum 15 mm apart and also screw if necessary. In
window is open. the longitudinal direction the solenoid may be twisted in any direction compared to the Reed relay.
Window contact FK
ETR61NP- Isolating relay with window contact, Art. No. 61100631 76,10 €/pc.
230V+FK 1 NO contact 10 A
Reed relay and solenoid each 12-15

54 x 12 x 10 mm

languages:
ETR61NP-230V*FK
Window contact FK
FK
Window contact
The window contact as described above is also supplied as individual (accessory) item.
Reed relay with 1 NC contact, switching capacity 5 W or VA. Switching voltage max. 175 V UC.
FK Window contact, reed relay with 1 NC contact Art. No. 20000086 31,80 €/pc.
Reed relay and solenoid each

54 x 12 x 10 mm

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/FK

TECHNICAL DATA ELECTRONIC SWITCHING RELAYS, CONTROL RELAYS AND
COUPLING RELAYS
Type ESR12NP- ESR12DDX-UC b) ESR61NP-230V+UC b) ER12SSR-UC KR09 KRW12DX-UC a)

230V+UC ER12DX-UC a) ESR61M-UC a) ESR61SSR-230V -12V UC,
ER12-200-UC a) ETR61-230V -24V UC,
ER12-110-UC a) ETR61NP-230V -230V
ER12-001-UC a) ER61-UC a)
ER12-002-UC a)
Contacts
Contact material/contact gap AgSnO 2 /0.5 mm Opto Triac AgSnO 2 /0.5 mm W+AgSnO 2 /0.5 mm
Spacing of control connections/contact 3 mm 6 mm 6 mm, ER61: 3 mm 6 mm 6 mm
Spacing of control connections

6 mm 6 mm ESR61NP+M: 6 mm -- -- –
C1-C2 or A1-A2/contact
ESR12DDX,
Test voltage contact/contact – ESR61M: 2000 V -- – –
ER12-200/110: 2000 V
2000 V
Test voltage control connections/contact 2000 V 4000 V 4000 V 4000 V
ESR61NP+M+ETR61NP: --
Test voltage C1-C2 or A1-A2/contact 4000 V -- – –
4000 V
10 A/250 V AC
Rated switching capacity 16 A/250 V AC 16 A/250 V AC 4) -- 6 A/250 V AC 16A/250V AC
ETR61: 5 A/250 V AC
5) 5)
up to 600 W 5) up to 400W 5) up to 50 W 5) up to 600 W 5)
230 V LED lamps with DX up to 600 W 5) ESR61NP: up to 600 W 5)
I on ≤ 30 A/20 ms I on ≤ 120 A/20 ms I on ≤ 10 A/ 10 ms I on ≤ 500 A / 2 ms
I on ≤ 120 A/5 ms I on ≤ 120 A/5 ms
2300 W 2000 W up to 400 W 500 W 3300 W
load 1) 230 V, I on ≤ 70A/10 ms ETR61: 1000 W
Fluorescent lamp load with KVG* in lead-lag
1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA -- 600 VA 1000 VA
circuit or non compensated
500 VA 500 VA 500 VA up to 400 VA 5) 300 VA 500 VA
2)
I on ≤ 70 A/10 ms
I on ≤ 70 A/10 ms 2)
Compact fl uorescent lamps with EVG* 15x7 W When using DX types:
ESR61NP: 15x7 W, up to 400 W 5) 52 W I on ≤ 500 A / 2 ms 2)
and energy saving lamps ESL 10x20 W 5) 15x7 W
10x20 W 5)
10x20 W 3)5)
Max. switching current DC1: 12 V/24 V DC – 8A 8A (not ESR) -- 6A –

> 10 5 > 10 5 > 10 5 ∞ > 10 5 > 10 5
Life at rated load, cos M = 0.6 at 100/h > 4x10 4 > 4x10 4 > 4x10 4 -- -- > 4x10 4
12-16
Max. operating cycles 10 3/h 10 3/h 10 3/h 10 3/h 10 4/h 10 3/h
Contact position indication LED (not series 61)
Maximum conductor cross-section series 12: 6 mm 2 (3-fold terminal 4 mm 2), series 61: 4 mm 2
Two conductors of same cross-section series 12: 2.5 mm 2 (3-fold terminal 1.5 mm 2), series 61: 1.5 mm 2
Screw head series 12: slotted/crosshead, pozidriv, series 61: slotted/crosshead
Type of enclosure/terminals series 12: IP50/IP20, series 61: IP30/IP20
Electronics
Time on 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Max./min. temperature at mounting location +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C
– –
–
Stand by loss (active power) 0.5 W ESR61NP: 0.7 W, ESR61SSR: 0.3 W – –
ESR12DDX: 0.4 W
ETR61+ ETR61 NP: 0.5 W
Control current 230 V control input local ±20% 10 mA – 10 mA, ER61 and ESR61M: – 1 mA – –

– 4 (not ESR12DDX) ER61: 2, ESR61M: 4 4 – 4
all control voltages mA ± 20%
only ESR61NP: 2/4/9/5(100)
Control current at only ESR12DDX:
2/4/9/5 (100) only ETR61+ ETR61 NP: – –/15/10/11 –
8/12/24/230 V (<10 s) mA ± 20% 2/3/7/3 (50) mA
10mA/24 V DC
ES: 0.3 μF (1000 m) 0.06 μF (200 m)
Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of
ER: 3 nF (10 m) ESR12DDX: 0.06 µF (200 m) 30 nF (100 m) 0.06 µF (200 m) 0.06µF (200 m)
control lead at 230 V AC
C1-C2: 15 nF (50 m) 0.3 μF (1000 m)
* EVG = electronic ballast units; KVG = conventional ballast units a) Bistable relay as relay contact. The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first operation.
b)
Bistable relay as relay contact. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. 1) For lamps with 150 W max. 2) A 40-fold
inrush current must be expected for electronic ballast devices. For steady loads of 1200 W or 600 W use the currentlimiting relay SBR12 or SBR61. See chapter 14, page 14-8. 3) When using DX types close attention
must be paid that zero passage switching is activated! 4) For ER12-200 maximum current across both contacts 16 A for 230 V. 5) Usually applies for dimmable 230 V LED lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps.
Due to different lamp electronics and depending on the manufacturer, the maximum number of lamps may be limited, especially if the wattage of the individual lamps is very low (e.g. with 2 W LEDs).

MFZ12DDX
MFZ12DBT
MFZ12DX
MFZ61DX
13
UP TO 18 FUNCTIONS COMBINED WITH
UNIVERSAL CONTROL VOLTAGE –
AN UNRIVALLED COMBINATION.
Multifunction time relays, time relays and timer
Selection table multifunction time relays, time relays and timer 13 - 2
Analogue settable multifunction time relay MFZ12-230V with 10 functions 13 - 3
Analogue settable multifunction time relay MFZ12DX-UC with 18 functions 13 - 4

NEW Digital settable multifunction time relay with display and Bluetooth MFZ12DBT-UC with Eltako Connect app and 18 functions 13 - 5
Digital settable multifunction time relay MFZ12DDX-UC with 18 functions 13 - 6
Analogue settable multifunction time relay MFZ12NP-230V+UC with 10 functions 13 - 7
Fully electronic multifunction time relay MFZ12PMD-UC with 18 functions 13 - 8
Analogue settable multifunction time relay MFZ61DX-UC with 6 functions 13 - 9
Analogue settable 2-stage ON-delay A2Z12-UC 13 - 10
Analogue settable time relay with operate delay AVZ12DX-UC 13 - 11
Analogue settable time relay with fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact EAW12DX-UC 13 - 12
Test pushbutton for emergency lighting with off-delay PTN12-230V 13 - 13
Analogue settable time relay with release delay RVZ12DX-UC 13 - 14
Analogue settable clock generator starting with impulse TGI12DX-UC 13 - 15

NEW 2-channel timer with display and Bluetooth SU12DBT/1+1-UC with Eltako Connect app 13 - 16
NEW 2-channel timer with display and Bluetooth SU12DBT-UC with Eltako Connect app 13 - 17
Digital settable timer with 2 channels S2U12DDX-UC 13 - 18
Description of functions of the multifunction time relays and time relays 13 - 19
Technical data multifunction time relays, time relays and timer 13 - 20
13-1
SELECTION TABLE MULTIFUNCTION TIME RELAYS, TIME RELAYS AND TIMER
THE SUCCESSFUL
Multifunction time relays with up to 18 functions combined with NP multifunction time relays always switch at zero passage, the
universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC - a competitive advantage, DX devices only when connected to N.
particularly the digital settable time relays MFZ12DDX.
Page 13-3 13-4 13-5 13-6 13-7 13-8 13-9 13-10 13-11 13-12 13-13 13-14 13-15 13-16 13-17 13-18
MFZ12NP-230V+UC
SU12DBT/1+1-UC
MFZ12PMD-UC
MFZ12DDX-UC
MFZ12DBT-UC
S2U12DDX-UC
S2U12DBT-UC
Piktogramme
EAW12DX-UC
MFZ12DX-UC
MFZ61DX-UC
RVZ12DX-UC
AVZ12DX-UC
MFZ12-230V
PTN12-230V
TGI12DX-UC
A2Z12-UC
Modular device for mounting on DIN
rail EN 60715 TH35, number of modules 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1
18 mm each
Digital settable
Analogue settable
Number of NO contacts (not potential free) 1 (1) (1) 1 1+1 1+1 1+1
Number of CO contacts potential free 1 1 1 1 1 (1) 1 1 1+1
3)

3)

3)
3)

3)

3)

3)

3)

3)

3)

3)

1)
Incandescent lamp load W 1000 2000 2000 2000 2300 400 2000 1000 2000 2000 2300 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Bistable relay as relay contact 2)
2)
2)
2)

2)

2)

2)

2)

2)

2)

2)

2)

2)
13-2 Universal control voltage

Low standby loss
Multifunction time relay
Off delay RV
Operate delay AV
Additive operate delay AV+
2-stage ON-delay
Fleeting NO contact EW
Fleeting NC contact AW
Fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact
EAW
Operate and release delay ARV
Additive operate and release delay ARV+
Relay function ER
Release-delay impulse switch SRV
Impulse switch functions ES and ESV
Clock generator starting with impulse TI
Clock generator starting with pause TP
Impulse controlled operate delay IA
(e.g. automatic door opener)
Pulse shaper IF
1)
Up to 3400 W with capacity enhancers LUD12-230V. 2) The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated.
3)
Duplex technology: When switched with 230 V/50 Hz zero passsage switching is activated if L is connected to (L) and N to (N). Then additional standby loss of only 0.1 watt.
ANALOGUE SETTABLE MULTIFUNCTION TIME RELAY MFZ12-230V
WITH 10 FUNCTIONS
MFZ12-230V
1 NO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamps 1000 W*.

Control voltage 230 V. Supply voltage same as control voltage.
Functions F (description page 13-18)

RV = off delay
Function rotary switches AV = operate delay
ARV = operate and release delay
ON = permanent ON
OFF = permanent OFF
The LED below the big rotary switch indicates the contact position while time-out is in progress. It blinks
while the relay contact is open, and is continuously ON as long as the relay contact is closed.
The time base T is selected by means of the middle, latching rotary switch T. Time-base figures available
are 0.1 seconds, 0.5 seconds, 2 seconds, 5 seconds, 1 minute, 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours and
4 hours. The total time is obtained by multiplying the timebase by the multiplier.
The multiplier xT is set on the upper, latching rotary switch xT and is in the range from 1 to 10. Thus, time
Standard setting ex works. settings can be selected in the range from 0.1 second (time base 0.1 second and multiplier 1) and 40 hours
(time base 4 hours and multiplier 10).
Typical connection * The maximum load can be used starting at a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes.
The maximum load will be reduced for shorter times as follows: up to 2 seconds 15%, up to 2 minutes
30%, up to 5 minutes 60%.
13-3
MFZ12-230V Analogue settable multifunction time relay, Art. No. 23100530 60,00 €/pc.
1 NO contact 10 A

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/MFZ12-230V


ANALOGUE SETTABLE MULTIFUNCTION TIME RELAY
MFZ12DX-UC WITH 18 FUNCTIONS
MFZ12DX-UC
1 CO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamps 2000 W*.
Standby loss 0.02–0.6 watt only.
the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 15 (L) for this. This gives an additional standby
consumption of only 0.1 Watt.
Universal control voltage from 8 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage same as control voltage.
According to the connection of the power supply to the terminals B1-A2 or B2-A2 two different levels of
settings can be selected:
Functions F with connection of the power supply to B1-A2 (description page 13-18)
(Standby loss 0.02-0.4 W)
RV = off delay
AV = operate delay
Typical connection
Level of setting 1, Functions F
8-230 V UC AW = fleeting NC contact
ON = permanent ON
OFF = permanent OFF
Functions (F) with connection of the power supply to B2-A2 (description page 13-18)
(Standby loss 0.02-0.6 W)
SRV = release-delay impulse switch
ER = relay
EAW = fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact
13-4
ES = impulse switch
IF = pulse shaper
ARV+ = additive operate and release delay
ESV = impulse switch with release delay and switch-off early-warning function
Typical connection
AV+ = additive operate delay
Level of setting 2, Functions (F)
ON = permanent ON
8-230 V UC
OFF = permanent OFF
while the relay contact 15-18 is open (15-16 closed), and is continuously ON as long as the relay contact
15-18 is closed (15-16 open).
are 0.1 seconds, 0.5 seconds, 2 seconds, 5 seconds, 1 minute, 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours and 4 hours.
The total time is obtained by multiplying the timebase by the multiplier.
settings can be selected in the range from 0.1 second (time base 0.1 second and multiplier 1) and 40 hours
If N is connected, the zero passage
switching is active.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/MFZ12DX-UC
MFZ12DX-UC Analogue settable Multifunction Time Relay 1 CO Art. No. 23001005 67,80 €/pc.
contact 10 A
DIGITAL SETTABLE MULTIFUNCTION TIME RELAY WITH DISPLAY AND BLUETOOTH MFZ12DBT-UC
WITH ELTAKO CONNECT APP AND 18 FUNCTIONS
MFZ12DBT-UC NEW
Digital settable multifunction time relay with display and Bluetooth with Eltako Connect app and
18 functions. 1 CO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent
lamps 2000 W. With display lighting. Standby loss 0.1-0.3 watt only.

the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 15 (L) for this. This gives an additional standby con-
sumption of only 0.1 Watt.
Universal control voltage 12 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage same as the control voltage.
Both functions and times are entered at the touch of a key and indicated digitally on an LC display.
Only two keys are required for this purpose.
When setting the time all values can be entered within preset time ranges (0.1 to 9.9 or 1 to 99 seconds,
minutes or hours). The longest possible setting is 99 hours. 600 settings are possible. The time setting is
continuously displayed digitally.
Functions (description page 13-18)
RV = off delay
AV = operate delay ARV = operate and release delay
AV+ = operate delay additive ARV+ = operate and release delay additive
TI = clock generator starting with impulse ES = impulse switch
TP = clock generator starting with pause SRV = release-delay impulse switch
IA = impulse controlled pickup delay ESV = impulse switch with release delay
(e.g. automatic door opener) and switch-off early-warning
IF = pulse shaper function
EW = fleeting NO contact ER = relay
AW = fleeting NC contact ON = permanent ON
EAW = fleeting NO contact and OFF = permanent OFF
fleeting NC contact
With TI, TP, IA, EAW, ARV and ARV+ functions, a different second time can be entered also with different
time ranges.
The time relay is set either via Bluetooth with the app or with the MODE and SET buttons, a button
13-5
Eltako Connect app lock is possible.
The display lighting is switched on by pressing MODE or SET for the first time.
20 seconds after you last press MODE or SET, the program returns automatically to normal display and the
Eltako Connect app download:
http://eltako.com/redirect/eltako-connect display illumination goes off.
Connect the timer to the app:
Press SET, the display shows BLE (Bluetooth) and the ID of the timer. The connection to the app can now
be established (delivery state PIN 123123).
languages: Scan the QR code on the operating instructions, the app guides you through the learning process. After the
http://eltako.com/redirect/MFZ12DBT-UC
connection to the app has been established, BLE+ appears in the display. The MODE and SET buttons are now
locked. After 20 minutes without interacting with the timer, the connection is automatically disconnected.
Change PIN: The PIN for the Bluetooth connection can be changed in the app under the Device PIN entry.
Bluetooth reset (delete any changed PIN): The connection to the app must be disconnected. Press MODE and
SET simultaneously for 2 seconds, RES flashes in the display. Now press SET for 2 seconds, bLE appears in the
display. If you confirm with SET, the bLE reset is carried out, the PIN is deleted and the delivery status is restored.
Set the time relay with the MODE and SET buttons:
Pressing the MODE button selects the LCD element to be changed. The element currently being
accessed flashes. Pressing the SET button changes the element being accessed. This can be the function,
time frame, time T1 or time T2 (TI, TP, IA, EAW, ARV and ARV+ only). Each entry is terminated with the
MODE key. After setting the time with MODE, no element flashes anymore - the time relay is ready for
operation.
Security in the event of a power failure: The parameters set are saved in an EEPROM and are therefore
immediately available again after a power failure.
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. MFZ12DBT-UC Digital settable multifunction time relay with Art. No. 23001003 101,10 €/pc.
display and Bluetooth, 1 CO contact 10 A

DIGITAL SETTABLE MULTIFUNCTION TIME RELAY
MFZ12DDX-UC WITH 18 FUNCTIONS
MFZ12DDX-UC
1 CO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamps 2000 W*.

the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 15 (L) for this. This gives an additional standby con-
sumption of only 0.1 Watt.
Typical connection Both functions and times are entered at the touch of a key and indicated digitally on an LC display.
Only two keys are required for this purpose.
8-230 V UC When setting the time all values can be entered within preset time ranges (0.1 to 9.9 or 1 to 99 seconds,
minutes or hours). The longest possible setting is 99 hours. 600 settings are possible. The time setting is
continuously displayed digitally.
Functions (description page 13-18)

RV = off delay ARV = operate and release delay
AV = operate delay ARV+= operate and release delay additive
AV+ = operate delay additive ES = impulse switch
TI = clock generator starting with SRV = release-delay impulse switch
impulse ESV = impulse switch with release
TP = clock generator starting with delay and switch-off early-warning
pause function
IA = impulse controlled pickup delay ER = relay
If N is connected, the (e.g. automatic door opener) ON = permanent ON
zero passage switching IF = pulse shaper OFF = permanent OFF
is active. EW = fleeting NO contact
13-6
languages: With TI, TP, IA, EAW, ARV and ARV+ functions, a different second time can be entered also with different
http://eltako.com/redirect/MFZ12DDX-UC
time ranges.
Setting the times and functions: The LCD component to be changed is selected by pressing the MODE
The timing relay is now ready to operate. Press the MODE key again to restart the input cycle. All the entered
parameters are retained if they are not changed using SET. 25 sec. after the last operation and if the
component still flashes the input cycle is automatically terminated and the previously made changes lapse.
Functions of the LC display: If the ON or OFF function was selected, no time is displayed, only ON and
OFF and a contact symbol in the correct position. On all other functions, the set time, the function code
and the contact symbol are shown in the correct position (open or closed).The clock symbol flashes while
the set time is elapsing and the remaining time is shown.
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. MFZ12DDX-UC Digital settable multifunction time relay, Art. No. 23001004 68,10 €/pc.
1 CO contact 10 A

ANALOGUE SETTABLE MULTIFUNCTION TIME RELAY MFZ12NP-230V+UC
WITH 10 FUNCTIONS
MFZ12NP-230V+UC
1 NO contact not potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamps 2300 W*.

230 V control voltage and additionally 8 to 230 V UC electrically isolated universal control voltage.
230 V supply voltage and switching voltage.
Function rotary switches Very low switching noise.
Time settings between 0.1 seconds and 40 hours.

RV = release delay
AV = operate delay
IA = impulse-controlled operate delay
ON = permanent ON
OFF = permanent OFF
The LED below the upper function rotary switch informs about the position of the contact during the
Standard setting ex works. countdown. It blinks while the contact is open and stays on as long as the contact is closed.
are 0.1 second, 0.5 seconds, 2 seconds, 5 seconds, 1 minute, 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours and 4 hours.
Typical connection The total time is obtained by multiplying the time base by the multiplier.
settings can be selected in the range from 0.1 second (time base 0.1 second and multiplier 1) and 40 hours
13-7
MFZ12NP- Analogue settable multifunction time relay, Art. No. 23100001 60,70 €/pc.

languages:
MFZ12NP-230V*UC


FULLY ELECTRONIC MULTIFUNCTION TIME RELAY MFZ12PMD-UC
WITH 18 FUNCTIONS
MFZ12PMD-UC
Power MOSFET with almost unlimited number of circuits up to 400 W. Automatic lamp detection.
Standby loss 0.3 watt only. Dim down to minimum brightness and up to maximum brightness and
Soft ON / Soft OFF are also adjustable for lamp circuit.
Digitally adjustable and fully electronic multifunction time relay for lamps up to 400 W dependent on
ventilation conditions. Dimmable 230V LED lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps (ESL) are also
dependent on the lamp electronics and the dimming technology, see technical data page 13-17.
If minimum brightness is not set to 0, the circuit is not switched off but dimmed down to the set percentage.
Typical connection Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC and additionally the universal voltage control inputs 8 to 230 V
switching voltage.
Enter both the functions and the times using the two buttons MODE and SET. The functions and times are
indicated digitally on an LC display. The time can be set by entering all values within the preselected time
scale (0.1 to 9.9 or 1 to 99 seconds, minutes or hours). The longest time is 99 hours. This permits 600 time
settings. The time(s) entered is (are) permanently displayed digitally.
Settable functions (description page 13-16): RV = release delay, AV = operate delay, AV+ = additive
operate delay, TI = clock generator starting with impulse, TP = clock generator starting with pause, IA =
impulse-controlled operate delay, IF = pulse shaper, EW = fleeting NO contact, AW = fleeting NC contact,
EAW = fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact, ARV = operate and release delay, ARV+ = additive
operate and release delay, ES = impulse switch, SRV = release-delay impulse switch, ESV = impulse switch
with release delay and switch-off early-warning function, ER = relay, ON = permanent ON, OFF = perma-
nent OFF. With TI, TP, IA, EAW, ARV and ARV+ functions, a different second time can be entered also with
different time ranges.
languages: Setting the times and functions: The LCD component to be changed is selected by pressing the MODE
http://eltako.com/redirect/MFZ12PMD-UC
13-8 Technical data page 13-20.
Housing for operating instructions The timing relay is now ready to operate. Press the MODE key again to restart the input cycle. All the
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. entered parameters are retained if they are not changed using SET. 25 sec. after the last operation and if
the component still flashes the input cycle is automatically terminated and the previously made changes
lapse.
Setting additional parameters valid for all functions: when you press the MODE button for longer than
2 seconds, you access the submenu. Press the SET button to select the parameter you want to change.
Then confirm by pressing MODE. Press SET to enter the parameter and confirm by pressing MODE. After
the 'LED' submenu, you return automatically to the main menu.
MIN = Minimum brightness in OFF state settable to 0 and from 10 to 89 (%), factory setting = 0.
MAX = Maximal brightness in ON state settable from 10 to 99 (%), factory setting = 99. MAX must be at
least 10 divisions above MIN.
RMP = Switch ON/OFF ramp (soft ON and soft ON) adjustable from 0 = 10 ms to 99 = 1 s, factory setting = 0.
LED = LED+ for dimmable 230 V LED lamps which cannot be dimmed down far enough in automatic mode
(trailing edge control) for design reasons and must therefore be forced by phase control. Enabled
by pressing MODE; factory setting = LED without +.
Functions of the LC display: if you selected the functions ON or OFF, no time is displayed. Instead an
arrow indicates either ON or OFF. In all other functions the set time(s), the function abbreviation and an
arrow next to ON and OFF display the switching position. The clock symbol flashes while the set time is
elapsing and the remaining time is shown.
MFZ12PMD-UC Fully electronic multifunction time relay, Art. No. 23001006 85,50 €/pc.

ANALOGUE SETTABLE MULTIFUNCTION TIME RELAY MFZ61DX-UC
WITH 6 FUNCTIONS
MFZ61DX-UC
1 NO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamps 2000 W*.
Built-in device for installation.

Function rotary switches 45 mm long, 45 mm wide, 18 mm deep.
Standard setting ex factory. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation
Universal control voltage input 8 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage is same as the control voltage.
Typical connection Time settings between 0.5 seconds and 1 hour.

RV = off delay
IA = impulse-controlled operating delay
* The maximum load can be used from a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes.
If N is connected, the The maximum load is reduced for shorter times as follows: up to 2 seconds 15%, up to 2 minutes 30%,
zero passage switching up to 5 minutes 60%.
is active.

MFZ61DX-UC Analogue settable multifunction time relay, Art. No. 61100604 57,80 €/pc.
languages: 1 NO contact 10 A
http://eltako.com/redirect/MFZ61DX-UC 13-9

ANALOGUE SETTABLE TIME RELAY A2Z12-UC
A2Z12-UC
2-stage ON-delay. 1+1 NO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incande-
scent lamps 1000 W. Standby loss 0.4 watt only.

Universal control voltage input 12 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage is same as the control voltage.
Contact position display with two LEDs. Very low switching noise.
Function rotary switches The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation
When the control voltage is applied, the time lapse T1 starts between 0 and 60 seconds.
At the end of the time lapse, contact 1-2 closes and time lapse T2 starts between 0 and 60 seconds.
At the end of this time lapse, contact 3-4 closes. After an interval, the time lapse starts again at T1.
A2 = 2-stage ON-delay
A1-A2
1-2
t1
Standard setting ex factory. 3-4

t2
When the control voltage is applied, the time lapse T1 starts between 0 and 60
seconds. At the end of the time lapse, contact 1-2 closes and time lapse T2 starts
Typical connection
between 0 and 60 seconds. At the end of this time lapse, contact 3-4 closes. After
an interval, the time lapse starts again at T1.
A2Z12-UC Analogue settable 2-stage ON-delay, Art. No. 23200302 77,50 €/pc.
1+1 NO contact 10 A
13-10

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/A2Z12-UC


ANALOGUE SETTABLE TIME RELAY AVZ12DX-UC
AVZ12DX-UC
Operate delay, 1 CO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent
lamps 2000 W*. Standby loss 0.02-0.4 watt only.
Modular devices for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting.

With the Eltako Duplex technology (DX) the normally potential-free contacts can still switch in zero
passage when switching 230 V AC 50 Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear. Simply connect
Function rotary switches Time setting between 0.1 seconds and 40 hours.
are 0.1 seconds, 0.5 seconds, 2 seconds, 5 seconds, 1 minute, 2 minutes,
5 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours and 4 hours. The total time is obtained by multiplying the timebase by the multi-
plier.
settings can be selected in the range from 0.1 seconds (time base 0.1 seconds and multiplier 1) and 40
hours (time base 4 hours and multiplier 10).
Typical connection * The maximum load can be used starting at a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes. The maximum load
will be reduced for shorter times as follows: up to 2 seconds 15%, up to 2 minutes 30%, up to 5 minutes
60%.
8-230 V UC
AV = Operate delay (ON delay)

A1-A2
13-11
15-18
t
When the control voltage is applied the timing period is started; on time-out
the relay contact changes to 15-18. After an interruption, the timing period is
restarted.
AVZ12DX-UC Analogue settable time relay with operate delay, Art. No. 23001302 66,00 €/pc.
1 CO contact 10 A
is active.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/AVZ12DX-UC


ANALOGUE SETTABLE TIME RELAY EAW12DX-UC
EAW12DX-UC
Fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact, 1 CO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED
lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamps 2000 W*. Standby loss 0.02-0.4 watt only.
Modular devices for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
Different functions can be selected by a rotary switch: fleeting NO contact (EW), fleeting NC contact (AW)
or fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact (EAW).
Function rotary switches Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage same as the control voltage.
Time setting between 0.1 seconds and 40 hours.
The LED below the big rotary switch indicates the contact position while time-out is in progress. It is OFF
plier.
Typical connection
* The maximum load can be used starting at a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes. The maximum load
8-230 V UC
60%.
13-12
EW = Fleeting NO contact
A1-A2
t 15-18
When the control voltage is applied the NO contact changes to 15-18 and reverts on
wiping time-out. If the control voltage is removed during the wiping time the NO
contact immediately reverts to 15-16 and the residual time is cancelled.
AW = Fleeting NC contact
A1-A2
t 15-18
When the control voltage is interrupted the NO contact changes to 15-18, and reverts
on wiping time-out. If the control voltage is applied during the wiping time the NO
is active. EAW = Fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact
A1-A2

15-18
t t
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/EAW12DX-UC
When the control voltage is applied or interrupted the relay contact changes to 15-18
and reverts after the set wiping time.

Housing for operating instructions EAW12DX-UC Analogue settable time relay with fleeting NO Art. No. 23001702 65,60 €/pc.
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. contact and fleeting NC contact, 1 CO contact 10 A

TEST PUSHBUTTON FOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEMS WITH OFF-DELAY PTN12-230V
PTN12-230V
Test pushbutton for emergency lighting systems with its own battery supply. 1 CO contact
16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamps 2300 W. Off-delay settable between
10 and 180 minutes. Only 0.5 watt standby loss.
Supply voltage 230 V, 50/60 Hz.
Off-delay 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 90, 120, 150 and 180 minutes settable with rotary switch.
When the supply voltage is applied, the green LED lights up.
For further informations see the operating instructions.

Typical connections

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/PTN12-230V
PTN12-230V Test pushbutton for emergency lighting systems Art. No. 23001802 62,60 €/pc.
with off-delay, 1 CO contact 16 A
13-13

ANALOGUE SETTABLE TIME RELAY WITH RELEASE DELAY RVZ12DX-UC
RVZ12DX-UC
Release delay, 1 CO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent
lamps 2000 W*. Standby loss 0.02-0.4 watt only.

Function rotary switches Time setting between 0.1 seconds and 40 hours.
The LED below the big rotary switch indicates the contact position while time-out is in progress. It is OFF
plier.
Typical connection * The maximum load can be used starting at a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes. The maximum load
60%.
8-230 V UC
RV = Release delay (OFF delay

13-14 A1-A2
t 15-18
When the control voltage is applied the relay contact switches to 15-18. When the
control voltage is interrupted the timing period is started; on time-out the relay contact
returns to normal position. Resettable during the timing period.
RVZ12DX-UC Analogue settable time relay with release delay, Art. No. 23001202 65,50 €/pc.
1 CO contact 10 A
is active.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/RVZ12DX-UC


ANALOGUE SETTABLE TIME RELAY WITH CLOCK GENERATOR STARTING WITH IMPULSE
TGI12DX-UC
TGI12DX-UC
Clock generator starting with impulse, 1 CO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up
to 200 W, incandescent lamps 2000 W*. Standby loss 0.02-0.4 watt only.

T1 and T2 can be set separately by a second multiplier while the time base remains the same.
Function rotary switches Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage same as the control voltage.
Time setting between 0.1 seconds and 40 hours.
plier.
Typical connection
* The maximum load can be used starting at a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes. The maximum load
8-230 V UC
60%.
TI = Clock generator starting with impulse (flasher relay)

13-15
A1-A2
15-18
t1 t2 t1 t2
As long as the control voltage is applied the relay contact opens and closes.
Both times can be set separately (identical time base, but additional multiplier).
When the control voltage is applied the relay contact immediately changes to 15-18.
TGI12DX-UC Analogue settable time relay with clock generator, Art. No. 23001402 65,60 €/pc.
1 CO contact 10 A
is active.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/TGI12DX-UC


2-CHANNEL TIMER WITH DISPLAY AND BLUETOOTH SU12DBT/1+1-UC
WITH APP ELTAKO CONNECT
3 4
A1 B1 A2
SU12DBT/1+1-UC NEW
2-channel timer with display, Bluetooth and Eltako Connect app. Channel 1 with 1 potential-free NO
contact 16 A/250 V AC and DX. Channel 2 with 1 potential-free OptoMOS semiconductor output
50 mA/12..230 V UC e.g. to control an electronic relay (ER) or a group impulse switch (EGS). With display
lighting and astro function. Standby loss only 0.1-0.3 watts. Supply and control voltage for central
control 12 to 230 V UC.
(N)
1(L) 2 Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting.

With the patented Eltako duplex technology (DX), the normally potential-free contact 1 can still switch
at zero crossing when switching 230 V/50 Hz AC voltage and thus drastically reduce wear. To achieve
this, simply connect the N conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 1 (L). This results in an additional
winter time changeover. Ca. 7 days power reserve without battery.
Each memory location can be assigned with the astro function (automatic switching after sunrise or sun-
down), the switch on/off time or a pulsed switching time (which triggers an impulse of 2 seconds). The as-
tro switch on/off time can be changed up to ± 2 hours. A time lag of up to ± 2 hours influenced by the sol-
stices can be entered additionally. With control input (+A1) for central control ON or OFF with priority.
The timer is set either via Bluetooth with the app or with the MODE and SET buttons, a button lock is
possible.
display illumination goes off.
Scan the QR code on the operating instructions, the app guides you through the learning process. After the
SET simultaneously for 2 seconds, RES flashes in the display. Now press SET for 2 seconds, BLE appears in
13-16
Eltako Connect app the display. If you confirm with SET, the bLE reset is carried out, the PIN is deleted and the delivery status is
restored.
Set the timer with the MODE and SET buttons:
http://eltako.com/redirect/eltako-connect Set language: Every time the power supply is applied, press SET within 10 seconds to set the language
and press MODE to confirm. D = German, GB = English, F = French, IT = Italian and ES = Spanish. The normal
display then appears: weekday, time, day and month.
languages: Release then press and hold down to change the scroll direction.
http://eltako.com/redirect/SU12DBT*1*1-UC
Set clock: Press MODE then at PRG (program) press SET to search for the CLK function. Press MODE to set.
In H, press SET to select the hour and press MODE to confirm. In M proceed in the same way to set the minute.
Set date: Press MODE then at PRG press SET to search for the DAT function. Press MODE to select. At Y,
press SET to select the year and press MODE to confirm. Proceed in the same way at M to set the month
and at D to set the day. The last setting in the sequence is MO (weekday) blinking. Press SET to set it and
press MODE to confirm.
Further settings like geographic position for astro function, manual switching ON or OFF, summer/
winter time changeover, central control ON or OFF, random mode, keylock and entering of timer
programs are described in the operating instructions.
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. SU12DBT/1+1-UC 2-channel timer with display and Bluetooth Art. No. 23200902 94,60 €/pc.

2-CHANNEL TIMER WITH DISPLAY AND BLUETOOTH S2U12DBT-UC
WITH APP ELTAKO CONNECT
S2U12DBT-UC NEW
2-channel timer with display, Bluetooth and Eltako Connect app. 1+1 CO contact potential free 10 A/250 V
AC, with DX technology. With display lighting and astro function. Standby loss only 0.1-0.3 watts. Supply
voltage 12..230 V UC. Central ON and central OFF control inputs for 8..230 V UC, galvanically isolated from
the supply voltage and switching voltage.
in zero passage when switching 230 V AC 50 Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear. Simply con-
nect the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 1 (L) and/or 4 (L) for this. This results in an
additional standby consumption of only 0.1 watt.
winter time changeover. Ca. 7 days power reserve without battery. Each memory location can be assigned
with the astro function (automatic switching after sunrise or sundown), the switch on/off time or a pulsed
switching time (which triggers an impulse of 2 seconds). The astro switch on/off time can be changed up
to ± 2 hours. A time lag of up to ± 2 hours influenced by the solstices can be entered additionally.
Central control ON (terminals +E1/-E2) or OFF (terminals +F1/-E2) with priority in ZEA operation (automatic
with central control).
The timer is set either via Bluetooth with the app or with the MODE and SET buttons, a button lock is
possible.
Scan the QR code on the operating instructions, the app guides you through the learning process. After the
SET simultaneously for 2 seconds, RES flashes in the display. Now press SET for 2 seconds, BLE appears in
the display. If you confirm with SET, the bLE reset is carried out, the PIN is deleted and the delivery status is
13-17
Eltako Connect app restored.
Set the timer with the MODE and SET buttons:
http://eltako.com/redirect/eltako-connect and press MODE to confirm. D = German, GB = English, F = French, IT = Italian and ES = Spanish. The normal
languages: Set clock: Press MODE then at PRG (program) press SET to search for the CLK function. Press MODE to set.
http://eltako.com/redirect/S2U12DBT-UC
Further settings like geographic position for astro function, manual switching ON or OFF, summer/
winter time changeover, central control ON or OFF, random mode, keylock and entering of timer
programs are described in the operating instructions.
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. S2U12DBT-UC 2-channel timer with display and Bluetooth Art. No. 23002903 109,80 €/pc.

DIGITAL SETTABLE TIMER WITH 2 CHANNELS S2U12DDX-UC
S2U12DDX-UC
2-channel timer. 1+1 NO contacts potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 600 W, incandescent
lamps 2000 W. With 'astro' function. Only 0.03–0.4 watt standby loss. With display backlighting.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18mm wide, 58mm deep.
Patented Eltako Duplex technology (DX) allows you to switch normally potential free contacts in
zero passage switching when 230 V A/C voltage 50 Hz is switched. This drastically reduces wear.
To achieve this, simply connect the N conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 1 (L) and/or 3 (L). This
In the ON state, the use of bistable relays causes no coil power loss or heating. Up to 60 timer memory
locations are freely assigned to the channels. With date and automatic summer/winter time changeover.
languages:
Ca. 7 days power reserve without battery. Each memory location can be assigned with the astro function
http://eltako.com/redirect/S2U12DDX-UC (automatic switching after sunrise or sundown), the switch on/off time or a pulsed switching time (which
triggers an impulse of 2 seconds). The astro switch on/off time can be changed up to ±2 hours. A time lag
of up to ±2 hours influenced by the solstices can be entered additionally.
With control input (+A1) for central control ON or OFF with priority.
Supply and control voltage for central control 12 to 230 V UC.
The timer is set using the MODE and SET buttons and a keylock function is provided.
The display illumination goes on by pressing on MODE or SET.
and press MODE to confirm. D = German, GB = English, F = French, IT = Italian and ES = Spanish. The normal
Set clock: Press MODE then at PRG (program) press SET to search for the CLK function. Press MODE to set.
Set geographic position (if astro function is required): you can find a list of German cities at the end
of the operating manual. Press MODE then press SET at PRG to search for the POS function. Select by
13-18 pressing MODE. Press SET at LAT to select the latitute. Select by pressing MODE. Repeat this procedure
for LON to select the longitude and press MODE to confirm. Press SET at GMT to select the time zone and
press MODE to confirm. If desired a time lag of up to ± 2 hours can be entered at WS (winter solstice) and
SS (summer solstice) for both channels.
Manual switching ON or OFF with priority: Press MODE and for PRG press SET to search for function INT.
Then press MODE to select. For CH press SET to select channel 1 or 2 and press MODE to confirm. Now
you can switch between AUT (automatic) and ON or OFF using SET. After confirming with MODE the shift
position of the selected channel may change. If the shift position should change automatically when a
time program becomes active, AUT (automatic) should be selected again. If MODE is pressed longer than
2 seconds at confirmations the change is saved and the normal display will appear.
Summer/winter time changeover: Press MODE then at PRG press SET to search for the SWT function
and press MODE to select. Now press SET to switch between ON and OFF. If you select ON, changeover is
automatic.
Central control ON or OFF with priority at automatic mode (AUT): Press MODE and then SET for PRG
(program) to search for the function CIA. Press MODE to select. Then press SET to switch from CON to
COF and press MODE to confirm.
Switch random mode on/off: Press MODE then at PRG press SET to search for the RND function and
press MODE to select. Press SET to set to ON (RND+) or OFF (RND) and press MODE to confirm. When
random mode is switched on, all switch-on time points of all channels are shifted at random by up to
15 minutes. Switch-on times are switched earlier and switch-off times are switched later.
Entering timer programs: refer to the operating instructions.
Enable keylock: Briefly press MODE and SET together and at LCK, press SET to lock. This is displayed by
an arrow next to the lock symbol.
Disable keylock: Press MODE and SET together for 2 seconds and at UNL press SET to unlock.
Technical data page 13-20. S2U12DDX-UC Digital settable timer with 2 channels, Art. No. 23200901 88,70 €/pc.
1+1 NO contacts 16 A

DESCRIPTION OF FUNCTIONS OF THE MULTIFUNCTION TIME RELAYS AND TIME RELAYS
The contact 15-18 corresponds on MFZ12NP to the contact L-3. The terminals A1-A2 correspond on MFZ12NP to the terminals A1-N or C1-C2.
The contact 15-18 corresponds on MFZ61DX and MFZ12-230V to the contact 1-2. The terminals A1-A2 correspond on MFZ12-230V to the
terminals A1-N. The contact 15-18 corresponds on MFZ12PMD to the output .
RV = Release delay (OFF delay) ARV = Operate and release delay

A1-A2 A1-A2
t 15-18 15-18
t1 t2
When the control voltage is applied the relay contact switches to 15-18. When the When the control voltage is applied the timing period starts; on time-out he relay
control voltage is interrupted the timing period is started; on time-out the relay contact changes to 15-18. If the control voltage is interrupted then,another timing
contact returns to normal position. Resettable during the timing period. period is started and, on time-out, the relay contact to normal position. On MFZ12,
MFZ12DX and MFZ12NP this release delay is identical to the operating delay, on
AV = Operate delay (ON delay) MFZ12DDX and MFZ12PMD it is completely settable separately. After an interruption
A1-A2 of the operating delay, the timing period is restarted.
15-18
t ER = Relais
As long as the control contact is closed the make contact reverts from
When the control voltage is applied the timing period is started; on time-out the relay 15-16 to 15-18.
contact changes to 15-18. After an interruption, the timing period is restarted.
TI = Clock generator starting with impulse (flasher relay) EAW = Fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact
A1-A2 A1-A2
15-18 15-18
t1 t2
t1 t2 t1 t2
As long as the control voltage is applied the relay contact opens and closes. On When the control voltage is applied or interrupted the relay contact changes to 15-18
MFZ12, MFZ12DX, MFZ12NP and MFZ61DX the changeover time in both directions is and reverts after the set wiping time. On MFZ12DBT, MFZ12DDX and MFZ12PMD both
identical, and is equal to the preset time. On TGI12DX both times can be set separately times can be set separately.
(identical time base, but additional multiplier), on MFZ12DBT, MFZ12DDX and MFZ12PMD
ES = Impulse switch
it is completely settable separately. When the control voltage is applied the relay
With control impulses from 50ms the make contact switches to and fro.
contact immediately changes to 15-18.
IF = Pulse shaper
TP = Clock generator starting with pause (flasher relay)
A1-A2 A1-A2
15-18 t t 15-18
t1 t2 t1
When the control voltage is applied the relay contact changes to 15-18 for
Description of function same as for TI, except that, when the control voltage is
the set time. Further control impulses are evaluated only after the set time
applied, the contact initially remains at 15-16 rather than changing to 15-18.
has elapsed.
IA = Impulse-controlled operate delay
ARV+ = Additive operate and release delay
13-19 A1-A2 13-19
15-18 Same function as ARV, but after an interruption of the operate delay the elapsed
t1 t2 time is stored.
The timing period t1 starts with a control impulse from 50ms; on time-out the relay
contact changes for the timing period t2 (for MFZ12 and MFZ12DX = 1 second, for ESV = Impulse switch with release delay and switch-off early-
MFZ12NP and MFZ61DX =3 seconds) to 15-18 for 1 second (e.g. for automatic door opener). warning function
If t1 is set to t1 min = 0.1 seconds, the IA operates as pulse shaper, when timing period Function same as SRV. Additionally with switch-off early warning: approx.
t2 elapses, independent of the duration of the control impulse (min. 150 ms). 30 sec. before time-out the lighting starts flickering 3 times at gradually
shorter time intervals.
EW = Fleeting NO contact
A1-A2
AV+ = Additive operate delay
t 15-18 Function same as AV. However, after an interruption the elapsed time is stored.
When the control voltage is applied the NO contact changes to 15-18 and reverts on SRV = Release-delay impulse switch
wiping time-out. If the control voltage is removed during the wiping time the NO With control impulses from 50ms the make contact switches to and fro. In the
contact immediately reverts to 15-16 and the residual time is cancelled. contact position 15-18, the device switches automatically to the rest position 15-16
on delay time-out.
AW = Fleeting NC contact
A1-A2
t 15-18
When the control voltage is interrupted the NO contact changes to 15-18, and reverts
on wiping time-out. If the control voltage is applied during the wiping time the NO

TECHNICAL DATA MULTIFUNCTION TIME RELAYS, TIME RELAYS AND TIMER
Type MFZ12DBT b) MFZ12NP MFZ12-230V MFZ61DX b) S2U12DDX b)

MFZ12DDX b) PTN12 A2Z12-UC b) SU12DBT/1+1 b)
MFZ12DX b) S2U12DBT b)
RVZ/AVZ/TGI/
EAW12DX b)
Contacts
Contact material/contact gap AgSnO2/0.5 mm AgSnO2/0.5 mm AgSnO2/0.5 mm AgSnO2/0.5 mm AgSnO2/0.5 mm
Spacing of control connections/contact 6 mm 3 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm
Spacing of control connections C1-C2/contact -- 6 mm -- -- --
Test voltage contact/contact -- -- A2Z12: 4000 V -- 2000 V
Test voltage control connections/contact 4000 V 2000 V 4000 V 4000 V 4000 V

Test voltage C1-C2/contact -- 4000 V -- -- --
16 A/250 V AC
Rated switching capacity 10 A/250 V AC 16 A/250 V AC 10 A/250 V AC 10 A/250 V AC S2U12DBT:
10 A/250 V AC
up to 200 W 5) up to 200 W 5) up to 200 W 5) up to 200 W 5) up to 600 W 5)
230 V LED lamps
I on ≤ 120 A/5 ms I on ≤ 30 A/20 ms I on ≤ 120 A/5 ms I on ≤ 120 A/5 ms I on ≤ 120 A/5 ms
Incandescent lamp and halogen lamp load 1) 230 V, I on ≤
2000 W 3) 2300 W 3) 1000 W 3) 2000 W 3) 2000 W 3)
70 A/10 ms
Fluorescent lamp load with KVG* in
1000 VA 3) 1000 VA 3) 500 VA 3) 1000 VA 3) 1000 VA 3)
lead-lag circuit or non compensated
500 VA 3) 500 VA 3) 250 VA 3) 500 VA 3) 500 VA 3)
Compact fluorescent lamps with EVG* 15x7 W 15x7 W I on d 15x7 W 15x7 W
and energy saving lamps ESL 10x20 W 3) 4) 5) 10x20 W 3) 5) 35 A/10 ms2) 3) 5) 10x20W 3) 4) 5) 10x20 W 3) 4) 5)
Max. switching current DC1: 12 V/24 V DC 8A – 8A 8A 8A
Life at rated load, cos M = 1 5 5 5 5
> 10 > 10 > 10 > 10 > 105
for incandescent lamps 1000 W at 100/h
Life at rated load, cos M = 0,6 at 100/h > 4x104 > 4x104 > 4x104 > 4x104 > 4x104
Maximum conductor cross-section 6 mm2 6 mm2 6 mm2 4 mm2 6 mm2
(3-fold terminal) (4 mm2) (4 mm2) (4 mm2) (4 mm2)
Two conductors of same cross-section 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2
slotted/crosshead, slotted/crosshead, slotted/crosshead, slotted/crosshead,
Screw head slotted/crosshead
pozidriv pozidriv pozidriv pozidriv
Electronics
Time on 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
13-20 Temperature dependence < 0.2% per ºC < 0.2% per ºC < 0.2% per ºC < 0.2% per ºC < 0.2% per ºC
Repeat accuracy at 25ºC ±0.1% ±0.1% ±0.1% ±0.1% ±0.1%
Control voltage dependence from
none none none none none
0.9 to 1.1x rated voltage
Stored energy time in the event of power failure (then
t 0.2 seconds t 0.2 seconds t 0.2 seconds t 0.2 seconds 7 days
total reset)
MFZ12DBT:
0.3 W;
MFZ12DDX:
0.4 W
0.5 W;
Standby loss (active power) 230 V 0.5 W 0.4 W 0.4 W S2U12DBT,
MFZ12DX:
SU12DBT: 0.3 W
0.4-0.6 W;
RVZ/AVZ/TGI/
EAW12: 0.4 W
0.03 W/0.06 W
0.02 W/0.04 W;
Standby loss (active power) 12 V/24 V – – 0.02 W/0.04 W S2U12DBT,
MFZ12DDX: 0.05 W/0.1 W
SU12DBT: 0.1 W
Control current 230 V-control input local ±20% – 2mA 2mA; A2Z12: – – –
Control current universal control voltage 0.05/0.1/ 2/4/9/5 A2Z12: 0.05/ 0.05/0.1/ 0.04/0.05/
8/12/24/230 V (<10 s) ± 20% 0.2/1 mA (100) mA 0.1/0.2/1 mA 0.2/1 mA 0.1/1.2 mA
0.01 µF (30 m) 0.01 µF (30 m);
Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length)
0.2 µF (600 m) C1-C2: A2Z12: 0.2 µF (600 m) 0.2 µF (600 m)
of the control leads at 230 V AC
0.03 µF (100 m) 0.2 µF (600 m)
* EVG = electronic ballast units; KVG = conventional ballast units b) Bistable relay as relay contact. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after
installation has terminated. 1) For lamps with a load of 150 W max. 2) A 40-fold inrush current must be calculated for electronic ballast devices. For steady loads of 1200 W or 600 W use the current-limiting relay
SBR12 or SBR61. See chapter 14, page 14-8. 3) The maximum load can be used from a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes. The maximum load is reduced for shorter times as follows: up to 2 seconds 15%, up to
2 minutes 30%, up to 5 minutes 60%. 4) When using DX types close attention must be paid that zero passage switching is activated! 5) Usually applies for dimmable 230 V LED lamps and dimmable energy saving
lamps. Due to different lamp electronics and depending on the manufacturer, the maximum number of lamps may be limited, especially if the wattage of the individual lamps is very low (e.g. with 2 W LEDs).
Compliance with: EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-1, EN 60 669 (S2U12DDX: EN 60730-1)

FR12
NR12-001
BZR12DDX-UC
FR61
14
MAINS DISCONNECTION RELAYS, OPERATING
HOURS IMPULSE COUNTER, CURRENT RELAY,
MAINS MONITORING RELAY AND CURRENT-
LIMITING RELAYS.
Mains disconnection relays, operating hours impulse counter,
current relay, mains monitoring relay and current-limiting relays
Selection table mains monitoring relays, current relays and current-limiting relays 14 - 2
Self-learning mains disconnection relay FR12-230V 14 - 3
Self-learning mains disconnection relay FR61-230V and accessory base load GLE 14 - 4
Digital adjustable operating hours impulse counter BZR12DDX-UC with alarm relay and reset 14 - 5
Current relay AR12DX-230V 14 - 6
Mains monitoring relays monitoring the rotating field NR12-001-3x230V and NR12-002-3x230V 14 - 7
Current-limiting relays capacitive SBR12-230V/240µF and SBR61-230V/120µF 14 - 8
Phase annunciator P3K12-230V and technical data 14 - 9
Typical connections mains disconnection relays 14 - 10
Questions and answers on mains disconnection relays 14 - 11
14-1
SELECTION TABLE MAINS MONITORING RELAYS, CURRENT RELAY AND CURRENT-LIMITING RELAYS
THE BODYGUARDS
Eltako mains disconnection relays switch off a monitored 230 V is guaranteed that room lighting is detected when switched on.
conductor after connected loads are switched off manually. This The monitored conductor is then switched on again.
prevents interfering electromagnetic alternating fields.
Electronically controlled loads or supplied loads, require a high
A DC voltage with an extremely low residual ripple is used for moni- degree of monitoring effort. Here, the self-learning mains dis-
toring purposes. No measurable alternating field is generated but it connection relays are ideal for such applications.
Page 14-3 14-4 14-5 14-6 14-7 14-7 14-8 14-8 14-9
SBR12-230V/240µF
SBR61-230V/120µF
NR12-002-3x230V
NR12-001-3x230V
BZR12DDX-UC
AR12DX-230V
P3K12-230V
pictograms
FR61-230V
FR12-230V
Modular device for mounting on

DIN rail EN 60715 TH35, number of 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
modules 18 mm each
Number NO contacts or CO con-
tacts potential free (1) (1) 1W 1W 1W 2W (1) (1) –
(not potential free)
Zero passage switching 2) 2)
Incandescent lamp load W 2300 1000 2000 2300 1600 1600 1200 600 –
Fluorescent lamp load with EVG* I on <_ 70 A/ I on <_ 70 A/ 150-200 2) 150-200 2) I on <_70 A/ I on <_70 A/ 1200 600 –
and energy saving lamps W 10 ms 1) 10 ms 1) 10 ms 1) 10 ms 1)
14-2
No standby loss –
Low standby loss
Adjustable operating hours counter
Current relay
Mains monitoring relay
Current-limiting relay
Mains disconnection relay
Phase annunciator
* EVG = electronic ballast units

1)
A 40-fold inrush current must be expected for electronic ballast devices. Limit with SBR12 or SBR61 if applicable.
2)
Duplex technology: When switched with 230 V/50 Hz zero passsage switching is activated if L is connected to (L) and N to (N). Then additional standby loss of only 0.1 watt.
SELF-LEARNING MAINS DISCONNECTION RELAY FR12-230V
FR12-230V
1 NO contact not potential free 16 A/250 V AC. Self-learning. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incande-
scent lamp load 2300 W. Standby loss 0.8 watt only.

230 V supply voltage and switching voltage.
The FR12-230V mains disconnection relay disconnects the power supply once all series connected
loads are turned off, thus preventing any electromagnetic interference fields from occurring.
Rotary switches Small loads up to 200 mA, are acceptable and, once major loads are disconnected, they do not prevent
field disconnection. The limit is taught-in automatically by the FR12 using a patented method so you need
not set the limit manually. Loads drawing more than 200 mA are consistently defined as loads which
should cause the line power to be connected.
As long as no major load is turned on, one pole of the monitored circuit remains isolated from the mains.
Neutral and earth are connected continuously to avoid acting as an aerial.
A DC voltage with an extremely low residual ripple is applied for monitoring.
Therefore, it is prohibited to bridge the relay contact, which would ultimately cause device failure.
When a load is turned on, the mains disconnection switch connects the monitored phase after approx.
1 sec and the LED lights red.
Function of the lower rotary switch
In the function ON/ position, the relay contact is continuously closed and field disconnection
deactivated.
When turning back to position A = automatic with self-learning, the actual current value is stored as shut
Standard setting ex factory. down value in which should be switched-off even if small consumers, such as electronic dimmers, are still
available. Lighting must therefore be switched-off when 'learngin by rotary switch'.
In position A changes of connected consumers can be taught-in independently. When the outer conductor
Typical connection is switched-on the first time and after a power failure the FR12 automatically teaches-in again.
If a new small consumer is switched-on more than 24 hours, the total current drawn of the monitored
circuit is less than 200mA, the disconnection switch is set to A mode and the light was switched-on and
off occasionally, the new small consumer is taught-in and the ladder is switched-off. This can be achieved
immediately after connecting of a new small consumer by briefly jumping from A to and back. If
self-learning of the device is not desired, the rotary switch must be set to the function A 'automatic
switched-off'.
Function of the upper rotary switch 14-3
The monitoring voltage can be adjusted in the range from 5 V DC to 230 V DC. Due to its low residual ripple,
it generates no measurable alternating field even at 230 V DC. The higher the adjustment, the greater the
number of capacitive loads detectable without switching on a base load. It can therefore be reduced until
the loads are barely detectable. In many applications, even the lowest monitoring voltages are detectable.
FR12-230V Self-learning mains disconnection relay, Art. No. 22100231 82,80 €/pc.
1 NO contact 16 A
monitored circuit

languages:


SELF-LEARNING MAINS DISCONNECTION RELAY FR61-230V
ACCESSORY BASE LOAD GLE
FR61-230V
Built-in device for installation.

45 mm long, 45 mm wide, 26 mm deep.
Typical connection 230 V supply voltage and switching voltage.
The FR61-230V mains disconnection relay disconnects the power supply once all series connected loads
are turned off, thus preventing any electromagnetic interference fields from occurring.
Small loads up to 20 mA are acceptable and, once major loads are disconnected, they do not prevent field
disconnection. There is no need to manually set the limit; it is learned by the FR61. Loads drawing more
than 200 mA are consistently defined as loads which should cause the line power to be connected.
As long as no major load is turned on, one pole of the monitored circuit remains isolated from the mains.
Neutral and earth are connected continuously to avoid acting as an aerial.
A DC voltage of 230 V DC with an extremely low residual ripple is applied for monitoring. Therefore, it is
prohibited to bridge the relay contact, which would ultimately cause device failure.
monitored circuit When a load is turned on, the mains disconnection relay connects the phase.
If the phase is switched on for the first time and after a power failure the FR61 automatically learns in
again: At first an inrush current of 30 mA is specified. If a new small load is switched on for more than
languages: 24 hours, the total current drawn by the monitored circuit is less than 200 mA, and in the meantime the
light has been switched on and off, the new load is learned in and the conductor is switched off. This
learn-in mode can be realised immediately after connection of the new load by briefly switching off the MCB.
Technische Daten Seite 14-9. FR61-230V Self-learning mains disconnection relay, Art. No. 61100530 76,10 €/pc.
1 NO contact 10 A
GLE
Accessory base load
A base load is used if loads cannot be detected due to their capacitance but are meant to switch on the
14-4 line voltage. Base loads must consistently start or operate in parallel with the related load and be turned off
with the latter. Higher stand by loads may affect or jam the detection of a base load. Typical applications:
fluorescent lamps, dimmer circuits and electronic transformers.
GLE base load element

PTC in a small coupler with connecting leads; can be used directly in a load, a switch box or a junction box.
It is not capable of keeping the mains disconnection relay in the connected state without an additional
languages: load connected.
http://eltako.com/redirect/GLE
Technical data:
Cold resistance: 3500 Ω
Starting current at 230 V: 65 mA (approx. 15 W)
Standby power after 60 seconds: 0.65 W
GLE Base load Art. No. 70000008 7,00 €/pc.

DIGITAL ADJUSTABLE OPERATING HOURS IMPULSE COUNTER BZR12DDX-UC
WITH ALARM RELAY AND RESET
BZR12DDX-UC
2000 W. Standby loss 0.05–0.5 watt only.
The BZR12DDX is adjustable when the supply voltage UC (8-253 V AC or 10-230 V DC) is applied to B1/A2:
Select the function by pressing the projecting buttons MODE and SET: Press MODE briefly to make the
last function selected (factory setting BST = operating hours counter) flash in field 1. Then press SET to
Typical connection switch between IMP = impulse counter up to 9999 impulses and I10 = impulse counter x 10 up to 99990
impulses. Confirm the selected function by pressing MODE.
BST function = operating hours counter
Field 3 shows the accumulated operating hours T1 up to 8760 hours = 1 year. Up to 999.9 hours with one
decimal point. Field 2 can display up to 99 accumulated operating years T2.
8-230 V UC Press MODE to activate the alarm time AZT when the relay contact is switched over from 1-2 to 1-3. AZT
flashes and SET increments each time by 1 hour in field 3. Press and hold down to change the time rapidly.
Release and then press and hold down again to change the direction. Confirm the selected time by pressing
MODE. The + character in field 1 displays the set alarm time. AA flashes and SET activates (display AA+) or
deactivates (display AA) the automatic alarm disconnection.
The operating hours are counted in field 3 as long as the control voltage (= supply voltage) is applied to A1.
The display II moves slowly to the right in field 1.
The residual alarm time RZT in hours can be displayed by pressing SET briefly in field 3. Press SET again
to switch back to the operation display.
If there is a power failure, the contact switches over from 1-2 to 1-3 and may therefore be used for an
alarm signal.
When the alarm time AZT is reached, the contact switches over from 1-2 to 1-3, SET flashes in field 1 and
the display of the elapsed alarm period starts in field 2 from 0.1 minute (m) to 99 hours (h). The contact
If N is connected, the position 1-3 is indicated by an arrow on the left in field 1.
zero passage switching Acknowledge the alarm: a) If the automatic alarm disconnection is activated (AA+), the contact 1-3 closes
is active. for only 1 second and the alarm time restarts. b) By connecting the control voltage +B1 to AR the contact
switches back, if AR is disconnected from the control voltage the alarm time restarts. c) Press SET for
3 seconds to switch back the contact and to restart the alarm time. The operating hours counter in field 3
languages: continues running same as for a) and b).
http://eltako.com/redirect/BZR12DDX-UC Reset the operating hours counter previous to the alarm signal by applying the control voltage +B1 to AR
for 3 seconds or by pressing the MODE and SET buttons simultaneously for 3 seconds, confirm the RES
14-5
display in field 1 by pressing SET. The counter is reset to 0. This does not change the alarm time.
Enable the keylock by pressing MODE and SET briefly and simultaneously. When you confirm the flashing
display LCK by pressing SET, the buttons are locked and this is indicated by an arrow in field 1 pointing in
the direction of the lock icon sticker.
Disable the keylock by pressing MODE and SET simultaneously for 2 seconds. Confirm the flashing display
UNL by pressing SET to unlock.
IMP function = impulse counter and function I10 = impulse counter x 10
Field 3 shows the accumulated impulses T1 up to 9999 (99990) impulses. Press MODE to activate the
alarm impulse number AIZ when the relay contact switches over from 1-2 to 1-3. AIZ flashes and SET
increments each time by 1 impulse in field 3. Press and hold down to change the impulse number rapidly.
Release and then press and hold down again to change the direction. Confirm the selected impulse number
by pressing MODE and the + character in field 1 to display the set alarm impulse number.
Every voltage impulse (identical with the supply voltage) detected at A1 increments the number of counted
impulses in field 3.
The residual impulse number RIZ can be displayed after pressing SET briefly. RIZ appears in field 1 and the
residual impulses until the alarm is displayed in field 3. Press SET again to switch back to the operation display.
When the alarm impulse number is reached, the contact switches over from 1-2 to 1-3, SET flashes in
field 1 and the display of other impulses up to 99 (990) starts during the alarm signal. The contact position
1-3 is indicated by an arrow on the left in field 1.
'Acknowledge alarm', 'Reset' and 'Lock/unlock setting' are identical to the BST function = operating
hours counter.
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. BZR12DDX-UC Digital adjustable operating hours impulse Art. No. 22001430 69,10 €/pc.
counter, 1 CO contact 10 A

CURRENT RELAY AR12DX-230V
AR12DX-230V
Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
Function rotary switches opposite effect.
With an internal toroidal-core current transformer the single phase AC current flowing through a consumer
V1 of 0.1 A up to max. 32 A is compared to the setpoint. When the latter is exceeded a relay switches off a
consumer V2 connected to 2 within 0.5 seconds or switches on a consumer V3 connected to 3.
Adjustment accuracy ±5%. From 25 A the relay always switches on.
The basis of current A will be set with the lower rotary switch A.
3.0 3.2 The following basic values can be selected: 0.1 A, 0.3 A, 0.6 A, 0.9 A, 1.5 A, 1.9 A, 3.0 A and 3.2 A.
The multiplier xA will be set with the middle rotary switch xA and offers values between 1 and 10. So
currents starting from 0.1 A (basis of current 0.1 A and multiplier 1) can be set.
OFF delay RV can be set with the upper rotary switch RV between 0 and 120 secs.
The hysteresis is defined as approx. 25%.
Status indication by LED.
The measuring input M1-M2 is electrically isolated from power supply L-N and make contact 1 (L)-2/3.
Reference values larger than 32 A can be adapted by an external measuring transformer.
AR12DX-230V Current relay, 1 CO contact 16 A Art. No. 22001130 71,40 €/pc.

Typical connection
14-6
If (N) is connected, the

is active.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/AR12DX-230V


MAINS MONITORING RELAYS MONITORING THE ROTATING FIELD NR12-001-3X230V
AND NR12-002-3X230V
NR12-001-3X230V
Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting.

1 module =18 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
Designed to monitor 230 V AC voltage between 1 to 3 phase conductors and neutral and to monitor
the rotating field (clockwise) in the switch positions 2 Ph and 3 Ph.
In the position only the rotating field is monitored, independent from the mains voltage.
Supply voltage L1-N 180-250 V/50 Hz.
Function rotary switches In case of failure of L1 the relay releases immediately without delay.
With the lower rotary switch on the front two operate voltages resp. dropout voltages can be set and the
number of monitored phase conductors must be selected.
U1: 161 V dropout voltage and 185 V operate voltage.
U2: 196 V dropout voltage and 206 V operate voltage as per VDE 0100, part 718 (formerly: VDE 0108, part 1).
Voltage applied signalled by LED. At wrong polarity or in case of a missing phase conductor the LED
flashes rapidly.
Release delay RV settable with the upper rotary switch from 0.1 to 8 sec.
The LED flashes slowly during the release delay time period. Operate delay 0.5 sec.
Maximum fusing 16 A.
Manuals and documents in further NR12-001- Mains monitoring relay monitoring the rotating Art. No. 22001330 61,20 €/pc.
languages: 3x230V field, 1 CO contact 10 A
NR12-001-3*230V

NR12-002-3X230V
2 CO contacts potential free 10 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 200 W, incandescent lamp load
14-7
All functions same as NR12-001-3x230V but with a second CO contact.
Maximum fusing 16 A.

languages: Typical connections: 1 phase monitoring Typical connections: 3 phase monitoring
NR12-002-3*230V
NR12-002-3x230V NR12-001-3x230V NR12-002-3x230V NR12-001-3x230V

Housing for operating instructions NR12-002- Mains monitoring relay monitoring the rotating Art. No. 22002330 75,70 €/pc.
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. 3x230V field, 2 CO contact 10 A

CURRENT-LIMITING RELAYS CAPACITIVE SBR12-230V/240µF AND SBR61-230V/240µF
SBR12-230V/240µF
1 NO contact 16 A/250 V AC. No standby loss.

Max. capacitive load 240 μF downstream of rectifier (e.g. energy saving lamps and electronic ballast)
or 120 μF directly at the mains (e.g. shunt-compensated fluorescent lamps).
Limiting resistor 12 Ω, limiting period approx. 15 ms.
The starting current impulse of energy saving lamps, fluorescent lamps and compact fluorescent
lamps is limited to 20 A by short-time switch-on (approx. 15 ms) of heavy-duty resistors (12 Ω).
Typical connection The current-limiting relay is connected on the load side of the protected relay contact.
Permanent load max. 1200 W, max. switching frequency 600/h.
Explanation of capacitive load specification:

The specified max. capacitive load directly at the mains is the deciding factor determining shunt-com-
pensated fluorescent lamps or conventional ballast, for example.
Here the capacitor switched in parallel to the mains is the deciding factor determining the correct dimen-
sioning per lamp.
The specified max. capacitive load downstream of the rectifier is the deciding factor determining fluore-
scent lamp ballast or energy saving lamps, for example. An equivalent capacitance of 10 µF per lamp may
be calculated.
ES12Z with SBR12-230V/240µF SBR12- Current-limiting relay capacitive, Art. No. 22100430 49,50 €/pc.
230V/240µF 1 NO contact 16 A

languages:
SBR12-230V*240*F
SBR61-230V/120µF
1 NO contact 10 A/250 V AC. No standby loss.
14-8
Max. capacitive load 120 μF downstream of rectifier (e.g. energy saving lamps and electronic ballast)
Typical connection or 60 μF directly at the mains (e.g. shunt-compensated fluorescent lamps).
Limiting resistor 24 Ω, limiting period approx. 15 ms.
The starting current impulse of energy saving lamps, fluorescent lamps and compact fluorescent
lamps is limited to 10 A by short-time switch on (approx. 15 ms) of heavy-duty resistors (24 Ω).
The current-limiting relay is connected on the load side of the protected relay contact.
Permanent load max. 600 W, max. switching frequency 600/h.
Explanation of capacitive load specification:

The specified max. capacitive load directly at the mains is the deciding factor determining shunt-com-
pensated fluorescent lamps or conventional ballast, for example.
Here the capacitor switched in parallel to the mains is the deciding factor determining the correct dimen-
sioning per lamp.
ESR61M-UC with SBR61-230V/120μF The specified max. capacitive load downstream of the rectifier is the deciding factor determining fluore-
scent lamp ballast or energy saving lamps, for example. An equivalent capacitance of 10 µF per lamp may
be calculated.
languages:
SBR61-230V*120*F
SBR61- Current-limiting relay capacitive, Art. No. 61100330 53,20 €/pc.
230V/120µF 1 NO contact 16 A

PHASE ANNUNCIATOR P3K12-230V AND TECHNICAL DATA
P3K12-230V
Phase annunciator. Standby loss 0.06 watt only.

For visual monitoring of 1 to 3 phases 230 V.
Indication with three red LEDs.

P3K12-230V Phase annunciator Art. No. 24000899 38,90 €/pc.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/P3K12-230V
Type BZR12DDX NR12 AR12DX/FR12 FR61
Contacts
Contact material AgSnO2/0.5 mm AgSnO2/0.5 mm AgSnO2/0.5 mm AgSnO2/0.5 mm
Spacing of control connections/contact 3 mm >6 mm –, AR12DX: >6 mm –
Test voltage contact to contact 2000 V –, NR12-002: 2000 V – –
Test voltage control connection to contact – 4000 V –, AR12DX: 4000 V –
Rated switching capacity 10 A/250 V AC 10 A/250 V AC 16 A/250 V AC 10 A/250 V AC
5) 5) 5)
up to 200 W up to 200 W up to 200 W up to 200 W 5)
230 V LED lamps
I on ≤ 120 A/5 ms I on ≤ 30 A/20 ms I on ≤ 30 A/20 ms I on ≤ 30 A/20 ms
Incandescent lamp and halogen lamp load 1) 230 V,
2000 W 2000 W 2300 W 1000 W
I on ≤ 70 A/10 ms
Fluorescent lamp load with KVG* in lead-lag circuit
1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA
or non compensated
500 VA 500 VA 500 VA 500 VA
Compact fluorescent lamps with EVG* 15x7 W, 10x20 W 3) I on ≤ 70 A/10 ms 2) FR12: I on ≤ 70 A/10ms 2) I on ≤ 70 A/10 ms 2)
and energy saving lamps ESL AR12DX: 15x7 W, 10x20 W 3)
Max. switching current DC1: 12 V/24 V DC 8A 8A – –
Life at rated load, cos M = 1 at 100/h
>105 >105 >105 >105
and incandescent lamps 1000 W at 100/h
Life at rated load, cos M = 0.6 at 100/h > 4x104 > 4x104 > 4x104 > 4x104
Max. operating cycles 3
10 /h 3
10 /h 3
10 /h 103/h 14-9
Switching position indication/voltage indication display LED LED –
Maximum conductor cross-section 6 mm2 6 mm2 6 mm2 4 mm2
Two conductors of same cross-section 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 1.5 mm2
slotted/crosshead, slotted/crosshead, slotted/crosshead, slotted/crosshead,
Screw head
pozidriv pozidriv pozidriv pozidriv
Type of enclosure/terminals IP50/IP20 IP50/IP20 IP50/IP20 IP30/IP20
Electronics
Time on 100% 100% 100% 100%
Max./min. temperature at mounting location +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C
Control voltage range 0.9 to 1.1x rated voltage 180-250 V/50-60 Hz 0.9 to 1.1x rated voltage 0.9 to 1.1x rated voltage
Stand by loss (active power) 230 V 0.5 W 0.8 W 0.8 W 0.8 W
Stand by loss (active power) 12 V 4) 0.05 W – – –
Max. parallel capacitance (length) of control lead 0.06 µF (200 m) 0.06 µF (200 m) 0.06 µF (200 m) 0.06 µF (200 m)
1)
Applies to lamps with max. 150 W. 2) A 40-fold inrush current must be expected for electronic ballast devices. 3) When using DX types close attention must be paid that zero passage switching is activated! 4) Standby loss
at 24 V approx. two times greater than at 12 V. 5) Usually applies for dimmable 230 V LED lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps. Due to differences in the lamps electronics, there may be a restriction on the maximum
number of lamps; especially if the connected load is very low (for 5 W-LEDs).

TYPICAL CONNECTIONS MAINS DISCONNECTION RELAYS
Standard connection mains disconnection relay Touch dimmers and sensor dimmers
cannot be used. The universal dimmer switch EUD61 and a push-
button from the associated switch product range can replace a
touch dimmer.
Remote control dimmers

We recommend as remote control dimmers the impulse dimmer
switch EUD12F. On these devices, terminal L is 'tapped' ahead of the
mains disconnection relay, thus, maintainig the complete function.
An integrated cut-off relay takes over the mains disconnection of the
monitored circuit
circuit. Mechanical push-buttons are connected to T1 and T2. Only a
Mains disconnection relay with GLE base load element low DC voltage is impressed on the control wire. If the application of
the EUD12F is not possible for reasons of installation the type EUD12NPN
can be used. Here the terminal L is connected after the mains dis-
connection relay. Therefore the memory fuction is switched off.
monitored circuit
Elder rotary dimmers with phase cut-on (ON before zero crossing)
for resistive and inductive loads
monitored circuit monitored circuit
Can mostly be operated at V = max if no additional standby consumer
is in the circuit. Switched-mode power supplies in consumer electronic units
Otherwise see 'Modern dimmers'. (e.g. TV sets) and plug-in power supply units
Only specific units or power supplies are detected and disconnected
by the mains disconnection switch, even while in standby mode.
Where units or power supplies in a monitored circuit are not to be
disconnected these must be isolated from line power by a switched
socket outlet or a plug connector so that the function of the mains
disconnection switch is not affected.
14-10 Switching power supply units in the distribution box

The switching power supply units WNT12 are detected at primary
switching-on from 50 V DC monitoring voltage.
monitored circuit At secondary switching-on of the load the full monitoring voltage is
necessary.
Newer rotary dimmers and rotary dimmers with phase cut
control for electronic transformers cannot be used. The EUD61 Roller shutter control
universal dimmer and a button from the corresponding switch In order to operate tube-mounted motors with electronic limit
range can replace a pushbutton dimmer. switches, it is best if the lighting is switched on to reactivate the
monitored circuit before the electromechanical switch or push-
button switch is operated. In case of automatic controls in monitored
circuits, the mains disconnection (MD) must be inhibited for the
period when the roller shutters are controlled. This can be achieved
by fitting a time switch in the distributor. However, in this case,
do not bridge L-3 of the mains disconnection relay under any cir-
cumstances. Instead, connect the time switch change-over contact
between terminal L of the MD and the monitored circuit.
electronic
transformer Plug-in consumers with power control
monitored circuit These devices (vacuum-cleaners, standard lamps with dimmer)
are often not detected when switching on the mains disconnection
relay. For operation of these kind of devices therefore the normal
lighting must be switched on first.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON MAINS DISCONNECTION RELAYS
Function check? Appliances with transformer power supplies

Disconnect terminal 3 with the power on. The mains disconnection (i.e. entertainment electronic appliances, PC, etc.)?
relay must switch the phase on. The LED goes out. These appliances are often switched on or off on the secondary
side. The transformer power supplies are permanently connected
Base load? to the mains. Devices with these features must be disconnected
A base load is used if loads cannot be detected due to their capaci- from the mains after operation by unplugging the mains plug or by a
tance but are meant to switch on the line voltage. Never connect a switchable multiple socket strip or power consumption is learnt-in
base load directly between the disconnecting phase and neutral. and is also disconnected (up to 200 mA).
The mains disconnection relay is clocking? Time-controlled roller blind controls directly mounted at the
A base load device may be connected directly between the discon- windows?
necting phase and neutral. An inductive consumer (e.g. plug-in These roller blind controls receive a continuous quiescent current
power supply) is located in the disconnecting circuit without any and should not be operated downstream of a mains disconnection
isolation directly downstream of the mains disconnection relay. To relay for this reason. If disconnection is not possible from the room
function correctly, the consumer must be isolated from the mains. electrical circuit, the roller blind controls must be replaced by roller
blind switches.
Dimmer operation downstream of a mains disconnection relay?
We recommend using the universal dimmer switch EUD12F or Electronic impulse switches downstream of a mains dis-
EUD12NPN, as described on page 14-10. Rotary dimmer with phase connection relay?
sector control for electronic transformers: only possible with We recommend the electronic impulse switches ESR12NP which can
additional terminal for mains disconnection devices (e.g. make also connect the FR12 without an additional base load.
Busch-Jaeger, Jung, Berker and Gira). Electromechanical impulse switches need to be pressed a little
Touch dimmers and sensor dimmers cannot be used. longer until the FR12 and the lighting circuit switch on.
The universal dimmer switch EUD61 and a push-button from the
associated switch product range can replace a touch dimmer. Fluorescent lamps or compressed fluorescent lamps (energy
saving lamps) downstream of a mains disconnection relay?
Operate electronic transformers? Fluorescent lamps always require a base load which must be con-
All electronic transformers must be switched with a base load in nected in parallel to the lamp.
parallel to the primary input, as long as they are not dimmed.
230 V LED lamps after a mains disconnection switch?
230 V LED lamps always need a base load which must be connected
in parallel to the lamp.
14-11
TLZ12
TLZ12D
TLZ61NP
NLZ12NP
15
MAKE A CONFIDENT STRIDE THROUGH THE
STAIRWELL WITH ELTAKO STAIRCASE TIME
SWITCHES.
Staircase time switches and off-delay timers
Selection table staircase time switches and off-delay timers 15 - 2
Staircase time switch TLZ12-8plus – The Standard 15 - 3
Staircase time switch TLZ12-8 – The Simple 15 - 4
Staircase time switch TLZ12G-230V+UC – The Noiseless 15 - 5
Digital settable staircase time switch TLZ12D-plus – The Allrounder 15 - 6
Staircase time switch TLZ12-9 for older installations 15 - 7
Staircase time switch TLZ61NP-230V 15 - 8
Staircase time switch TLZ61NP-230V+UC 15 - 9
Technical data staircase time switches 15 - 10
Off-delay timer NLZ12NP-230V+UC 15 - 11
Off-delay timer NLZ61NP-UC 15 - 12
Technical data off-delay timer 15 - 13
15-1
SELECTION TABLE STAIRCASE TIME SWITCHES AND OFF-DELAY TIMERS
THE COMPLETE RANGE
From the "simple" to the "all-rounder". ∙ The simple, TLZ12-8 with noiseless electronics.
Staircase light actuators for every challenge. ∙ The standard, TLZ12-8plus with switch-off warning according
For 3- and 4-wire circuits. to DIN 18015-2 and permanent light.
Of course for LED, ESL and incandescent lamps. ∙ The noiseless, TLZ12G-230V + UC with solid-state relay and ad-
ditional galvanically isolated universal control voltage.
∙ The all-rounder, TLZ12D-plus additionally with motion detector
control input BM.
Page 15-3 15-4 15-5 15-6 15-7 15-8 15-9 15-11 15-12
NLZ12NP-230V+UC
TLZ61NP-230V+UC
TLZ12G-230V+UC
TLZ61NP-230V
NLZ61NP-UC
TLZ12D-plus
TLZ12-8plus
pictograms
TLZ12-8
TLZ12-9
Modular device for mounting on DIN rail EN 60715 TH35,
1 1 1 1 1 1
number of modules 18 mm each
Built-in device for installation (e.g. flush-mounting box)
up to
230 V LED lamps (W) up to 600 up to 400 up to 600 up to 600 up to 600 up to 600
100
Incandescent lamp load (W) 2300 2000 400 2300 2300 2000 2000
For energy saving lamps ESL*
For 230 V LED lamps
Switch-off early warning function switchable 1)
Variable time range up to 30 min 12min 30 min 99 min 12 min 12 min 12 min 12 min 12 min
Low standby loss
230 V control voltage
Universal control voltage (additionally) 8 to 230 V UC
15-2 Glow lamp current mA 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Double connections pushbutton and lamp

Single connections below
Automatic detection 3-/4-wire circuit
3-wire circuit, without attic lighting
Resettable
Permanent light and switch-off logics with pushbutton
switchable
Incrementing 2)
Spearate continuous light switch
Additional input for motion control
without without
With multifunction: TLZ, ESV, ES and ER
ER ER
Bistable relay
* ESL = abbr. for energy saving lamps

1)
As stipulated in DIN 18015-2 under 4.2 the following should be taken into account: For lighting systems in staircases, corridors, arcades or elevator areas it is recommended to use the switch off early warning
function to prevent sudden darkness. If the switch-off early warning function is active, the light starts flickering approx. 30 seconds before time-out and is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals.
2)
Time can be extended: Within the first second after switching on or resetting the time can be extended by pressing the pushbutton repeatedly up to three times (incrementing). Each operation increments the
set time once.
STAIRCASE TIME SWITCH TLZ12-8PLUS
THE STANDARD
TLZ12-8plus
1 NO contact not potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 600 W, energy saving lamps ESL
up to 200 W, incandescent lamps up to 2300 W. Control voltage 230 V and/or 8..230 V UC. Switch-off
early warning and permanent light by pushbutton switchable. Standby loss 0.7 watt only. With ESL
optimisation and multifunction.

The noiseless electronics do not even bother the sensitive ear – unlike many synchronous motors with
Function rotary switches mechanical gears.
Control voltage, supply voltage and switching voltage 230 V. In addition electrically isolated universal
voltage from 8 to 230 V UC. 3-wire and 4-wire circuits, resettable, with attic lighting if 4-wire circuit.
Automatic detection of the method of connection.
Precise variable time range from 1 to 30 minutes, settable by minute scale.
Permanent light switch with the big rotary switch.
If the function TLZ is set, the lighting is switched on again after a power failure provided the set time has
not yet elapsed.
Typical connections With double connections for pushbutton and lamp in order to connect either above or below or only
below.
before time-out and is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals.
If permanent light by pushbutton is switched on, permanent light can be switched on by pressing
the pushbutton longer than 1 second. This is switched off automatically after 60 minutes or by pressing
the pushbutton longer than 2 seconds.
If both switch-off early warning function and permanent light by pushbutton are switched on, the
switch-off early warning function is activated before the permanent light switches off.
When energy saving lamps ESL are completely or partially switched, then set the switch-off early
warning and the permanent light by pushbutton on the right hand side of the rotary switch.
If the function TLZ is selected the time can be extended within the first second after switching on or
resetting by pressing the pushbutton repeatedly up to three times (incrementing). Each momentary-
contact control increments the set time once.
With multifunction: The following functions can be selected optionally: ES (impulse switch), ER (relay),
3-wire circuit, resettable.
ESV (impulse switch with release delay).
If the function ESV is set the time ranges (t), which can be set with the middle rotary switch are as follows: 15-3
8-230 V UC
1 = 2 min, 2 = 5 min, 3 = 10 min, 4 = 15 min, 6 = 25 min, 8 = 35 min, 10 = 45 min, 12 = 60 min, 20 = 90 min, 30 =

+C1 -C2 120 min. In this function the impulse switch automatically disconnects after the set delay is timed out, if
4 3 a manual OFF command has not been given. Switch-off early warning and permanent light by pushbutton
can also be switched on in this position. Forgotten permanent light is switched off after 2 hours.
= Switch-off early warning function

3
= Permanent light by pushbutton
4
= Switch-off early warning function and permanent light by pushbutton
= Permanent light switched on (all click-stop positions)
TLZ/ESV/ES/ER = The set function is active
4-wire circuit with attic lighting,

TLZ12-8plus Staircase time switch, 1 NO contact 16 A Art. No. 23100832 55,90 €/pc.
resettable.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/TLZ12-8plus

STAIRCASE TIME SWITCH TLZ12-8
THE SIMPLE
TLZ12-8
1 NO contact not potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps and energy saving lamps ESL up to
100 W, incandescent lamps up to 2000 W. Without switch-off early warning. Standby loss 0.7 watt only.

The noiseless electronics do not even bother the sensitive ear – unlike many synchronous motors with
mechanical gears.
230 V control voltage, supply voltage and switching voltage.
Variable time range from approx. 0.2 to 12 minutes.
Function rotary switches Glow lamp current up to 50 mA, dependent on the ignition voltage of the glow lamps.
Own permanent light switch with the big rotary switch.
3-wire and 4-wire circuits, resettable, with attic lighting if 4-wire circuit.
Without switch-off early warning function and without zero passage switching.
With double connections for pushbutton and lamp in order to connect either above or below or only
below.
= Function switched off

= Permanent light switched on
AUTO = The set function is active
Typical connections
TLZ12-8 Staircase time switch, 1 NO contact 16 A Art. No. 23100934 43,60 €/pc.
3-wire circuit, resettable.
15-4

resettable.
Mehr Informationen und

weitere Sprachen:
http://eltako.com/redirect/TLZ12-8


STAIRCASE TIME SWITCH TLZ12G-230V+UC
THE NOISELESS
TLZ12G-230V+UC
Noiseless solid-state relay not potential-free. 230 V LED lamps and energy saving lamps ESL up to
400 W, incandescent lamps up to 400 W. Switch-off early warning and pushbutton permanent light
switchable. Standby loss 0.4 watt only. With ESL optimisation and multifunction.

The noiseless electronics and zero passage switching do not even bother the sensitive ear – unlike
many synchronous motors with mechanical gears.
Function rotary switches Control, supply and switching voltage 230 V. Additionally 8 to 230 V UC electrically isolated universal control
voltage. 3-wire and 4-wire circuits, resettable, with attic lighting if 4-wire circuit. Automatic detection of
the method of connection.
Permanent light switch with the big rotary switch.
If the function TLZ is set, the lighting is switched on again after a power failure provided the set time has
not yet elapsed.
With double connections for pushbutton and lamp in order to connect either above or below or only below.
If switch-off early warning function is switched on the light starts flickering approx. 30 seconds be-
fore time-out and is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals.
If pushbutton permanent light is switched on permanent light can be switched on by pressing push-
button longer than 1 second. This is switched off automatically after 60 minutes or by pressing pushbutton
Typical connections
longer than 2 seconds.
If both switch-off early warning function and permanent light pushbutton are switched on, the
warning and the pushbutton permanent light on the right hand side of the rotary switch.
resetting by pressing the pushbutton repeatedly up to three times (incrementing). Each momentary-
contact control increments the set time once.
With multifunction: the following functions can be selected optionally: ES (impulse switch), ER (relay), ESV
(impulse switch with release delay).
If the function ESV is set the time ranges (t) which can be set with the middle rotary switch are as follows:
1 = 2 min, 2 = 5 min, 3 = 10 min, 4 = 15 min, 6 = 25 min, 8 = 35 min, 10 = 45 min, 12 = 60 min, 20 = 90 min, 30 =
120 min. In this function the impulse switch automatically disconnects after the set delay is timed out, if a
3-wire circuit, resettable. manual OFF command has not been given. Switch-off early warning and pushbutton permanent light can be
switched on additionally in this position as well. Forgotten permanent light is switched off after 2 hours.
15-5
TLZ/ESV/ES/ER = The set function is active
TLZ12G- Staircase time switch, noiseless, solid-state Art. No. 23100831 61,90 €/pc.
230V+UC relay 400 W

resettable.

languages:
TLZ12G-230V*UC

DIGITAL SETTABLE STAIRCASE TIME SWITCH TLZ12D-plus
THE ALLROUNDER
TLZ12D-plus
1 NO contact not potential free 16 A/250 V AC. 230 V LED lamps up to 600 W, energy saving lamps
ESL up to 200 W, incandescent lamps up to 2300 W. Control voltage 230 V and/or 8..230 V UC. Switch-off
early warning and permanent light by pushbutton switchable. Standby loss 0.5 watt only.
With ESL optimisation and multifunction.
The functions and times are entered using the MODE and SET keys as described in the operating manual
and indicated on the LC display. A keylock function is provided.
Typical connections The noiseless electronics do not even bother the sensitive ear – unlike many synchronous motors with
mechanical gears.
Control voltage, supply voltage and switching voltage 230 V. In addition electrically isolated universal
voltage from 8 to 230 V UC. 3-wire and 4-wire circuits, resettable, with attic lighting if 4-wire circuit.
Precise variable time range from 1 to 99 minutes.
Separate continuous light pushbutton with projecting SET button in the functions STS, ISO, IS and R.
With motion detector control input BM, which converts the input signal into a control impulse if the
function STS is set. In this case the permanent light by pushbutton function is not active.
If the function STS is set, the lighting is switched on again after a power failure provided the set time has
3-wire circuit, resettable. not yet elapsed.
The elapsed period is shown in the middle of the display. The set time flashes at the bottom edge of the
display until the set period elapses. The accrued switch-on time is displayed there outside the elapsed
time, first in hours (h), then in months (m) with 1 digit after the decimal point.
When the set time flashes but the elapsed time does not change, a control pushbutton is inhibited.
If switch-off early warning function is switched on, the light starts flickering in time variable from 10 to
50 seconds before time-out and is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals.
If permanent light by pushbutton is switched on, permanent light can be switched on by pressing the
pushbutton longer than 1 second. This is switched off automatically after time variable from 0.5 to 10
hours or by pressing the pushbutton longer than 2 seconds. This function is not active at the BM input.
If both switch-off early warning function and permanent light by pushbutton are switched on, the switch-
+C1
off early warning function is activated before the permanent light switches off.
If energy saving lamps are switched completely or partially, activate position 'ESL' in the menu gui-
dance. This is indicated by a + sign next to the abbreviation for the function at the top of the display.
15-6 If the function STS is selected the time can be extended within the first second after switching
4-wire circuit with attic lighting, on or resetting by pressing the pushbutton repeatedly up to three times (incrementing). Each
resettable. momentary-contact control increments the set time once. This function is not active at the BM input.
With multifunction: Switchable to the functions IS (impulse switch), R (relay), ISO (impulse switch with
off-delay) and HC (hour counter). After setting the required function, the function can be blocked. An
languages: arrow on the right of the abbreviation indicates the blocking status.
http://eltako.com/redirect/TLZ12D-plus
ISO: The impulse switch automatically disconnects after the set delay from 0.1 to 9.9 hours is timed out,
provided there is no manual OFF command. Switch-off early warning, permanent light by pushbutton and
ESL are also switchable if the function ISO is set.
Housing for operating instructions HC: As long as the pushbutton input is excited, the + sign is indicated next to the abbreviation for the
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. function HC at the top of the display. The time is added and indicated at the bottom of the display. Initially
up to 9999 hours (h), then automatic change-over to months (m) each with 730 hours and display with 1 digit
after the decimal point. The relay is not switched on if the funtion HC is set.
Menu guidance with selectable languages German, English or French as described in the attached operating
instructions.
TLZ12D-plus Digital settable staircase time switch, Art. No. 23100800 60,50 €/pc.
1 NO contact 16 A

STAIRCASE TIME SWITCH TLZ12-9 FOR OLDER INSTALLATIONS
TLZ12-9
up to 200 W, incandescent lamps up to 2300 W. Switch-off early warning switchable. Standby loss 0.7 watt
only.
Modular device for DIN EN 50022 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
The noiseless electronics do not even bother the sensitive ear - unlike many synchronous motors with
mechanical gears.
By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the onmode.
Function rotary switches The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation
230 V control voltage, supply voltage and switching voltage.
Own permanent light switch with the big rotary switch.
3-wire circuit with attic lighting, not resettable. Only for retrofitting of existing systems.
After a power failure the lighting is switched on again in case the set time has not elapsed yet.
If switch-off early warning function is switched onthe light starts flickering approx. 30 seconds

AUTO = The set function is active (all click-stop positions)
TLZ12-9 Staircase time switch, 1 NO contact 16 A Art. No. 23100836 56,00 €/pc.
Typical connection
15-7
3-wire circuit with attic lighting, not

resettable.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/TLZ12-9


STAIRCASE TIME SWITCH TLZ61NP-230V
TLZ61NP-230V
up to 200 W, incandescent lamps up to 2000 W. Switch-off early warning and permanent light by push-
button switchable. Standby loss 0.7 watt only. With ESL optimisation.

Control voltage, supply voltage and switching voltage 230 V. With infinitely variable time range from 1 to
12 minutes.
50 mA glow lamp current, dependent on the ignition voltage of the glow lamps.
Standard setting ex works. before time-out and is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals.
the pushbutton longer than 1 second. This is switched off automatically after 60 minutes or by pressing
Typical connections the pushbutton longer than 2 seconds.
warning with the pushbutton permanent light ESL on the lower rotary switch.
resetting by pressing the pushbutton repeatedly up to three times (incrementing).
Each momentary-contact control increments the set time once.
The function ESV, impulse switch with release delay up to 120 minutes, can be selected optionally. If this
3-wire circuit, resettable. function is set it is automatically disconnected after the set delay is timed out if a manual OFF command
has not been given.
The standard impulse switch function ES is then set.

15-8
4-wire circuit with attic lighting, TLZ61NP-230V Staircase time switch, 1 NO contact 10 A Art. No. 61100102 54,60 €/pc.
resettable.

languages:
TLZ61NP-230V

STAIRCASE TIME SWITCH TLZ61NP-230V+UC
TLZ61NP-230V+UC
up to 200 W, incandescent lamps up to 2000 W. Switch-off early warning and permanent light by push-
button switchable. Standby loss 0.7 watt only. With ESL optimisation.

Control voltage, supply voltage and switching voltage 230 V. In addition electrically isolated universal voltage
from 8 to 230 V UC.
With infinitely variable time range from 1 to 12 minutes. 50 mA glow lamp current, dependent on the igniti-
on voltage of the glow lamps.
Standard setting ex works. If switch-off early warning function is switched on, the light starts flickering approx. 30 seconds
Typical connections the pushbutton longer than 1 second. This is switched off automatically after 60 minutes or by pressing
the pushbutton longer than 2 seconds.
warning with the pushbutton permanent light ESL on the lower rotary switch.
resetting by pressing the pushbutton repeatedly up to three times (incrementing).
Each momentary-contact control increments the set time once.
The function ESV, impulse switch with release delay up to 120 minutes, can be selected optionally. If this
function is set it is automatically disconnected after the set delay is timed out if a manual OFF command
3-wire circuit, resettable has not been given.
The standard impulse switch function ES is then set.

15-9
TLZ61NP- Staircase time switch, 1 NO contact 10A Art. No. 61100301 58,60 €/pc.
230V+UC

resettable

languages:
TLZ61NP-230V*UC

TECHNICAL DATA STAIRCASE TIME SWITCHES
Type TLZ12-8plus b) TLZ12G TLZ12-8 TLZ61NP b)

TLZ12D-plus b) TLZ61NP+UC b)
TLZ12-9 b)
Contacts
Contact material/contact gap AgSnO2 /0.5 mm Opto-Triac AgSnO2 /0.5 mm AgSnO2 /0.5 mm
Spacing of control connections/contact
3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm
Spacing of control connections C1-C2 or
6 mm 6 mm – 6 mm
A1-A2/contact
Test voltage control connection/contact 2000 V – 2000 V 2000 V
Test voltage C1-C2 or A1-A2/contact 4000 V 4000 V – 4000 V
Rated switching capacity 16 A/250 V AC up to 400 W 16 A/250 V AC 10 A/250 V AC
2) 2) 2)
up to 600 W up to 400 W up to 100 W up to 600 W 2)
230 V LED lamps
I on ≤ 120 A / 5 ms I on ≤ 120 A / 20 ms I on ≤ 30 A / 20 ms I on ≤ 120 A / 5 ms
2300 W up to 400 W 2000 W
load 1) 230 V, I on ≤ 70 A/10 ms TLZ12-9: 2300 W
Fluorescent lamp load with KVG* in lead-lag circuit 500 VA
1000 VA – 1000 VA
or non compensated TLZ12-9: 1000 VA
500 VA up to 400 VA 500 VA 500 VA
Compact fluorescent lamps with EVG* and energy
up to 200 W 2) up to 400 W 2) up to 100 W 2) up to 200 W 2)
saving lamps ESL
> 105 ∞ > 105 > 105
Life at rated load,
> 4x10 4 ∞ > 4x10 4 > 4x10 4
cos M = 0.6 at 100/h
Max. operating cycles 10 3/h 10 3/h 10 3/h 10 3/h
Maximum conductor cross-section 6 mm2 6 mm2 6 mm2
4 mm2
(3-fold terminal) (4 mm2) (4 mm2) (4 mm2)
Two conductors of same cross-section 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2
1.5 mm2
(3-fold terminal) (1.5 mm2) (1.5 mm2) (1.5 mm2)
slotted/crosshead, slotted/crosshead, slotted/crosshead,
Screw head slotted/crosshead
pozidriv pozidriv pozidriv
Type of enclosure/terminals IP50/IP20 IP50/IP20 IP50/IP20 IP30/IP20
Electronics
Time on 100% 100% 100% 100%
Max./min. temperature at mounting location +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C
Standby loss (activ power) 0.7 W; TLZ12D-plus: 0.5 W 0.4 W 0.7 W 0.7 W
15-10 Control current local at 230 V (<10 s) ± 20% 5(100) mA 5(100) mA 5 (100) mA 5 (100) mA
Control current universal control voltage 2/4/9/5(100) mA

2/4/9/5(100) mA 2/4/9/5(100) mA –
8/12/24/230 V (<10 s) ± 20% (nur TLZ61NP+UC)
Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of 0.06 μF (200 m) 0.06 μF (200 m) 0.06 μF (200 m)
0.9 μF (3000 m)
individual control lead at 230 V AC C1/C2: 0.9 μF (3000 m) A1-A2: 0.3 μF (1000 m)
b)
Bistable relay as relay contact. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated.
1)
Applies for lamps with max. 150 W.
2)
Usually applies for dimmable 230 V LED lamps and dimmable energy saving lamps. Due to different lamp electronics and depending on the manufacturer, the maximum number of lamps may be limited, especially if
the wattage of the individual lamps is very low (e.g. with 2 W LEDs).
Compliance with: EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-1 and EN 60 669. With switch-off early warning function according to DIN18015-2.
OFF-DELAY TIMER NLZ12NP-230V+UC
THE FRESH AIR PROFESSIONALS
Fresh air in the bathroom with the professional off-delay timers cations as here even different potentials for switch and fan can be
NLZ, also known as off-delay relay. Accurate timing is self-evident applied.
for this electronic device as well as noiseless operation. The NP types have a settable operate delay up to 12 minutes.
The off-delay timers with universal voltage offer additional appli-
NLZ12NP-230V+UC
1 NO contact not potential free 16 A/250 V AC. Standby loss 0.5 watt only.

Control, supply and switching voltage 230 V. Additionally 8 to 230 V UC electrically isolated universal control
voltage.
Function rotary switches Off-delay time settable from 1 to 12 min with the top rotary switch. Operating delay settable from 0 to 12 minutes
with the middle rotary switch. Permanent ON and permanent OFF with the bottom rotary switch.
Function: When the control contact (light switch) is closed the operate delay AV starts (if not set '0 minutes'),
on time-out the fan is switched on. The set release delay RV (delay time) starts when the control contact
opens and if a set operating delay has elapsed.
The fan switches off on time-out.
This off-delay timer can be controlled by all dimmer switches EUD12 and EUD61 even in the minimum
dimming position.
Typical connections
15-11
RV = release delay
(delay time)

languages:
NLZ12NP-230V*UC
Fan control through Fan control through ultra low Fan control through light switch
light switch voltage door contact, light is in case of different potentials on
controlled separately switch and fan
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. NLZ12NP- Off-delay timer, 1 NO contact 16 A Art. No. 23100704 57,90 €/pc.
230V+UC

OFF-DELAY TIMER NLZ61NP-UC
NLZ61NP-UC
1 NO contact not potential free 10 A/250 V AC. Standby loss 0.7 watt only.

Function rotary switches State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high
8 to 230 V UC universal control voltage, electrically isolated from the 230 V supply voltage and switching
voltage.
8 By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode.
after installation has terminated. The top rotary switch varies the off-delay time from 1 to 12 minutes.
Operating delay settable from 0 to 12 minutes with the lower rotary switch.
Standard setting ex works. Function: When the control contact (light switch) is closed the operating delay AV starts (if not set '0 minutes'),
on time-out the fan is switched on. The set release delay RV (delay time) starts when the control contact
opens and if a set operating delay has elapsed. The fan switches off on time-out.
languages: This off-delay timer can be controlled by all dimmer switches EUD12 and EUD61 even in the minimum
http://eltako.com/redirect/NLZ61NP-UC
dimming position.
Typical connections
Fan control through light switch Fan control through ultra low Fan control through light switch
voltage door contact, light is in case of different potentials on
controlled separately switch and fan
Technical data page 15-13. NLZ61NP-UC Off-delay timer, 1 NO contact 10A Art. No. 61100704 55,10 €/pc.
15-12

TECHNICAL DATA OFF-DELAY TIMER
Type NLZ12NP NLZ61NP-UC b)
Contacts
Contact material/contact gap AgSnO2/0.5 mm AgSnO2/0.5 mm
Spacing of control connections/contact

3 mm 3 mm
Spacing of control connections C1-C2 or
6 mm 6 mm
A1-A2/contact
Test voltage control connection/contact 2000 V 2000 V
Test voltage C1-C2 or A1-A2/contact 4000 V 4000 V
Rated switching capacity 16 A/250 V AC 10 A/250 V AC

650 W 650 W
Inrush current ≤ 35 A
Life at rated load,
> 4x104 > 4x104
cos M = 0.6
Max. operating cycles 103/h 103/h
Maximum conductor cross-section 6 mm2

4 mm2
(3-fold terminal) (4 mm2)
Two conductors of same cross-section 2.5 mm2
1.5 mm2
(3-fold terminal) (1.5 mm2)
Type of enclosure/terminals IP50/IP20 IP30/IP20
Electronics
Time on 100% 100%
Max./min. temperature at mounting location +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C
Standby loss (activ power) 0.5 W 0.7 W
Control current local at 230 V (<10 s) ± 20% 2 mA 1 mA

2/4/9/5(100) mA 2/4/9/5(100) mA
8/12/24/230 V (<10 s) ± 20%
Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of 0,06 μF (200 m) 0.06 μF (200 m)
individual control lead at 230 V AC C1/C2: 0.9 μF (3000 m) A1-A2: 0.3 μF (1000 m)
b)
Bistable relay as relay contact. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated.
15-13
Compliance with: EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-1 and EN 60 669. With switch-off early warning function according to DIN18015-2.
EGS12Z-UC
EGS61Z
MSR12-UC
MS
16
CABLE-BOUND SHADING SYSTEMS AND
ROLLER SHUTTER CONTROL – THE MODULAR
APPROACH FOR THE ELECTRICAL TRADE.
Cable-bound shading systems and roller shutter control
Shading systems and roller shutter control 16 - 2
Multi sensor MS, rain sensor RS, light sensor LS and wind sensor WS 16 - 3
Multifunction sensor relay MSR12-UC 16 - 4
Digital settable sensor relay LRW12D-UC 16 - 5
Impulse group switch EGS12Z-UC for central control 16 - 6
Impulse group switch EGS12Z2-UC for central control 16 - 7
Motor isolating relay MTR12-UC and DC motor relay DCM12-UC 16 - 7
Impulse group switch EGS61Z-230V for central control 16 - 8
NEW Motor isolating relay MTR61-230V and motor isolating relay MTR62-230V 16 - 9
Technical data shading systems and roller shutter control 16 - 10
Typical circuit example of a shading system control 16 - 11
Typical circuit example of a roller shutter control and shading system control 16 - 12
Typical circuit examples of a roller shutter control 16 - 13
16-1
SHADING SYSTEMS AND ROLLER SHUTTER CONTROL
THE MODULAR APPROACH FOR THE ELECTRICAL TRADE
Planning and realisation of a shading system or roller shutter control There are four groups of devices:
are classical tasks for the electrical installer.
Eltako has developed a well thought-out modular system of control 1. Sensors
devices and switchgear for mounting in switch cabinets and distribution Sensors serve to detect the actual situation. A light sensor, for
boards. example, measures brightness and generates a control voltage as a
function of it.
The modular approach has been chosen to provide a control or switch-
gear device (module) for any desired function match the overall 2. Sensor relays
system, typically permitting an individual awning to be controlled as Sensor relays serve to convert the sensor-produced actual signals
perfectly as a large system which comprises dozens of shutters, to control signals as a function of practical set points, whilst logic
awnings, Venetian blinds, etc. operations are performed and faulty sensors detected.
Any assignment of control devices to the switchgear devices can be 3. Actuators

chosen, and provision is made for easy modifications, retrofitting Actuators serve to control the motors of shading systems and roller
and expansion, "bit by bit". shutters. These are group impulse switches in hybrid technology
with central control functions and possibly motor isolating relays or
DC motor relays.
4. Accessories
Switching power supply units for the power supply of the multi sensor
and the multifunction sensor relay as well as for the heating of the
rain sensors are available as accessories.
Sensors, page 16-3 Sensor relays, page 16-4 and 16-5 Actuators, page 16-6 to 16-9
Multifunction sensor relay MSR12-UC for bright-

Multi sensor MS Group impulse switch EGS12Z-UC
ness, twiligth, wind, rain and frost
Light-twilight-rain-wind sensor relay LRW12D for

Rain sensor RS Group impulse switch EGS12Z2-UC
light, twilight and wind
Light sensor LS Group impulse switch EGS61Z
16-2 Wind sensor WS Motor isolating relay MTR12-UC and MTR62
DC motor relay DCM12-UC
The principle of overall control is quite simple: each shading element or its motor is controlled by an actuator that receives commands
via sensors and, where fitted, sensor relays.
A complete Control System consists (as the smallest unit) of a switch or momentary contact switch controlled EGS12Z-UC group impulse switch for
one motor. The largest unit comprises any number of sensors and sensor relays as well as any number of impulse group switches EGS12Z-UC and
EGS12Z2-UC with or without motor isolating relay MTR12 and DC motor relay DCM12-UC to control the motors.
MULTI SENSOR MS, RAIN SENSOR RS, LIGHT SENSOR LS AND WIND SENSOR WS
MS
Multi sensor
The MS multi sensor sends the current weather details, including brightness (from three points of the
compass), wind, rain and frost, to the multifunction sensor relay MSR12-UC connected in series once per
second. A standard telephone wire is sufficient as connecting lead: J-Y(ST)Y 2 x 2 x 0.8 or equivalent.
100 m line length is permitted. Solid plastic housing, l x w x h = 118 x 96 x 77 mm. Protection degree IP44.
languages: Temperature at mounting location -30°C to +50°C. A power supply unit SNT12-230V/24V DC (chapter 17) is
required for the power supply, including heating of the rain sensor. This is only 1 module = 18 mm wide and
it also it supplies the multifunction sensor relay MSR12-UC (page 16-4). Several MSR12-UC can be connected
to a multisensor MS, e.g. for evaluating up to three directions with the light sensor of the MS.
RS
Rain sensor
The rain sensor RS reports rain to the sensor relay LRW12D connected in series once per second. A standard
telephone wire is sufficient as connecting lead: J-Y(ST)Y 2 x 2 x 0.8 or equivalent. 100 m line length is permitted.
Solid plastic housing, lxwxh = 118 x 96 x 77 mm. Protection degree IP44. Temperature at mounting location -30°C
to +50°C. A power supply unit SNT61-230V/24V DC or SNT12-230V/24V DC (chapter 17) is required for the power
languages: supply, including heating of the rain sensor (1.2 W). An LED lights up green when the supply voltage is applied
http://eltako.com/redirect/RS
and lights up yellow for rain.
RS Rain sensor Art. No. 20000087 138,50 €/pc.
LS
Light sensor
The LS light sensor generates a voltage dependent on light intensity by means of a photo resistor. This
voltage is evaluated in a LRW12D universal sensor relay connected in series. Solid plastic housing, l x w x h
= 38 x 28 x 95 mm, Protection degree IP54. Temperature at mounting location -20°C to +60°C. Mounting
with the supplied screw and nut on the accompanying aluminum mounting bracket or directly on the
plastic mounting bracket KM1 of the wind sensor WS. Maximum diameter of the measuring cable (not
languages: included in the scope of supply) 5 mm.
http://eltako.com/redirect/LS 16-3
LS Light sensor Art. No. 20000080 34,20 €/pc.
WS
Wind sensor
The WS wind sensor provides a sequence of pulses as a function of the wind vane speed. This pulse
sequence is evaluated in a LRW12D universal sensor relay connected in series. Solid plastic housing,
125 mm dia. x117 mm high. Protection degree IP54. Temperature at mounting location -15°C to +60°C. For
mounting, use KM1 plastic mounting bracket that comes with the device. With 5-metre measuring lead
connected.

languages:
WS Wind sensor Art. No. 20000082 77,40 €/pc.
http://eltako.com/redirect/WS

MULTIFUNCTION SENSOR RELAY MSR12-UC
MSR12-UC
Multifunction sensor relay for brightness, twilight, wind, rain and frost, 5 OptoMOS semiconductor
outputs 50 mA/8..230 V UC. Standby loss without Multi sensor MS 0.5 watt only.
Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 2 modules = 36 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
The multi-sensor relay MSR12-UC evaluates the signals from the multisensor MS once per second, and
sends appropriate control signals to the downstream EGS12Z-UC or EGS12Z2-UC actuators depending on
the setting of the rotary switch on the front.
The OptoMOS semiconductor outputs switch the voltage applied to the universal voltage input terminal
+B1. Only a single Multisensor MS can be connected to a Multifunction sensor relay MSR12-UC. Several
Function rotary switches MSR12-UC can be connected to a multisensor MS, e.g. for evaluating up to three directions with the light
sensor of the MS. Only a single MSR12-UC must provide the outer terminal resistance. It must be removed
if there is a further MSR12-UC. Supply voltage 24 V DC from power unit SNT12-230V/24V DC (chapter 17).
This power unit simultaneously supplies the multisensor MS connected to the terminals MS1, MS2, MSA
and MSB, including heating of the rain sensor surface. After installation wait for the short automatic
synchronisation of approx. 1 minute. During this process three LEDs flash in a slow sequence.
BA = Setting the operating modes 1 to 10 from the adjacent table. 2 delay times RV - for wind and twilight
- each in connection with 5 brightness ranges for light and twilight. The LED behind the rotary switch
indicates Frost when the outdoor temperature drops below 2°C, at which point output 6 closes. This out-
put opens again as soon as the temperature is over 3°C for 5 minutes.
O-S-W = If the Multisensor MS is aligned towards the south, the weighting for light and twilight can be
shifted towards the east or west. lf the MS is mounted in a different direction, the desired point of the
compass can be set using this rotary switch. An LED behind the rotary switch indicates rain detection, at
which point output 4 closes. Once the rain sensor surface dries out - assisted by a heating unit - contact
Standard setting ex works. 4 opens immediately. This is automatically followed by a 2-second pulse on output 2 if the sun signal is
applied at that moment.
m/s = This rotary switch is used to select the wind speed in metres per second at which the wind signal
languages: is triggered. This closes output 5. This is indicated by the LED behind the rotary switch. Opening takes
http://eltako.com/redirect/MSR12-UC
place after the set delay time RV, during which the LED flashes. This is automatically followed by a 2-se-
cond pulse on output 2 if the sun signal is applied at that moment.
DSR = In this position of the wind rotary switch the MSR12-UC functions like a twilight sensor relay. The
twilight signal as described under Lux is then continuously applied to output 3 as long as the set twi-
light value is undershot. Output 3 opens with a delay of 5 minutes if the brightness value set is overshot.
The outputs 4 (rain) and 6 (frost) remain active as described there. Output 5 (wind) likewise remain active,
but the wind signal is triggered at 10 m/s.
TEST = As long as TEST remains switched on, each switchover from the OFF position to the TEST position
activates the outputs 2 to 6 in ascending order.
OFF = In the OFF position the MSR12-UC has no function.
Lux = This rotary switch is used to set the brightness at which the sun signal is immediately triggered
as a 2-second pulse at output 2. The LED behind the rotary switch indicates when the brightness value is
16-4
exceeded.
Lux = This rotary switch is used to set the brightness at which the 2-second twilight signal is triggered
at output 3 after the set delay time RV when the value is undershot. This is indicated by the LED behind
the rotary switch. It flashes during the delay time. If the twilight switching threshold is set to the same le-
vel or higher than the sun switching threshold, then the sun switching threshold is raised internally above
the twilight switching threshold.
Changing light compensation: Constant changes between sun and rain clouds would result in sensitive
closing and opening of the shade elements. This is prevented by a changing light compensation function.
Sensor function and open circuit monitoring: The Multisensor MS sends updated information to the
MSR12-UC every second. If this signal is missing completely for 5 seconds, or if the individual signal from
the wind sensor is missing for 24 hours, then an alarm is triggered: three LEDs flash rapidly and the wind
output 5 is closed for 2 seconds in order to protect any awnings or windows which may be connected here.
This pulse is repeated every hour. The alarm is turned off automatically when a signal is detected again.
Typical connections page 16-11.
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. MSR12-UC Multifunction sensor relay, 5 OptoMOS Art. No. 22500501 97,30 €/pc.

DIGITAL SETTABLE SENSOR RELAY LRW12D-UC
LRW12D-UC
Light-twilight rain wind sensor relay, 4 OptoMOS semiconductor outputs 50 mA/8..230 V UC.
Supply voltage 8 to 230 V UC.
The sensor relay LRW12D evaluates the signals from the light sensor LS, the rain sensor RS and the wind
sensor WS and sends appropriate control signals to the downstream EGS12Z-UC or EGS12Z-UC actuators
depending on the setting via the display on the front panel.
The OptoMOS semiconductor outputs switch the voltage applied to the universal voltage input terminal +B1.
A light sensor LS, rain sensor RS and wind sensor WS can be connected to a sensor relay LRW12D.
languages: However, only one per sensor.
http://eltako.com/redirect/LRW12D-UC
If one or two of the three possible sensors are not connected, OFF has to be selected in the function
menu for the relevant sensor.
However, at a wind sensor WS several LRW12D can be connected for controlling different wind speeds.
Then the LRW12D must be connected to the same potential +B1/-A2.
When the supply voltage UC (8-253 V AC or 10-230 V DC) is applied to B1/A2, the LRW12D can be set as
described in the operating instructions.
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. LRW12D-UC Digital settable sensor relay, 4 OptoMOS Art. No. 22400501 79,00 €/pc.
16-5

IMPULSE GROUP SWITCH EGS12Z-UC FOR CENTRAL CONTROL
EGS12Z-UC
Impulse group switch for central control, 1+1 NO contacts not potential free 16 A/250 V AC, for 1 motor
or motor relays. Standby loss 0.05–0.4 watt only.
This impulse group switch serves to implement commands generated by the sensor relays or by switches
and push-buttons and controls a motor, a motor isolating relay MTR12-UC or a DC motor relay DCM12-UC de-
pendent on the setting of the rotary switch on the front. 8 to 230 V UC supply voltage and switching voltage at
terminals +B1/-A2. The control voltage at terminals A3 up to A8 must have an identical potential.
The function of this electronic group impulse switch is based on the principle that, on the one hand, impulse
control is used to obtain UP-Stop-DOWN-Stop (contact 1 closed - both contacts open - contact 2 closed -
Function rotary switches both contacts open) and, on the other hand, additional control inputs can be used to select UP or DOWN as
desired. Dynamic refers to control inputs for which one impulse of not less than 20 milliseconds is sufficient
to close a contact. Static denotes a control input for which the contact is only closed as long as the control
command is applied. UP and DOWN apply to roller shutters, Venetian blinds and roller blinds. For awnings, 'UP'
= retract and 'DOWN' = extend. For windows 'UP' = open and 'DOWN' = close.
AUTO 1 = When the lower rotary switch is in this position, the local advanced automatic reversing system for
Venetian blinds is activated. When a push-button connected to A3+A4 (connected with a bridge) or A5/A6
connected to a dual push-button are used for local control a double impulse activates a slow rotation in the
opposite direction, which can be stopped with a further impulse.
Venetian blinds is completely switched off.
Venetian blinds is switched off as well. The central control inputs A5 and A6 though, which are dynamic at
AUTO 1 and AUTO 2, are static at first, thus, allow reversal of Venetian blinds by operating pushbuttons.
They only switch to dynamic after 1 second continuous operation.
Standard setting ex works. = (UP) and (DOWN) of the lower rotary switch are the positions for manual control. Manual control
has priority over all other control commands.
WA = Automatic reversal for Venetian blinds and awnings is controlled by means of the middle rotary switch.
languages: 0 = OFF, otherwise from 0.1 to 5 seconds ON with selected reversal time. In this case, it is only for DOWN
http://eltako.com/redirect/EGS12Z-UC
that the direction is reversed on time-out of the time lag selected by means of the top rotary switch, e.g. to
extend awnings or set Venetian blinds to a defined position.
RV = The time delay (delay time RV) is set by means of the top rotary switch. If, the group impulse switch is in
the UP or DOWN position the selected delay time runs (elapses); at time-out the device changes automatical-
ly to STOP. Therefore, the time delay must be chosen at least as long as the shading element or roller shutter
will need to move from one limit position to the other. The LED indication for the delay times WA and RV is
located behind this rotary switch.
Local control with pushbutton connected to terminals A3+A4 (to be connected with a bridge). Each impulse
causes the group impulse switch to change its position in the UP-Stop-DOWN-Stop sequence.
Local control with roller shutter toggle switch connected to terminals A3 and A4.
16-6
Local control with dual roller shutter pushbutton connected to A5 and A6. The 'UP' or 'DOWN' position is
activated with an impulse by pushbutton. A further impulse from one of the two push-buttons stops the
sequence immediately.
Central control dynamic without priority connected to terminals A5 (UP) and A6 (DOWN). Up or DOWN is
activated by a control signal. A further control signal (<700ms) at this control imput
interrupts this process immediately, a further control signal (>700ms) continues the process. This is without
priority because the local input A3+A4 (with bridge) and the central control inputs A7 and A8 can immediately
override even whilst the control contact on A5 or A6 is still closed.
Central control dynamic with priority connected to terminals A7 (UP) and A8 (DOWN). With priority because
these control inputs cannot be overridden by other control inputs as long as the central control contact is
closed. Otherwise it has the same function as the central control dynamic without priority. These central
control inputs A7 and A8 are used for the sensor relays MSR12 and LRW12D for the wind sensor, the frost sensor
and the rain sensor functions as these are required to have absolute priority over other sensor commands.
GBA14 page 1-49 chapter 1. EGS12Z-UC Impulse group switch, 1 + 1 NO contacts 16 A Art. No. 21200401 78,40 €/pc.

IMPULSE GROUP SWITCH EGS12Z2-UC FOR CENTRAL CONTROL,
MOTOR ISOLATING RELAY MTR12-UC AND DC MOTOR RELAY DCM12-UC
EGS12Z2-UC
Impulse group switch for central control, 2+2 NO contacts not potential free 5 A/250 V AC, for two
230 V-motors. Standby loss 0.05–0.9 watt only.
Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 2 modules = 36 mm wide, 58 mm deep.
Supply voltage 8..230 V UC at terminals +B1/-A2. The control voltage at terminals A3 up to A8 must have an
identical potential. This impulse group switch serves to implement commands generated by the sensor
relays or by switches and pushbuttons and controls two 230 V motors according to the setting of the rotary
switches on the front. 1/2 = motor 1, 3/4 = motor 2.
languages: The mode of operation corresponds completely to the impulse group switch EGS12Z-UC on page 16-6
http://eltako.com/redirect/EGS12Z2-UC
in which a MTR12-UC as described below is integrated.

Housing for operating instructions EGS12Z2-UC Impulse group switch, 2 + 2 NO contacts 5 A Art. No. 21400401 99,70 €/pc.
MTR12-UC
Motor isolating relay, 2+2 NO contacts not potential free 5 A/250 V AC for one or two 230 V-motors.
Universal control voltage 8..230 V UC. 230 V supply voltage.
The tube-mounted motors of shading elements and roller shutters must not be connected in parallel, or
reverse voltages will occur through the limit switches, ultimately causing failure of the motors.
For one motor and if the control voltage and the motor voltage are 230 V, one EGS12Z-UC is adequate.
Where more than one motor is controlled by an EGS12Z-UC or in case the control voltage is different, one
Function rotary switch MTR12-UC must be connected to two motors. It must be remembered that the MTR12-UC devices, while
they can be operated in parallel, require unassigned contact outputs K2/K3 of the controlling EGS12Z-UC.
These have to be connected to terminals K2/K3 of the MTR12-UC. 1/2 = motor 1, 3/4 = motor 2.
The functions UP and DOWN may be blocked or switched off entirely by a rotary switch. This block applies
only to the max. 2 connected motors. Therefore single shading elements or roller shutters can be comple-
tely or partially excepted from the automatic function of an over-all control.
MTR12-UC und DCM12-UC
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/MTR12-UC
MTR12-UC Motor isolating relay, 2 + 2 NO contacts 5 A Art. No. 22400601 72,00 €/pc.

16-7
DCM12-UC
DC motor relay, 2 NO contacts not potential free 24 V DC/90 watt, for one 24 V DC motor. Standby
loss 0.07 watt only.
Universal control voltage 8..230 V UC. 24 V DC supply voltage.
The DCM12-UC can be operated in parallel, but they require unassigned contact outputs K2/K3 of the controlling
EGS12Z-UC. These have to be connected to terminals K2/ K3 of the DCM12-UC.
The functions UP and DOWN may be blocked or switched off entirely by a rotary switch. This block applies only
Manuals and documents in further to the 1 connected motor. Therefore single shading elements or roller shutters can be completely or partially
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/DCM12-UC
excepted from the automatic function of an over-all control.

Housing for operating instructions DCM12-UC DC motor relay, 2 NO contacts 24 V DC/90 W Art. No. 22400602 69,30 €/pc.
IMPULSE GROUP SWITCH EGS61Z-230V FOR CENTRAL CONTROL
EGS61Z-230V
Impulse group switch for central control, 1+1 NO contacts not potential free 10 A/250 V AC, for one
230 V AC motor. Standby loss 0.4 watt only.

Function rotary switches State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with
This impulse group switch serves to implement commands generated by the sensor relays or by switches
and push-buttons and controls a 230 V motor for a shading element or a roller shutter.
Control, supply and switching voltage 230 V.
The same control voltage must be supplied to A1, A7 and A8 as to L.
A universal pushbutton connected to control input A1 controls the pulse signals for 'up, stop, down, stop'.
Standard setting ex factory. A direction pushbutton for 'down' can be connected via the diode RTD (any polarity). Another direction
pushbutton for 'up' is connected directly to A1. On the first control pulse 'down', EGS61Z switches over the
control input A1 to 'direction pushbutton'. To switch the control input back to 'universal pushbutton', briefly
Typical connection UT switch off the power supply and switch back on. Additional control inputs A7 and A8 can be used for
central control UP or DOWN with priority.
With priority because these control inputs cannot be overridden by other control inputs as long as the
central control contact is closed. Up or DOWN is activated by a control signal. A further control signal
(< 700 ms) at this control imput interrupts this process immediately, a further control signal (> 700 ms)
continues the process.
The time delay (delay time RV) is set by means of the rotary switch RV. If, the group impulse switch is in
the UP or DOWN position the selected delay time runs (elapses); at time-out the device changes automa-
tically to STOP. Therefore, the time delay must be chosen at least as long as the shading element or roller
shutter will need to move from one limit position to the other.
With the rotary switch WA automatic reversal is controlled: in the setting from 0.5 to 2 sec. reversal time
Typical connection RT the automatic reversal is activated. In this case, it is only for DOWN that the direction is reversed on time-
out of the time lag selected by means of the top rotary switch RV, e.g. to extend awnings or set Venetian
blinds to a defined position.
AUTO 1: No automatic reversal and no local advanced automatic reversing system.
A7, A8 and direction pushbutton: Operation <1 s Ɓ static process (contact closes only during operation)
Operation >1 s Ɓ dynamic process (contact remains closed), stop command by new operation.
AUTO 2: Automatic reversal with 1s reversal time. Additionally the local advanced automatic reversing
system for Venetian blinds with universal pushbutton at A1 is active: a double impulse activates a slow
rotation in the opposite direction, which can be stopped with a further impulse.

languages: RTD Direction pushbutton diode Art. No. 60000015 4,10 €/pc.
16-8 http://eltako.com/redirect/RTD
EGS61Z-230V Impulse group switch, 1+1 NO contacts 10 A Art. No. 61200430 72,30 €/pc.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/RTD

MOTOR ISOLATING RELAY MTR61-230V AND MOTOR ISOLATING RELAY MTR62-230V
MTR61-230V
Motor isolating relay, 1+1 NO contacts not potential free 10 A/250 V AC, for one 230 V AC motor.

languages: high capacity of special relays.
http://eltako.com/redirect/MTR61-230V
This actuator implements the instructions of the EGS61Z and switches a 230 V motor for a shading
element or a roller shutter at 1-2. Therefore connect the motor connections K2-K3 of the EGS61Z with the
K2-K3 connections of one or several MTR61.
Control, supply and switching voltage 230 V.
Technical data page 16-10. MTR61-230V Motor isolating relay, 1 + 1 NO contacts 10 A Art. No. 61200603 64,10 €/pc.
MTR62-230V NEW
Motor isolating relay, 2+2 NO contacts not potential free 4 A/250 V AC, for two 230 V motors.
No standby loss.

The connection terminals are plug-in terminals for conductor cross-sections from 0.2 mm² to
languages: 2.5 mm².
http://eltako.com/redirect/MTR62-230V
The MTR is a control relay for controlling one or two blind and roller shutter motors with mechanical or
electronic limit switches.
The tubular motors of the shading elements and roller shutters must never be connected directly in
parallel, otherwise reverse voltages will occur via the limit switches and ultimately the motors will be
destroyed. Several MTRs can be connected in parallel at the inputs.
For example, EGS12Z, EGS61Z, FSB14, FSB61NP and FJ62NP are suitable for activation.
Control and switching voltage 230 V.
Attention! The switching time between the up and down command must be ≥ 500 ms (observe the
technical data of the motor).
Technical data page 16-10. MTR62-230V Motor isolating relay, 2 + 2 NO contacts 4 A Art. No. 61400603 57,00 €/pc.
16-9

TECHNICAL DATA SHADING SYSTEMS AND ROLLER SHUTTER CONTROL
Type EGS12Z b) EGS12Z2 b) EGS61Z b) LRW12D/MSR12 1) MTR12/DCM12 MTR62
Contacts
Contact material/contact gap AgSnO2/0.5 mm AgSnO2/0.5 mm AgSnO2/0.5 mm OptoMOS AgSnO2/0.5 mm AgSnO2/0.5 mm
Spacing of control connections/contact 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm/6 mm 3 mm 1 mm

Test voltage as per VDE 0110 LRW12D: 2000 V
2000 V 2000 V 2000 V 2000 V -
control connection/contact MSR12: 4000 V
5 A/250 V AC
Rated switching capacity 16 A/250 V AC 5 A/250 V AC 10 A/250 V AC 50m A/8..230 V UC 4 A/250 V AC
DCM: 90 W
650 W 650 W 2) 650 W – MTR12: 650 W 2) 650 W
Life at rated load, cos M = 0.6 >4x104 >4x104 > 4x104 – > 4x104 > 4x10 4
LRW12D: Display
Switch position indication WA and RV WA and RV – LED -
MSR12: LED
Maximum conductor cross-section 6 mm2 6 mm2 4 mm2 6 mm2 6 mm2
2.5 mm2
(3-fold terminal) (4 mm2) (4 mm2) (4 mm2) (4 mm2)
Two conductors of same cross-section 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2
-
slotted /cross- slotted /cross- slotted /cross- slotted /cross- slotted /cross-
Screw head -
head, pozidriv head, pozidriv head head, pozidriv head, pozidriv
Type of connection – – – – – plug-in terminals
Type of enclosure/terminals IP50/IP20 IP50/IP20 IP30/IP20 IP50/IP20 IP50/IP20 IP50/IP20
Electronics
Time on (also for central on/off) 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Max./min. temperature at mounting location +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C
LRW12D: 0.5 W
Standby loss (active power) at 230 V 0.4 W 0.9 W 0.4 W MTR12: 0.5 W -
MSR12: –
LRW12D: 0.1 W
Standby loss (active power) at 24 V 0.1 W 0.1 W – DCM12: 0.07 W -
MSR12: 0.5 W
LRW12D: 0.05 W
Standby loss (active power) at 12 V 0.05 W 0.05 W – – –
MSR12: –
Control current A1 or A3-A8 at 12/24/230 V ±20% 0.05/0.11/0.7 mA 0.05/0.11/0.7 mA –/–/0.7 mA – 0.1/0.2/1 mA 4 mA
Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of control

0.06 µF (200 m) 0.06 µF (200 m) 0.3 µF (1000 m) – 0.3 µF (1000 m) 10 nF (30 m)
lead at 230 V AC
Min. command duration 50 ms 50 ms 50 ms – – 50 ms
b)
Bistable relay as relay contact. Do not connect the switched consumer to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated.
1)
After installation and after a power failure the multisensor needs approx. 1 minute before the wind sensor is active. During this process the outputs wind and sun of the MSR12-UC are blocked and 3 LEDs
flash slowly.
2)
Inductive load cos M = 0.6 as sum of both contacts 1000 W max.
16-10
If necessary, see the operating instructions of the appropriate shading elements for the maximum wind speed that can be set for the sensor relays.
m/s 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
km/h 14.4 21.6 28.8 36.0 43.2 50.4 57.6
Bft 3 4 4 5 6 7 7
Do not route measurement leads parallel to other electrical lines - measurement leads must be screened statically if longer than 10m. For example JY-ST-Y. To extend leads use screw terminals and damp-proof
connectors.
When selecting an installation site for light, wind and multi sensors, ensure that the sensors are not in the shadow of the objects being monitored.

For clarity, the L and N connections are not shown.
TYPICAL CIRCUIT EXAMPLE OF A SHADING SYSTEM CONTROL
Similarily, provision made for local control through A3 and A4 are not shown.
WITH MULTIFUNCTION SENSOR RELAY MSR12-UC
When controlling with 230 V (+B1=L, -A2=N) the 230 V motors are directly connected to K2, K3 and N. Otherwise motor isolating relays MTR12-UC must be interconnected to K2/K3.
A night time window can be set with a digital time switch with 1 CO so that the multi sensor does not cause any disturbance. To do this, program the changeover as follows: in the dayti-
me the terminal +B1 of MSR12-UC connect to L(+) and at night time L(+) direct to terminal 3 of MSR12-UC. This simulates twilight at the beginning of the time window in order to open all
shading elements and at the same time all sensors are switched off.
16-11
TYPICAL CIRCUIT EXAMPLE OF A ROLLER SHUTTER CONTROL AND
SHADING SYSTEM CONTROL
SHADING SYSTEM WITH THE LIGHT, TWILIGHT, RAIN AND WIND SENSOR RELAY LRW12D
When controlling with 230 V (+B1= L, -A2=N) the 230 V awning motor is directly connected to K2, K3 and N.
Otherwise a motor isolating relay MTR12-UC must be interconnected to K2/K3.
ROLLER SHUTTER CONTROL WITH EGS12Z2-UC

For clarity, the L and N connections for the 230 V motors are not shown.
8-230V UC
16-12 N L N L N L
UP UP
DOWN DOWN
M M M
3 4 3 4 3 4
1 2 1 2 1 2
up
central
down
Local control with dual-roller shutter Local control with roller Local control with
momentary contact switch shutter toggle switch pushbutton
L (+)
8-230 V UC
N (-)
+B1 -A2 +B1 -A2 +B1 -A2 N L N L 1
+A3+A5+A4 +A3+A5+A4 +A3+A5+A4 +K2+K3 -A2 +K2+K3 -A2
UP UP
EGS12Z-UC EGS12Z-UC MTR12-UC MTR12-UC ZT12
DOWN DOWN EGS12Z-UC

M M
UP
+A7+A6 +A8 +A7+A6 +A8 +A7+A6 +A8 3 4 3 4 3
K2 K3 K2 K3 K2 K3 1 2 1 2 2
DOWN
M M M M
Local control with Local control with Local control with Dual momentary-contact switch
For clarity, the L and N connections for the 230V motors are not shown.
dual roller shutter roller shutter toggle switch push-button; here up to for central control UP and DOWN.
TYPICAL CIRCUIT EXAMPLES OF A ROLLER SHUTTER CONTROL
ROLLER SHUTTER CONTROL WITH EGS12Z-UC
momentary-contact switch 4 roller shutters in parallel

Using a week time switch with 1 CO contact the roller shutter control can be automated time-dependent by programming the changeover as follows: in the daytime terminal +A3 must
be connected to L(+) and at night time switching over to +A4. All other control inputs except the local control with a push-button stay active for local and central control.
Using the light, twilight, rain and wind sensor relay LRW12D-UC the roller shutter control can be automated brightness-dependent by connecting terminal +A5 of the EGS12Z-UC to
the output 2 of the LRW12D and terminal +A6 with the output 3. All other control inputs stay active for local and central control.
16-13
WNT12
WNT12U
SNT61
17
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY UNITS
AND WIDE-RANGE SWITCHING POWER
SUPPLY UNITS – WITH LOW STANDBY
CONSUMPTION AND HIGH EFFICIENCY.
Switching power supply units and
wide-range switching power supply units
NEW Universal wide-range power supply unit WNT12U/3,3-12V DC 17 - 2
Wide-range switching power supply WNT12 17 - 3
Switching power supply units SNT12 17 - 5
Technical data switching power supply units and wide-range switching power supply units 17 - 8
17-1
UNIVERSAL WIDE-RANGE POWER SUPPLY UNIT WNT12U/3,3-12V DC
WNT12U/3,3-12V DC NEW
Universal wide-range power supply unit. With 5 adjustable output voltages 3,3 V/2 A, 5 V/2 A,
7,5 V/1,5 A, 9 V/1,3 A, 12 V/1 A. Standby loss 0.1 watt only.

At a load of more than 50 % of the rated capacity and always if there are adjacent switchingpower supply
units from 12W rated capacity and if there are dimmers a ventilation clearanceof ½ module must be
Wide-range input voltage 88-264V AC (110V -20% to 240V +10%).
Function rotary switch Stabilised output voltage ±1%, low residual ripple.
Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of swichting off with automatic swit-
ching-on after fault clearance (autorecovery function).
WNT12U/3,3-12V DC Universal wide-range power supply Art. No. 20000165 58,30 €/pc.
unit

languages:
WNT12U*3*3-12V_DC
17-2

WIDE-RANGE SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY UNITS WNT12
WNT12-12V DC-12W/1A AND

WNT12-24V DC-12W/0,5A
Wide-range switching power supply unit. Rated capacity 12 W. Standby loss 0.2 watt only.

WNT12-24V DC-12W/0,5A Wide-range input voltage 88-264 V AC (110 V -20% up to 240 V +10%).
Efficiency 12 V DC 83%, 24 V DC 86%. Stabilised output voltage ±1%, low residual ripple.
languages: Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of swichting off with automatic
http://eltako.com/redirect/WNT12-
Technical data page 17-8. WNT12-12V DC-12W/1A Wide-range switching power supply Art. No. 20000060 64,80 €/pc.
unit 12 V DC
WNT12-24V DC-12W/0,5A Wide-range switching power supply Art. No. 20000061 64,80 €/pc.
unit 12 V DC
WNT12-12V DC-24W/2A AND

WNT12-24V DC-24W/1A

WNT12-24V DC-24W/1A maintained with the spacers DS12 on both sides.
Wide-range input voltage 88-264 V AC (110 V -20% up to 240 V +10%).
Efficiency 12 V DC 83%, 24 V DC 87%. Stabilised output voltage ±1%, low residual ripple.
languages: Short-circuit proof.
http://eltako.com/redirect/WNT12-
Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of switching off with automatic
17-3
unit 12 V DC
WNT12-24V DC-24W/1A Wide-range switching power supply Art. No. 20000063 72,00 €/pc.
unit 12 V DC

WIDE-RANGE SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY UNITS WNT12
WNT12-24V DC-48W/2A

Wide-range input voltage 88-264 V AC (110 V -20% up to 240 V +10%).
Efficiency 87%. Stabilised output voltage ±1%, low residual ripple.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/WNT12- Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of switching off with automatic
unit 12 V DC
17-4


SNT12-230V/24V DC-0,5A

SNT12-230V/24V DC-0,5A Input voltage 230 V (-20% up to +10%). Efficiency 12 V DC 83%, 24 V DC 86%.
languages: Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of swichting off with automatic
http://eltako.com/redirect/SNT12-
Technical data page 17-8. SNT12-230V/12V DC-1A Switching power supply unit 12 V DC Art. No. 20000160 58,90 €/pc.
SNT12-230V/24V DC-0,5A Switching power supply unit 12 V DC Art. No. 20000161 58,90 €/pc.

SNT12-230V/24V DC-1A

units from 12W rated capacity and if there are dimmers a ventilation clearance of 1/2 module must be
SNT12-230V/24V DC-1A maintained with the spacers DS12 on both sides.
Input voltage 230 V (-20% up to +10%). Efficiency 12 V DC 83%, 24 V DC 87%.
SNT12-230V*12VDC-2A Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of swichting off with automatic
Technical data page 17-8. SNT12-230V/12V DC-2A Switching power supply unit 12 V DC Art. No. 20000162 73,00 €/pc.
SNT12-230V/24V DC-1A Switching power supply unit 12 V DC Art. No. 20000163 73,00 €/pc.
17-5

SNT14-24V/12W

Input voltage 230 V (-20% up to +10%). Efficiency 86%.
Manuals and documents in further Short-circuit proof.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of swichting off with automatic
SNT14-24V*12W
Technical data page 17-8. SNT14-24V/12W Switching power supply unit 12 V DC Art. No. 30014031 47,70 €/pc.
SNT14-24V/24W

Input voltage 230 V (-20% up to +10%). Efficiency 87%.
SNT14-24V*24W
SNT14-24V/48W
17-6 Switching power supply unit. Rated capacity 48 W. Standby loss 0.4 watt only.

Input voltage 230 V (-20% up to +10%).
Efficiency 87%. Stabilised output voltage ±1%, low residual ripple. Short-circuit proof.
Manuals and documents in further Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of switching off with automatic
languages:
SNT14-24V*48W

SNT61-230V/12V DC-0,5A

Manuals and documents in further Efficiency 81%.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ Stabilised output voltage ±1%, low residual ripple.
SNT61-230V*12VDC-0-5A
Technical data page 17-8. SNT61-230V/12V DC-0,5A Switching power supply unit 12 V DC Art. No. 61000164 60,40 €/pc.
SNT61-230V/24V DC-0,25A

Manuals and documents in further Efficiency 82%.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ Stabilised output voltage ±1%, low residual ripple.
SNT61-230V*24VDC-0-25A
Technical data page 17-8. SNT61-230V/24V DC-0,25A Switching power supply unit 12 V DC Art. No. 61000165 60,40 €/pc.
17-7

TECHNICAL DATA
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY UNITS AND WIDE-RANGE SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY UNITS
Type SNT61-230V/ SNT61-230V/ WNT12-12V DC- SNT14- WNT12-12V SNT14- WNT12-24V

12V DC-0,5A 24V DC-0,25A 12W/1A 24V/12W DC-24W/2A 24V/24W DC-48W/2A
SNT12-230V/ WNT12-24V SNT12-230V/ WNT12-24V SNT14-
12V DC-1A DC-12W/0,5A 12V DC-2A DC-24W/1A 24V/48W
WNT12U SNT12-230V/ SNT12-230V/
24V DC-0,5A 24V DC-1A
Output wattage 6 W 1) 6 W 1) 12 W 2) 5) 12 W 2) 24 W 2) 24 W 2) 48 W 2)
12 V DC, ±1%
Output voltage,
12 V DC, ±1% 24 V DC, ±1% WNT12U: 24 V DC, ±1% 12 V DC, ±1% 24 V DC, ±1% 24 V DC, ±1%
tolerance ±
3.3-12 V DC, ±1%
Output current 0.5 A 0.25 A 1A 0.5 A 2A 1A 2A
0.2 W
Standby loss 0.1 W 0.1 W WNT12U: 0.2 W 0.2 W 0.2 W 0,4 W
0.1 W
Residual ripple < 100 mV < 100 mV < 100 mV < 100 mV < 100 mV < 100 mV < 100 mV
Class of protection II II II II II II II
Protection degree IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20
Starting current 3) 18 A/230 V 18 A/230 V 18 A/230 V 18 A/230 V 18 A/230 V 18 A/230 V 18 A/230 V
83%
Efficiency 81% 82% WNT12U: 86% 83% 87% 87%
86%
Overload protection short-term 160-200% 160-200% 160-200% 160-200% 160-200% 160-200% 160-200%
Overvoltage protection 140-170% 140-170% 140-170% 140-170% 140-170% 140-170% 140-170%
4)
Short-circuit proof yes yes yes yes yes yes yes
Over-temperature
yes yes yes yes yes yes yes
protection 4)
2
Switchable in parallel, number – – WNT12U: 2 2 2 –
–
2 modules, 2 modules, 4 modules,
Size 45 x 45 x 33 mm 45 x 45 x 33 mm 1 module, 18 mm 1 module, 18 mm
36 mm 36 mm 72 mm
Operating temperature °C -10/+50 -10/+50 -10/+50 -10/+50 -10/+50 -10/+50 -10/+50
1)
Even at full load a ventilation clearance is not neccessary.
2)
At a load of more than 50% of the rated capacity and always if there are adjacent switching power supply units from 12 W rated capacity and if there are dimmers a ventilation clearance of 1/2 module
must be maintained with the spacers DS12 on both sides.
3)
If connected on the primary side, 2 ms.
4)
With autorecovery function after fault clearance.
5)
WNT12U/3,3-12V DC only at 12 V DC.
17-8
Gemäß DIN VDE 0100-443 und DIN VDE 0100-534 ist eine Überspannungs-Schutzeinrichtung (SPD) Typ 2 oder Typ 3 zu installieren.
Normen: EN 60 950, EN 55 022 und EN 61000-6-2

S12-220
S12-100
S91-100
18
ELECTROMECHANICAL IMPULSE SWITCHES –
POLE POSITION S.
Electromechanical impulse switches
1- and 2-pole electromechanical impulse switches S12 18 - 2
2-pole electromechanical impulse multicircuit switches SS12 18 - 2
Electromechanical 16 A impulse switches 1-pole S09, 4-pole S12 18 - 3
Auxiliary contact KM12 18 - 3
1- and 2-pole impulse switches S91 and S81 18 - 4
1-, 2- and 4-pole electromechanical 25 A impulse switches XS12 18 - 5
Switch positions of electromechanical impulse switches, comparable electronic types 18 - 6
Technical data electromechanical impulse switches 18 - 7
18-1
1- AND 2-POLE ELECTROMECHANICAL IMPULSE SWITCHES S12
2-POLE ELECTROMECHANICAL IMPULSE MULTICIRCUIT SWITCHES SS12
POLE POSITION S
When we introduced the first Eltako impulse switches in 1949, they products, highest quality, best possible service and attractive prices.
were already standing in the pole position in Europe and since then Then, impulse switches were also called impulse relays, step switches
we have defended this position time and again with innovative or latching relays.
S12-100-/200-/110-
1- and 2-pole 16 A/250 V AC
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting with manual control and switch position indicator.
100% time on. Control power demand 5–6 W only. Contacts 1 NO, 2 NO, 1 NO + 1 NC. Contact gap 3 mm.
Spacing of control connections/contact > 6 mm.
Devices for 25 A XS12, page 18-5. Retrofittable auxiliary contact KM12, page 18-3.
The pin-compatible ES12DX-UC, ES12-200-UC and ES12-110-UC electronic impulse switches can also be used.
Their universal control voltage UC covers the voltage ranges of 12 to 230 V AC at 50-60 Hz and 12 to 230 V DC.
S12-100-230 V
S12-100-12V 1 NO 16 A Art. No. 21100011 30,10 €/pc.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ S12-100-230V 1 NO 16 A Art. No. 21100030 30,10 €/pc.
S12-100-*200-*110
S12-100-8V, 24V, 12V DC, 24V DC 1 NO 16 A Art. No. 21100010, 32,50 €/pc.
21100020, 21100054,
21100055
S12-200-12V 2 NO 16 A Art. No. 21200011 38,30 €/pc.
S12-200-230V 2 NO 16 A Art. No. 21200030 38,30 €/pc.
S12-200-8V, 24V, 12V DC, 24V DC 2 NO 16 A Art. No. 21200010, 40,30 €/pc.
21200020, 21200054,
21200055
S12-110-12V 1 NO + 1 NC 16 A Art. No. 21110011 38,30 €/pc.
S12-110-230V 1 NO + 1 NC 16 A Art. No. 21110030 38,30 €/pc.
S12-110-8V, 24V, 12V DC, 24V DC 1 NO + 1 NC 16 A Art. No. 21110010, 40,30 €/pc.
21110020, 21110054,
21110055
SS12-110-
Impulse multicircuit switch, 1+1 NO contacts 16 A/250 V AC
18-2 Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting with manual control and switch position indicator.
100% time on. Control power demand 5-6 W.
Contact gap 3 mm. Spacing of control connections/contact > 6 mm.
The ESR12DDX-UC electronic impulse switch can also be used.
The universal control voltage UC covers the voltage ranges of 12 to 230 V AC at 50-60 Hz and 12 to 230 V DC.
SS12-110-230V
SS12-110-12V 1 + 1 NO 16 A Art. No. 21110211 44,70 €/pc.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/SS12-110 SS12-110-230V 1 + 1 NO 16 A Art. No. 21110230 44,70 €/pc.

ELECTROMECHANICAL 16 A IMPULSE SWITCHES 1-POLE S09,
4-POLE S12 AND CONTACT MODULE KM12
S09-
1 NO contact 16 A/230 V AC
Only ½ module = 9 mm wide, 55 mm deep.
Control power demand 5 W. For impulse control.
Contact gap 3 mm.
S09-12V 1 NO 16 A Art. No. 29100011 32,40 €/pc.

S09-230V
S09-230V 1 NO 16 A Art. No. 29100030 35,30 €/pc.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/S09
S12-400-/310-/220-
4-pole 16 A/250 V AC
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting with manual control and switch position indicator, for
impulse control.
Time on: impulse control only. Control power demand 12-15 W.
Contacts: 4 NO, 3 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO + 2 NC.
Contact gap 3 mm.
S12-220-230V Devices for 25 A XS12, page 18-5.
Retrofittable auxiliary contact KM12.
languages:
S12-400-*310-*220 S12-400-230V 4 NO 16 A Art. No. 21400030 57,20 €/pc.
S12-310-230V 3 NO + 1 NC 16 A Art. No. 21310030 57,20 €/pc.
Technical data page 18-7. S12-220-230V 2 NO + 2 NC 16 A Art. No. 21220030 57,20 €/pc.
KM12
Contact module, 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact 4 A/250 V AC
Retrofittable to the left of all impulse switches S12 and XS12 as well as switching relays and installation
contactors R12 and XR12. 18-3
½ module = 9 mm wide.
KM12 Auxiliary contact 1 NO + 1 NC, 4 A Art. No. 20000030 17,10 €/pc.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/KM12

1- AND 2-POLE IMPULSE SWITCHES S91 AND S81
S91-100-
Built-in devices for installation and surface mounting. With manual control and switch position indicator.
S91-100-230 V Time on 100%. Control power demand 2,5 W. Contact gap 2 mm.
The ES61-UC electronic impulse switch can also be used.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/S91-100-
S91-100-230V 1 NO 10 A Art. No. 91100030 31,70 €/pc.
S91-100-12V 1 NO 10 A Art. No. 91100011 31,00 €/pc.

Mounting accessories chapter Z. S91-100-8V 1 NO 10 A Art. No. 91100010 35,00 €/pc.
S81-002-230V
2 CO contacts 10 A/250 V AC
Built-in devices for installation and surface mounting.

With manual control and switch position indicator.
S81-002-230V 50 mm long, 42 mm wide, 32 mm deep.
Time on 100%.
Control power demand 5 W.
languages: Contact gap 2 mm.
http://eltako.com/redirect/S81-002-230V
Technical data page 18-7. S81-002-230V 2 CO 10 A Art. No. 81002030 37,50 €/pc.
Mounting accessories chapter Z.
18-4

1-, 2- AND 4-POLE ELECTROMECHANICAL 25A IMPULSE SWITCHES XS12
XS12-100-/200-/110-
1- and 2-pole, 25 A/250 V AC
100% time on. Control power demand 5–6 W.
Contacts: 1 NO, 2 NO, 1 NO + 1 NC.
Contact gap 3 mm.
Retrofittable auxiliary contact KM12, page 18-3.
XS12-110-230V
XS12-100-230V 1 NO 25 A Art. No. 21100930 36,10 €/pc.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ XS12-200-230V 2 NO 25 A Art. No. 21200930 42,60 €/pc.
XS12-100-*200-*110-
XS12-110-230V 1 NO + 1 NC 25 A Art. No. 21110930 42,60 €/pc.
XS12-400-/310-/220-
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting with manual control and switch position indicator, for
impulse control.
Time on: impulse control only. Control power demand 12–15 W.
Contact gap 3 mm.
XS12-400-230V Retrofittable auxiliary contact KM12, page 18-3.

languages: XS12-400-230V 4 NO 25 A Art. No. 21400930 60,20 €/pc.
XS12-400-*310-*220-
XS12-310-230V 3 NO + 1 NC 25 A Art. No. 21310930 60,20 €/pc.
Technical data page 18-7. XS12-220-230V 2 NO + 2 NC 25 A Art. No. 21220930 60,20 €/pc.
18-5

SWITCH POSITIONS OF ELECTROMECHANICAL IMPULSE SWITCHES
COMPARABLE ELECTRONIC TYPES
CONTACTS TYPE CONTACTS TYPE
2 CO contacts 4-6
1 NO contact 1-2 S12-100-
4-5 1-3
0 XS12-100- 1-2 S81-002
4-6
1-2 S91-100- 1-3
4-5
0 1-2
2 NO contacts 1-2
3-4
0 S12-200-
1-2
3-4
XS12-200-
0
1 NO contact +
1 NC contact 3-4
S12-110-
1-2
XS12-110-
3-4
1-2
Multicircuit switch 3-4

1+1 NO contacts 1-2
3-4 SS12-110-
1-2
0
4 NO contacts 1-2, 3-4

5-6, 7-8
1-2, 3-4 0
XS12-400-
5-6, 7-8
0
3 NO contacts + 1-2
1 NC contact 3-4 7-8
5-6 XS12-310-
1-2
3-4 7-8
5-6
2 NO contacts + 3-4
2 NC contact 1-2 7-8
3-4 5-6
XS12-220-
1-2 7-8
5-6
18-6
Comparable electronic types
ES12DX-UC replaces terminal compatible the S12-100-, all control voltages
ES12-200-UC replaces terminal compatible the S12-200-, all control voltages
ES12-110-UC replaces terminal compatible the S12-110-, all control voltages
ESR12DDX-UC replaces the SS12-110-, all control voltages
ES61-UC replaces the S91-100-, all control voltages
ESR61M-UC replaces S81-, SS81- and GS81-, all control voltages

TECHNICAL DATA ELECTROMECHANICAL IMPULSE SWITCHES
Type S09/S12/SS12 S91/S81 XS12
Contacts
Contact material/contact gap AgSnO2/3 mm AgSnO2/2 mm AgSnO2/3 mm 1)
Spacing of control connections/contact > 6 mm > 6 mm > 6 mm
Test voltage contact/contact 2000 V 2000 V 2000 V
Test voltage control connections/contact 4000 V 4000 V 4000 V
16 A/250 V AC 10 A/250 V AC 25 A/250 V AC
Rated switching capacity
10 A/400 V AC 6 A/400 V AC 16 A/400 V AC
230 V LED lamps up to 200 W 5) up to 200 W 5) up to 200 W 5)
Incandescent lamp and
2300 W 2300 W 2300 W
halogen lamp load 2) 230 V
Fluorescent lamp load with KVG* in lead-lag circuit or
2300 VA 2300 VA 3600 VA
non compensated
500 VA 500 VA 1000 VA
I on ≤ 140 A/10 ms 3) I on ≤ 70 A/10 ms 3) I on ≤ 140 A/10 ms 3)
HQL and HQI non compensated 500 W – 500 W
Max. switching current DC1: 12 V/24 V DC 8A 8A 12 A
Life at rated load cos M = 1 or incandescent
> 105 > 105 > 105
lamps 1000 W at 100/h
Life at rated load,
> 4x104 > 4x104 > 4x104
cos M = 0.6 at 100/h
Max. operating cycles 103/h 103/h 103/h
Switch position indication yes yes yes
Manual control yes yes yes
Screw head slotted/crosshead, pozidriv slotted/crosshead, pozidriv slotted/crosshead, pozidriv
Type of enclosure/terminals IP50/IP20 IP50/IP20 IP50/IP20
Solenoid
Time on at rated voltage 1- and 2-pole,
100% 4) 100% 100% 4)
without S09
Time on at rated voltage 4-pole
impulse control – impulse control
as well as S09
Max./min. temperature at mounting location +50°C/-5°C +50°C/-5°C +50°C/-5°C
Control voltage range 0.9 to 1.1 x rated voltage 0.9 to 1.1 x rated voltage 0.9 to 1.1 x rated voltage
1- and 2-pole 5 - 6 W; S81: 5 W 1- and 2-pole 5 - 6 W;
Coil power loss AC+ DC ±20%
4-pole 12 - 15 W S91: 2.5 W 4-pole 12 - 15 W
Min. command duration 50 ms 50 ms 50 ms
Max. parallel capacitance (length) of single
0.06 μF (approx. 200 m) 0.06 μF (approx. 200 m) 0.06 μF (approx. 200 m)
control lead at 230 V AC
Max. voltage induced at the control inputs 0.2 x rated voltage 0.2 x rated voltage 0.2 x rated voltage
Glow lamps in parallel with the 230 V control switches 5 mA 5 mA 5 mA
With 1 μF/250 V AC capacitor in parallel with coil 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 18-7
With 2.2 μF/250 V AC capacitor in parallel with coil 15 mA 15 mA 15 mA
1)
Conctact distance of the NC contacts 1.2 mm.
2)
For lamps with 150 W max.
3)
A 40-fold inrush current must be calculated for electronic ballast devices. For steady loads of 1200 W or 600 W use the current-limiting relay SBR12 or SBR61. See chapter 14, page 14-8.
4)
Whenever several impulse switches are continuously energised make sure there is adequate ventilation and, in addition, a ventilation clearance of approx. half a module. Use the DS12 spacer as necessary.
5)
Compliance with: EN 60 669

R12-400
R12-100
R91-100
19
ELECTROMECHANICAL SWITCHING RELAYS
AND INSTALLATION CONTACTORS – POLE
POSITION R.
Electromechanical switching relays and installation contactors
1-, 2- and 4-pole electromechanical switching relays R12 19 - 2
1- and 2-pole electromechanical switching relays R91 and R81 19 - 3
1-, 2- and 4- pole 25 A electromechanical installation contactors XR12 19 - 4
Technical data electromechanical switching relays and installation contactors 19 - 5
19-1
1-, 2- AND 4-POLE ELECTROMECHANICAL SWITCHING RELAYS R12
R12-100-/200-/110-/020-
1- and 2-pole 16 A/250 V AC
100% time on. Control power demand 1.9 W.
Contacts: 1 NO, 2 NO, 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NC (closed-circuit current relay, 230 V only).
Contact gap 3 mm.
Contact/contact test voltage 2000 V and control connections/contact test voltage 4000 V.
25 A devices XR12, page 19-4. Retrofittable auxiliary contact KM12, page 18-3.
R12-110-230V The pin-compatible ER12DX-UC, ER12-200-UC and ER12-110-UC electronic switching relays can also be
used.
Manuals and documents in further The universal control voltage UC covers the voltage ranges of 12 to 230 V AC at 50-60 Hz and 12 to 230 V DC.
languages:
R12-100-*200-*110-*020-
R12-100-12V 1 NO 16 A Art. No. 22100011 30,10 €/pc.

R12-100-230V 1 NO 16 A Art. No. 22100030 30,10 €/pc.
R12-100-8V, 24V, 12V DC, 24V DC 1 NO 16 A Art. No. 22100010, 32,50 €/pc.
22100020, 22100054,
22100055
R12-200-12V 2 NO 16 A Art. No. 22200011 38,30 €/pc.
R12-200-230V 2 NO 16 A Art. No. 22200030 38,30 €/pc.
R12-200-8V, 24V, 12V DC, 24V DC 2 NO 16 A Art. No. 22200010, 40,30 €/pc.
22200020, 22200054,
22200055
R12-110-12V 1 NO + 1 NC 16 A Art. No. 22110011 38,30 €/pc.
R12-110-230V 1 NO + 1 NC 16 A Art. No. 22110030 38,30 €/pc.
R12-110-8V, 24V, 12V DC, 24V DC 1 NO + 1 NC 16 A Art. No. 22110010, 40,30 €/pc.
22110020, 22110054,
22110055
R12-020-230V 2 NC 16 A Art. No. 22020030 40,60 €/pc.
R12-400-/310-/220-
100% time on. Control power demand 4 W.
Contact gap 3 mm.
Contact/contact test voltage 2000 V and control connections/contact test voltage 4000 V.
25 A devices XR12, page 19-4. Retrofittable auxiliary contact KM12, page 18-3.
R12-400-230V
19-2
Manuals and documents in further R12-400-230V 4 NO 16 A Art. No. 22400030 57,20 €/pc.
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ R12-310-230V 3 NO + 1 NC 16 A Art. No. 22310030 57,20 €/pc.
R12-400-*310-*220-
R12-220-230V 2 NO + 2 NC 16 A Art. No. 22220030 57,20 €/pc.

Technical data page Seite 19-5.

1- AND 2-POLE ELECTROMECHANICAL SWITCHING RELAYS R91 AND R81
R91-100-

R91-100-230V Time on 100%. Control power demand 2.5 W.
Contact gap 2 mm.
Contact/contact test voltage 2000 V and control connection/contact test voltage 4000 V.
languages: The ER61-UC electronic switching relay can also be used.
http://eltako.com/redirect/R91-100-
Technical data page 19-5. R91-100-230V 1 NO 10 A Art. No. 91100430 31,70 €/pc.
R91-100-12V 1 NO 10 A Art. No. 91100411 31,00 €/pc.
R91-100-8V 1 NO 10 A Art. No. 91100410 35,00 €/pc.
R81-002-
2 CO contacts 10 A/250 V AC

R81-002-230V Time on 100%. Control power demand 5 W.
Contact gap 2 mm.
languages: Contact/contact test voltage 2000 V and control connection/contact test voltage 4000 V.
http://eltako.com/redirect/R81-002-230V
Technical data page 19-5. R81-002-230V 2 CO 10 A Art. No. 81002430 37,50 €/pc.
Comparable electronic types

19-3
ER12DX-UC replaces terminal compatible the R12-100-, all control voltages
ER12-200-UC replaces terminal compatible the R12-200-, all control voltages
ER12-110-UC replaces terminal compatible the R12-110-, all control voltages
ER61-UC replaces the R91-100-, all control voltages
ESR61M-UC replaces partially the R81, all control voltages

1-, 2- AND 4- POLE 25 A ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTALLATION CONTACTORS XR12
XR12-100-/200-/110-
1- and 2-pole, 25 A/250 V AC
100% time on. Control power demand 1.9 W.
Contacts 1 NO, 2 NO, 1 NO + 1 NC.
Contact gap 3 mm.
XR12-110-230V

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ XR12-100-230V 1 NO 25 A Art. No. 22100930 36,10 €/pc.
XR12-100-*200-*110-
XR12-200-230V 2 NO 25 A Art. No. 22200930 44,20 €/pc.
Technical data page 19-5. XR12-110-230V 1 NO + 1 NC 25 A Art. No. 22110930 44,20 €/pc.
XR12-400-/310-/220-
4-pole, 25A/250V AC
100% time on. Control power demand 4 W.
Contact gap 3 mm.
XR12-400-230V
Manuals and documents in further XR12-400-230V 4 NO 25 A Art. No. 22400930 60,20 €/pc.
languages:
XR12-400-*310-*220-
XR12-310-230V 3 NO + 1 NC 25 A Art. No. 22310930 60,20 €/pc.
XR12-220-230V 2 NO + 2 NC 25 A Art. No. 22220930 60,20 €/pc.

19-4

TECHNICAL DATA
ELECTROMECHANICAL SWITCHING RELAYS AND INSTALLATION CONTACTORS
Type R12 R81/R91 XR12
Contacts
Contact material/contact gap AgSnO2/3 mm AgSnO2/2 mm AgSnO2/3 mm 1)
Spacing of control connections/contact > 6 mm > 6 mm > 6 mm

Test voltage contact/contact 2000 V 2000 V 2000 V
Test voltage control connections/contact 4000 V 4000 V 4000 V
16 A/250 V AC 10 A/250 V AC 25 A/250 V AC
Rated switching capacity
10 A/400 V AC 6 A/400 V AC 16 A/400 V AC
230 V LED lamps up to 200 W 5) up to 200 W 5) up to 200 W 5)
Incandescent lamp and halogen lamp load 230 V 2) 2300 W 2300 W 2300 W
Fluorescent lamp load with KVG* in lead-lag circuit or
2300 VA 2300 VA 3600 VA
non compensated
Fluorescent lamp load wih KVG*
500 VA 500 VA 1000 VA
I on ≤ 140 A/10 ms 3) I on ≤ 70 A/10 ms 3) I on ≤ 140 A/10 ms 3)
HQL and HQI non compensated 500 W – 500 W
Max. switching current DC1: 12 V/24 V DC 8A 8A 12 A

Life at rated load, cos M = 1 or
> 105 >105 > 105
Life at rated load,
> 4x104 > 4x104 > 4x104
cos M = 0.6 at 100/h
Max. operating cycles 103/h 103/h 103/h
Closing time 10-20 ms 10-20 ms 10-20 ms
Opening time 5-15 ms 5-15 ms 5-15 ms
Switch position indication yes yes yes
Manual control yes yes yes
Screw head slotted/crosshead, pozidriv slotted/crosshead, pozidriv slotted/crosshead, pozidriv
Type of enclosure/terminals IP50/IP20 IP50/IP20 IP50/IP20
Solenoid System
Time on 100% 4) 100% 100% 4)
Max./min. temperature at mounting location +50°C/-5°C +50°C/-5°C +50°C/-5°C
Control voltage range 0.9 to 1.1 x rated voltage 0.9 bis 1,1 x rated voltage 0.9 to 1.1 x rated voltage
1- and 2-pole: 1.9 W R81: 5 W 1- and 2-pole: 1,9 W
Coil power loss AC+DC ±20%
4-pole: 4 W R91: 2,5 W 4-pole: 4 W
Total power loss with continous excitation at rated 1-pole: 4 W, 2-pole: 6 W 1-pole: 7 W 1-pole: 4 W, 2-pole: 6 W
voltage and rated contact load 4-pole: 12 W 2-pole: 9 W 4-pole: 12 W
Max. parallel capacitance (length) of control lead 0.06 μF (ca. 200 m) 0.06 μF (ca. 200 m) 0.06 μF (ca. 200 m)
Max. voltage induced at the control inputs 0.2 x rated voltage 0.2 x rated voltage 0.2 x rated voltage
* EVG = electronic ballast units; KVG = conventional ballast units.

19-5
1)
Conctact distance of the NC contacts 1.2mm.
2)
Contact spacing of NC contacts 1.2 mm.
3)
A 40-fold inrush current must be calculated for electronic ballast devices. For steady loads of 1200 W or 600 W use the current-limiting relay SBR12 or SBR61. See chapter 14, page 14-8.
4)
Whenever several impulse switches are continuously energised make sure there is adequate ventilation as a function of the calculated power loss.
5)
Compliance with: EN 60 669

UIB70
FPP12
Z
ACCESSORIES – USEFUL HELPERS ABOUT
THE ELTAKO INSTALLATION.
Accessories wireless and others
NEW Universal installation box blue UIB70 and Universal installation box pure white UIB70-rw Z- 2
Spacer DS12, spacer DS14, socket outlet ST12-16A and universal double DIN rail mounting plate U2RP Z- 3
Wireless Powernet phase coupler FPP12 Z- 4
Screws and rawls S+D25, triple RC module RC12-230V and WET.PROTECT WP50 Z- 5
Wireless Field Test Tool P10 Z- 6
Z-1
ACCESSORIES
UNIVERSAL INSTALLATION BOX BLUE UIB70 AND UNIVERSAL INSTALLATION BOX PURE WHITE UIB70-RW
UIB70 NEW
Universal installation box blue.
L x W x H: 70 x 56 x 37 mm.
For installing a device from the 61, 62, 64, 81 and 91 series..
Base plate for wall mounting with 4 holes for screw mounting, hole spacing 56 x 40 mm.
Housing for snapping onto the base plate, with ventilation slots, cable entry and cable strain relief with
commercially available cable ties up to 2.6 mm. Protection class IP20.

languages: UIB70 Universal installation box blue Art. No. 30000011 12,40 €/pc.
http://eltako.com/redirect/UIB70
UIB70-rw NEW
Universal installation box pure white.
L x W x H: 70 x 56 x 37 mm.
For installing a device from the 61, 62, 64, 81 and 91 series..
Base plate for wall mounting with 4 holes for screw mounting, hole spacing 56 x 40 mm.
Housing for snapping onto the base plate, with ventilation slots, cable entry and cable strain relief with
commercially available cable ties up to 2.6 mm. Protection class IP20.

languages: UIB70-rw Universal installation box pure white Art. No. 30000012 11,10 €/pc.
http://eltako.com/redirect/UIB70-rw
Z-2

ACCESSORIES – SPACER DS12, SPACER DS14, SOCKET OUTLET ST12-16A AND
UNIVERSAL DIN RAIL MOUNTING PLATE U2RP
DS12
Spacer
1/2 module wide = 9 mm, to produce and maintain a ventilation clearance for modular devices dissipating much heat,
e.g. dimmers from 300 W/400 W and continuously rated electromechanical impulse switches.

languages:
DS12 Spacer Art. No. 20000010 2,00 €/pc.
DS14
Spacer
1/2 module wide = 9 mm, to produce and maintain a ventilation clearance for modular devices dissipating much heat,
e.g. dimmers from 300 W/400 W and continuously rated electromechanical impulse switches.
Manuals and documents in further DS14 Spacer Art. No. 30014101 2,00 €/pc.
languages:
ST12-16A
Socket outlet
Socket outlet 16 A as modular device for mounting on DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail or as built-in device.
2.5 modules = 45 mm wide, 55 mm deep.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/ST12-16A
ST12-16A Socket outlet Art. No. 24100900 20,30 €/pc.
U2RP NEW
Universal DIN rail mounting plate for installation of 1 or 2 devices from the series 61, 62 and 62-IP
in distributors and control cabinets on DIN-EN 60715 TH35 mounting rails. Attachment with pre-
assembled adhesive pads. Additional fastening possible on site with cable ties.
Tragschiene nicht im Liefer-

umfang enthalten. Z-3
languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/U2RP U2RP Universal double DIN rail mounting plate for Art. No. 30000018 5,80 €/pc.
series 61+62+62-IP, grey

ACCESSORIES
WIRELESS POWERNET PHASE COUPLER FPP12
FPP12
Wireless Powernet phase coupler to transmit wireless telegrams over the 230 V power mains.

Voltage between the two outer conductors: 400 V/50 Hz.
Frequency range 115-132 kHz.
The phase coupler increases the capacitive coupling between 2 different outer conductors if, for example,
the cables within the installation are not laid in parallel at a distance of at least several metres apart (as
ribbon cables or jacketed cables).
languages: Caution: The phase coupler may only be connected to the input side of the line circuit-breaker.
http://eltako.com/redirect/FPP12
Typical connection
FPP12 Wireless Powernet phase coupler Art. No. 30000051 33,00 €/pc.
Z-4

ACCESSORIES
SCREWS AND RAWL PLUGS S+D25, TRIPLE RC MODULE RC12-230V AND WET.PROTECT WP50
S+D 25
25 pcs screws and rawl plugs to fit the mounting plate for wireless pushbuttons. Screws also for
fitting on UP boxes.
languages: Contents: 25 pcs countersunk sheet metal screws with cross head 2.9 x 25 mm DIN 7982 C, stainless steel
http://eltako.com/redirect/S*D25
A2 and 25 pcs Fischer rawl plugs with lip SX5, 25 mm long.
The screw head fits exactly (in height and diameter) between the mounting plate of the wireless pushbutton
and the Eltako frame.
Moreover, the screws are also suitable for fixing devices on UP switch boxes in the screw sleeves there.
S+D25 25 screws and rawl plugs 25 mm Art. No. 30999001 7,50 €/pc.
RC12-230V
Triple RC module

Used to compensate for inductive interference voltages on control leads. Up to three switchgear devices
can be interference-suppressed by connection in parallel with the 230 V control inputs.

languages: RC12-230V Triple RC module Art. No. 22000015 40,80 €/pc.
http://eltako.com/redirect/RC12-230V
WP50
WET.PROTECT e.nautic 50ml.
High-performance protection against humidity, moisture and corrosion. This water blocker completely in-
filtrates any moisture and humidity. It creates a micro-thin protective film with extremely water repellent
effect. The dielectric strength is extremely high with 200 kV/mm. Due to the salt water resistance, it is not
only perfect for the use in winter as it protects against the effects of road salt, but also for applications
close to the sea. Wireless pushbuttons treated with this spray according to the operating manual even
remain fully functional outdoors on the weather side for years.

languages:
http://eltako.com/redirect/WP50
WP50 WET.PROTECT 50 ml Art. No. 30000030 27,50 €/pc.
Z-5

ACCESSORIES
WIRELESS FIELD TEST TOOL P10 PROBARE
P10
The wireless field test tool Probare P10 is a portable field tester which shows the signal quality
of the received EnOcean 868MHz telegrams. Additionally it helps to determine the best place for
EnOcean transmitters, receivers or repeaters, it can also help to look if any signals are sent or not.
2 AA/LR06 batteries are additionally necessary.

Switch on and off by pressing the ON/OFF button for 1.5 seconds.
The signal quality is shown by LEDs.
With the MODE button you can switch between the different functions.
All shows the signal quality of all received EnOcean telegrams.
Filter shows the signal quality of one unique transmitter.
Repeater activates the repeater function (level 1) by this way you can determine the best position for a
repeater.
Radio Link Test allows the wireless coverage testing in combination with the adequate receiver by sen-
ding telegrams cyclically.
P10 Wireless level meter Probare Art. No. 30000370 165,10 €/pc.
Z-6

T
ALL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
AT A GLANCE
Technical data of the wireless actuators, teach-in list, operating
distances and contents of Eltako Wireless telegrams
Technical data switching actuators and dimming actuators for the Eltako RS485 bus T-2
Technical data switching actuators and dimming actuators for installation T-3
Teach-in list – Wireless sensors that can be taught-in in wireless actuators T-4
Teach-in settings of lower rotary switch for the most customary devices of Series 61 T-5
Tapping codes for devices of the series 62 T-5
Teach-in settings of upper rotary switch for the most customary devices of Series 14 T-6
Operating distances of the Eltako Wireless T-7
Contents of Eltako Wireless telegrams T-9
The Eltako wireless system works with the reliable and worldwide standardized EnOcean wireless technology in 868 MHz. T-1
TECHNICAL DATA – SWITCHING ACTUATORS AND DIMMING ACTUATORS FOR THE ELTAKO RS485 BUS
Type F4HK14 FUD14 1) FSG14/1-10V b) F2L14b) FSR14SSR

FHK14 FUD14/800W 1) 7) F4SR14-LED
FSB14 FRGBW14 FFR14, FMS14
FSR14-4x FMZ14, FSR14-2xb)
FTN14b)
FSR14M-2xb)
Contacts
Contact material/contact gap AgSnO2 /0.5 mm Power MOSFET AgSnO2 /0.5 mm AgSnO2 /0.5 mm Opto-Triac
Test voltage control connections/contact – – – 2000 V 4000 V
16A/250V AC; FMZ14:
Rated switching capacity each contact 4A/250 V AC – 600 VA 5) 10A/250V AC up to 400 W 6)
F4SR14: 8A/250 V AC
Trailing edge up to 400 W
Leading edge up to 100 W up to 400 W
230 V LED lamps 9) up to 200 W FUD14/800 W: – FSR14M: up to 600 W up to 400 W 6)
Trailing edge up to 800 W I on ≤ 120A/5 ms
Dimmable LED lamps 12-24 V DC FRGBW14: 4 x 4 A
2000 W
1000 W up to 400 W; FUD14/800 W:
incandescent lamps and halogen lamp load 230 V 2) – F4SR14: 1800 W up to 400 W 6)
I on ≤ 10A/10 ms up to 800 W 1) 3) 4)
I on ≤ 70A/10 ms
500 VA – – 1000 VA –
Fluorescent lamp load with KVG* 250 VA,
– 600 VA 5) 500 VA up to 400 VA 6)
shunt-compensated or with EVG* I on ≤ 10A/10 ms
up to 200 W 9) up to 400 W 9) 1) – bis 400 W 9) up to 400 W 6) 9)
650 W 8) – – 650 W 8) –
8 A (nicht FTN14
Max. switching current DC1: 12 V/24 V DC 4A – – –
und FZK14)
>105 – >105 >105 ∞
Service life at rated load, cos M = 0,6 at 100/h >4x10 4 – >4x10 4 >4x10 4 ∞
3 3 3
Max. operating cyles 10 /h – 10 /h 10 /h 10 3/h
Maximum conductor cross-section (3-fold terminal) 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 6 mm2
Two conductors of same cross-section (3-fold terminal) 2.5 mm2 (1.5mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2)
slotted/cross- slotted/cross- slotted/crosshead, slotted/cross-
Screw head slotted/crosshead, pozidriv
head, pozidriv head, pozidriv pozidriv head, pozidriv
Electronics
Time on 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Standby loss (active power) 0.1 W 0.3 W 0.9 W 0.05-0.5 W 0.1 W
Local control current at 230 V control input – – – 5 mA –
Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of local FTN14:
– – – –
control lead at 230 V AC 0.3 μF (1000 m)
b)
1)
If the load exceeds 200 W (FUD14/800W:400W), a ventilation clearance of 1/2 pitch unit to adjacent devices must be maintained via the spacer DS14.
2)
3)
Per dimmer or capacity enhancer it is only allowed to use max. 2 inductive (wound) transformers of the same type, furthermore no-load operation on the secondary part is not permitted. The dimmer might be de-
stroyed. Therefore do not permit load breaking on the secondary part. Operation in parallel of inductive (wound) and capacative (electronic) transformers is not permitted!
4)
When calculating the load a loss of 20% for inductive (wound) transformers and a loss of 5% for capacitive (electronic) transformers must be considered in addition to the lamp load.
5)
6)
Applies to one contact and the sum of both contacts.
7)
Capacity increase for all dimmable lamp types with Capacity Enhancer FLUD14.
T-2
8)
9)
Generally applies to 230 V LED lamps and energy saving lamps (ESL) . Due to different lamp electronics, switch on/off problems and a restriction in the maximum number of lamps, however, the dimming ranges
may be limited depending on the manufacturer; in particular when the connected load is very low (e.g. with 5 W LEDs). The dimmer switch comfort settings EC1, EC2, LC1, LC2 and LC3 optimise the dimming range,
The second terminating resistor has to be plugged to the last actuator included in the FAM14 respectively FTS14KS scope of supply.
Compliance with: EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-1 and EN 60669

TECHNICAL DATA SWITCHING ACTUATORS AND DIMMING ACTUATORS FOR INSTALLATION
Type FSUD FUD70S FKLD61a) FHK61, FLC61, FMS61, FSG71/1-10V FHK61SSR FSB61
FUD61NP FUD71 FLD61a) FMZ61, FSHA, FSR61, FSR61G FSB71
FUD61NPN FUD71L FRGBW71L a) FSR61LN, FSR70S, FSR71NP-4x
FWWKW71L a) FSR71, FSSA, FSSG,
FSVA, FTN61
Kontakte
Contact material/contact gap Power MOSFET Power MOSFET Power MOSFET AgSnO 2 /0.5mm b) AgSnO2/0.5mm b) Opto Triac AgSnO2/0.5mm b)
Spacing of control connections/contact – – 6 mm 3 mm – – 3 mm
Test voltage control connections/contact – – – 2000 V – – 2000 V
10A/250 V AC
Rated switching capacity each contact – – – 600 VA 4) – 4A/250V AC
FSR71: 16 A/250 V AC
Trailing edge
up to 300 W
Trailing edge
Leading edge up to
up to 300 W
100 W up to 400 W up to 200 W
Dimmable 230 V LED lamps 3) FUD71L: – – I on ≤ I on ≤ 10 A /
up to 100 W I on ≤ 120 A / 5 ms
Trailing edge 120 A / 20 ms 10 ms
(not
up to 1200 W
FUD61NP)
Leading edge
up to 300 W
FLD61:4A
FKLD61:30W
Dimmable LED lamps 12-36 V DC – – – – – –
FRGBW71L:4x2A
FWWKW71L:2x4A
up to 400 W 2)
up to 300 W 2) FUD71L: up to – 2000 W – up to 400 W 1000 W
230 V, I on ≤ 70 A/10 ms
1200 W 2)
– – 1000 VA – – 500 VA
– – – 500 VA 600 VA 4) up to 400 VA 250 VA
3)
up to 400 W
Compact fluorescent lamps with EVG* up to 300 W 3)
FUD71L: up to – up to 400 W 3) – up to 400 W 3) up to 200 W 3)
and energy saving lamps (not FUD61NP)
1200 W 3)
– – – 650 W 5) – – 650 W 5)
8A (not NP, FSHA,
Max. switching current DC1: 12 V/24 V DC – – – – – –
FSSA, FSVA, 70, 71)
– – – > 10 5 > 10 5 ∞ > 10 5
Service life at rated load, cos M = 0.6 at 100/h – – – > 4x10 4 > 4x10 4 – > 4x10 4
Max. operating cyles – – – 10 3/h 10 3/h 10 3/h 10 3/h
Maximum conductor cross-section 4 mm2 4 mm2 4 mm2 4 mm2 4 mm2 4 mm2 4 mm2
Two conductors of same cross-section 1.5 mm 2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2
slotted/ slotted/ slotted/ slotted/ slotted/ slotted/ slotted/
Screw head
crosshead crosshead crosshead crosshead crosshead crosshead crosshead
Electronics
Time on 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Max./min. temperature at mounting location +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C +50°C/-20°C
0.6 W
Standby loss (active power) 0.7 W 0.2-0.6 W 0.3 W-0.9 W 1W 0.8 W 0.8 W
FUD71: 0.7 W
– – 2/3/7/4(100) mA – – – –
8/12/24/230 V (<5 s)
Local control current at 230 V control input, 3.5 mA; FSR61/8-24 V UC
1 mA – – – 3.5 mA 3.5 mA
only on Series 61 at 24 V DC: 0.2 mA
Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of local 0.06 μF 0.3 μF 3 nF 3 nF 3 nF
– –
control lead at 230 V AC (200 m) (1000 m) (10 m) (10 m) (10 m)
a)
Secondary cable length with a maximum of 2m.
b)
1)
2)
Also max. 2 induction transformers of the same type (L load) and electronic transformers (C load).
3)
Generally applies to 230 V LED lamps and energy saving lamps (ESL). Due to different lamp electronics, switch on/off problems and a restriction in the maximum number of lamps, however, the dimming ranges
may be limited depending on the manufacturer; in particular when the connected load is very low (e.g. with 5 W LEDs). The dimmer switch comfort settings LC1, LC2, LC3, EC1 and EC2 optimise the dimming range,
4)
5)
* EVG = electronic ballast units; KVG = conventional ballast units. T-3

TECHNICAL DATA SWITCHING ACTUATORS AND DIMMING ACTUATORS FOR INSTALLATION
Type FD62NP FD62NPN FR62NP b) FR62 b) FJ62NP

FL62NP b) FL62 b)
FDH62NP b)
Kontakte
Contact material/contact gap Power MOSFET Power MOSFET AgSnO 2 /0.5mm AgSnO2/0.5mm AgSnO2/0.5mm
Spacing of control connections/contact – – 3 mm 6 mm 3 mm
Test voltage control connections/contact – – 2000V 4000 V 2000 V
Rated switching capacity each contact – – 10A/250V AC 10A/250V AC 4A/250V AC
Trailing edge Trailing edge

up to 200 W up to 300 W up to 200W up to 200W
Dimmable 230 V LED lamps 2) -
Leading edge up to Leading edge up to I on ≤ 120 A / 5 ms I on ≤ 120 A / 5 ms
40 W 100 W
up to 200W 3) up to 300W 3) 2000 W 2000 W -
230 V, I on ≤ 70 A/10 ms
– – 1000 VA 1000 VA -
– – 500 VA 500 VA -
up to 200W 2) up to 300W 2) up to 200W 2) up to 200W 2) -
and energy saving lamps
– – 650W 650W 650 W
Max. switching current DC1: 12 V/24 V DC – – - 8A –

– – > 10 5 > 10 5 > 10 5
Service life at rated load, cos M = 0.6 at 100/h – – > 4x10 4 > 4x10 4 > 4x10 4
Max. operating cyles – – 10 3/h 10 3/h 10 3/h
Type of connection Plug-in terminals Plug-in terminals Plug-in terminals Plug-in terminals Plug-in terminals
Minimum conductor cross-section 0.2 mm2 0.2 mm2 0.2 mm2 0.2 mm2 0.2 mm2
Maximum conductor cross-section 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2
Stripping of the conductor 8-9 mm 8-9 mm 8-9 mm 8-9 mm 8-9 mm

Electronics
Time on 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Standby loss (active power) 0.6 W 0.5 W 0.4W 0.4W 0.6 W
Local control current at 230 V control input 3 mA 3 mA 3 mA 3 mA 3 mA
Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of local 30 nF (100 m) 30 nF (100 m) 30 nF (100 m) 30 nF (100 m) 10 nF (30 m)
control lead at 230 V AC FL62NP: 10 nF (30 m)
b)
1)
2)
Generally applies to 230 V LED lamps and energy saving lamps (ESL). Due to different lamp electronics, switch on/off problems and a restriction in the maximum number of lamps, however, the dimming
ranges may be limited depending on the manufacturer; in particular when the connected load is very low (e.g. with 5 W LEDs).
3)
No inductive (wound) transformers.
T-4

TEACH-IN LIST – WIRELESS SENSORS THAT CAN BE TAUGHT-IN IN WIRELESS ACTUATORS
Sensors Pushbuttons, Transmitter Card switch, Window/door Window Motion/ Brightness Temperature Air quality
handheld trans- modules pull switch contact handle sensor brightness sensors controller/ sensor
mitters and FASM60 and smoke FFKB and sensors FAH60 sensors FLGTF
remote controls FSM14 alarm FFTE window/door FABH65S FAH60B FFT ...
B4, F1, F2, F4, FSM60B FHMB FPE contact FB ... FAH65S FFT60SB
F4T65B, FF8, FSM61 FKF FTK FFG7B FBH ... FHD60SB FTF65S
FFD, FFT55, FHS, FSU ... FRW FTKB mTronic FIH65S FTFB
FKD, FMH, FMT55, FTS14EM FRWB FTKE FTFSB
FSTAP, FT55, F4USM61B FZS FTR ...
FTTB FUTH ...
Actuators
F2L14 X X X X X X
F4HK14 X X X X X 3) X 1) X 1)
F4SR14-LED X X X X X X X
FAE14 ... X X X X X 3) X 1) X 1)
FDG14 X X X X
FHK14 X X X X X 3) X 1) X 1)
FMS14 X X X
FMZ14 X X X X X
FRGBW14 X X X X
FSB14 X X X X X
FSG14/1-10V X X X X X
FSR14 ... X X X X X X X
FTN14 X X X X X
FUD14 ... X X X X X
FAC ... X X X X X 1) X 1)
FD62 ... X X X
FDG62 X X X
FDG71 X X X X
FFR61-230V X X
FGM X X X X X 3)
FHD62NP X X X X
FHK61 X X X X X 3) X 1) X 1)
FJ62 ... X X X X
FKLD61 X X X X
FL62 ... X X X X
FLC61NP-230V X X X X X
FLD61 X X X X
FMS61NP-230V X X
FMZ61-230V X X X X
FR62 ... X X X X
FRGBW71L X X X X
FSB61 ... X X X X X
FSB71 ... X X X X X
FSG71/1-10V X X X
FSHA-230V X X X X X 3) X 1) X 1)
FSR70S-230V X X X X 3) X
FSSA-230V X X X
FSUD-230V X X
FSVA-230V X X X
FTN61NP-230V X X X X X
FUA12-230V X X X X X X X
FUD61 ... X X X X
FUD71 X X X X X
FUD70S-230V X X
FUTH ... X X
T-5
FWWKW71L X X X X
1) 2)
Only evaluation of temperature Only motion detection 08/2022
TEACH-IN SETTINGS OF LOWER ROTARY SWITCH FOR THE MOST CUSTOMARY DEVICES OF SERIES 61*
TAPPING CODES FOR DEVICES OF THE SERIES 62
Type FMS61 FMZ61 FSB61 FSR61 FSR61 FTN61 FUD61NP FUD61NPN

from week from week from week from week from week from week from week from week
08/13 18/11 39/12 41/12 11/14 25/11 38/12 40/12
Teaching-in function
Phase-out-model
Universal pushbutton / toggle / UT1 = channel 1 Approx.
(2) 2 60 80 2 LC2
switch over (On/Off) UT2 = channel 2 middle
Universal pushbutton NC contact 120 120
RT1 = channel 1
Direction pushbutton 1h min 40 max EC1
RT2 = channel 2
On / central ON resp. UP 3 ∞ ∞ 20 3 LC3
Off / central OFF resp. DOWN (1) 1 2 2 1 1 LC1
FTK as NC contact 0,5s 2 2 2 20
FTK as NO contact (3) ∞ ∞ 1
FBH as motion detector ∞ (Slave) 20 max EC1
FBH as motion detector with bright-
2..120 1…20 min…3 AUTO…EC2
ness sensor
FAH as twilight sensor min..max 2..120 2..120 AUTO…EC1
FSU or pushbutton as wake-up light EC2
Wireless Visualisation and Control RT1 = GFVS 80 = GFVS
max 6 = LZ min AUTO
Software GFVS / LZ light scene RT2 = GFVS 6 = LZ
Additional information:
Clear all addresses:
Turn position CLR and the other rotary switches 3 times from centre to right. Centre-right-centre-right-centre-right.
Activate or deactivate feedback:

Turn position CLR and the other rotary switches 3 times from centre to left. Centre-left-centre-left-centre-left.
Activate or deactivate Repeater Level 1:

Switch off power, depress pushbutton connected to the pushbutton input and switch power back on.
Tapping codes for devices of the series 62
Function/service Tap function FL62 FR62 FJ62 FD62 FSLA
3 x NO contact
Universal pushbutton 3x x x x x
4 x NC contact
Direction pushbutton 4x x - x x x
Central on/up 5x x - x x x
Central off/down 6x x - x x x
Window contacts 3x - NO contact - - -
Window contacts 4x - NC contact x - -
Motion detector 1x x - - x x
GFVS 1x x x x x x
Phase angle 5 x briefl y 1 x long - - - x -
Auto mode 6 x briefl y 1 x long - - - x -
Lock 3 x briefl y 1 x long x x x x x
Unlock 4 x briefl y 1 x long x x x x x
Switch RM on/off 7 x briefl y 1 x long x x x x x
Clear content 8 x briefl y 1 x long x x x x x
T-6
Dimming speed slow 9x - - - x -
Dimming speed middle 10x - - - x -
Dimming speed fast 11x - - - x -
*Printed date may deviate in case of earlier production date. 05/2021

TEACH-IN SETTINGS OF UPPER ROTARY SWITCH FOR THE MOST CUSTOMARY DEVICES OF SERIES 14
Type FAE14 FMS14 FSB14 FSR14 FTN14 FUD14

FHK14
Teaching-in function
3 channel 1+2
Universal pushbutton / toggle / switch over 20 channel 1 5 switch
7 channel 1 3 EC2
(On/Off) 40 channel 2 10 relay
8 channel 2
5 channel 1+2
10 channel 1
Direction pushbutton 9 channel 1 0 LC2
30 channel 2
10 channel 2
180 channel 1
On / Central On 4 45 4 LC1
200 channel 2
Off / Central Off 2 90 2 EC1
Sequential light scene pushbutton LC3
180 channel 1
4-way direct light scene pushbutton 30 LC4
200 channel 2
Single light scene pushbutton LC5
Staircase light switch 3 LC6
Wireless Visualisation and Control Software 9 channel 1 180 channel 1 2 off

4,5 0 PCT
GFVS 10 channel 2 200 channel 2 4 on
LC2 as LC2 as
20 channel 1 NO contact NO contact
FTK window/door contact 0
40 channel 2 LC3 as LC3 as
NC contact NC contact
LC5 as
NO contact
FAH brightness sensor 150 both channels 0-120
LC6 as
NC contact
FSU or pushbutton as wake-up light AUTO
FBH as motion detector

4,5 0-120 1....20 AUTO
with brightness sensor
45 on
Central control without priority 60 both channels
90 off
Central control with priority, first signal starts

90 both channels
priority, second signal stops it
Central control with priority 15 on

120 both channels
as long as signal is applied 20 off
FTR temperature controller 4,5
T-7
OPERATING DISTANCES OF THE ELTAKO WIRELESS
OPERATING DISTANCES BETWEEN SENSORS AND ACTUATORS.

Compared with hard-wired systems, EnOcean wireless systems are highly flexible and simple to install. The following instructions simpli-
fy installation. You will find detailed instructions on wireless network planning in the 12-page booklet "EnOcean Wireless Systems – Range
planning Guide" that you can download from www.enocean.com.
1. Wireless signal range

RANGE CONDITIONS
Wireless signals are electromagnetic waves. The field strength Dependent on
at the receiver decreases the further the distance away from the reinforcement and Vertical through 1-2 ceilings
transmitter. The wireless range is therefore limited. antenna design
Obstacles standing in the radio field the also shorten range

compared with line-of-sight links: 2. Partitioning
OBSTACLE REDUCED RANGE So-called radio shadows form behind metal surfaces, e.g. behind
metal partition walls and metal ceilings, behind metal foils of heat
insulation and solid reinforcement in concrete walls. Single thin metal
Wood, plaster, glass uncoated, with no metal 0 – 10 %
strips have very little influence, for example the profile sections in a
Brick, particle board 5 – 35 % plasterboard drywall.
Concrete with iron reinforcement bars 10 – 90 %
It has been observed that radio communications also works with
Metal, aluminium cladding see 2. metal room dividers. This occurs by reflections: metal and concrete
walls reflect radio waves and they travel to neighbouring corridors
The geometric shape of a room determines the radio range since or rooms through openings, e.g. in a wooden door or a glass partition.
propagation is not in the form of a beam but requires a certain The range may be strongly reduced depending on the location. An
volume of space (the radio beam from the transmitter and receiver additional repeater at a suitable location can easily offer alternative
ellipsoidal at their points of focus). Narrow corridors with solid walls radio paths.
are bad for propagation.
External antennas typically have better radio characteristics than Important conditions that reduce radio range:
flush-mounted receivers installed in walls. The type of fitted for the
antennas and the spacing from ceilings, floors and walls all play a Metal partition walls or hollow walls filled with insulation wool
role. backed by metal foil
People and obstacles in a room may reduce range. Suspended ceilings with panels made of metal or carbon fibre
It is therefore essential to integrated some reserve when per- Steel furniture or glass with metal coating
forming range planning to ensure the reliable functioning of the Fitting the pushbutton on a metal wall (typical range loss: 30%)
wireless system even in poor conditions. Use of metal pushbutton frames (typical range loss: 30%)
A sturdy, reliable installation in a building is achieved by integ- Firewalls, staircases and building services areas should be regarded
rating sufficient range reserves. as partitions.
Recommendations from everyday practice:
A partition can be avoided by repositioning the transmitter/
RANGE CONDITIONS receiver antenna out of the radio shadow or by using a repeater.
Under excellent conditions: Large free room,

> 30 m optimum antenna design and good antenna
position.
If there are furniture and persons in the room,

through up to 5 dry plasterboard walls or 2
> 20 m
brick/aerated concrete walls: For transmitters
(planning safety)
and receivers with good antenna design and
good antenna position.
If there are furniture and persons in the room,

through up to 5 plasterboard drywalls or 2
brick/aerated concrete walls: For receivers
T-8 > 10 m
fitted in wall or in ceiling. Or small receiver
(planning safety)
with internal antenna.
Or together with switch/wire antenna on/near
metal. Or a narrow corridor.
OPERATING DISTANCES OF THE ELTAKO WIRELESS
OPERATING DISTANCES BETWEEN SENSORS AND ACTUATORS.
3. Penetration angle 7. Field strength measuring instrument

The angle at which the transmitted signal impinges on the wall plays The wireless level meter Probare P1O (see chapter Z) helps to find
a special role. Signals should penetrate masonry as vertically as the best position for transmitter and receiver.
possible. Wall niches must be avoided. Moreover, it can be used to test link interferences in installed
devices and even identify an interfering transmitter.
4. Antenna installation
The receive antenna or a receiver with an integrated antenna 8. Installation in residential buildings
should not be installed on the same side of the wall as the transmitter. Here there is no real necessity to overcome large radio links.
It is better to install the antenna on adjacent or opposite walls. The If necessary, a central wireless repeater can be installed to amplify
antennas should be spaced from the room corner at a distance of the signal.
>10 cm as far as possible.
9. Installation in industrial buildings
The ideal installation location for the receive antenna is a central To cover large premises, a wireless gateway is typically used as an
position in the room. automation bus (TCP/IP, EIB/KNX, LON, etc.). Planning with a range
radius of 10-12 m offers sufficient security, even if there are the usual
A "magnet foot antenna" (e.g. Eltako FA200 or FA250) must adhere changes to the environmental conditions later.
on a metallic surface that is as large as possible in order to create a
sufficient opposite pole. For example, the simplest installation can
be on a ventilation pipe.
5. Spacings between receiver and other interference sources

The spacing between the receiver and other transmitters (e.g. GSM/
DECT/Wireless LAN) and high-frequency interference sources
(computer, audio and video systems) should be >50 cm.
Eltako transmitters, on the other hand, can be installed without any

problem next to other transmitters and interference sources.
6. Use of repeaters
In case of problems with reception quality, it may be helpful to use a
wireless repeater. The Eltako Repeater FRP61 (see page 3-31) requires
no configuration, only a mains connection. If receives the wireless
signal and passes it on. This almost doubles the range. Eltako repeaters
are switchable to 2-level function and allow more than two repeaters
to be cascaded.
T-9
CONTENTS OF ELTAKO WIRELESS TELEGRAMS
COMMUNICATION WITHIN ELTAKO WIRELESS BUILDING

All Eltako wireless sensors and Eltako wireless actuators communicate within the Eltako wireless network by means of wireless tele-
grams that are formatted using the world-wide standard of EnOcean Alliance. These are the EEPs as described below;
some of them are partly modified to a certain extent. The feedback from the bidirectional actuators to confirm the switch position corre-
spond to those of the PTM215 wireless modules but without the telegram sent when the button is released.
SENSOR TELEGRAMS
F1T65, F1FT65, F1T55E, F1T80, FET55E, FKD, FMH1W, FNS55B, F4USM61B

FNS55EB, FNS65EB, FPE-1 (EEP F6-01-01)
EEP A5-07-01
ORG = 0x05 Data_byte3 = -
Data_byte3 = push = 0x10, release = 0x00 Data_byte2 = -
Data_byte1 = E2, E4 = 0xC8 = semi-automatic motion detection
F2T65, F2T65B, F2FT65, F2FT65B, F2ZT65, F2FZT65B, F2T55E, E1, E3 = 0xFF = fully automatic motion detection
F2T55EB, F2ZT55E, F4CT55, F4CT55E, FZT55, FHS2, FMH2, FMH2S Data_byte0 = 0x08
(EEP F6-02-01) Teach-in telegram: 0x1C080D80
EEP A5-08-01
ORG = 0x05
ORG = 0x07
Data_byte3 = push up = 0x70, push bottom = 0x50, release = 0x00
Data_byte3 = -
Data_byte2 = -
F3Z14D (EEP A5-12-01, 02, 03) Data_byte1 = -
Data_byte0 = 0x0D = motion
Electricity EEP A5-12-01 0x0F = no motion
ORG = 0x07 Teach-in telegram: 0x20080D85
Data_byte3 to Data_byte1 form a 24-bit binary coded number EEP A5-38-08
Data_byte3 = Data Byte 3 (MSB) 0…16777215 Data_byte3 = 0x01
Data_byte2 = Data Byte 2 0…16777215 Data_byte0 = E2, E4 = 0x08 = OFF
Data_byte1 = Data Byte 1 (LSB) 0…16777215 E1, E3 = 0x09 = ON
Data_byte0 = DB0_Bit4 = - Teach-in telegram: 0xE0400D80
DB0_Bit3 = LRN Button (0 = teach-in telegram, 1 = data telegram)
EEP D5-00-01
DB0_Bit2 = data content switchover:
ORG = 0x06
1 = momentary power in watts, 0 = meter status in 0.1 KW/h
Data_byte3 = contact closed -> 0x09
DB0_Bit1 = 0 (fix)
contact open -> 0x08
DB0_Bit0 = 1 (fix)
EEP F6-02-01
Possible values in data telegram:
ORG = 0x05
DB0 = 0x09 -> meter status normal rate in 0,1 KW/h
Data_byte3 = E1 = 0x70, E2 = 0x50, E3 = 0x30, E4 = 0x10, release = 0x00
DB0 = 0x0C -> momentary power in W, normal rate active
DB0 = 0x1C -> momentary power in W, off-peak rate active
Teach-in telegram: 0x48080D80 F6T65B, F6T55B, F6T55EB (EEP F6-02-01)
ID = Base-ID of FAM14 + device addresses of F3Z14D ORG = 0x05
Gas EEP A5-12-02 Teach-in telegram: 0x48100D80 Data_byte3 = 0x70/0x50/0x30/0x10
Water EEP A5-12-03 Teach-in telegram: 0x48180D80 Data_byte3 = 0x70/0x50
release = 0x00
F4T65, F4T65B, F4FT65, F4FT65B, F4PT, FT4F, F4T55E, F4T55EB, Presence telegram according to EEP A5-07-01
F4PT55, FHS4, FMH4, FMH4S, FF8, FMH8 (EEP F6-02-01) Data_byte3 = operating voltage 0..5 V (0..250)
Data_byte2 = -
ORG = 0x05 Data_byte1 = 0xFF
Data_byte3 = push top right = 0x70, push bottom right = 0x50, Data_byte0 = 0x08
push top left = 0x30, push bottom left = 0x10, Teach-in telegram: 0x1C080D80
release = 0x00
FABH130
F4T55B, FT55 (EEP F6-02-01) ORG = 0x05
Data_byte3 = 0x70/0x50 (with rocker) Data_byte3 = 0x70 = motion
= 0x70/0x50/0x30/0x10 (with double rocker) 0x00 = no motion
release = 0x00
T-10
SENSOR TELEGRAMS
FABH65S, FBH65, FBH65S, FBH65TF (EEP A5-08-01 EXCEPTIONS BY FDT65B, FDT55B, FDT55EB, FDTF65B (EEP A5-38-08)
ELTAKO) ORG = 0x07
Expanded brightness range, no Occupancy Button in DB0_Bit0) Data_byte3 = 0x02
ORG = 0x07 Data_byte2 = dimming value in % (0..100)
Data_byte3 = operating voltage 0..5,1 V (0..255) Data_byte1 = 0x01
Data_byte2 = brightness 0..510 lux (0..255) Data_byte0_Bit0: 1 = On, 0 = Off
Data_byte1 = - Teach-in telegram: 0xE0400D80
Data_byte0 = 0x0D = motion
0x0F = no motion
Teach-in telegram: 0x20080D85 FFD
only FBH65TF additionally EEP A5-04-02 ORG = 0x05
Data_byte2 = rel. air humidity 0..100% (0..250) Data_byte3 = 0x70/0x50/0x30/0x10
Data_byte1 = temperature -20..+60°C (0..250) Dimming value acc. to EEP A5-38-08
Teach-in telegram: 0x10100D87 ORG = 0x07
ORG = 0x05 Data_byte3 = 0x02
Data_byte3 = On = 0x70, Off = 0x50 Data_byte2 = dimming value in % (0..100)
Data_byte1 = 0x01
Data_byte0_Bit0: 1 = On, 0 = Off
FAH65S, FIH65S (EEP A5-06-01 EXCEPTIONS BY ELTAKO) Teach-in telegram: 0xE0400D80
ORG = 0x07
Data_byte3 = brightness 0..100 lux (0..100) FFG7B (EEP A5-14-09 OR EEP F6-10-00)
(only valid if DB2 = 0x00) ORG = 0x07
Data_byte2 = brightness 300..30.000 lux (0..255) Data_byte3 = operating voltage: 0..5 V (0..250)
Data_byte1 = - Data_byte0 = 0x08 = window closed
Data_byte0 = 0x0F 0x0E = window open
Teach-in telegram: 0x18080D87 0x0A = window tilted
Teach-in telegram: 0x50480D80
FASM60, FSM14, FSM61 EEP F6-10-00
ORG = 0x05
ORG = 0x05 Data_byte3 = 0xF0 = window closed
Data_byte3 = 0x70/0x50 0xE0 = window open
only FSM14 additionally 0x30/0x10 0xD0 = window tilted
FB65B, FB55B, FB55EB, FBH65SB, FBH55ESB, FBH55SB, FBHF65SB FFGB-hg (EEP A5-14-0A, A5-14-09, A5-14-01, A5-14-03,
(EEP A5-07-01 ODER A5-08-01) A5-14-07, A5-14-08 or F6-10-00)
EEP A5-07-01 FFT65B, FFTF65B, FFT55B, FFT55EB, FTFB, FTFSB, FFT60SB
Data_byte3 = - (EEP A5-04-02 OR A5-04-03)
Data_byte2 = -
Data_byte1 = 0xC8 = semi-automatic motion detection EEP A5-04-02
0xFF = fully automatic motion detection Data_byte2 = rel. air humidity 0..100% (0..250)
Data_byte0 = 0x08 Data_byte1 = temperature -20..+60°C (0..250)
Teach-in telegram: 0x1C080D80 Teach-in telegram: 0x10100D87
Only FBH65SB, FBH55SB, FBHF65SB EEP A5-04-03
FBH mode data telegram acc. to EEP A5-08-01 Data_byte3 = rel. air humidity 0..100% (0..255)
ORG = 0x07 Data_byte2 and 1 = temperature -20..+60°C (0..1023)
Data_byte3 = operating voltage 0..5,1 V (0..255) Teach-in telegram: 0x10180D80
Data_byte2 = brightness 0..510 lux (0..255)
Data_byte1 = - FHD60SB (EEP A5-06-01 UND A5-38-08)
Data_byte0 = 0x0D = motion FAH-Modus: Data telegram acc. to EEP A5-06-01
0x0F = no motion Data_byte3 = brightness 0..100 lux (0..100)
Teach-in telegram: 0x20080D85 (only valid if DB2 = 0x00)
Data_byte2 = brightness 300..30.000 lux (0..255)
Data_byte1 = -
FCO2TF65, FCO2TS (EEP A5-09-04) Data_byte0 = 0x09
ORG = 0x07 Teach-in telegram: 0x18080D80
Data_byte3 = humidity 0..100% (0..200) TF-Modus: data telegram acc. to EEP A5-38-08
Data_byte2 = CO2 value 0..2550ppm (0..255) Data_byte3 = 0x01
Data_byte1 = temperature 0..51°C (0..255) Data_byte0 = 0x08 = OFF
Teach-in telegram: 0x24200D80 0x09 = ON
0x28 = unlock
Teach-in telegram: 0xE0400D80
T-11
SENSOR TELEGRAMS
FHD65SB (EEP A5-06-02 EXCEPTIONS BY ELTAKO) FSM60B

ORG = 0x07 ORG = 0x05
Data_byte3 = operating voltage 0..5,1 V (0..255) Data_byte3 = 0x70 / 0x50 / 0x10 / 0x00
Data_byte2 = brightness 0..1020 lux (0..255) EEP A5-30-01
Data_byte1 = - ORG = 0x07
Data_byte0 = 0x0F Data_byte1 = 0x00 / 0xFF
EEP A5-30-03
FHMB, FRWB (EEP A5-30-03) ORG = 0x07
Data_byte1 = 0x0F / 0x1F
ORG = 0x07
Data_byte3 = 0x00 FSU65D, FSU55D, FSU55ED
Data_byte2 = temperature 0..40°C (255..0)
Data_byte1 = 0x0F = alarm, 0x1F = no alarm ORG = 0x05
Data-Byte0 = 0x08 Data_byte3 = 0x70 = switch on, 0x50 = switch off
Teach-in telegram: 0xC0182D80 Clock telegramm acc. to EEP A5-13-04
Teach-in telegram: 0x4C200D80
FKF65 Tap-radio telegram acc. to EEP A5-38-08
ORG = 0x05 Teach-in telegram: 0xE0400D80
Data_byte3 = 0x10/status (hex) KCG = 0x20
KCS = 0x30 FSDG14, FSS12-12V DC, FWZ14, FWZ12, DSZ14DRS, DSZ14WDRS
(EEP A5-12-01)
FKS-H (EEP A5-20-04)
ORG = 0x07
Data_byte3 = Valve position 0-100% (0..100) Data_byte3 to Data_byte1 form a 24-bit binary coded number
Data_byte2 = (if data_byte0 = 08) flow temperature 20..80°C (0..255) Data_byte3 = Data Byte 3 (MSB) 0…16777215
Data_byte2 = (if data_byte0 = 0A) setpoint temperature 10..30°C (0..255) Data_byte2 = Data Byte 2 0…16777215
Data_byte2 = (if data_byte0 = 09) Data_byte1 = Data Byte 1 (LSB) 0…16777215
Error code 0x12 = battery empty Data_byte0 = DB0_Bit4 = tariff changeover (0 = Normal rate, 1= Off-peak rate)
Data_byte1 = actual temperature 10..30°C (0..255) DB0_Bit3 = LRN Button (0 = teach-in telegram, 1 = data telegram)
Teach-in telegram: 0x80204580 DB0_Bit2 = data content switchover:
1 = momentary power in watts, 0 = meter status in 0.1 KW/h
FLGTF65, FLGTF55, FLGTF55E (EEP A5-09-0C AND A5-04-02) DB0_Bit1 = 0 (fix)
FLT58 (EEP A5-09-05 AND A5-04-02) DB0_Bit0 = 1 (fix)
TVOC data telegram acc. to EEP A5-09-0C
DB0 = 0x09 -> meter status normal rate in 0.1 KW/h
Data_byte3 + Data_byte2 = 0..65535 ppb (0..255) DB0 = 0x19 -> meter status off-peak rate in 0.1 KW/h
Data_byte1 = 0x00 DB0 = 0x0C -> momentary power in W, normal rate active
Data_byte0 = 0x0A DB0 = 0x1C -> momentary power in W, off-peak rate active
Teach-in telegram: 0x24600D80 Teach-in telegram: 0x48080D80 (is sent once at every power-up)
VOC data telegram acc. to EEP A5-09-05 ID = base-ID des FAM14 + device address of DSZ14(W)DRS
Data_byte3 + Data_byte2 = 0..500 In addition, the meter serial number printed on the meter is transmitted every
Data_byte1 = 0x1B 10 minutes.
Data_byte0 = 0x0A The data is divided into 2 consecutive telegrams.
Lerntelegramm: 0x24280D80 1. part: DB0 = 0x8F -> meter serial number = S-AABBCC (A,B,C = 0..9)
Temperature humidity data telegram acc. to EEP A5-04-02 DB1 = 0x00 -> the first 2 digits of the serial number in DB3
Data_byte3 = - DB2 = 0x00
Data_byte2 = rel. air humidity 0..100% (0..250) DB3 = AA
Data_byte1 = temperature -20..+60°C (0..250) 2. part: DB0 = 0x8F -> meter serial number = S-AABBCC (A,B,C = 0..9)
Data_byte0 = 0x0F DB1 = 0x01 -> the last 4 digits of the serial number in DB2 and DB3
Teach-in telegram: 0x10100D87 DB2 = BB
DB3 = CC
FMMS44SB, FMS55SB, FMS55ESB, FMS65ESB (EEP D2-14-41,
D2-14-40, A5-04-01, A5-04-03, A5-02-05, A5-06-02, A5-06-03, FSR61VA, FSVA-230V (EEP A5-12-01)
A5-14-05, ONLY FMMS44SB ADDITIONALLY D2-00-01) ORG = 0x07
Data_byte3 to Data_byte1 form a 24-bit binary coded number
FNS55B, FNS55EB, FNS65EB (EEP F6-01-01) Data_byte3 = Data Byte 3 (MSB) 0…16777215
Data_byte2 = Data Byte 2 0…16777215
ORG = 0x05 Data_byte1 = Data Byte 1 (LSB) 0…16777215
Data_byte3 = Hand in the detection area = 0x10, Hand away = 0x00 Data_byte0 = DB0_Bit4 = 0 (fix)
DB0_Bit3 = LRN Button
FRW (0 = teach-in telegram, 1 = data telegram)
DB0_Bit2 = switchover data content:
ORG = 0x05
1 = momentary power in watts,
Data_byte3 = 0x10 = alarm
DB0_Bit1 = 0 (fixed)
0x00 = alarm-end
DB0_Bit0 = 1 (fixed)
T-12 0x30 = battery voltage < 7.2 V
DB0 = 0x0C -> momentary power in W, normal rate active
Teach-in telegram: 0x48080D80 (is sent once on every power-up)
SENSOR TELEGRAMS
FSTAP, FSMTB FTR78S (EEP A5-10-03)

ORG = 0x05 ORG = 0x07
Data_byte3 = 0x70 = key right Data_byte3 = -
0x50 = key left Data_byte2 = setpoint temperature 8..30°C (0..255)
0x00 = key center Data_byte1 = actual temperature 0..40°C (255..0)
Data-byte0 = -
FS55, FS55E, FS65E (EEP F6-02-01) Teach-in telegram: 0x40182D80
ORG = 0x05
Data_byte3 = push top = 0x76 FTR86B (EEP A5-10-06)
push bottom = 0x56
ORG = 0x07
FTF65S (EEP A5-02-05) Data_byte2 = setpoint temperature 0..40°C (0..255)
Settable range: 12..28°C
ORG = 0x07
Data_byte3 = - Data_byte1 = actual temperature 0..40°C (255..0)
Data_byte2 = - Data_byte0 = 0x0F
Data_byte1 = actual temperature 0..40°C (255..0) Teach-in telegram: 0x40300D87
Data_byte0 = 0x0F
Teach-in telegram: 0x08280D87 FTS14EM (ONLY TELEGRAMS FOR THE ELTAKO-RS485-BUS)
FTK, FTKB, FFKB, FTKB-gr (EEP D5-00-01) Depending on the set ID range (addition of lower rotary switch + upper rotary
switch + 1000) the following basic ID's arise.
ORG = 0x06
Example for group 1: 1 (bottom rotary switch) +0 (top rotary switch) +1000
Data_byte3 = contact closed -> 0x09
contact open -> 0x08 = basis- ID = 1001
Data_byte2 = - Example for group 1: 1 (bottom rotary switch) +90 (top rotary switch) +1000 =
Data_byte1 = - basis- ID = 1091
Data_byte0 = - Example for group 5: 401 (bottom rotary switch) +30 (top rotary switch)
Teach-in telegram: 0x00000000 +1000 = basis- ID = 1431
only FTKB-rw and FFKB additionally ORG = 0x05
ORG = 0x07 Setting UT
Data_byte2 = battery voltage 0..5V (0..255)
Data_byte3 = battery voltage 0..5V (0..255) Data_byte3 = control of +E1 -> 0x70 (basis-ID +0)
control of +E2 -> 0x50 (basis-ID +1)
FTKE, FFTE (EEP F6-10-00) control of +E3 -> 0x30 (basis-ID +2)
ORG = 0x05
Data_byte3 = 0xF0 = window closed
0xE0 = window open
FTR65DSB, FTR55DSB, FTR55EHB, FTR55ESB, FTR65HB, control of +E9 -> 0x70 (basis-ID +8)
FTRF65HB, FTR55HB, FTR65SB, FTRF65SB, FTR55SB control of +E10 -> 0x50 (basis-ID +9)
Operating mode TF61: EEP A5-38-08 Automatically pairs are formed with straight ID. when set to RT:
Teach-in telegram: 0xE0400D80 +E1/+E2, +E3/+E4, +E5/+E6, +E7/+E8, +E9/+E10
Data telegram: OFF = 0x01000008 If the control of a control input will be finished, a telegram with the respective
ON = 0x01000009 ID and Data_byte3 = 0x00 will be created.
Hysteresis: 1° Data_byte2 = not used (0x00)
Operating mode FHK: EEP A5-10-06 Data_byte1 = not used (0x00)
Teach-in telegram: 0x40300D87 Data_byte0 = not used (0x00)
Data_byte2 = Setpoint temperature 0..40°C (0..255) The control inputs can either be activated for buttons (delivery status), win-
Settable range: 12..28°C dow-door contacts or motion detectors.
Frost symbol = 8°C All control inputs can be inverted.
Data_byte1 = actual temperature 0..40°C (255..0)
Data_byte0 = 0x0F FTTB (EEP A5-07-01)
ORG = 0x07
FTR65HS, FTAF65D, FTAF55D, FTAF55ED Data_byte3 = operating voltage 0..5V (0..255)
(EEP A5-10-06 PLUS DATA_BYTE3) Data_byte2 = -
Data_byte1 = 0xF0
ORG = 0x07
Data_byte0 = 0x0F
Data_byte3 = night reduction 0-5°K in 1° steps
0x00 = 0°K, 0x06 = 1°K, 0x0C = 2°K, 0x13 = 3°K, 0x19 = 4°K, 0x1F = 5°K Presence telegram: 0x1C080D80
Data_byte2 = Setpoint temperature 0..40°C (0..255) Pushbutton telegram:
Settable range: 12..28°C ORG = 0x05
Data_byte1 = actual temperature 0..40°C (255..0) Data_byte3 = 0x70
Data_byte0 = 0x0F
T-13
SENSOR TELEGRAMS
FUTH65D, FUTH55D, FUTH55ED (EEP A5-10-06 AND A5-10-12)

EEP A5-10-06
Data_byte3 = night reduction 0..5°K in 1° steps
Data_byte2 = setpoint temperature 0..40°C (0..255)
Settable range: 8..40°C
Data_byte1 = actual temperature 0..40°C (255..0)
Data_byte0 = 0x0F
EEP A5-10-12
Data_byte3 = setpoint air humidity 0..100%
Settable range: 10..90%
Data_byte2 = rel. air humidity 0..100% (0..250)
Data_byte1 = temperature 0..40°C (0..250)
Data_byte0 = 0x08
FWS61 (EEP A5-13-01 AND 02)

The FWS61 has two telegrams to one data set, which are sent successively.
In the telegrams last Byte (UU or YY) it can be identified, which telegram part is
involved.
Telegram part 1: 0xRRSSTTUU
- RR is the twilight sensor which supplies data from 0..1000Lux (0..255)
e.g.: 0x7A = 122; 122*1000/255 = 478lux
- SS is the temperature which lies between -40°C..+80°C (0..255)
e.g.: 0x2C = 44; 44*120/255 = 20,7 a lower 40 after that -40+20,7 = -19,3°C
e.g.: 0x6F = 111; 111*120/255 = 52,2 a not lower then 40 after that 52,2-40 = 12,2°C
- TT is the wind speed which lies between 0..70 m/s (0..255)
e.g.: 0x55 = 85; 85*70/255 = 23 m/s
- UU is either 0x1A with "rain" or 0x18 with "no rain".
Telegram part 2: 0xVVWWXXYY
- VV is the solar value of the west sensor 0..150kLux (0..255)
e.g.: 0x44 = 68; 68*150/255 = 40 klux
- WW is the solar value of the south sensor 0..150kLux (0..255)
- XX is the value of the east sensor 0..150kLux (0..255)
- YY is always 0x28
Teach-in telegram: 0x4C080D80
FWS81 (EEP F6-05-01)

ORG = 0x05
Data_byte3 = 0x11 Status 0x30 = water
0x11 Status 0x20 = no water
FZS65
ORG = 0x05
Data_byte3 = 0x30 = pull, 0x00= release
eTronic (EEP A5-14-01)

ORG = 0x07
Data_byte3 = voltage 0..5V (0..250)
Data_byte0 = 0x90000008 = window closed
0x90000009 = window open
Teach-in telegram: 0x50081680
mTronic (EEP A5-14-0A)

ORG = 0x07
Data_byte3 = operating voltage 0..5V (0..250)
Data_byte0 = 0x08 = window closed
0x0E = window open
0x0A = window tilted
Data_byte0.0: 0 = no alarm, 1 = alarm
Teach-in telegram: 0x50501680
T-14
ACTIVATION TELEGRAMS FROM THE GFVS SOFTWARE
FSR61, FSR61NP, FSR61G, FSR61LN, FLC61NP FDG14, FDG71L, FKLD61, FLD61, FRGBW14, FRGBW71L,
FSG14/1-10V, FSG71/1-10V, FSUD-230V, FUD14, FUD14-800W,
Direct switching command, FUNC=38, Command 1, (like EEP A5-38-08). FUD61NP, FUD61NPN, FUD71
There is the possibility to block the switching state with absolut priority Direct transfer of dimming value from 0 to 100%, similar to FUNC=38,
so that it cannot be changed by other taught-in pushbuttons. Command 2 (like EEP A5-38-08).
ORG = 0x07 ORG = 0x07
Data_byte3 = 0x01 Data_byte3 = 0x02
Data_byte2 = no used Data_byte2 = dimming value in % from 0 to 100 dec.
Data_byte1 = no used Data_byte1 = dimming speed
Data_byte0 = DB0_Bit3 = LRN Button 0x00 = the dimming speed set on the dimmer is used.
(0 = teach-in telegram, 1 = data telegram) 0x01 = very fast dimming speed …. to …
DBO_Bit2 = 1: block switching state,
0xFF = very slow dimming speed
0: do not block switching state
Data_byte0 = DB0_Bit3 = LRN Button
DBO_Bit0 = 1: switching output ON, (0 = )
0: switching output OFF DB0_Bit0 = 1: Dimmer ON, 0: Dimmer OFF.
Teach-in telegram DB3..DB0 must look like this: 0xE0, 0x40, 0x0D, 0x80 DB0_Bit2 = 1: Block dimming value
Data telegrams have to look like date: 0: Dimming value not blocked
0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x09 (switching output ON, not blocked) Teach-in telegram BD3..DB0 must look like this: 0xE0, 0x40, 0x0D, 0x80
0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x08 (switching output OFF, not blocked) only FSUD-230V: 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00
0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0D (switching output ON, blocked)
0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0C (switching output OFF, blocked) Data telegrams BD3..DB0 must look like this, for example:
0x02, 0x32, 0x00, 0x09 (dimmer on at 50% and internal dimming speed)
0x02, 0x64, 0x01, 0x09 (dimmer on at 100% and fastest dimming speed)
FSB14, FSB61, FSB71 0x02, 0x14, 0xFF, 0x09 (dimmer on at 20% and slowest dimming speed)
0x02, 0x.., 0x.., 0x08 (dimmer off)
Direct drive command with specification of runtime in s.
FUNC=3F, Typ=7F (universal). Separately for each channel.
ONLY FRGBW14, FRGBW71L AND FWWKW71L: FREE PROFILE
ORG = 0x07
Data_byte3 = runtime in 100ms MSB
(EEP 07-3F-7F)
Data_byte2 = runtime in 100ms LSB, or runtime in seconds 1-255 dec, the Teach-in telegram DB3..DB0: 0xFF, 0xF8, 0x0D, 0x87
runtime setting on the device is ignored. Confirmation telegram: DB3..DB0: 0xFF, 0xF8, 0x0D, 0x86
Data_byte1 = command: Data telegrams:
0x00 = Stop Data_byte0 = 0x0F = GFVS (FRGBW71L master)
0x01 = Up 0x0E = confirmation telegram
0x02 = Down Data_byte1 = 0x02 = request confirmation telegram
0x10 = dimming value red
(0 = teach-in telegram, 1 = data telegram)
(DB3-DB2 = dimming value in 10Bit)
DB0_Bit2 = Lock/unlock the actuator for pushbutton
(0 = unlock, 1 = lock) 0x11 = dimming value green
DB0_Bit1 = change between runtime in seconds
or in 100 ms. 0x12 = dimming value blue
(0 = runtime only in DB2 in seconds)
0x13 = dimming value white
(1 = runtime in DB3 (MSB) + DB2 (LSB) in 100 ms.)
Teach-in telegram BD3..DB0 must look like this: 0xFF, 0xF8, 0x0D, 0x80
It is possible to interrupt at any time by pressing taught-in buttons! 0x30 = dim up
(DB3 = dimming speed, DB2 = colour)
FSR14-2x, FSR14-4x, FSR14M-2x, FSR14SSR, FSR71 Bit0 = red, Bit1 = green, Bit2 = blue, Bit3 = white)
0x31 = dim down
Direct switching command, FUNC=38, Command 1, (like EEP A5-38-08). (DB3 = dimming speed, DB2 = colour)
Separately for each channel. 0x32 = dimming stop
There is the possibility to block the switching state with absolut priority so that (DB3 = dimming speed, DB2 = colour)
it cannot be changed by other taught-in pushbuttons.
data telegrams FWWKW71L:
ORG = 0x07 Data_byte0 = 0x0F = GFVS (FWWKW71L master)
Data_byte3 = 0x01 0x0E = confirmation telegram
Data_byte2 = no used
Data_byte1 = no used Data_byte1 = 0x02 = request confirmation telegram
Data_byte0 = DB0_Bit3 = LRN Button 0x10 = dimming value warm white
(0 = teach-in telegram, 1 = data telegram) (DB3-DB2 = dimming value in 10Bit)
DBO_Bit2 = 1: block switching state, 0x11 = dimming value cold white
0: do not block switching state (DB3-DB2 = dimming value in 10Bit)
DBO_Bit0 = 1: switching output ON, 0x30 = dim up
0: switching output OFF (DB3 = dimming speed, DB2 = colour,
Bit0 = warm white, Bit1 = cold white)
Teach-in telegram DB3..DB0 must look like this: 0xE0, 0x40, 0x0D, 0x80
0x31 = dim down
Data telegrams have to look like date: (DB3 = dimming speed, DB2 = colour)
0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x09 (switching output ON, not blocked)
0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x08 (switching output OFF, not blocked)
0x32 = dimming stop T-15
(DB3 = dimming speed, DB2 = colour)
0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0D (switching output ON, blocked)
0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0C (switching output OFF, blocked)
ACTIVATION TELEGRAMS FROM THE GFVS SOFTWARE
FHK61SSR FL62-230V, FL62NP-230V, FR62-230V, FR62NP-230V

Direct transfer of PWM value from 0 to 100%. Direct switching command, FUNC=38, Command 1, (like EEP A5-38-08).
ORG = 0x07 There is the possibility to block the switching state with absolut priority
Data_byte3 = 0x02 so that it cannot be changed by other taught-in pushbuttons.
Data_byte2 = PWM value in % from 0 to 100 dec. ORG = 0x07
Data_byte1 = PWM basic time T in 10 second steps Data_byte3 = 0x01
from 1-100 dec., e.g. 12:T = 120 seconds Data_byte2 = no used
Data_byte0 = DB0_Bit3 = LRN Button Data_byte1 = no used
(0 = teach-in telegram, 1 = data telegram) Data_byte0 = DB0_Bit3 = LRN Button
DB0_Bit1 = 1: Repeater on, 0: Repeater off. (0 = teach-in telegram, 1 = data telegram)
DB0_Bit0 = 1: PWM on, 0: PWM off. DBO_Bit2 = 1: block switching state, 0: do not block switching state
Teach-in telegram DB3..DB0 have to look like this: 0xE0, 0x40, 0x00, 0x80 DBO_Bit0 = 1: switching output ON, 0: switching output OFF
Data telegrams DB3..DB0 have to look like this for example: DB0_Bit5 = 1: Teach-in mode activation, 3x within 2s = delete GFVS-ID
0x02, 0x2D, 0x0A, 0x09 (PWM on with 45% and T = 100 seconds, repeater off) Teach-in telegram: 0xE0400D80
0x02, 0x64, 0x18, 0x09 (PWM on with 100% and T = 240 seconds, repeater off) Unlock teach-in mode: 0x00000028
0x02, 0x14, 0x12, 0x0B (PWM on with 20% and T = 180 seconds, repeater on)
Request confirmation telegram: 0x00000008
FD62NP-230V, FD62NPN-230V
Direct transfer of dimming value from 0 to 100%, similar to FUNC=38,
Command 2 (like EEP A5-38-08).
ORG = 0x07
Data_byte3 = 0x02
Data_byte2 = dimming value in % from 0 to 100 dec.
Data_byte1 = dimming speed: 0x01 = very fast
-0xFF = very slow
DB0_Bit0 = 1: Dimmer ON, 0: Dimmer OFF.
DB0_Bit2 = 1: Block dimming value, 0: Dimming value not blocked
DB0_Bit5 = 1: Teach-in mode activation, 3x within 2s = delete GFVS-ID
Teach-in telegram: 0xE0400D80
Unlock teach-in mode: 0x00000028
Request confirmation telegram: 0x00000008
FJ62/12-36V DC, FJ62NP-230V

Direct drive command with specification of runtime in s.
FUNC=3F, Typ=7F (universal).
ORG = 0x07
Data_byte3 = Runtime in 100ms MSB
Data_byte2 = Runtime in 100 ms LSB, or runtime in seconds
1-255 dez.
Data_byte1 = command: 0x00 = Stop, 0x01 = Up, 0x02 = Down
DB0_Bit2 = Lock/unlock the actuator for pushbutton
(0 = unlock, 1 = lock)
DB0_Bit1 = change between runtime in seconds
or in 100ms.
(0 = runtime only in DB2 in seconds)
(1 = runtime in DB3 (MSB) + DB2 (LSB) in 100ms.)
DB0_Bit5 = 1: Teach-in mode activation, 3x within 2s = delete GFVS-ID
Teach-in telegram: 0xFFF80D80
Unlock teach-in mode: 0x00000028
T-16
CONFIRMATION TELEGRAMS OF BIDIRECTIONAL ACTUATORS
FHK61U-230V FSB61NP-230V, FSB71, FJ62/12-36V DC, FJ62NP-230V

Every time the internal switching relay changes state, a PTM200 telegram ORG= 0x05
containing the unique ID of the integrated TCM300 is sent after approx. 300 ms. Data_byte3 = 0x70 = upper stop position, 0x50 = lower stop position,
ORG = 0x05 0x01 = Start up, 0x02 = Start down
Data_byte3 = 0x70 = relay ON, 0x50 = relay OFF
Remark: ON 0x00 (would be equivalent to button released) is never sent. If the actuator is stopped before the end of RV, only the actual elapsed time
is sent indicating the direction in a ORG7 message with the same ID! This is
also the info that the engine has stopped now.
FHK61-230V, FHK61SSR-230V ORG = 0x07
PTM200 telegram Data_byte3 = driving time in 100 ms MSB
ORG=0x05 Data_byte2 = driving time in 100 ms LSB
Data_byte3 = 0x70 = normal mode, Data_byte1 = 0x01 = driven up or 0x02 = driven down
0x50 = night reduction (-4°K) Data_byte0 = 0x0A (not blocked) or 0x0E (blocked)
0x30 = setback mode (-2°K), 0x10 = OFF Remark: The RV time must be set on the device so that the end position is
(frost protection active) always reached. If the roller shutter is already at an end position, the relay is
In addition every telegram received from a taught-in temperature sensor switched on receipt of a drive command anyway (0x01 or 0x02 is sent) and it is
(e.g. B. FTR55H) is repeated as a confirmation telegram. switched off on expiry of the RV. (0x70 or 0x50 is sent).
FHK61SSR-230V FLC61NP-230V, FSR61-230V, FSR61/8-24V, FSR61LN-230V, FSR61NP-

230V, FSR61VA-10A, FSR71, FSSA-230V, FSVA-230V, FTN61NP-230V,
Every time a PWM data telegram is received the same telegram is send with FL62-230V, FL62NP-230V, FR62-230V, FR62NP-230V
the unique ID of the integrated TCM 300.
Every time the the internal switching relay state changes, a PTM200
At activation or deactivation of the thaw signal input a PTM200 telegram telegram containing the unique ID of the integrated TCM300 is sent after
containing the unique ID of the integrated TCM 300 will be send. approx. 300-400 ms. With central commands (ZE/ZA) the relay state is also
Cyclically every 15 minutes a status signal will be send. sent if the state already corresponds to the required state.
ORG = 0x05 ORG = 0x05
Data_byte3 = 0x70 = thaw signal input active, Data_byte3 = 0x70 = relay ON, 0x50 = relay OFF
0x50 = thaw signal input inactive Remark: ON 0x00 (would be equivalent to button released) is never sent.
FMS61NP-230V FDG71L, FRGBW71L, FSG71/1-10V, FSUD-230V, FUD61NP-230V,

FUD61NPN-230V, FUD71, FD62NP-230V, FD62NPN-230V
Every time the internal switching relay 1 changes state, a PTM200 telegram
Every time the dimmer is switched on or off, a PTM200 telegram containing the
containing the unique ID of the integrated TCM300 is sent after approx.
unique ID or base ID of the integrated TCM300 is sent after approx. 300-400 ms.
300ms. Relay 2 sends this message after approx. 1000 ms.
ORG = 0x05
With central commands (ZE/ZA), the relay state is also sent if the state Data_byte3 = 0x70 = dimmer ON, 0x50 = dimmer OFF
already corresponds to the desired state.
In addition, approx. 1 second after reaching the required dimming value, a 4BS
ORG = 0x05 telegram containing the unique ID or base ID of the integrated TCM300 is also
Data_byte3 = 0x70 = channel 1 ON, 0x50 = channel 1 OFF sent.
0x30 = channel 2 ON, 0x10 = channel 2 OFF ORG = 0x07
Remark: ON 0x00 (would be equivalent to button released) is never sent. Data_byte3 = 0x02
Data_byte2 = dimming value in % of 0-100 dec .
FMZ61-230V Data_byte1 = 0x00
Data_byte0 = 0x08 = dimmer OFF, 0x09 = dimmer ON.
Every time the the internal switching relay changes state, a PTM200 Caution: No teach-in telegram containing ORG=7 can be generated.
telegram containing the unique ID of the integrated TCM300 is sent after Caution: Two telegram kinds (ORG=5, ORG=7) containing the same ID are sent!
approx. 300-400 ms. only FRGBW71L: channel1 red = Base ID+1
With central commands (ZE/ZA), the relay state is also sent if the state channel2 green = Base ID+2
already corresponds to the desired state. channel3 blue = Base ID+3
ORG = 0x05 channel4 white = Base ID+4
Data_byte3 = 0x70 = relay ON, 0x50 = relay OFF all channels = Base ID+5
Remark: ON 0x00 (would be equivalent to button released) is never sent. Master telegramm = Base ID+6
only FWWKW71L: channel1 warm white = Base ID+1
channel2 cold white = Base ID+2
all channels = Base ID+3
Master telegramm = Base ID+4
To teach-in reply confirmation telegrams of bidirectional actuators into other

actuators or into the software GFVS the local control input has to be used to
change the switching position and to simultanously send the confirmation T-17
telegrams.
SERIES 14 CONFIRMATION TELEGRAM
As soon as Series 14 actuators receive a device address, the FAM14 Note: Depending on the number of actuators on the bus, there may
can request actuators for confirmation telegrams. The confirmation be a time lapse of up to 10 seconds before a confirmation telegram
telegrams are then radioed by the FAM14. The ID of the radioed tele- is requested and radioed. If fast confirmation is expected by certain
grams is identical to the Base ID of the TCM300 in the FAM14 plus actuators, a device list for confirmation telegrams must be generated
the device address. Multichannel actuators have consecutive device via the PCT14. The actuator must be entered several times in the
addresses corresponding to the number of channels. device list. The FAM14 must then be operated in operating mode 5.
CONFIRMATION TELEGRAMS OF BIDIRECTIONAL ACTUATORS.
FDG14, FRGBW14, FSG14/1-10V, FUD14, FUD14/800W FMSR14

Here you can select 2 confirmation telegrams in the PCT14 configuration The FMSR14 evaluates the MS multisensor data which is fed to the Eltako
independently of each other. wireless network by the FWS61 transmitter module.
1. PTM200 telegram ORG=0x05 The data contains measured values for sunlight from 3 cardinal points, light
Data_byte3: 0x70 = Dimmer ON, values to evaluate twilight, and wind speed in m/s.
0x50 = Dimmer OFF In addition there are signals for rain and frost.
2. 4BS telegram with dimming value The device occupies 5 device addresses, providing confirmation telegrams
ORG = 0x07 for each of the 3 parameters and the 2 signals containing confirmation
Data_byte3 = 0x02 telegrams with an individual ID.
Data_byte2 = Dimming value in %
Data_byte1 = 0x00 Limits can be set using the PCT14 configuration for the measured values
Data_byte0 = 0x08 = Dimmer OFF, of sunlight, twilight and wind speed. If these parameters are exceeded or
0x09 = Dimmer ON overshot, telegrams containing Data_byte3 = 0x70 or 0x50 (selectable) are
generated.
As soon as the limits are no longer exceeded or overshot, a telegram contai-
FSB14 ning Data_byte3 = 0x00 is generated.
The signals for frost and rain are also converted into telegrams containing
Per channel: PTM200 telegram
ORG=0x05 Data_byte3 = 0x70 or 0x50 (selectable).
Data_byte3 = 0x70 = end position top, When the signals are cancelled, telegrams containing Data_byte3 = 0x00 are
0x50 = end position bottom generated.
0x01 = start up,
0x02 = start down
If the actuator is stopped before the end of RV, only the actual elapsed time
FSU14
is sent indicating the direction in a ORG7 message with the same ID! This is The 8 timer channels correspond to the 8 device addresses of the FSU14.
also the info that the engine has stopped now. Switch on/off commands are generated in the form of confirmation tele-
ORG = 0x07 grams depending on the programmed switching times for the individual
Data_byte3 = driving time in 100ms MSB channels:
Data_byte2 = driving time in 100ms LSB PTM200 telegrams ORG=0x05
Data_byte1 = 0x01 = driven up or 0x02 = driven down Data_byte3 = 0x70 = switch ON,
0x50 = switch OFF
Data_byte0 = 0x0A (not blocked) or 0x0E (blocked)
Clock telegram (EEP A5-13-04) with the current time (hour and minute) and the
Remark: The RV time must be set on the device so that the end position is day of the week.
always reached. If the roller shutter is already at an end position, the relay is
switched on receipt of a drive command anyway (0x01 or 0x02 is sent) and it is Teach-in clock telegram DB3..DB0: 0x4C, 0x20, 0x0D, 0x80
switched off on expiry of the RV. (0x70 or 0x50 is sent).
F2L14, FMS14, FMZ14, FSR14-2x, FSR14-4x, FSR14M-2x, FSR14SSR,

FAE14LPR, FAE14SSR, F4HK14, FHK14 FTN14
Per channel: PTM200 telegram With multichannel actuators per channel:
ORG=0x05 PTM200 telegram ORG=0x05
Data_byte3 = 0x70 = normal mode,
0x50 = night reduction (-4°K) Data_byte3: 0x70 = relay ON, 0x50 = relay OFF
0x30 = setback mode (-2°K), 0x10 = OFF
(frost protection active)
In addition every telegram received from a taught-on
T-18 temperature sensor (e.g. FTR55H) is repeated as a
confirmation telegram.
S
ALL SPECIFICATIONS AT A GLANCE.
Type comparison table, warranty regulations,
terms of delivery and index
Type comparison table S-2
Warranty regulations S-4
Terms of delivery S-4
Index S-5
S-1
TYPE COMPARISON TABLE
FOR ELTAKO SERIES 11 IN COMPARISON WITH THE UP-TO-DATE SERIES 12.

Devices of Series 12, which have not existed in former series and which have still the same type name, are not listed here.
ELECTRONIC IMPULSE SWITCHES ELECTRONIC SWITCHING RELAYS, CONTROL RELAYS AND COUPLING RELAYS
Series 11 Series 12 Changes Up-to-date Page Series 11 Series 12 Changes Up-to-date Page
ES12-8..230V, ER11-001- ER12-001- ER12-001- 12-5

ES12-100- ES12DX- 11-3
8..24V, 230V,12V ER12-100- ER12DX- 12-3
ES11-100- ES12-100- ES12DX- 11-3 ER11-200- ER12-200- ER12-200- 12-4
ES12-001- ES12-110- 11-6 ER11-002- ER12-002- ER12-002- 12-5
ES11-110- ES12-110- ES12-110- 11-6 EKR11-001- EKR12-001- ER12-001- 12-5
ES11-200- ES12-200- ES12-200- 11-5 ER12P- EUD12M- EUD12D- 9-4
ES12-2x- ES12M- ESR12DDX- 11-8 ER12NP- ESR12NP- 12-7
ESR12M- ESR12DDX- 11-8 ER12M- ESR12M- ESR12DDX- 12-8
ES12-400- ES12-4x ESR12Z-4DX- 11-10
ELECTROMECHANICAL IMPULSE SWITCHES
ES12Z-4x ESR12Z-4DX- 11-10
Series 11 Series 12 Changes Up-to-date Page
ES12NP- ESR12NP- 11-7
ES11.2-001- ES12.2-001- ES12Z-110- 11-9 S11-100- S12-100- S12-100- 18-2
ES11.3- ES12Z- ES12Z-200- 11-9 S11-110- S12-110- S12-110- 18-2
ES11.4- ES12Z- ES12Z-200- 11-9 S11-200- S12-200- S12-200- 18-2
ES11.1- ES12.9- ESV12NP- ESR12NP- 11-7 SS11-110- SS12-110- SS12-110- 18-2
ESV12- ESR12NP- 11-7 GS11-110- GS12-110- ESR12DDX- 11-8
ESV12.1- ESR12NP- 11-7 S11-400- S12-400- S12-400- 18-3
ES12.1NP ES12Z-200- 11-9 S11-310- S12-310- S12-310- 18-3
ES12.1-8..230V ES12Z-200- 11-9 S11-220- S12-220- S12-220- 18-3
ES11.2-100- ES12.2-100- ES12Z-100- ES12Z-200- 11-9 ELECTROMECHANICAL SWITCHING RELAYS
ES11.2-110- ES12.2-110- ES12Z-110- 11-9
ES11.2-200- ES12.2-200- ES12Z-200- 11-9
R11-100- R12-100- R12-100- 19-2
ES12.3-001- ES12.1-110- ES12Z-110- 11-9
R11-110- R12-110- R12-110- 19-2
ES12.4-001- ES12Z-110- 11-9
R11-200- R12-200- R12-200- 19-2
ES12.5-001- ES12Z-110- 11-9
R11-020- R12-020-230 V R12-020-230 V 19-2
ES12.6-200- ES12.1-200- ES12Z-200- 11-9
R11-400- R12-400- R12-400- 19-2
ES12.7-200- ES12Z-200- 11-9
R11-310- R12-310- R12-310- 19-2
ES12.8-200- ES12.1-200- ES12Z-200- 11-9
R11-220- R12-220- R12-220- 19-2
S12.2-, XS12.2- ES12Z- 11-9
12-4
ES12.1-500- ES12.1-4x- ESR12Z-4DX- 11-10 VR11- VR12- ER12-
12-5
ES12.1-400- ESR12Z-4DX- 11-10
STAIRCASE TIME SWITCHES, OFF-DELAY TIMERS
S12.3-, XS12.3- ES12Z-4x ESR12Z-4DX- 11-10
Series 12 Changes Changes Up-to-date Page
UNIVERSAL DIMMER SWITCHES
TLZ12.0- TLZ12E- TLZ12-8E TLZ12-8plus 15-3
Series 12 Changes Changes Up-to-date Page
TLZ12.0E- TLZ12-8E TLZ12-8plus 15-3
ESD12- ESD12U- EUD12NPN- 9-3 TLZ12- TLZ12NP TLZ12D- TLZ12D-plus 15-6
ESD12.2- ESD12.2U- EUD12Z- EUD12D- 9-4 TLZ12.1- TLZ12M TLZ12D- TLZ12D-plus 15-6
ES12.1P-/ TLZ12.2- TLZ12-8E TLZ12-8plus 15-3
ESV12.2P- EUD12D- 9-4
EUD12M-
TLZ12.3- TLZ12-8E TLZ12-8plus 15-3
ESD12.2- ESD12.2U- EUD12Z- EUD12D- 9-4
+ ELD12- + EUL12- + LUD12- + LUD12- 9-7 TLZ12.4- TLZ12M.1 TLZ12D- TLZ12D-plus 15-6
ESD12UF EUD12F 9-5 TLZ12-8E-230 V

TLZ12-8plus 15-3
+8..230 V UC
TLZ12.9- TLZ12-9E TLZ12-9 15-7
TLZ12P-/
TLZ12.4P- EUD12D- 9-4
EUD12M-
S-2
TYPE COMPARISON TABLE
FOR ELTAKO SERIES 11 IN COMPARISON WITH THE UP-TO-DATE SERIES 12 AND 15.
Devices of Series 12, which have not existed in former series and which have still the same type name, are not listed here.
MAINS DISCONNECTING RELAYS SINGLE-PHASE ENERGY METERS

Series 11 Series 12 Changes Up-to-date Page Series 12 Changes Changes Up-to-date Page
FR11-100- FR12-100- FR12.1- FR12- 14-3 WSZ12-20A WSZ12-32A WSZ12DE-32A WSZ15DE-32A 10-12
FR12.0- FR12- 14-3 WSZ12B-20A WSZ12B-25A WSZ12D-32A WSZ15D-32A 10-10
TIME RELAYS WSZ12-65A WSZ12B-65A WSZ12D-65A WSZ15D-65A 10-11
EWZ12-32A WSZ12DE-32A WSZ15DE-32A 10-12
MFZ11- MFZ12- MFZ12.1- MFZ12DX- 13-4 THREE-PHASE ENERGY METERS

EZ11.2- EZ12.2- EZ12RV- RVZ12DX- 13-14 Series 12 Changes Changes Up-to-date Page
EZ11.3- EZ12.3- EZ12AV- AVZ12DX- 13-11 DSZ12B-3x65A DSZ12D-3x65A DSZ12D-3x80A DSZ15D-3x80A 10-3
EZ11.4- EZ12.4- EZ12TI- TGI12DX- 13-15 DSZ12B-T2-
DSZ12D-3x65A DSZ12D-3x80A DSZ15D-3x80A 10-3
EZ11.5- EZ12.5- EZ12EW- EAW12DX- 13-12 3x65A
EZ12EAW- EAW12DX- 13-12 EDZ12B-3x65A DSZ12D-3x65A DSZ12D-3x80A DSZ15D-3x80A 10-3
EZ11.6- EZ12.6- EZ12AW- EAW12DX- 13-12 EDZ12B-T2-
DSZ12D-3x65A DSZ12D-3x80A DSZ15D-3x80A 10-3
3x65A
EZ12.9- EZ12SRV- MFZ12DX- 13-4
EDZ12WB-5A DSZ12WD-3x5A DSZ15WD-3x5A 10-6
EZ12ARV- MFZ12DX- 13-4
DMZ12 MFZ12DDX- 13-6 EDZ12WS-5A DSZ12WD-3x5A DSZ15WD-3x5A 10-6
DMZ12- DMZ12.1- MFZ12DDX- 13-6 ON/OFF SWITCHES, MOMENTARY CONTACT SWITCHES, INDICATOR
DZ12.2- DZ12RV- MFZ12DDX- 13-6 LIGHTS
DZ12.3- DZ12AV- MFZ12DDX- 13-6 Series 11 Series 12 Changes Up-to-date Page
DZ12.4- DZ12TI- MFZ12DDX- 13-6
PK12-3- P3K12- 14-9
DZ12.5- DZ12EW- MFZ12DDX- 13-6
DZ12.6- DZ12AW- MFZ12DDX- 13-6
DZ12.9- DZ12SRV- MFZ12DDX- 13-6
* If controlled only by a LS and/or WS the USR12- can also be replaced
TI12P- EUD12M- EUD12D- 9-4
by a LRW12D-. The MSR12- needs a multi sensor MS.
SHADING SYSTEMS AND ROLLER SHUTTER CONTROL

EGS11.2/.3- EGS12-200- EGS12.1- EGS12Z- 16-6

EGS11.2/.3- EGS12-200- EGS12.2- EGS12Z2- 16-7
USR12-* MSR12- 16-4
LSR12- LDW12- LRW12D- 16-5
MTR12-400 MTR12- 16-7
FOR ELTAKO SERIES 8, 9 AND 60 IN COMPARISION WITH THE UP-TO-DATE SERIES 81, 91 AND 61.
CONTROL RELAYS IMPULSE SWITCHES/SWITCHING RELAYS

Series 60 Series 61 Changes Up-to-date Page Series 9 Series 91 Changes Up-to-date Page
ER60- ER61- ER61- 12-11 1S9- S91-100- S91-100- 18-4

IMPULSE SWITCHES/STAIRCASE TIME SWITCHES/ 1R9- R91-100- R91-100- 19-3
OFF-DELAY TIMERS Series 8 Series 81 Changes Up-to-date Page
2S8- S81-002- S81-002- 18-4
ES60- ES61- ES61- 11-11 WS8- S81-002- S81-002- 18-4
ES60.1- ES61.9- ESV61- ESR61NP- 11-12 SS8- SS81-002- ESR61M-UC 11-13
ESD61- EUD61NPN- 9-21 GS8- GS81-002- ESR61M-UC 11-13
EZ60/TLZ60- TLZ61- TLZ61NP-230V 15-8 2R8- R81-002- R81-002- 19-3
TLZ61NP- TLZ61NP- WR8- R81-002- R81-002- 19-3
TLZ61.1-.4- 15-9
8..230V UC 230V+UC RR8- R81-002- R81-002- 19-3
EZ60.2/NLZ60- NLZ61- NLZ61NP-UC 15-12
NLZ61NP-
NLZ61.1- NLZ61NP-UC 15-12 S-3
8..230V UC
WARRANTY REGULATIONS AND TERMS OF DELIVERY
WARRANTY REGULATIONS FOR THE TERMS OF DELIVERY.

ELECTRICAL TRADES IN GERMANY.
We exclusively deliver to the general conditions for products and
services of the (German) electrical industry, as at May 2021, and to
We have been offering a two-year warranty period for all Eltako our current price list.
products since 1956. Since 2004, due to an agreement between
the ZVEI, VEG and the ZVEH, further improved warranty rules have
applied to the electrical trades in Germany.
For deliveries from 1.1.2019, an extended warranty period of

5 years from the date of manufacture applies to products
delivered by us with the Eltako label.
If a defective product is acknowledged, Eltako will deliver a
replacement free of charge within a very short time. Should
delivery of the same product not be possible in the case of
a model upgrade or due to technical progress, goods of the
same type and quality can also be delivered as replacement.
Only a trained electrician may install our switchgear, power supply

units and energy meters with mains voltage connection,
otherwise there is a risk of fire or electric shock. It is the-
refore prohibited to sell to other customers for this reason
otherwise the risk passes to the seller.
S-4 Picture credits: folding pages, S. 6-3, 6-4, 6-5, 6-6, © Comauthor - Adobestock.com, Composing Eltako, iStock.com, gettyimages.de, Composing Eltako;
cover pages, S. 1-0, 2-0, 3-0, 4-0, 5-0, 6-0, 7-0, © sakkmesterke - Adobestock.com
INDEX
TYPE MEANING ART. NO. EAN LIST PRICE CHAPTER

A
A2Z12-UC Analogue settable 2-stage ON-delay 23200302 4010312603178 77,50 € 13-10
AIR IR scanner for energy meters 30000970 4010312316153 107,90 € 1-33, 5-41, 10-15
AR12DX-230V Current relay 22001130 4010312205426 71,40 € 14-6
AVZ12DX-UC AV operate delay 23001302 4010312603109 66,00 € 13-11
B
B4T55E-am Bus 2- or 4-way pushbutton in E-Design55, anthracite mat 30055650 4010312326152 58,10 € 2-8, 5-10
B4T55E-pg Bus 2- or 4-way pushbutton in E-Design55, polar white glossy 30055651 4010312326046 58,10 € 2-8, 5-10
B4T55E-pm Bus 2- or 4-way pushbutton in E-Design55, polar white mat 30055652 4010312326039 58,10 € 2-8, 5-10
B4T55E-wg Bus 2- or 4-way pushbutton in E-Design55, pure white glossy 30055653 4010312326022 58,10 € 2-8, 5-10
BBH55E/12VDC-am Bus motion/brightness sensor, anthracite mat 30055152 4010312326541 75,90 € 2-17, 5-12
BBH55E/12VDC-pg Bus motion/brightness sensor, polar white glossy 30055153 4010312326558 75,90 € 2-17, 5-12
BBH55E/12VDC-pm Bus motion/brightness sensor, polar white mat 30055154 4010312326565 75,90 € 2-17, 5-12
BBH55E/12VDC-wg Bus motion/brightness sensor, pure white glossy 30055155 4010312326572 75,90 € 2-17, 5-12
BBV14 Bus jumper connector 30014053 4010312315248 24,30 € 1-44
BBV14/100 BBV14/100 Bus jumper connector 4-core wire, 100cm 30014058 4010312324660 25,50 € 1-44
BGW14 RS485 bus gateway 30014046 4010312319062 63,00 € 2-16
BLA55-rw Blind cover 30000642 4010312905883 4,30 € 5-22
BLA55-wg Blind cover 30000645 4010312905913 4,30 € 5-22
BLA55-ws Blind cover 30000640 4010312905869 4,30 € 5-22
BLA55E-am Blind cover 30055640 4010312909225 4,30 € 5-15
BLA55E-pg Blind cover 30055641 4010312909232 4,30 € 5-15
BLA55E-pm Blind cover 30055643 4010312909249 4,30 € 5-15
BLA55E-wg Blind cover 30055645 4010312908822 4,30 € 5-15
BPB55 Blisterpack shading 30000035 4010312317822 148,80 € 3-34
BPB55-J62 Blisterpack shading 30001067 4010312324295 118,40 € 3-12
BPD55 Blisterpack dimming 30000036 4010312317839 164,20 € 3-33
BPD55-D62 Blisterpack dimming 30001066 4010312324271 132,80 € 3-12
BPS55 Blisterpack switching 30000037 4010312317846 139,70 € 3-32
BPS55-L62 Blisterpack switching 30001065 4010312323991 116,20 € 3-11
BTF55E/12VDC-am Bus temperature sensor, anthracite mat 30055156 4010312326589 66,80 € 2-17, 5-12
BTF55E/12VDC-pg Bus temperature sensor, polar white glossy 30055157 4010312326596 66,80 € 2-17, 5-12
BTF55E/12VDC-pm Bus temperature sensor, polar white mat 30055158 4010312326602 66,80 € 2-17, 5-12
BTF55E/12VDC-wg Bus temperature sensor, pure white glossy 30055159 4010312326619 66,80 € 2-17, 5-12
BTR55EH/12VDC-am Bus-Temperatur-Regler mit Handrad anthracite mat 30055160 4010312326626 72,70 € 2-17, 5-12
BTR55EH/12VDC-pg Bus temperature controller with hand wheel, polar white glossy 30055161 4010312326633 72,70 € 2-17, 5-12
BTR55EH/12VDC-pm Bus temperature controller with hand wheel, polar white mat 30055162 4010312326640 72,70 € 2-17, 5-12
BTR55EH/12VDC-wg Bus temperature controller with hand wheel, pure white glossy 30055163 4010312326657 72,70 € 2-17, 5-12
BUTH55ED/12VDC-am Bus thermo clock/hygrostat with display, anthracite mat 30055164 4010312326664 91,80 € 2-17, 5-12
BUTH55ED/12VDC-pg Bus thermo clock/hygrostat with display, polar white glossy 30055165 4010312326671 91,80 € 2-17, 5-12
BUTH55ED/12VDC-pm Bus thermo clock/hygrostat with display, polar white mat 30055166 4010312326688 91,80 € 2-17, 5-12
BUTH55ED/12VDC-wg Bus thermo clock/hygrostat with display, pure white glossy 30055167 4010312326695 91,80 € 2-17, 5-12
BW3 Mounting brackets 30000412 4010312907641 3,90 € 5-38
BZR12DDX-UC Operating hours impulse counter 22001430 4010312603161 69,10 € 14-5
D
DALI Cockpit and DALI-Monitor Software 7-26
DAT71 Data transformer 30000026 4010312316351 76,50 € 3-49
DCM12-UC DC motor relay 22400602 4010312205310 69,30 € 16-7
DL-1CH-8A-DC12+ 1 channel DALI LED dimmer 8 A 33000015 4010312321515 124,10 € 7-5
DL-1CH-16A-DC12+ 1 channel DALI LED dimmer 16 A 33000016 4010312321522 142,20 € 7-6
DL-1CH-R16A-DC12+ 1 channel DALI LED dimmer 16 A 33000022 4010312321584 143,60 € 7-7
DL-3CH-8A-DC12+ 3 channels DALI LED dimmer 8 A 33000017 4010312321546 139,20 € 7-14
DL-3CH-R16A-DC12+ 3 channels DALI LED dimmer 16 A 33000024 4010312321607 156,70 € 7-16
DL-4CH-R16A-DC12+ 4 channels DALI LED dimmer 16 A 33000021 4010312321577 185,00 € 7-19
DL-CTV DALI control unit for controlling the circadian course of daylight 33000001 4010312321430 302,50 € 7-24
DL-Flash-USB DALI USB interface 33000025 4010312321614 402,30 € 7-25
DL-N2-80mA DALI bus power supply unit 33000026 4010312327685 89,90 € 7-24
DL-PD-300W-RLC Phase dimmer with DALI control input (DT4) 33000009 4010312324028 222,10 € 7-22
DL-PD-300W-RLC-HS Phase dimmer with DALI control input (DT4) 33000008 4010312324073 222,10 € 7-23
DL-RGB-8A-DC12+ DALI LED dimmer 8 A RGB 33000013 4010312321492 154,40 € 7-11
DL-RGB-16A-DC12+ DALI LED dimmer-LED-Dimmer 16 A RGB 33000014 4010312321508 193,70 € 7-12
DL-RGB-R16A-DC12+ DALI LED dimmer 16 A RGB 33000023 4010312321591 193,70 € 7-13
DL-RM8A DT7 switching actuator 33000007 4010312324035 145,80 € 7-20
DL-RM16A-HS-WE DT7 switching actuator 33000006 4010312324042 169,80 € 7-21
DL-TW-2LT-8A-DC12+ DALI LED dimmer 8 A tunable white 33000010 4010312321461 139,30 € 7-8
DL-TW-2LT-16A-DC12+ DALI LED dimmer 16 A tunable white 33000011 4010312321478 167,50 € 7-9 S-5
DL-TW-2LT-R16A-DC12+ DALI LED dimmer 16 A tunable white 33000012 4010312321485 180,80 € 7-10
INDEX
DL-USB mini DALI USB interface 33000002 4010312321447 396,20 € 7-25

DS12 Spacer 20000010 4010312900987 2,00 € Z-3
DS14 Spacer 30014101 4010312907016 2,00 € 1-44, Z-3
DSS55E-am German Socket (Type F) with socket outlet front in E-Design55 30055898 4010312323823 8,20 € 5-14
DSS55E-pg German Socket (Type F) with socket outlet front in E-Design55 30055893 4010312325599 8,20 € 5-14
DSS55E-pm German Socket (Type F) with socket outlet front in E-Design55 30055894 4010312325605 8,20 € 5-14
DSS55E-wg German Socket (Type F) with socket outlet front in E-Design55 30055895 4010312320082 8,20 € 5-14
DSS55EOKR-am German Socket (Type F) with socket outlet front in E-Design55 without frame 30057898 4010312327898 8,10 € 5-14
DSS55EOKR-pg German Socket (Type F) with socket outlet front in E-Design55 without frame 30057893 4010312327821 8,10 € 5-14
DSS55EOKR-pm German Socket (Type F) with socket outlet front in E-Design55 without frame 30057894 4010312327838 8,10 € 5-14
DSS55EOKR-wg German Socket (Type F) with socket outlet front in E-Design55 without frame 30057895 4010312327845 8,10 € 5-14
DSS55EOR-am German Socket (Type F) with socket outlet front in E-Design55 without frame 30056898 4010312327630 7,30 € 5-14
DSS55EOR-pg German Socket (Type F) with socket outlet front in E-Design55 without frame 30056893 4010312327791 7,30 € 5-14
DSS55EOR-pm German Socket (Type F) with socket outlet front in E-Design55 without frame 30056894 4010312327807 7,30 € 5-14
DSS55EOR-wg German Socket (Type F) with socket outlet front in E-Design55 without frame 30056895 4010312327616 7,30 € 5-14
DSS55E+2xUSBA-am German Socket (Type F) with 2xUSB-A in E-Design55 30055899 4010312324301 41,20 € 5-14
DSS55E+2xUSBA-pg German Socket (Type F) with 2xUSB-A in E-Design55 30055891 4010312325575 41,20 € 5-14
DSS55E+2xUSBA-pm German Socket (Type F) with 2xUSB-A in E-Design55 30055892 4010312325582 41,20 € 5-14
DSS55E+2xUSBA-wg German Socket (Type F) with 2xUSB-A in E-Design55 30055896 4010312322512 41,20 € 5-14
DSS55E+USBA+C-am German Socket (Type F) with USB-A and USB-C in E-Design55 30055900 4010312324318 48,80 € 5-14
DSS55E+USBA+C-pg German Socket (Type F) with USB-A and USB-C in E-Design55 30055901 4010312325612 48,80 € 5-14
DSS55E+USBA+C-pm German Socket (Type F) with USB-A and USB-C in E-Design55 30055902 4010312325629 48,80 € 5-14
DSS55E+USBA+C-wg German Socket (Type F) with USB-A and USB-C in E-Design55 30055897 4010312323830 48,80 € 5-14
DSS+SDO55-an German Socket (Type F) with socket outlet front 30000657 4010312310908 8,90 € 5-22
DSS+SDO55-rw German Socket (Type F) with socket outlet front 30000652 4010312310854 8,90 € 5-22
DSS+SDO55-wg German Socket (Type F) with socket outlet front 30000655 4010312310885 9,30 € 5-22
DSS+SDO55-ws German Socket (Type F) with socket outlet front 30000650 4010312310830 9,30 € 5-22
DSZ14DRS-3x80A MID RS485 bus wireless three-phase energy meter 28365715 4010312501733 200,50 € 1-30, 10-9
DSZ14DRSZ-3x80A RS485 bus two-way three-phase meter, with MID 28465715 4010312501887 232,20 € 1-31, 10-10
DSZ14WDRS-3x5A MID RS485 bus wireless three-phase energy meter, MID approval 28305712 4010312501450 209,10 € 1-32, 10-11
DSZ15D-3x80A Three-phase energy meter 28380015 4010312501634 157,60 € 10-3
DSZ15DE-3x80A Three-phase energy meter 28380615 4010312501719 116,00 € 10-4
DSZ15DM-3x80A MID M-bus three-phase energy meter, with MID 28380512 4010312501726 243,70 € 10-7
DSZ15DZ-3x80A MID Two-way three-phase meter, with MID 28480315 4010312501870 210,90 € 10-5
DSZ15WD-3x5A Three-phase energy meter 28305015 4010312501641 204,10 € 10-6
DSZ15WDM-3x5A MID M-bus CT operated three-phase energy meter, with MID 28305515 4010312501665 243,70 € 10-8
DSZ180CEE-16A MID Mobile three-phase energy meter, with MID 28016128 4010312501863 213,70 € 10-12
DSZ180CEE-32A MID Mobile three-phase energy meter, with MID 28032128 4010312501825 225,50 € 10-12
DW-F4T55E Double rocker for wireless pushbuttons E-Design55 30055952 4010312908426 8,50 € 5-43
Double rocker for wireless pushbuttons E-Design55, arrow top (up) and
DW-F4T55Eam+2P 30055955 4010312909409 8,50 € 5-43
bottom (down)
Double rocker for wireless pushbuttons E-Design55, arrow top (up) and
DW-F4T55Ewg+2P 30055954 4010312909393 8,50 € 5-43
bottom (down)
DW-FF8 Double rocker for wireless remote control 30000962 4010312906378 8,50 € 5-45
DW-FHS/FMH4 Double rocker for wireless mini handheld transmitters FMH4 30000961 4010312906361 8,50 € 5-45
DW-FMH4 Double rocker for wireless mini handheld transmitters 30000961 4010312906361 8,50 € 5-45
DW-FMT55/4 Double rocker for wireless mini pushbuttons 30000958 4010312906330 8,50 € 5-44
DW-FT4B Double rocker for wireless pushbutton 45x45mm, Belgian 30000964 4010312906392 8,50 € 5-44
DW-FT4CH Double rocker for wireless pushbuttons Swiss Design 30000963 4010312906385 8,50 € 5-44
DW-FT4F Double rocker for wireless flat pushbuttons 30000952 4010312906279 8,50 € 5-44
DW-FT55 Double rocker for wireless pushbuttons 55 x 55 mm 30000954 4010312906293 8,50 € 5-44
DW-FT55R Double rocker for wireless pushbuttons 55 x 55 mm for Busch Reflex Duro 30000968 4010312907061 8,50 € 5-44
DW-W2T55 Double rocker for rocker pushbutton 30000977 4010312908433 8,50 € 5-44
E
EAW12DX-UC Fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact 23001702 4010312603123 65,60 € 13-12
EGS12Z2-UC Impulse group switch 21400401 4010312108031 99,70 € 16-7
EGS12Z-UC Impulse group switch 21200401 4010312107737 78,40 € 16-6
EGS61Z-230V Impulse group switch 61200430 4010312108123 72,30 € 16-8
ELD61/12-36VDC LED dimmer switch 61100865 4010312109502 60,70 € 9-18
ER12-110-UC Switching relay 22110002 4010312205440 57,10 € 12-4
ER12DX-UC Switching relay 22100002 4010312205402 56,30 € 12-3
ER12SSR-UC Switching relais noiseless with solid state relay 22100001 4010312206720 51,40 € 12-6
ER61-UC Switching relay 61001601 4010312205358 53,10 € 12-11
ES12-110-UC Impulse switch with integrated relay function 21110002 4010312108055 58,20 € 11-6
ES12-200-UC Impulse switch with integrated relay function 21200002 4010312108048 59,10 € 11-5
S-6 ES12DX-UC Impulse switch with integrated relay function 21100002 4010312107959 56,90 € 11-3
ES12Z-110-UC Impulse switch with integrated relay function 21110601 4010312107683 68,20 € 11-9
INDEX
ES12Z-200-UC Impulse switch with integrated relay function 21200601 4010312107690 68,20 € 11-9
ES61-UC Impulse switch with integrated relay function 61100501 4010312107966 52,80 € 11-11
ES75-12..24V UC Impulse switch for installation in lighting fittings 60100055 4010312101063 59,20 € 11-11
ESB62NP-IP/110-240V Shading actuator IP 30062003 4010312324707 68,60 € 8-5
ESR12DDX-UC Multifunction impulse switch with integrated relay function 21200302 4010312108093 76,10 € 11-8, 12-8
ESR12NP-230V+UC Stromstoß-Schaltrelais 21100102 4010312107928 61,10 € 11-7, 12-7
ESR12Z-4DX-UC Stromstoß-Schaltrelais 21400301 4010312108130 106,70 € 11-10
ESR61M-UC Multifunktions-Stromstoß-Schaltrelais 61200301 4010312108079 69,80 € 11-13, 12-12
ESR61NP-230V+UC Impulse switch with integrated relay function 61100001 4010312107911 56,40 € 11-12, 12-11
ESR61SSR-230V Impulse switch with integrated relay function with solid state relay 61100003 4010312109786 54,30 € 11-14, 12-13
ESR62NP-IP/110-240V Impulse switch with integrated relay function IP 30062001 4010312324677 56,60 € 8-2
ESR62PF-IP/110-240V Impulse switch with integrated relay function IP 30062004 4010312324684 53,90 € 8-3
ESW12DX-UC Impulse switch 21100801 4010312206744 55,50 € 11-4
ETR61-230V Isolating relay 61100635 4010312206690 44,30 € 12-14
ETR61NP-230V Isolating relay 61100630 4010312205488 44,30 € 12-14
ETR61NP-230V+FK Isolating relay with window contact 61100631 4010312205495 76,10 € 12-15
eTronic Wireless window contact in the rebate open/closed, with battery 30000032 4010312324134 88,20 € 5-40
EUD12D-UC Multifunction universal dimmer switch 21100905 4010312109489 84,30 € 9-4
EUD12DK/800W-UC Universal dimmer switch with rotary knob 21100810 4010312109656 79,80 € 9-6
EUD12F Universal dimmer switch 21100830 4010312108086 86,40 € 9-5
EUD12NPN-UC Universal dimmer switch 21100806 4010312107843 70,30 € 9-3
EUD61M-UC Multifunction universal dimmer switch 61100903 4010312107973 59,30 € 9-17
EUD61NP-230V Universal dimmer switch 61100830 4010312108062 69,10 € 9-13
EUD61NPL-230V Universal dimmer switch, without N connection, especially for LED 61100832 4010312109618 66,40 € 9-14
EUD61NPN-230V Universal dimmer switch 61100802 4010312109564 66,70 € 9-16
EUD61NPN-UC Universal dimmer switch 61100801 4010312107874 65,40 € 9-15
EUD62NPN-IP/110-240V Universal dimmer switch IP 30062002 4010312324691 79,70 € 8-4
EVA12-32A Energy consumption indicator 28032411 4010312500828 75,10 € 10-23
Exchange set lightning on USB-C USB-C cable for exchanging lightning on USB-C for OnWall 30000007 4010312323878 112,30 € 6-7
F
F1 ITAP Wireless 1-way industrial pushbutton for surface mounting 30100009 4010312323977 119,60 € 5-40
F1T55E-am Wireless 1-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30055722 4010312323687 46,60 € 5-3
F1T55E-pg Wireless 1-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30055703 4010312325513 46,60 € 5-3
F1T55E-pm Wireless 1-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30055713 4010312325520 46,60 € 5-3
F1T55E-wg Wireless 1-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30055725 4010312321096 46,60 € 5-3
F1T55E-wg/rot Wireless 1-way pushbutton in E-Design55 for calling systems 30055810 4010312328019 62,20 € 5-5
F1T80-am Wireless 1-way pushbutton without battery and wire 30000453 4010312324257 46,60 € 5-33
F1T80-wg Wireless 1-way pushbutton without battery and wire 30000451 4010312324059 46,60 € 5-33
F2T55E-am Wireless 2-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30055718 4010312322048 52,30 € 5-3
F2T55EOR-am Wireless 2-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30056718 4010312327746 49,70 € 5-3
F2T55EOR-pg Wireless 2-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30056702 4010312327753 49,70 € 5-3
F2T55EOR-pm Wireless 2-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30056727 4010312327760 49,70 € 5-3
F2T55EOR-wg Wireless 2-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30056715 4010312327722 49,70 € 5-3
F2T55EB-am Wireless 2-way pushbutton with batteries in E-Design55 30055676 4010312325438 68,70 € 5-4
F2T55EB-pg Wireless 2-way pushbutton with batteries in E-Design55 30055672 4010312325414 68,70 € 5-4
F2T55EB-pm Wireless 2-way pushbutton with batteries in E-Design55 30055673 4010312325421 68,70 € 5-4
F2T55EB-wg Wireless 2-way pushbutton with batteries in E-Design55 30055675 4010312321171 68,70 € 5-4
F2L14 2-speed fan relay 30014067 4010312316160 64,50 € 1-23
F2ZT55E-al Wireless 2-way central control pushbutton in E-Design55 30055441 4010312320518 64,60 € 5-3
F2ZT55E-am Wireless 2-way central control pushbutton in E-Design55 30055442 4010312325841 57,90 € 5-3
F2ZT55E-pg Wireless 2-way central control pushbutton in E-Design55 30055443 4010312325858 57,90 € 5-3
F2ZT55E-pm Wireless 2-way central control pushbutton in E-Design55 30055445 4010312325865 57,90 € 5-3
F2ZT55E-wg Wireless 2-way central control pushbutton in E-Design55 30055447 4010312319994 57,90 € 5-3
F3Z14D Bus meter collector 30014055 4010312501528 59,10 € 1-34, 10-14
F4CT55E/UC-am Wireless 4-way colour pushbuttons+RGBW display in E-Design55 30055141 4010312326084 87,90 € 5-5
F4CT55E/UC-pg Wireless 4-way colour pushbuttons+RGBW display in E-Design55 30055142 4010312326091 87,90 € 5-5
F4CT55E/UC-pm Wireless 4-way colour pushbuttons+RGBW display in E-Design55 30055143 4010312326107 87,90 € 5-5
F4CT55E/UC-wg Wireless 4-way colour pushbuttons+RGBW display in E-Design55 30055140 4010312322253 87,90 € 5-5
F4HK14 4-channel heating/cooling relay 30014010 4010312314982 61,10 € 1-25
F4PT55E- 4-channel profile pushbutton in E-Design55 30055432 4010312324653 56,30 € 5-4
F4SR14-LED 4-channel impulse switch 30014076 4010312317006 74,10 € 1-9
F4T55B-al Wireless pushbutton without wire 30000681 4010312316467 77,00 € 5-20
F4T55B-an Wireless pushbutton without wire 30000687 4010312316504 68,60 € 5-20
F4T55B-rw Wireless pushbutton without wire 30000682 4010312316474 68,60 € 5-20
F4T55B-wg Wireless pushbutton without wire 30000685 4010312316498 68,60 € 5-20
F4T55E-am Wireless 4-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30055708 4010312322062 54,20 € 5-3 S-7
INDEX

F4T55EOR-am Wireless 4-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30056708 4010312327777 49,70 € 5-3
F4T55EOR-pg Wireless 4-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30056733 4010312327784 49,70 € 5-3
F4T55EOR-pm Wireless 4-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30056734 4010312327852 49,70 € 5-3
F4T55EOR-wg Wireless 4-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30056705 4010312327739 49,70 € 5-3
F4T55EB-am Wireless 4-way pushbutton with battery in E-Design55 30055688 4010312323816 70,70 € 5-4
F4T55EB-pg Wireless 4-way pushbutton with battery in E-Design55 30055682 4010312325445 70,70 € 5-4
F4T55EB-pm Wireless 4-way pushbutton with battery in E-Design55 30055683 4010312325452 70,70 € 5-4
F4T55EB-wg Wireless 4-way pushbutton with battery in E-Design55 30055685 4010312320570 70,70 € 5-4
F4USM61B Wireless 4-way universal transmitter module 30000301 4010312321386 70,10 € 3-35
F6T55EB-am Wireless 6-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30055696 4010312325490 81,20 € 5-5
F6T55EB-pg Wireless 6-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30055692 4010312325469 81,20 € 5-5
F6T55EB-pm Wireless 6-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30055693 4010312325476 81,20 € 5-5
F6T55EB-wg Wireless 6-way pushbutton in E-Design55 30055695 4010312325483 81,20 € 5-5
F6T55EB-Keypad-am Wireless 6-way pushbutton as keypad, laser engraved, in E-Design55 30055149 4010312326510 84,60 € 5-5
F6T55EB-Keypad-pg Wireless 6-way pushbutton as keypad, laser engraved, in E-Design55 30055150 4010312326527 84,60 € 5-5
F6T55EB-Keypad-pm Wireless 6-way pushbutton as keypad, laser engraved, in E-Design55 30055151 4010312326534 84,60 € 5-5
F6T55EB-Keypad-wg Wireless 6-way pushbutton as keypad, laser engraved, in E-Design55 30055148 4010312326503 84,60 € 5-5
FA200 High-performance receive antenna 30000551 4010312303306 78,60 € 1-4
FA250 Wireless antenna 30000550 4010312300244 30,80 € 1-4, 3-51
FA250-gw Wireless antenna 30000553 4010312317051 30,80 € 1-4, 3-51
FABH130/230V-rw Wireless outdoor motion/brightness sensor 30000466 4010312317617 144,90 € 5-36
FABH65S-wg Wireless outdoor motion/brightness sensor 30065852 4010312315798 117,40 € 5-36
FAC55D/230V-wg Wireless alarm controller with display 30000727 4010312319710 107,60 € 3-60
FAE14LPR Wireless actuator for single room control heating/cooling 30014030 4010312314234 57,90 € 1-42
FAE14SSR Wireless actuator for single room control heating/cooling, noiseless 30014029 4010312314173 65,90 € 1-41
FAG55E-am Wireless antenna, anthrazit matt 30055144 4010312326114 47,40 € 1-4, 5-9
FAG55E-pg Wireless antenna, polarweiß glänzend 30055145 4010312326121 47,40 € 1-4, 5-9
FAG55E-pm Wireless antenna, polarweiß matt 30055146 4010312326138 47,40 € 1-4, 5-9
FAG55E-wg Wireless antenna, reinweiß glänzend 30055147 4010312326145 47,40 € 1-4, 5-9
FAM14 Wireless antenna module 30014000 4010312313695 119,80 € 1-3
FAM-USB Wireless antenna module with USB 30000390 4010312312971 93,90 € 10-22
FARP60-230V Wireless outdoor repeater 30000353 4010312310137 82,00 € 3-51
FAS260SA Wireless outdoor siren 30000041 4010312320075 130,50 € 3-62
FASM60-UC Wireless outdoor transmitter module 30000456 4010312311998 72,30 € 5-37
FASSA-230V Wireless outdoor socket switch actuator 30100011 4010312323984 108,70 € 3-53
FASWZ-16A Wireless outdoor socket energy meter 30100015 4010312324509 111,60 € 3-53, 10-24
FAV10 Wireless antenna extension 10m 30000554 4010312302903 50,50 € 1-4
FAV5 Wireless antenna extension 5m 30000552 4010312302897 40,30 € 1-4
FB55EB-am Wireless motion sensor in E-Design55 30055513 4010312322321 86,50 € 5-8
FB55EB-pg Wireless motion sensor in E-Design55 30055514 4010312325902 86,50 € 5-8
FB55EB-pm Wireless motion sensor in E-Design55 30055515 4010312325919 86,50 € 5-8
FB55EB-wg Wireless motion sensor in E-Design55 30055512 4010312321003 86,50 € 5-8
FBA14 RS485 bus coupler 30014018 4010312313862 32,40 € 1-39
FBH55ESB-am Wireless motion/brightness sensor in E-Design55 30055516 4010312325926 103,70 € 5-8
FBH55ESB-pg Wireless motion/brightness sensor in E-Design55 30055517 4010312325933 103,70 € 5-8
FBH55ESB-pm Wireless motion/brightness sensor in E-Design55 30055518 4010312325940 103,70 € 5-8
FBH55ESB-wg Wireless motion/brightness sensor in E-Design55 30055519 4010312327708 103,70 € 5-8
FBH65/12V DC-wg Wireless motion/brightness sensor 30065466 4010312320099 116,80 € 5-35
FBH65S/12V DC-wg Wireless motion/brightness sensor 30065860 4010312320105 130,50 € 5-35
FCO2TS-wg Wireless CO2 desktop sensor with temperature+humidity sensor 30065278 4010312324004 239,00 € 5-34
FD62NP-230V Wireless universal dimming actuator without N terminal 30100537 4010312319468 74,90 € 3-5
FD62NPN-230V Wireless universal dimming actuator 30100535 4010312319086 73,40 € 3-5
FDG14 RS485 bus DALI gateway 30014047 4010312316085 92,80 € 1-17, 7-2
FDG62-230V Wireless DALI gateway 30100868 4010312320921 77,50 € 3-6, 7-3
FDG71L-230V Wireless DALI gateway 30100867 4010312317556 136,50 € 3-44, 7-4
FDH62NP-230V+FTKB-wg Wireless extractor hoods control with window/door contact 30100036 4010312319826 116,20 € 3-10
FDT55EB-am Wireless rotary switch in E-Design55 30055537 4010312325377 77,30 € 5-5
FDT55EB-pg Wireless rotary switch in E-Design55 30055540 4010312325391 77,30 € 5-5
FDT55EB-pm Wireless rotary switch in E-Design55 30055541 4010312325407 77,30 € 5-5
FDT55EB-wg Wireless rotary switch in E-Design55 30055539 4010312325384 77,30 € 5-5
FEM Wireless receiver antenna module 30014016 4010312313848 92,60 € 1-45
FEM65-wg Wireless receiver antenna module 30065016 4010312315934 92,90 € 1-45
FF8-al/anso Wireless remote control 30000769 4010312303931 117,80 € 5-32
FFD-al/anso Wireless remote control 30000773 4010312313541 128,80 € 5-32
FFGB-hg Wireless window handle sensor 30000473 4010312322246 186,50 € 5-40
FFG7B-al Wireless window handle sensor 30000460 4010312322031 79,10 € 5-39
S-8 FFG7B-am Wireless window handle sensor 30000468 4010312322291 79,10 € 5-39
FFG7B-rw Wireless window handle sensor 30000443 4010312318638 74,40 € 5-39
INDEX
FFKB-am Wireless window/door contact 30000425 4010312323663 71,00 € 5-38

FFKB-wg Wireless window/door contact 30000423 4010312321102 71,00 € 5-38
FFT55EB-am Wireless humidity temperature sensor in E-Design55 30055476 4010312325872 72,80 € 5-7
FFT55EB-pg Wireless humidity temperature sensor in E-Design55 30055477 4010312325889 72,80 € 5-7
FFT55EB-pm Wireless humidity temperature sensor in E-Design55 30055478 4010312325896 72,80 € 5-7
FFT55EB-wg Wireless humidity temperature sensor in E-Design55 30055475 4010312321010 72,80 € 5-7
FFT60SB Wireless humidity temperature sensor 30000461 4010312320945 82,20 € 5-35
FFTE-rw Wireless window touch contact 30000450 4010312319024 62,30 € 3-38
FGM Wireless gong module 30000040 4010312303290 79,60 € 3-59
FGTZ-230V Wireless garage door adapter 30000379 4010312324462 86,30 € 3-56
FGW14 RS485 bus gateway 30014017 4010312313855 66,50 € 1-35
FGW14-IP Gateway with IP interface via Wi-Fi or LAN 30014051 4010312327623 103,40 € 1-36, 6-9
FGW14-USB RS485 bus gateway with USB connection 30014049 4010312316054 63,00 € 1-37
FHD60SB-wg Wireless brightness/twilight sensor 30000462 4010312320952 81,30 € 5-36
FHK14 Wireless heating/cooling relay 30014014 4010312313824 56,40 € 1-24
FHK61-230V Wireless actuator heating/cooling relay 30100045 4010312302309 91,50 € 3-28
FHK61SSR-230V Wireless actuator heating/cooling relay with solid state relay 30100034 4010312314906 95,20 € 3-30
FHK61U-230V Wireless actuator heating relay for valves+heat circulating pumps 30100050 4010312315118 91,10 € 3-29
FHM175 HF ground for FA250 30000555 4010312313121 89,10 € 1-4
FHMB-rw Wireless heat detector 30000056 4010312321034 148,90 € 5-38
FHS2-al/anso Wireless heat detector 30000771 4010312320303 64,30 € 5-31
FHS4-al/anso Wireless heat detector 30000770 4010312320297 67,00 € 5-32
FIUS55E-am Wireless indoor UP signal generator anthracite mat in E-Design55 30055069 4010312326053 83,90 € 3-61
FIUS55E-pg Wireless indoor UP signal generator polar white glossy in E-Design55 30055070 4010312326060 83,90 € 3-61
FIUS55E-pm Wireless indoor UP signal generator polar white mat in E-Design55 30055071 4010312326077 83,90 € 3-61
FIUS55E-wg Wireless indoor UP signal generator pure white glossy in E-Design55 30055068 4010312320990 83,90 € 3-61
FIW-USB Wireless infrared converter with USB port 30000387 4010312311158 99,20 € 5-41
FJ62/12-36V DC Wireless shading element and roller shutter actuator 30200540 4010312319406 70,30 € 3-7
FJ62NP-230V Wireless shading element and roller shutter actuator 30200535 4010312319390 64,40 € 3-8
FK Window contact 20000086 4010312903001 31,80 € 12-15
FKD-am Wireless bell pushbutton 30000408 4010312324066 58,00 € 5-33
FKD-wg Wireless bell pushbutton 30000420 4010312319475 58,00 € 5-33
FKF65-wg Wireless key card switch 30065545 4010312316115 63,70 € 5-33
FKLD61 Wireless actuator constant current LED dimmer switch 30100836 4010312314357 106,10 € 3-22
FKS-SV Wireless small actuator 30000413 4010312319857 180,00 € 5-42
FL62-230V Wireless light actuator 30100532 4010312319383 63,90 € 3-4
FL62NP-230V Wireless light actuator 30100530 4010312319109 63,90 € 3-4
FLC61NP-230V Wireless actuator light controller 30100040 4010312312032 91,60 € 3-19
FLD61 Wireless actuator PWM LED dimmer switch 30100837 4010312315255 100,10 € 3-23
FLGTF55E/230V-am Wireless air quality+temperature+humidity sensor in E-Design55 30055521 4010312325957 102,00 € 5-8
FLGTF55E/230V-pg Wireless air quality+temperature+humidity sensor in E-Design55 30055522 4010312325964 102,00 € 5-8
FLGTF55E/230V-pm Wireless air quality+temperature+humidity sensor in E-Design55 30055523 4010312325971 102,00 € 5-8
FLGTF55E/230V-wg Wireless air quality+temperature+humidity sensor in E-Design55 30055520 4010312321058 102,00 € 5-8
FLT58-am Wireless air quality desktop sensor + temperature and humidity 30058520 4010312323922 104,90 € 5-34
FLUD14 Capacity enhancer for universal dimmer switch FUD14/800W 30014007 4010312313763 66,00 € 1-14, 1-15
FMH1W-anso Wireless 1-way mini handheld transmitter waterproof 30000467 4010312322178 60,90 € 5-30
FMH1W-wg/rot Wireless 1-way mini handheld transmitter for calling systems, with carry strap 30000465 4010312323847 64,80 € 5-30
FMH2-an Wireless mini handheld transmitter 30000757 4010312303498 61,40 € 5-30
FMH2-rw Wireless mini handheld transmitter 30000752 4010312303467 61,40 € 5-30
FMH2-sz Wireless mini handheld transmitter 30000754 4010312303474 61,40 € 5-30
FMH2-wg Wireless mini handheld transmitter 30000755 4010312303481 61,40 € 5-30
FMH2-ws Wireless mini handheld transmitter 30000750 4010312303450 61,40 € 5-30
FMH2S-an Wireless mini handheld transmitter for key ring 30000087 4010312303405 61,40 € 5-31
FMH2S-rw Wireless mini handheld transmitter for key ring 30000082 4010312303375 61,40 € 5-31
FMH2S-sz Wireless mini handheld transmitter for key ring 30000084 4010312303382 61,40 € 5-31
FMH2S-wg Wireless mini handheld transmitter for key ring 30000085 4010312303399 61,40 € 5-31
FMH2S-ws Wireless mini handheld transmitter for key ring 30000080 4010312303368 61,40 € 5-31
FMH4-an Wireless mini handheld transmitter with double rocker 30000237 4010312301043 64,60 € 5-31
FMH4-rw Wireless mini handheld transmitter with double rocker 30000232 4010312301036 64,60 € 5-31
FMH4-sz Wireless mini handheld transmitter with double rocker 30000234 4010312301012 64,60 € 5-31
FMH4-wg Wireless mini handheld transmitter with double rocker 30000235 4010312301067 64,60 € 5-31
FMH4-ws Wireless mini handheld transmitter with double rocker 30000230 4010312301029 64,60 € 5-31
FMH4S-an Wireless mini handheld transmitter with double rocker for key ring 30000097 4010312301579 64,60 € 5-31
FMH4S-rw Wireless mini handheld transmitter with double rocker for key ring 30000092 4010312301562 64,60 € 5-31
FMH4S-sz Wireless mini handheld transmitter with double rocker for key ring 30000094 4010312301555 64,60 € 5-31
FMH4S-wg Wireless mini handheld transmitter with double rocker for key ring 30000095 4010312301586 64,60 € 5-31
FMH4S-ws Wireless mini handheld transmitter with double rocker for key ring 30000090 4010312301371 64,60 € 5-31
FMH8-ag Wireless mini handheld transmitter, 8 signals 30000454 4010312321331 101,50 € 5-32
FMH8-al/anso Wireless mini handheld transmitter, 8 signals 30000419 4010312313282 104,30 € 5-32 S-9
FMH8-wg Wireless mini handheld transmitter, 8 signals 30000455 4010312321348 101,50 € 5-32
INDEX
FMS14 Multifunction impulse switch with integrated relay function 30014003 4010312313725 55,80 € 1-11
FMS55ESB-am Wireless mini multi sensor in E-Design55 30055763 4010312326251 112,00 € 5-8
FMS55ESB-pg Wireless mini multi sensor in E-Design55 30055764 4010312326268 112,00 € 5-8
FMS55ESB-pm Wireless mini multi sensor in E-Design55 30055765 4010312326275 112,00 € 5-8
FMS55ESB-wg Wireless mini multi sensor in E-Design55 30055561 4010312321799 112,00 € 5-8
FMS61NP-230V Wireless actuator multifunction impulse switch 30200330 4010312300268 91,80 € 3-18
FMSR14 Multifunction sensor relay 30014028 4010312314111 62,10 € 1-28
FMT55/2-rw Wireless mini pushbuttons without battery or wire 30000192 4010312312469 51,70 € 5-27
FMT55/2-wg Wireless mini pushbuttons without battery or wire 30000195 4010312312483 51,70 € 5-27
FMT55/4-rw Wireless mini pushbuttons without battery or wire with double rocker 30000262 4010312312544 55,50 € 5-27
FMT55/4-wg Wireless mini pushbuttons without battery or wire with double rocker 30000265 4010312312568 55,50 € 5-27
FMZ14 Multifunction time relay 30014009 4010312313787 53,80 € 1-21
FMZ61-230V Multifunction time relay 30100230 4010312302293 86,50 € 3-27
FPE-1 Wireless position switch with energy generator 30000398 4010312315552 70,00 € 5-41
FPLG14 Wireless Powerline gateway 30014070 4010312316771 97,10 € 4-2
FPLT14 Wireless Powerline tunnel gateway 30014078 4010312317723 97,10 € 4-2
FPP12 Wireless Powernet phase coupler 30000051 4010312311769 33,00 € Z-4
FR12-230V Mains disconnection relay 22100231 4010312203255 82,80 € 14-3
FR61-230V Mains disconnection relay 61100530 4010312203477 76,10 € 14-4
FR62-230V Wireless relay actuator 30100540 4010312320327 63,90 € 3-3
FR62NP-230V Wireless relay actuator 30100543 4010312320464 63,90 € 3-3
FRGBW14 RS485 bus wireless actuator PWM dimmer switch for LED 30014068 4010312324097 110,60 € 1-18
FRGBW71L PWM dimmer switch for LED 30400837 4010312316450 111,20 € 3-45
FRM60M10 Wireless tubular motor 30000048 4010312321249 258,50 € 3-63
FRM60M20 Wireless tubular motor 30000049 4010312321256 295,40 € 3-63
FRP14 Wireless repeater 30014019 4010312313879 88,20 € 1-46
FRP61-230V Wireless repeater 30000350 4010312300251 67,30 € 3-31
FRWB-rw Wireless smoke alarm 30000054 4010312321027 153,80 € 5-37
FS55-wg Wireless switch without battery and wire 30000598 4010312324417 53,80 € 5-20
FS55E-am Wireless switch without battery and wire in E-Design55 30000602 4010312324431 52,30 € 5-4
FS55E-pg Wireless switch without battery and wire in E-Design55 30055811 4010312326480 52,30 € 5-4
FS55E-pm Wireless switch without battery and wire in E-Design55 30055812 4010312326497 52,30 € 5-4
FS55E-wg Wireless switch without battery and wire in E-Design55 30000601 4010312324424 52,30 € 5-4
FSAF-gr Cover foil grey 30999002 4010312908136 3,80 € 5-19, 5-24
FSB14 Wireless actuator for shading elements and roller shutters 30014004 4010312313732 63,00 € 1-19
FSB14/12-24VDC Wireless actuator for shading elements and roller shutters 30014079 4010312326701 59,20 € 1-20
FSB61-230V Wireless actuator for shading elements and roller shutters 30200432 4010312317235 92,10 € 3-24
FSB61NP-230V Wireless actuator for shading elements and roller shutters 30200430 4010312300213 92,10 € 3-25
FSB71-230V Wireless actuator for shading elements and roller shutters 30200831 4010312316306 95,50 € 3-47
FSB71-2x-230V Wireless actuator for shading elements 2 channels 30400868 4010312316290 119,60 € 3-48
FSDG14 Energy meter data gateway 30014066 4010312316146 57,90 € 1-33, 10-15
FSG14/1-10V RS485 bus dimmer switch controller for electronic ballast 1-10V 30014008 4010312313770 67,90 € 1-16
FSG71/1-10V Wireless actuator dimmer switch controller 30100841 4010312316283 112,00 € 3-43
FSLA-230V Wireless light actuator adapter 30100020 4010312324141 82,10 € 3-52
FSM14-UC Wireless 4-fold transmitter module 30014048 4010312316078 73,00 € 1-47
FSM60B Wireless transmitter module w/ batteries for water sensor and pushbutton 30000459 4010312316092 74,70 € 5-37
FSM61-UC Wireless 2-fold transmitter module 30000300 4010312300152 64,30 € 3-35
FSMTB Power supply unit 30000604 4010312327654 69,00 € 5-40
FSNT14-12V/12W RS485 bus actuator 2-channel impulse switch 30014062 4010312315095 55,60 € 1-48
FSR14-2x RS485 bus actuator 4-channel impulse switch 30014002 4010312313718 63,50 € 1-7
FSR14-4x RRS485 bus actuator noiseless 2-channel impulse switch 30014001 4010312313701 63,50 € 1-6
FSR14M-2x Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr. relay function 30014039 4010312327692 92,70 € 1-8
FSR14SSR Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr. relay function 30014020 4010312313893 64,10 € 1-10
FSR61/8-24V UC Wireless actuator noiseless impulse switch w/ integr. relay function 30100004 4010312301357 87,40 € 3-14
Wireless actuator impulse switch w/ integr. relay function for bipolar switching 30100005 4010312301531
FSR61-230V 87,40 € 3-15
of L and N
FSR61G-230V Wireless actuator noiseless impulse switch w/ integr. relay function 30100029 4010312313886 91,10 € 3-16
Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr. relay function for bipolar switching 30200331 4010312313190
FSR61LN-230V 89,60 € 3-17
of L and N
FSR61NP-230V Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr. relay function 30100030 4010312300190 89,60 € 3-13
FSR70S-230V Wireless impulse switch with integr. relay function as cord switch 30100862 4010312301487 89,50 € 3-50
FSR71-2x-230V Wireless 2-channel impulse switch with integr. relay function 30200868 4010312316252 118,90 € 3-39
FSR71NP-230V Wireless impulse switch with integr. relay function 30100865 4010312316221 92,70 € 3-37
FSR71NP-2x-230V Wireless 2-channel impulse switch with integr. relay function 30200865 4010312316245 120,30 € 3-38
FSR71NP-4x-230V Wireless 4-channel impulse switch with integr. relay function 30400865 4010312316269 118,90 € 3-40
FSRP-230V Wireless socket repeater 30000359 4010312314999 81,80 € 3-57
S-10 FSSA-230V Wireless socket switching actuator 30100001 4010312314562 110,50 € 3-52
FSSG-230V Wireless signal generator adapter 30000358 4010312323885 98,90 € 3-61
INDEX

FSTAP-al/sz Wireless keyswitch 30200220 4010312320907 113,70 € 5-41
FSU14 RS485 bus display timer 30014015 4010312313831 62,10 € 1-26
FSU55ED/230V-am Wireless timer with display in E-Design55 30055806 4010312326442 96,50 € 5-9
FSU55ED/230V-pg Wireless timer with display in E-Design55 30055807 4010312326459 96,50 € 5-9
FSU55ED/230V-pm Wireless timer with display in E-Design55 30055808 4010312326466 96,50 € 5-9
FSU55ED/230V-wg Wireless timer with display in E-Design55 30055809 4010312326473 96,50 € 5-9
FSUD-230V Wireless actuator socket universal dimmer switch 30100002 4010312314791 136,10 € 3-55
FSVA-230V-10A Wireless actuator socket switching actuator with current measurement 30100003 4010312314555 118,00 € 3-54, 10-25
FT4B-cr Wireless pushbutton Niko Belgium 30000229 4010312312995 60,20 € 5-25
FT4B-na Wireless pushbutton Niko Belgium 30000240 4010312314180 60,20 € 5-25
FT4B-nw Wireless pushbutton Niko Belgium 30000221 4010312312902 60,20 € 5-25
FT4BI-an Wireless pushbutton Bticino 30000245 4010312319758 60,20 € 5-25
FT4BI-ww Wireless pushbutton Bticino 30000246 4010312319765 60,20 € 5-25
FT4BL-lw Wireless pushbutton Legrand Belgium 30000241 4010312314197 60,20 € 5-25
FT4CH-hg Wireless pushbutton Swiss Design with rocker and double rocker 30000223 4010312300985 60,20 € 5-26
FT4CH-sz Wireless pushbutton Swiss Design with rocker and double rocker 30000224 4010312300992 60,20 € 5-26
FT4CH-w Wireless pushbutton Swiss Design with rocker and double rocker 30000222 4010312300978 60,20 € 5-26
FT4CH+2P-w 2P- wireless pushbutton Feller Swiss, laser engraved 30001222 4010312312001 66,90 € 5-26
FT4F-rw Wireless flat pushbutton without battery or wire 30000702 4010312302941 53,80 € 5-28
FT4F-wg Wireless flat pushbutton without battery or wire 30000705 4010312302972 53,80 € 5-28
FT4S-ws Wireless pushbutton Eljo Sweden 30000220 4010312303191 60,20 € 5-26
FT55-al Wireless pushbutton 55 x 55 mm without battery or wire 30000591 4010312305829 64,00 € 5-20
FT55-an Wireless pushbutton 55 x 55 mm without battery or wire 30000597 4010312305805 53,80 € 5-20
FT55-rw Wireless pushbutton 55 x 55 mm without battery or wire 30000592 4010312305775 53,80 € 5-20
FT55-wg Wireless pushbutton 55 x 55 mm without battery or wire 30000595 4010312305799 53,80 € 5-20
FT55-ws Wireless pushbutton 55 x 55 mm without battery or wire 30000590 4010312308936 53,80 € 5-20
FT55EH-am Friends of Hue wireless pushbutton in E-Design55 30055732 4010312325544 57,40 € 5-29
FT55EH-pg Friends of Hue wireless pushbutton in E-Design55 30055719 4010312324714 57,40 € 5-29
FT55EH-pm Friends of Hue wireless pushbutton in E-Design55 30055723 4010312324721 57,40 € 5-29
FT55EH-wg Friends of Hue wireless pushbutton in E-Design55 30055717 4010312321690 57,40 € 5-29
FT55EL-ws Wireless pushbutton Elko Finland 30000227 4010312316658 60,20 € 5-27
FT55ES-wg Wireless pushbutton Exxact Sweden 30000244 4010312314227 60,20 € 5-26
FT55H-wg Friends of Hue wireless pushbutton 30000596 4010312321706 60,80 € 5-29
FT55R-alpinweiß Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton, without frame 30000226 4010312313992 60,20 € 5-25
FT55R-weiß Wireless 2- or 4-way pushbutton, without frame 30000225 4010312313985 60,20 € 5-25
FT55RS-alpinweiß Wireless pushbutton Jussi Sweden 30000243 4010312314210 60,20 € 5-27
FTAF55ED/230V-am Wireless temperature controller Air+Floor in E-Design55 30055794 4010312326367 100,10 € 5-7
FTAF55ED/230V-pg Wireless temperature controller Air+Floor in E-Design55 30055795 4010312326374 100,10 € 5-7
FTAF55ED/230V-pm Wireless temperature controller Air+Floor in E-Design55 30055796 4010312326381 100,10 € 5-7
FTAF55ED/230V-wg Wireless temperature controller Air+Floor in E-Design55 30055797 4010312326398 100,10 € 5-7
FTD14 Wireless telegram duplicator 30014057 4010312315705 89,90 € 1-38
Wireless pushbutton insert EnOcean, encrypted, with mounting base and
FTE215 30999003 4010312318539 54,20 € 5-28
attachment frame
FTE215BLE Wireless pushbutton insert Bluetooth 30999005 4010312318553 60,40 € 5-29
FTFSB-am Wireless temperature humidity sensor 30000475 4010312322406 81,50 € 5-34
FTFSB-pg Wireless temperature humidity sensor 30000508 4010312325636 81,50 € 5-34
FTFSB-pm Wireless temperature humidity sensor 30000528 4010312325667 81,50 € 5-34
FTFSB-wg Wireless temperature humidity sensor 30000563 4010312320853 81,50 € 5-34
FTFB-am Wireless temperature humidity sensor 30000429 4010312323670 75,10 € 5-35
FTFB-pg Wireless temperature humidity sensor 30000525 4010312325643 75,10 € 5-35
FTFB-pm Wireless temperature humidity sensor 30000527 4010312325650 75,10 € 5-35
FTFB-wg Wireless temperature humidity sensor 30000559 4010312319147 75,10 € 5-35
FTK-ag Wireless window/door contact 30000407 4010312305164 83,40 € 5-39
FTK-am Wireless window/door contact 30000452 4010312321645 83,40 € 5-39
FTK-wg Wireless window/door contact 30000421 4010312321638 83,40 € 5-39
FTKB-am Wireless window/door contact with battery 30000474 4010312322352 71,30 € 5-39
FTKB-wg Wireless window/door contact with battery 30000424 4010312321621 71,30 € 3-10, 5-39
FTKE-rw Wireless window contact with energy generator 30000400 4010312315231 62,30 € 5-38
FTN14 Wireless staircase lighting time delay switch 30014011 4010312313794 56,70 € 1-22
FTN61NP-230V Wireless staircase lighting time delay switch 30100130 4010312300206 90,00 € 3-26
FTR55ESB-am Wireless temperature controller in E-Design55 30055790 4010312326329 94,70 € 5-7
FTR55ESB-pg Wireless temperature controller in E-Design55 30055791 4010312326336 94,70 € 5-7
FTR55ESB-pm Wireless temperature controller in E-Design55 30055792 4010312326343 94,70 € 5-7
FTR55ESB-wg Wireless temperature controller in E-Design55 30055793 4010312326350 94,70 € 5-7
FTR55EHB-am Wireless temperature controller with hand wheel and battery in E-Design55 30055766 4010312326282 86,20 € 5-7
FTR55EHB-pg Wireless temperature controller with hand wheel and battery in E-Design55 30055767 4010312326299 86,20 € 5-7
FTR55EHB-pm Wireless temperature controller with hand wheel and battery in E-Design55 30055768 4010312326305 86,20 € 5-7
FTR55EHB-wg Wireless temperature controller with hand wheel and battery in E-Design55 30055769 4010312326312 86,20 € 5-7
FTR86B-ws Wireless temperature controller 30000439 4010312318423 129,80 € 5-34
S-11
FTS14EM Wireless input module 30014060 4010312315071 66,90 € 2-5
INDEX
FTS14FA Wireless output module 30014063 4010312315101 92,60 € 2-10

FTS14KS FTS14 communication interface 30014065 4010312315651 88,80 € 2-4
FTS14TG Pushbutton gateway 30014061 4010312315088 107,90 € 2-7
FTS61BTK Bus pushbutton coupler 30014064 4010312315668 55,40 € 2-9, 5-10
FTS61BTK/8 Bus pushbutton coupler 30014075 4010312326015 90,80 € 2-10, 5-11
FTS61BTKL Bus pushbutton coupler for feedback LED 30014074 4010312316801 60,70 € 2-9, 5-10
FTTB Wireless pushbutton tracker 30100018 4010312321119 72,80 € 5-30
FTVW Wireless pushbutton encryption rocker 30000016 4010312907030 2,00 € 5-19, 5-24
FUA12-230V Wireless universal actuator with antenna 30000052 4010312316955 118,30 € 3-58
FUD14 RS485 bus universal dimmer switch 30014005 4010312313749 72,30 € 1-12
FUD14/800W RS485 bus universal dimmer switch up to 800W 30014006 4010312313756 97,40 € 1-13
FUD61NP-230V Wireless universal dimmer switch without N 30100830 4010312300183 102,00 € 3-20
FUD61NPN-230V Wireless universal dimmer switch 30100835 4010312300299 106,00 € 3-21
FUD71-230V Wireless universal dimmer switch 30100845 4010312316207 120,80 € 3-41
FUD71L/1200W-230V Wireless universal dimmer switch 30100846 4010312316412 152,20 € 3-42
FUTH55ED/12-24V UC-am Wireless thermo clock/hygrostat with display in E-Design55 30055798 4010312326404 103,50 € 5-6
FUTH55ED/12-24V UC-pg Wireless thermo clock/hygrostat with display in E-Design55 30055799 4010312326411 103,50 € 5-6
FUTH55ED/12-24V UC-pm Wireless thermo clock/hygrostat with display in E-Design55 30055800 4010312326428 103,50 € 5-6
FUTH55ED/12-24V UC-wg Wireless thermo clock/hygrostat with display in E-Design55 30055801 4010312326435 103,50 € 5-6
FUTH55ED/230V-am Wireless thermo clock/hygrostat with display in E-Design55 30055802 4010312326787 102,50 € 5-6
FUTH55ED/230V-pg Wireless thermo clock/hygrostat with display in E-Design55 30055803 4010312326794 102,50 € 5-6
FUTH55ED/230V-pm Wireless thermo clock/hygrostat with display in E-Design55 30055804 4010312326800 102,50 € 5-6
FUTH55ED/230V-wg Wireless thermo clock/hygrostat with display in E-Design55 30055805 4010312326817 102,50 € 5-6
FVST Wireless encryption plug 30000015 4010312907290 5,30 € 5-41
FWG14MS Wireless weather data gateway 30014072 4010312316887 60,00 € 1-27
FWS60 Water sensor for FSM60B 30000463 4010312316108 32,10 € 5-36
FWS61-24V DC Wireless weather data transmitter module 30000305 4010312301937 77,30 € 1-28, 3-36, 5-42
FWS81 Wireless water probe 30000409 4010312316061 158,10 € 5-37
FWWKW71L Wireless actuator PWM dimmer switch for LED 30200837 4010312318928 111,30 € 3-46
FWZ12-65A Wireless single-phase energy meter transmitter module 30000308 4010312311059 92,70 € 10-24
FWZ14-65A Wireless single-phase energy meter transmitter module 30014050 4010312501511 79,70 € 1-29, 10-13
FZS65-wg Wireless pull switch 30067545 4010312316139 94,10 € 5-33
FZT55-wg Wireless 2-way central pushbutton 30000447 4010312318768 59,90 € 5-20
G
GBA14 Housings for operating instructions 30014100 4010312906422 5,10 € 1-49
GLE Base load 70000008 4010312900970 7,00 € 14-4
H
HP+BF Mounting plate with mounting frame 30000356 4010312909119 5,50 € 5-28
I
InWall-10-sz In-wall docking station with charging function 30000003 4010312323809 382,70 € 6-9
K
KM12 Auxiliary contact 20000030 4010312901243 17,10 € 18-3
KNX ENO 626 EnOcean KNX gateway 30000944 4010312318911 314,50 € 6-10
KNX ENO 636 EnOcean KNX gateway 30000948 4010312318904 467,20 € 6-10
KR09-12V UC Coupling relay 22100705 4010312203415 44,60 € 12-9
KR09-230V Coupling relay 22100730 4010312203378 41,10 € 12-9
KR09-24V UC Coupling relay 22100706 4010312203385 41,10 € 12-9
KRW12DX-UC Coupling relay 22100800 4010312206683 55,00 € 12-10
L
4010312908310 5-43, 5-44,
LGI Laser engraving individually, create new pictogram 30000980 11,80 €
5-44
LRW12D-UC Digital settable sensor relay 22400501 4010312206553 79,00 € 16-5
LS Light sensor 20000080 4010312901267 34,20 € 16-3
LUD12-230V Capacity enhancer 21100805 4010312107867 73,80 € 9-7, 9-8
M
MFZ12-230V Analogue settable multifunction time relay 23100530 4010312603147 60,00 € 13-3
MFZ12DBT-UC Digital settable multifunction time relay with display and Bluetooth 23001003 4010312603284 101,10 € 13-5
MFZ12DDX-UC Digital settable multifunction time relay 23001004 4010312603079 68,10 € 13-6
MFZ12DX-UC Analogue settable multifunction time relay 23001005 4010312603086 67,80 € 13-4
MFZ12NP-230V+UC Analogue settable multifunction time relay 23100001 4010312602935 60,70 € 13-7
MFZ12PMD-UC Fully electronic multifunction time relay 23001006 4010312601099 85,50 € 9-10, 13-8
MFZ61DX-UC Analogue settable multifunction time relay 61100604 4010312603055 57,80 € 13-9
MOD12D-UC Digitally adjustable motor dimmer 21100906 4010312109526 81,90 € 9-9
MiniSafe2 Smart Home controller 30000075 4010312323939 305,90 € 6-4
412,90 €
MiniSafe2-REG Smart Home controller for installation on DIN rail 30000076 4010312323946 6-5
Montagekabel elero Installation cable elero 4-pole for tubular motors 30000050 4010312322543 68,80 € 3-63
1-27, 3-36,
MS Multi sensor 20000084 4010312901731 300,20 €
5-42, 16-3
MSR12-UC Multifunction sensor relay 22500501 4010312205327 97,30 € 16-4
S-12 MTR12-UC Actuator motor isolating relay 22400601 4010312205211 72,00 € 16-7
INDEX

MTR61-230V Actuator motor isolating relay 61200603 4010312206577 68,30 € 16-9
MTR62-230V Actuator motor isolating relay 61400603 4010312206829 57,00 € 16-9
mTronic Wireless window multisensor in the rebate with battery 30000033 4010312324127 112,50 € 5-39
N
NF2A Mains filter up to 2 A, 230 V/50 Hz 30000028 4010312324370 37,00 € 4-9
NFCS55E-am NFC sensor in E-Design55 30055647 4010312325988 19,40 € 5-6
NFCS55E-pg NFC sensor in E-Design55 30055648 4010312325995 19,40 € 5-6
NFCS55E-pm NFC sensor in E-Design55 30055649 4010312326008 19,40 € 5-6
NFCS55E-wg NFC sensor in E-Design55 30055646 4010312322130 19,40 € 5-6
NLZ12NP-230V+UC Off-delay timer 23100704 4010312602911 57,90 € 15-11
NLZ61NP-UC Off-delay timer 61100704 4010312603048 55,10 € 15-12
NR12-001-3x230V Mains monitoring relay 22001330 4010312202524 61,20 € 14-7
NR12-002-3x230V Mains monitoring relay 22002330 4010312202548 75,70 € 14-7
O
OnWall-al On-wall docking station with charging function, natural aluminium 30000001 4010312323786 357,80 € 6-9
OnWall-sz On-wall docking station with charging function, black anodized aluminium 30000002 4010312323793 357,80 € 6-9
P
P3K12-230V Phase annunciator 24000899 4010312701065 42,60 € 14-9
P10 Wireless level meter 30000370 4010312317068 165,10 € Z-6
PCT14 PC tool for Series 14 and Series 71 1-5
PL-AMD10V Decentralised dimmer actuator 31100006 4010312316726 119,20 € 4-6
PL-FGW Powerline wireless gateway 31100010 4010312324110 146,20 € 4-3
PL-RPT Powerline repeater 31000030 4010312324103 98,70 € 4-3
PL-SAM1L Decentralised actuator with sensor input 31100001 4010312316665 110,00 € 4-4
PL-SAM1LT Decentralised TLZ actuator with sensor input 31100004 4010312316702 111,90 € 4-7
PL-SAM2 Decentralised Venetian blind actuator with sensor inputs 31100002 4010312316689 111,90 € 4-5
PL-SAM2L Decentralised actuator with sensor inputs 31200001 4010312316672 111,90 € 4-4
PL-SAMDU Decentralised universal dimmer actuator with sensor input 31100008 4010312316870 126,90 € 4-6
PL-SAMTEMP Powerline temperature controller 31000010 4010312316733 211,00 € 4-8
PL-SM1L Decentralised sensor input 31100007 4010312316740 106,00 € 4-7
PL-SM8 Decentralised 8-channel sensor input 31800001 4010312316719 111,90 € 4-8
PL-SW-PROF Coupling element for Software SIENNA®-Professional 31000020 4010312316856 387,60 € 4-9
PTN12-230V Test Pushbutton for emergency lighting with off-delay 23001802 4010312603215 62,60 € 13-13
R
R-al Single frame for wireless pushbuttons 30000181 4010312902363 5,80 € 5-23
R-an Single frame for wireless pushbuttons 30000187 4010312902424 4,80 € 5-23
R-rw Single frame for wireless pushbuttons 30000182 4010312902370 4,80 € 5-23
R-wg Single frame for wireless pushbuttons 30000185 4010312902400 4,80 € 5-23
R-ws Single frame for wireless pushbuttons 30000180 4010312902356 4,80 € 5-23
R12-020-230V 2-pole electromechanical switching relay 22020030 4010312201572 40,60 € 19-2
R12-100-12V DC 1-pole electromechanical switching relay 22100054 4010312200995 32,50 € 19-2
R1UE55-am Single universal frame in E-Design55 30055788 4010312908747 3,70 € 5-17
R1UE55-pg Single universal frame in E-Design55 30055782 4010312909188 3,70 € 5-17
R1UE55-pm Single universal frame in E-Design55 30055783 4010312909195 3,70 € 5-17
R1UE55-wg Single universal frame in E-Design55 30055785 4010312908341 3,70 € 5-17
R2-al Double frame for wireless pushbuttons 30000311 4010312903742 11,30 € 5-23
R2-an Double frame for wireless pushbuttons 30000317 4010312903711 5,20 € 5-23
R2-rw Double frame for wireless pushbuttons 30000312 4010312903704 5,20 € 5-23
R2-wg Double frame for wireless pushbuttons 30000315 4010312903728 5,20 € 5-23 S-13
INDEX
R2-ws Double frame for wireless pushbuttons 30000310 4010312903681 5,20 € 5-23
R2UE55-am Double universal frame in E-Design55 30055738 4010312908754 4,80 € 5-17
R2UE55-pg Double universal frame in E-Design55 30055787 4010312909201 4,80 € 5-17
R2UE55-pm Double universal frame in E-Design55 30055789 4010312909218 4,80 € 5-17
R2UE55-wg Double universal frame in E-Design55 30055827 4010312908365 4,80 € 5-17
R3-al Triple frame for wireless pushbuttons 30000321 4010312903827 14,40 € 5-23
R3-an Triple frame for wireless pushbuttons 30000327 4010312903797 5,40 € 5-23
R3-rw Triple frame for wireless pushbuttons 30000322 4010312903780 5,40 € 5-23
R3-wg Triple frame for wireless pushbuttons 30000325 4010312903803 5,40 € 5-23
R3-ws Triple frame for wireless pushbuttons 30000320 4010312903766 5,40 € 5-23
R3UE55-am Triple universal frame in E-Design55 30055748 4010312908761 5,30 € 5-17
R3UE55-pg Triple universal frame in E-Design55 30055749 4010312909126 5,30 € 5-17
R3UE55-pm Triple universal frame in E-Design55 30055753 4010312909133 5,30 € 5-17
R3UE55-wg Triple universal frame in E-Design55 30055828 4010312908358 5,30 € 5-17
R4UE55-am 4-way universal frame in E-Design55 30055758 4010312908778 6,60 € 5-17
R4UE55-pg 4-way universal frame in E-Design55 30055757 4010312909157 6,60 € 5-17
R4UE55-pm 4-way universal frame in E-Design55 30055755 4010312909140 6,60 € 5-17
R4UE55-wg 4-way universal frame in E-Design55 30055826 4010312908372 6,60 € 5-17
R5UE55-am 5-way universal frame in E-Design55 30055778 4010312908945 7,50 € 5-18
R5UE55-pg 5-way universal frame in E-Design55 30055759 4010312909164 7,50 € 5-18
R5UE55-pm 5-way universal frame in E-Design55 30055761 4010312909171 7,50 € 5-18
R5UE55-wg 5-way universal frame in E-Design55 30055775 4010312908938 7,50 € 5-18
RC12-230V Triple RC module 22000015 4010312201596 40,80 € Z-5
RLC-Glied Range extension for B4T65/B4FT65 to FTS14TG 30000025 4010312907092 6,40 € 2-7
RS Rain sensor 20000087 4010312206546 138,50 € 16-3
RTD Direction pushbutton LED 60000015 4010312908273 4,10 € 16-8
RVZ12DX-UC Analogue settable time relais with release delay 23001202 4010312603093 65,50 € 13-14
S
S+D25 Screws + rawls 30999001 4010312906231 7,50 € Z-5
S09-12V Electromechanical 16A impulse switch 1-pole 29100011 4010312104187 32,40 € 18-3
S09-230V Electromechanical 16A impulse switch 1-pole 29100030 4010312104200 35,30 € 18-3
S12-100-12V 1-pole electromechanical impulse switch 21100011 4010312100455 30,10 € 18-2
S12-100-12V DC 1-pole electromechanical impulse switch 21100054 4010312101254 32,50 € 18-2
S2U12DBT-UC 2-channel timer with display and Bluetooth 23002903 4010312603307 109,80 € 5-44
S2U12DDX-UC Digital settable timer with 2 channels 23200901 4010312603208 88,70 € 13-17
S81-002-230V 2-pole impulse switch 81002030 4010312103333 37,50 € 18-4
SAS-6TE Bus bars 6 PU 30014024 4010312314050 14,90 € 1-43
SBR12-230V/240µF Current-limiting relays capacitive 22100430 4010312205457 49,50 € 14-8
SBR61-230V/120µF Current-limiting relays capacitive 61100330 4010312205464 53,20 € 14-8
SDS12/1-10V 1-10V control dimmer switch for electronic ballast units 21100800 4010312109403 69,20 € 9-11
SDS61/1-10V 1-10V control dimmer switch for electronic ballast units 61100800 4010312109496 63,60 € 9-19
SNT12-230V/12VDC-1A Switching power supply unit 20000160 4010312301111 58,90 € 2-16, 17-5
S-14 SNT12-230V/12VDC-2A Switching power supply unit 20000162 4010312301135 73,00 € 2-6, 17-5
SNT12-230V/24VDC-0,5A Switching power supply unit 20000161 4010312301128 58,90 € 2-16, 17-5
INDEX
SNT12-230V/24VDC-1A Switching power supply unit 20000163 4010312301142 73,00 € 2-6, 17-5
SNT12U-230V/3,3-12V DC-1A Universal switching power supply unit 20000164 4010312401798 45,80 € 17-2
SNT14-24V/12W Switching power supply unit 30014031 4010312314395 47,70 € 17-6
SNT61-230V/12VDC-0,5A Switching power supply unit 61000164 4010312301319 60,40 € 17-7
3-29, 3-36,
SNT61-230V/24VDC-0,25A Switching power supply unit 61000165 4010312301326 60,40 €
5-42, 17-7
SO55 Table base 30000346 4010312908150 8,80 € 5-6
SS12-110-12V 2-pole electromechanical impulse switch 21110211 4010312101346 44,70 € 18-2
SS12-110-230V 2-pole electromechanical impulse switch 21110230 4010312101124 44,70 € 18-2
ST12-16A Socket outlet 24100900 4010312700358 20,30 € Z-3
STS14 Set of jumpers 30014038 4010312314975 13,80 € 1-49
SU12DBT/1+1-UC 2-channel timer with display and Bluetooth 23200902 4010312603277 100,70 € 13-16
SUD12/1-10V 1-10 V controller for universal dimmer switches 21100802 4010312108116 66,00 € 9-12
SV7x7x14 Pin extension 30000031 4010312908990 13,70 € 5-39
SWS55/DW- Splash-proof cover for FT55 for double rocker 30000057 4010312909065 11,80 € 5-24
SWS55/W-an Splash-proof cover for FT55 for single rocker 30000055 4010312909034 11,80 € 5-24
T
TAE55E/3-am Cover for 3-socket TAE for E-Design55 frames 30055837 4010312909317 4,00 € 5-15
TAE55E/3-pg Cover for 3-socket TAE for E-Design55 frames 30055839 4010312909324 4,00 € 5-15
TAE55E/3-pm Cover for 3-socket TAE for E-Design55 frames 30055841 4010312909331 4,00 € 5-15
TAE55E/3-wg Cover for 3-socket TAE for E-Design55 frames 30055836 4010312909072 4,00 € 5-15
TGI12DX-UC Analogue settable time relais with impulse 23001402 4010312603116 65,60 € 13-15
TLZ12-8 Staircase time switch 23100934 4010312401637 43,60 € 15-4
TLZ12-8plus Staircase time switch 23100832 4010312401613 55,90 € 15-3
TLZ12-9 Staircase time switch 23100836 4010312401620 56,00 € 15-7
TLZ12D-plus Digital settable staircase time switch 23100800 4010312401712 60,50 € 15-6
TLZ12G-230V+UC Staircase time switch 23100831 4010312401460 61,90 € 15-5
TLZ61NP-230V Staircase time switch 61100102 4010312400791 54,60 € 15-8
TLZ61NP-230V+UC Staircase time switch 61100301 4010312400739 58,60 € 15-9
touchDock-mini-USB-C-b Docking station for iPad mini with USB-C charging port, black 30000251 4010312326831 1383,40 € 6-10
touchDock-mini-USB-C-w Docking station for iPad mini with USB-C charging port, white 30000252 4010312326824 1383,40 € 6-10
touchDock-iPad10-b Docking station for iPad 10,2“ und 10,5“ with Lightning charging port, black 30000255 4010312327074 1489,90 € 6-10
touchDock-iPad10-w Docking station for iPad 10,2“ und 10,5“ with Lightning charging port, white 30000256 4010312327081 1489,90 € 6-10
touchDock-USB-C-iPad11-b Docking station for iPad 10,9“ und 11“ with USB-C charging port, black 30000257 4010312327098 1702,90 € 6-10
touchDock-USB-C-iPad11-w Docking station for iPad 10,9“ und 11“ with USB-C charging port, white 30000258 4010312327104 1702,90 € 6-10
touchDock-USB-C-iPad12.9-b Docking station for iPad 12,9“ with USB-C charging port, black 30000259 4010312327111 1915,90 € 6-10
touchDock-USB-C-iPad12.9-w Docking station for iPad 12,9“ with USB-C charging port, white 30000260 4010312327128 1915,90 € 6-10
TSA02NC-230V Thermal actuator 30014034 4010312314425 38,90 € 1-43
TSA02NC-24V Thermal actuator 30014035 4010312314432 38,90 € 1-43
TV55E/2-am 2-hole cover for TV/RF socket for E-Design55 frames 30055830 4010312909256 4,00 € 5-15
TV55E/2-pg 2-hole cover for TV/RF socket for E-Design55 frames 30055831 4010312909263 4,00 € 5-15
TV55E/2-pm 2-hole cover for TV/RF socket for E-Design55 frames 30055832 4010312909270 4,00 € 5-15
TV55E/2-wg 2-hole cover for TV/RF socket for E-Design55 frames 30055838 4010312909102 4,00 € 5-15
TV55E/3-am 3-hole cover for TV/RF socket for E-Design55 frames 30055833 4010312909287 4,00 € 5-16
TV55E/3-pg 3-hole cover for TV/RF socket for E-Design55 frames 30055834 4010312909294 4,00 € 5-16
TV55E/3-pm 3-hole cover for TV/RF socket for E-Design55 frames 30055835 4010312909300 4,00 € 5-16
TV55E/3-wg 3-hole cover for TV/RF socket for E-Design55 frames 30055840 4010312909089 4,00 € 5-16
U
U2RP Universal double DIN rail mounting plate 30000018 4010312908860 5,80 € Z-3
UAE55E/2-am Cover for 2-hole UAE/IAE socket for E-Design55 frames 30055843 4010312909348 4,00 € 5-15
UAE55E/2-pg Cover for 2-hole UAE/IAE socket for E-Design55 frames 30055844 4010312909355 4,00 € 5-15
UAE55E/2-pm Cover for 2-hole UAE/IAE socket for E-Design55 frames 30055845 4010312909362 4,00 € 5-15
UAE55E/2-wg Cover for 2-hole UAE/IAE socket for E-Design55 frames 30055842 4010312909096 4,00 € 5-15
UIB70 Universal installation box blue 30000011 4010312909058 12,40 € Z-2
UIB70-rw Universal installation box pure white 30000012 4010312909454 11,10 € Z-2
USB-cable USB extension cord, 2m long, TypA, ST/BU 30000020 4010312907702 15,40 € 1-37
W
W2T55-wg Rocker switch 30000675 4010312320389 17,60 € 5-21
W2T55E-am Rocker switch with double rocker in E-Design55 30055745 4010312326220 17,60 € 5-13
W2T55E-pg Rocker switch with double rocker in E-Design55 30055752 4010312326237 17,60 € 5-13
W2T55E-pm Rocker switch with double rocker in E-Design55 30055762 4010312326244 17,60 € 5-13
W2T55E-wg Rocker switch with double rocker in E-Design55 30055712 4010312322376 17,60 € 5-13
W-F1T55E Rocker for wireless pushbuttons E-Design55 30055949 4010312908969 7,80 € 5-43
W-F2T55E Rocker for wireless pushbuttons E-Design55 30055966 4010312908396 7,80 € 5-43
W-F2T55Eam+2P Rocker for wireless pushbutton E-Design55, arrow top (up) and bottom (down) 30055969 4010312909423 7,80 € 5-43
W-F2T55Ewg+2P Rocker for wireless pushbutton E-Design55, arrow top (up) and bottom (down) 30055967 4010312909416 7,80 € 5-43
W-FT4B Rocker for wireless pushbutton 45x45mm, Belgian design 30000965 4010312906408 7,80 € 5-44 S-15
W-FHS/FMH2 Rocker for wireless handheld transmitters and mini handheld transmitters 30000960 4010312906354 7,80 € 5-45
INDEX
W-FMT55/2 Rocker for wireless mini pushbuttons 30000957 4010312906323 7,80 € 5-44
W-FT4CH Rocker for wireless pushbuttons Swiss Design 30000959 4010312906347 7,80 € 5-44
W-FT4F- Rocker for wireless flat pushbuttons 30000951 4010312906262 7,80 € 5-44
W-FT55 Rocker for wireless pushbuttons 55x55 mm 30000953 4010312906286 7,80 € 5-44
W-FT55R Rocker for wireless pushbuttons 55x55 mm for Busch Reflex and Duro 30000967 4010312907047 7,80 € 5-44
W-WT/WS55 Rocker for rocker pushbutton and rocker switch 55x55 mm 30000975 4010312908112 7,80 € 5-45
WNT12-12V DC-12W/1A Wide-range switching power supply unit 20000060 4010312901748 64,80 € 17-3
WNT12-24V DC-12W/0,5A Wide-range switching power supply unit 20000061 4010312901755 64,80 € 17-3
WNT12U/3,3-12V DC Universal wide-range power supply unit 20000165 4010312401804 58,30 €
WP2 wibutler pro Smart Home central controller 30000077 4010312324608 376,40 € 6-6
WP50 WET.PROTECT e.nautic 50 ml spray 30000030 4010312907306 27,50 € Z-5
WS Wind sensor 20000082 4010312901281 77,40 € 16-3
WS55-an Rocker switch 30000637 4010312317488 11,70 € 5-21
WS55-rw Rocker switch 30000632 4010312317464 11,70 € 5-21
WS55-wg Rocker switch 30000635 4010312317433 11,70 € 5-21
WS55-ws Rocker switch 30000630 4010312317440 11,70 € 5-21
WS55E-am Rocker switch in E-Design55 30055735 4010312326169 14,10 € 5-13
WS55E-pg Rocker switch in E-Design55 30055737 4010312326176 14,10 € 5-13
WS55E-pm Rocker switch in E-Design55 30055739 4010312326183 14,10 € 5-13
WS55E-wg Rocker switch in E-Design55 30055707 4010312322390 14,10 € 5-13
WT55-an Rocker pushbutton 30000627 4010312317532 12,40 € 5-21
WT55-rw Rocker pushbutton 30000622 4010312317501 12,40 € 5-21
WT55-wg Rocker pushbutton 30000625 4010312317518 12,40 € 5-21
WT55-ws Rocker pushbutton 30000620 4010312317495 12,40 € 5-21
WT55E-am Rocker pushbutton in E-Design55 30055742 4010312326190 14,80 € 5-13
WT55E-pg Rocker pushbutton in E-Design55 30055743 4010312326206 14,80 € 5-13
WT55E-pm Rocker pushbutton in E-Design55 30055744 4010312326213 14,80 € 5-13
WT55E-wg Rocker pushbutton in E-Design55 30055709 4010312322383 14,80 € 5-13
WSZ110DSS-16A MID Mobile single-phase energy meter with MID 28016110 4010312501795 106,30 € 10-19
Mobile single-phase energy meter personal protection intermediate
WSZ110DSS-16A+PRCD MID 28016112 4010312501832 206,20 € 10-20
switch PRCD, with MID
WSZ110CEE-16A MID Mobile single-phase energy meter with MID 28016111 4010312501801 107,40 € 10-20
Mobile single-phase energy meter personal protection intermediate
WSZ110CEE-16A+PRCD MID 28016113 4010312501856 202,40 € 10-21
switch PRCD, with MID
WSZ15D-32A MID Single-phase energy meter, with MID approval 28032015 4010312501627 67,00 € 10-16
WSZ15D-65A MID Single-phase energy meter, with MID approval 28065615 4010312501696 71,50 € 10-17
WSZ15DE-32A Single-phase energy meter, without approval 28032615 4010312501702 59,00 € 10-16
WZR12-32A Single-phase energy meter with reset, without approval 28032410 4010312501252 74,50 € 10-18
X
XR12-100-230V 1-pole 25 A electromechanical installation contactor 22100930 4010312201206 36,10 € 19-4
XS12-100-230V 1-pole electromechanical 25 A impulse switch 21100930 4010312101513 36,10 € 18-5
S-16
GERMANY INTERNATIONAL CONTACT ADDRESSES
OFFICES AND SALES REPRESENTATIVES AND SALES REPRESENTATIVES
Fellbach Mecklenburg-Vorpommern/ Austria Norway

Eltako Headquarter Brandenburg (North) T/Vbg./South Tyrol Malthe Winje Automasjon AS
Hofener Straße 54 Sales representative Representative Daniel Hofler NO-1415 Oppegard
70736 Fellbach Max Müller +43 660 9241600 www.mwg.no
+49 711 943 500 00 +49 176 13582501 hofler@eltako.com Poland
info@eltako.de mueller@eltako.de Austria ASTAT Logistyka Sp z o.o.
kundenservice@eltako.de Carinthia - Representative Dąbrowskiego 441
Lower Saxony (South/East) ÖW - System integrator PL-60-451 Poznań
Baden-Wuerttemberg (West) Sales representative Winfried Rac www.astat.com.pl
Sales representative Detlef Hilker + 43 660 8081310
Carsten Krampe
Portugal
+49 173 3180390 rac@eltako.com TEV2, Lda
+49 173 3180392 hilker@eltako.de Austria P-4470-434 Maia
krampe@eltako.de UA - System integrator www.tev.pt
North Rhine-Westphalia (North)/
Lower Saxony (West) Andreas Kaider Russia
Baden-Wuerttemberg (East)
Sales representative +43 699 11090025 ATLAS Group JSC
Sales representative
Michael Otte kaider@eltako.com RU - 127591 Moscow
Patrick Lutz
Belgium/France/Luxembourg www.atlasgroup.ru
+49 162 2575122 +49 1520 9351347 Serelec n.v.
lutz@eltako.de otte@eltako.de South Africa
B - 9000 Gent Innomatic (Pty) Ltd. - Franz Marktl
Bavaria (North) North Rhine-Westphalia +32 92 234 953 Z A - Midrand
Sales representative (Rhineland North) info@serelec-nv.be www.innomatic.co.za
Mario Mehlau Sales representative Cyprus Spain
+49 174 8526825 Christoph Scheffler MeshMade Ltd Sales manager Thomas Klassmann
mehlau@eltako.de +49 172 2178955 CY-1096 Nicosia E - 08398 Santa Susanna
scheffler@eltako.de www.meshmade.com +34 93 767 855 7
Bavaria (South) Denmark +34 650 959702
Elka Hugo Krischke GmbH North Rhine-Westphalia klassmann@eltako.com
SOLAR A/S
82024 Taufkirchen (Rhineland South)
DK - 6600 Vejen Spain
+89 309 040 90 Sales representative
www.solar.dk Representative Oriol Montsec Fuego
+89 309 040 950 Antonio Sanchez
Finland E - 08303 Mataró
krischke@eltako.de +49 172 2178896 Representative Roni Salonen +34 692 835972
sanchez@eltako.de oriol@eltako.com
Berlin/Brandenburg FIN-65100 Vaasa
Sales representative North Rhine-Westphalia +358 457 870 679 1 Spain
Thomas Herzog (Ruhrgebiet/Sauerland/Siegerland) roni@eltako.com Representative Rubén Prieto Serrano
Sales representative Finland E-46023 Valencia
+49 173 3740412
Mark Simon Representative Tapio Rajamäki +34 672 395 274
herzog@eltako.de
+49 1520 9351348 FIN-45100 Kouvola ruben@eltako.com
Bremen/Lower Saxony (North) simon@eltako.de +358 457 870 679 2 Sweden (North/Middle)
Sales representative tapio@eltako.com Senior representative Patrick Savinainen
Christoph Ewen Rhineland-Palatinate/Saarland S - 69332 Degerfors
Gulf area
+49 172 8369928 Sales representative +46 70 9596906
M/S Golden Sand Trading
ewen@eltako.de Rainer Brilmayer patrick@eltako.com
U.A.E. – Dubai
+49 176 13582516 www.goldensandstrading.net Sweden (West)
Hamburg/Schleswig-Holstein brilmayer@eltako.de Representative Glenn Johansson
Sales representative Great Britain
Sales manager Stephen Payne S - 43163 Mölndal
Thimo Barluschke Saxony +46 73 5815692
Sales representative +44 7810 094384
+49 173 5667242 stephen.payne@eltako.com glenn@eltako.com
barluschke@eltako.de Mario Geißler
Hong Kong, Malaysia, Macao, Sweden (East)
+49 162 2575121 Senior representative Dan Koril
Hesse geissler@eltako.de Singapore, the Philippines
Sales representative TELCS Ltd. S - 57475 Korsberga
Jonas Bieniek Saxony-Anhalt/Thuringia HK-Hong Kong +46 70 3201102
Sales representative www.telcs-design.com dan@eltako.com
+49 173 3207413
bieniek@eltako.de Andreas Misch Sweden (South)
Iceland
+49 176 13582505 Representative Magnus Ellemark
Reykjafell Ltd.
misch@eltako.de S -26192 Härslöv
IS -125 Reykjavik Iceland
+46 70 1702130
www.reykjafell.is
magnus@eltako.com
Ireland
Sweden (Stockholm)
Inter-Konnect
Representative Niklas Lundell
IRL-Dublin
S -11330 Stockholm
www.interkonnect.ie
+46 70 4875003
Italien niklas@eltako.com
Sales manager Carlo Palmieri
Switzerland
+39 329 6897235 Demelectric AG
carlo.palmieri@eltako.com CH - 8954 Geroldswil
INTERNATIONAL CONTACT ADDRESSES Italien
Representative Luca Ziosi
www.demelectric.ch
AND SALES REPRESENTATIVES +39 320 3660345

luca.ziosi@eltako.com
Italien
Representative Nicola Carli
Austria branch office Austria +39 320 6350851
Eltako Austria V/Bgld. nicola.carli@eltako.com
Ziegeleistraße 13 Representative Miloš Mićićelović Netherlands (North)
A-5110 Oberndorf + 43 664 5186509 Representative Hans Oving
+43 6272 206280 milos@eltako.com NL - 7701 VV Dedemsvaart
info@eltako.at Austria +31 6 21816115
kundenservice@eltako.at LA/Styria oving@eltako.com
Austria Representative Robert Papst Netherlands (South)
Sbg. / UA + 43 664 1844122 Representative Dennis Schellenberg
Representative Robert Goedicke papst@eltako.com NL-5853 AL Siebengewald
+43 664 1823322 +31 6 50419067
goedicke@eltako.com schellenberg@eltako.com
eltako.com
DO YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS?
WE HAVE THE ANSWERS FOR YOU.
Tec
h
+ 4 9 nical s
u
tech 7 11 943 pport:
nica 5
l-su 00 25
ppo
Com rt@
elta
mer ko.d
+ 49 cial e
7 1 1 s u p
ort@ 43 500 port:
exp 9
elta 0
ko.d 0
e
Eltako GmbH
Hofener Straße 54
D-70736 Fellbach
Technical support:
+49 711 943 500 25
technical-support@eltako.de
Commercial support:
+49 711 943 500 00
export@eltako.de
eltako.com
04/2023 Article number 732

Gesamt-Katalog GB LowRes 2023

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Gesamt-Katalog GB LowRes 2023

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Gesamt-Katalog GB LowRes 2023

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ELTAKO.

MAIN CATALOGUE 2023

This development is now reflected in our communications

The remote switch system and wired bus pushbuttons 2

Flush mounting switching and dimming actuators for decentralised installation 3

Eltako DALI – The professional light control for all needs 7

Universal dimmer switches, capacity enhancer and 1-10 V controllers 9

Three-phase energy meters and one-phase energy meters 10

Electronic impulse switches 11

Electronic switching relays, control relays and coupling relays 12

Multifunction time relays, time relays and timer 13

Staircase time switches and off-delay timers 15

Cable-bound shading systems and roller shutter control 1ǥ

Electromechanical impulse switches 18

Electromechanical switching relays and installation contactors 19

Accessories wireless and others Z

Type comparison table, warranty regulations, terms of delivery and index S

MINIMIZED STANDBY LOSS THE UNIVERSAL CONTROL VOLTAGE 12 TO

BISTABLE SWITCHING RELAYS

THE ELTAKO RS485 BUS

SOLID STATE RELAYS

product information. INDOOR CLIMATE

Only a trained electrician may install our devices with mains

Stock types: Delivery usually from stock.

Supply and invoice only through wholesalers.

No matter what system you wish to install, and in what

HAND-IN-HAND WITH OUR PROFESSIONALS,

The foundation stone of our quality products was the

The Professional Smart Home controllers are the heart

THE HOME OF INNOVATION.

Technical support: Commercial support:

1 SERIES 14 – A NEW CHAPTER IN THE

Wireless antenna FA250, FHM175, FA200 and FAG55E- 1- 4

PC Tool PCT14 1-5

RS485 bus actuator 4-channel impulse switch FSR14-4x 1-6

RS485 bus actuator 2-channel impulse switch FSR14-2x 1-7

RS485 bus actuator 4-channel impulse switch F4SR14-LED 1-9

RS485 bus actuator noiseless 2-channel impulse switch FSR14SSR 1 - 10

RS485 bus actuator universal dimmer switch FUD14 1 - 12

RS485 bus actuator universal dimmer switch FUD14/800W 1 - 13

Capacity enhancer FLUD14 for universal dimmer switch FUD14/800W 1 - 14

RS485 bus DALI gateway FDG14 1 - 17

RS485 bus actuator multifunction time relay FMZ14 1 - 21

RS485 bus actuator staircase lighting time delay switch FTN14 1 - 22

RS485 bus actuator 2-speed fan relay F2L14 1 - 23

RS485 bus actuator heating/cooling relay FHK14 1 - 24

RS485 bus actuator 4-channel heating/cooling relay F4HK14 1 - 25

RS485 bus display timer FSU14 1 - 26

RS485 bus weather data gateway FWG14MS and multi sensor MS 1 - 27

RS485 bus single-phase energy meter transmitter module FWZ14-65A 1 - 29

RS485 bus wireless three-phase energy meter, MID approval DSZ14DRS-3x80A 1 - 30

NEW RS485 bus two-way three-phase meter DSZ14DRSZ-3x80A 1 - 31

RS485 bus energy meter data gateway FSDG14 1 - 33

RS485 bus meter collector F3Z14D 1 - 34

RS485 bus gateway FGW14 1 -35

RS485 bus multiple gateway with USB-A connection FGW14-USB 1 - 37

RS485 bus coupler FBA14 1 - 39

The modular single room control 1 - 40

Thermal actuators TSA02NC-230V and TSA02NC-24V 1 - 43